PIC18F2x20 4x20

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Data Sheet
28/40/44-Pin High-Performance,
Enhanced Flash Microcontrollers
with 10-Bit A/D and nanoWatt Technology
 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C

Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
• Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
• Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
• There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip's Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
• Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
• Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Information contained in this publication regarding device Trademarks

applications and the like is intended through suggestion only The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, Accuron,
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to dsPIC, KEELOQ, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
PRO MATE and PowerSmart are registered trademarks of
No representation or warranty is given and no liability is
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
assumed by Microchip Technology Incorporated with respect
countries.
to the accuracy or use of such information, or infringement of
patents or other intellectual property rights arising from such AmpLab, FilterLab, microID, MXDEV, MXLAB, PICMASTER,
use or otherwise. Use of Microchip’s products as critical SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are
components in life support systems is not authorized except registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated
with express written approval by Microchip. No licenses are in the U.S.A.
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any intellectual Application Maestro, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, ECAN,
property rights. ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, FlexROM, fuzzyLAB,
In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, ICEPIC, microPort,
Migratable Memory, MPASM, MPLIB, MPLINK, MPSIM,
PICkit, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PowerCal, PowerInfo,
PowerMate, PowerTool, rfLAB, rfPIC, Select Mode,
SmartSensor, SmartShunt, SmartTel and Total Endurance are
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
Serialized Quick Turn Programming (SQTP) is a service mark
of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2003, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
Microchip received QS-9000 quality system

certification for its worldwide headquarters,
design and wafer fabrication facilities in
Chandler and Tempe, Arizona in July 1999
and Mountain View, California in March 2002.
The Company’s quality system processes and
procedures are QS-9000 compliant for its
PICmicro® 8-bit MCUs, KEELOQ® code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals,
non-volatile memory and analog products. In
addition, Microchip’s quality system for the
design and manufacture of development
systems is ISO 9001 certified.
DS39599C-page ii  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
28/40/44-Pin High-Performance, Enhanced Flash MCUs
with 10-bit A/D and nanoWatt Technology
Low-Power Features: Peripheral Highlights:
• Power Managed modes: • High current sink/source 25 mA/25 mA
- Run: CPU on, peripherals on • Three external interrupts
- Idle: CPU off, peripherals on • Up to 2 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) modules:
- Sleep: CPU off, peripherals off - Capture is 16-bit, max. resolution is 6.25 ns (TCY/16)
• Power Consumption modes: - Compare is 16-bit, max. resolution is 100 ns (TCY)
- PRI_RUN: 150 µA, 1 MHz, 2V - PWM output: PWM resolution is 1 to 10-bit
- PRI_IDLE: 37 µA, 1 MHz, 2V • Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) module:
- SEC_RUN: 14 µA, 32 kHz, 2V - One, two or four PWM outputs
- SEC_IDLE: 5.8 µA, 32 kHz, 2V - Selectable polarity
- RC_RUN: 110 µA, 1 MHz, 2V - Programmable dead-time
- RC_IDLE: 52 µA, 1 MHz, 2V - Auto-Shutdown and Auto-Restart
- Sleep: 0.1 µA, 1 MHz, 2V • Compatible 10-bit, up to 13-channel
• Timer1 Oscillator: 1.1 µA, 32 kHz, 2V Analog-to-Digital Converter module (A/D) with
programmable acquisition time
• Watchdog Timer: 2.1 µA
• Dual analog comparators
• Two-Speed Oscillator Start-up
• Addressable USART module:
Oscillators: - RS-232 operation using internal oscillator
block (no external crystal required)
• Four Crystal modes:
- LP, XT, HS: up to 25 MHz Special Microcontroller Features:
- HSPLL: 4-10 MHz (16-40 MHz internal)
• 100,000 erase/write cycle Enhanced Flash program
• Two External RC modes, up to 4 MHz
memory typical
• Two External Clock modes, up to 40 MHz
• 1,000,000 erase/write cycle Data EEPROM memory
• Internal oscillator block: typical
- 8 user selectable frequencies: 31 kHz, 125 kHz, • Flash/Data EEPROM Retention: > 40 years
250 kHz, 500 kHz, 1 MHz, 2 MHz, 4 MHz, 8 MHz
• Self-programmable under software control
- 125 kHz-8 MHz calibrated to 1%
• Priority levels for interrupts
- Two modes select one or two I/O pins
• 8 x 8 Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier
- OSCTUNE – Allows user to shift frequency
• Extended Watchdog Timer (WDT):
• Secondary oscillator using Timer1 @ 32 kHz
- Programmable period from 41 ms to 131s
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
- 2% stability over VDD and Temperature
- Allows for safe shutdown if peripheral clock stops
• Single-supply 5V In-Circuit Serial Programming™
(ICSP™) via two pins
• In-Circuit Debug (ICD) via two pins
• Wide operating voltage range: 2.0V to 5.5V
Comparators
Program Memory Data Memory MSSP

CCP/
10-bit Timers
Device Flash # Single Word SRAM EEPROM I/O ECCP Master USART
A/D (ch) SPI™ 8/16-bit
(bytes) Instructions (bytes) (bytes) (PWM) I2C™
PIC18F2220 4096 2048 512 256 25 10 2/0 Y Y Y 2 2/3

PIC18F2320 8192 4096 512 256 25 10 2/0 Y Y Y 2 2/3
PIC18F4220 4096 2048 512 256 36 13 1/1 Y Y Y 2 2/3
PIC18F4320 8192 4096 512 256 36 13 1/1 Y Y Y 2 2/3
 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 1

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Pin Diagrams
PDIP
MCLR/VPP/RE3 1 40 RB7/KBI3/PGD
RA0/AN0 2 39 RB6/KBI2/PGC
RA1/AN1 3 38 RB5/KBI1/PGM
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF 4 37 RB4/AN11/KBI0
RA3/AN3/VREF+ 5 36 RB3/AN9/CCP2*
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT 6 35 RB2/AN8/INT2
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT 7 34 RB1/AN10/INT1
PIC18F4220
PIC18F4320
RE0/AN5/RD 8 33 RB0/AN12/INT0
RE1/AN6/WR 9 32 VDD
RE2/AN7/CS 10 31 VSS
VDD 11 30 RD7/PSP7/P1D
VSS 12 29 RD6/PSP6/P1C
OSC1/CLKI/RA7 13 28 RD5/PSP5/P1B
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 14 27 RD4/PSP4
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI 15 26 RC7/RX/DT
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2* 16 25 RC6/TX/CK
RC2/CCP1/P1A 17 24 RC5/SDO
RC3/SCK/SCL 18 23 RC4/SDI/SDA
RD0/PSP0 19 22 RD3/PSP3
RD1/PSP1 20 21 RD2/PSP2
SPDIP, SOIC
MCLR/VPP/RE3 1 28 RB7/KBI3/PGD
RA0/AN0 2 27 RB6//KBI2/PGC
RA1/AN1 3 26 RB5/KBI1/PGM
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF 4 25 RB4/AN11/KBI0
RB3/AN9/CCP2*
PIC18F2220
PIC18F2320
RA3/AN3/VREF+ 5 24
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT 6 23 RB2/AN8/INT2
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT 7 22 RB1/AN10/INT1
VSS 8 21 RB0/AN12/INT0
OSC1/CLKI/RA7 9 20 VDD
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 10 19 VSS
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI 11 18 RC7/RX/DT
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2* 12 17 RC6/TX/CK
RC2/CCP1/P1A 13 16 RC5/SDO
RC3/SCK/SCL 14 15 RC4/SDI/SDA
* RB3 is the alternate pin for the CCP2 pin multiplexing.

Note: Pin compatible with 40-pin PIC16C7X devices.
DS39599C-page 2  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Pin Diagrams (Cont.’d)
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2*
TQFP
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC6/TX/CK
RD3/PSP3
RD2/PSP2
RD1/PSP1
RD0/PSP0
RC5/SDO
NC
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
RC7/RX/DT 1 33 NC
RD4/PSP4 2 32 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RD5/PSP5/P1B 3 31 OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RD6/PSP6/P1C 4 30 OSC1/CLKI/RA7
RD7/PSP7/P1D 5 PIC18F4220 29 VSS
VSS 6 28 VDD
VDD 7
PIC18F4320 27 RE2/AN7/CS
RB0/AN12/INT0 8 26 RE1/AN6/WR
RB1/AN10/INT1 9 25 RE0/AN5/RD
RB2/AN8/INT2 10 24 RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT
RB3/AN9/CCP2* 11 12 23 RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
NC
NC
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RA3/AN3/VREF+
RB4/AN11/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/PGM
MCLR/VPP/RE3
RA0/AN0
RA1/AN1
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF

RC1/T1OSI/CCP2*
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
QFN
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC6/TX/CK
RD3/PSP3
RD2/PSP2
RD1/PSP1
RD0/PSP0
RC5/SDO
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
RC7/RX/DT 1 33 OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RD4/PSP4 2 32 OSC1/CLKI/RA7
RD5/PSP5/P1B 3 31 VSS
RD6/PSP6/P1C 4 30 VSS
RD7/PSP7/P1D 5 PIC18F4220 29 VDD
VSS 6 28 NC
VDD 7
PIC18F4320 27 RE2/AN7/CS
VDD 8 26 RE1/AN6/WR
RB0/AN12/INT0 9 25 RE0/AN5/RD
RB1/AN10/INT1 10 24 RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT
RB2/AN8/INT2 11 23 RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
NC
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RA3/AN3/VREF+
RB3/AN9/CCP2*
RB4/AN11/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/PGM
MCLR/VPP/RE3
RA0/AN0
RA1/AN1
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.0 Oscillator Configurations ............................................................................................................................................................ 19
3.0 Power Managed Modes ............................................................................................................................................................. 29
4.0 Reset .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
5.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 53
6.0 Flash Program Memory .............................................................................................................................................................. 71
7.0 Data EEPROM Memory ............................................................................................................................................................. 81
8.0 8 X 8 Hardware Multiplier ........................................................................................................................................................... 85
9.0 Interrupts .................................................................................................................................................................................... 87
10.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 101
11.0 Timer0 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 117
12.0 Timer1 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 121
13.0 Timer2 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 127
14.0 Timer3 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 129
15.0 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules ................................................................................................................................. 133
16.0 Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module................................................................................................................ 141
17.0 Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module .................................................................................................................... 155
18.0 Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART).............................................................. 195
19.0 10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module ...................................................................................................................... 211
20.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 221
21.0 Comparator Voltage Reference Module ................................................................................................................................... 227
22.0 Low-Voltage Detect .................................................................................................................................................................. 231
23.0 Special Features of the CPU .................................................................................................................................................... 237
24.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 255
25.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 299
26.0 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................................... 305
27.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables ....................................................................................................................... 343
28.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 361
Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 369
Appendix B: Device Differences......................................................................................................................................................... 369
Appendix C: Conversion Considerations ........................................................................................................................................... 370
Appendix D: Migration from Baseline to Enhanced Devices.............................................................................................................. 370
Appendix E: Migration from Mid-Range to Enhanced Devices .......................................................................................................... 371
Appendix F: Migration from High-End to Enhanced Devices ............................................................................................................. 371
Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 373
On-Line Support................................................................................................................................................................................. 383
Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line ...................................................................................................................................... 383
Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 384
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 Product Identification System ............................................................................................................ 385

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS

It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150.
We welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet

To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
• The Microchip Corporate Literature Center; U.S. FAX: (480) 792-7277
When contacting a sales office or the literature center, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include
literature number) you are using.
Customer Notification System

Register on our web site at www.microchip.com/cn to receive the most current information on all of our products.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW Besides its availability as a clock source, the internal
oscillator block provides a stable reference source that
This document contains device specific information for gives the family additional features for robust
the following devices: operation:
• PIC18F2220 • PIC18F4220
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor: This option constantly
• PIC18F2320 • PIC18F4320 monitors the main clock source against a reference
This family offers the advantages of all PIC18 micro- signal provided by the internal oscillator. If a clock
controllers – namely, high computational performance failure occurs, the controller is switched to the
at an economical price with the addition of high- internal oscillator block, allowing for continued
endurance Enhanced Flash program memory. On top low-speed operation or a safe application shutdown.
of these features, the PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 • Two-Speed Start-up: This option allows the internal
family introduces design enhancements that make oscillator to serve as the clock source from Power-on
these microcontrollers a logical choice for many Reset, or wake-up from Sleep mode, until the primary
high-performance, power sensitive applications. clock source is available. This allows for code execu-
tion during what would otherwise be the clock start-up
1.1 New Core Features interval and can even allow an application to perform
routine background activities and return to Sleep
1.1.1 nanoWatt TECHNOLOGY without returning to full power operation.
All of the devices in the PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
family incorporate a range of features that can signifi- 1.2 Other Special Features
cantly reduce power consumption during operation. • Memory Endurance: The Enhanced Flash cells for
Key items include: both program memory and data EEPROM are rated
• Alternate Run Modes: By clocking the controller to last for many thousands of erase/write cycles – up
from the Timer1 source or the internal oscillator to 100,000 for program memory and 1,000,000 for
block, power consumption during code execution EEPROM. Data retention without refresh is
can be reduced by as much as 90%. conservatively estimated to be greater than 40 years.
• Multiple Idle Modes: The controller can also run • Self-programmability: These devices can write to
with its CPU core disabled, but the peripherals are their own program memory spaces under internal
still active. In these states, power consumption can software control. By using a bootloader routine
be reduced even further, to as little as 4% of normal located in the protected Boot Block at the top of pro-
operation requirements. gram memory, it becomes possible to create an
• On-the-fly Mode Switching: The power managed application that can update itself in the field.
modes are invoked by user code during operation, • Enhanced CCP Module: In PWM mode, this
allowing the user to incorporate power saving ideas module provides 1, 2 or 4 modulated outputs for
into their application’s software design. controlling half-bridge and full-bridge drivers. Other
• Lower Consumption in Key Modules: The power features include Auto-Shutdown for disabling PWM
requirements for both Timer1 and the Watchdog outputs on interrupt or other select conditions and
Timer have been reduced by up to 80%, with typical Auto-Restart to reactivate outputs once the
values of 1.8 and 2.2 µA, respectively. condition has cleared.
• Addressable USART: This serial communication
1.1.2 MULTIPLE OSCILLATOR OPTIONS module is capable of standard RS-232 operation
AND FEATURES using the internal oscillator block, removing the
All of the devices in the PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 need for an external crystal (and its accompanying
family offer nine different oscillator options, allowing power requirement) in applications that talk to the
users a wide range of choices in developing application outside world.
hardware. These include: • 10-bit A/D Converter: This module incorporates
• Four Crystal modes using crystals or ceramic programmable acquisition time, allowing for a chan-
nel to be selected and a conversion to be initiated
resonators.
without waiting for a sampling period and thus,
• Two External Clock modes offering the option of reduce code overhead.
using two pins (oscillator input and a divide-by-4
• Extended Watchdog Timer (WDT): This enhanced
clock output) or one pin (oscillator input with the
second pin reassigned as general I/O). version incorporates a 16-bit prescaler, allowing a
time-out range from 4 ms to over 2 minutes, that is
• Two External RC Oscillator modes with the same stable across operating voltage and temperature.
pin options as the External Clock modes.
• An internal oscillator block, which provides a 31 kHz
INTRC clock and an 8 MHz clock with 6 program
selectable divider ratios (4 MHz to 125 kHz) for a
total of 8 clock frequencies.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
1.3 Details on Individual Family 3. I/O ports (3 bidirectional ports and 1 input only
Members port on PIC18F2X20 devices, 5 bidirectional
ports on PIC18F4X20 devices)
Devices in the PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 family are 4. CCP and Enhanced CCP implementation
available in 28-pin (PIC18F2X20) and 40/44-pin (PIC18F2X20 devices have 2 standard CCP
(PIC18F4X20) packages. Block diagrams for the two modules, PIC18F4X20 devices have one
groups are shown in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2. standard CCP module and one ECCP module)
The devices are differentiated from each other in five 5. Parallel Slave Port (present only on
ways: PIC18F4X20 devices)
1. Flash program memory (4 Kbytes for All other features for devices in this family are identical.
PIC18FX220 devices, 8 Kbytes for PIC18FX320) These are summarized in Table 1-1.
2. A/D channels (10 for PIC18F2X20 devices, 13 for The pinouts for all devices are listed in Table 1-2 and
PIC18F4X20 devices) Table 1-3.
TABLE 1-1: DEVICE FEATURES

Features PIC18F2220 PIC18F2320 PIC18F4220 PIC18F4320
Operating Frequency DC – 40 MHz DC – 40 MHz DC – 40 MHz DC – 40 MHz
Program Memory (Bytes) 4096 8192 4096 8192
Program Memory (Instructions) 2048 4096 2048 4096
Data Memory (Bytes) 512 512 512 512
Data EEPROM Memory (Bytes) 256 256 256 256
Interrupt Sources 19 19 20 20
I/O Ports Ports A, B, C (E) Ports A, B, C (E) Ports A, B, C, D, E Ports A, B, C, D, E
Timers 4 4 4 4
Capture/Compare/PWM Modules 2 2 1 1
Enhanced Capture/ 0 0 1 1
Compare/PWM Modules
Serial Communications MSSP, MSSP, MSSP, MSSP,
Addressable Addressable Addressable Addressable
USART USART USART USART
Parallel Communications (PSP) No No Yes Yes
10-bit Analog-to-Digital Module 10 Input Channels 10 Input Channels 13 Input Channels 13 Input Channels
Resets (and Delays) POR, BOR, POR, BOR, POR, BOR, POR, BOR,
RESET Instruction, RESET Instruction, RESET Instruction, RESET Instruction,
Stack Full, Stack Full, Stack Full, Stack Full,
Stack Underflow Stack Underflow Stack Underflow Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST), (PWRT, OST), (PWRT, OST), (PWRT, OST),
MCLR (optional), MCLR (optional), MCLR (optional), MCLR (optional),
WDT WDT WDT WDT
Programmable Low-Voltage Yes Yes Yes Yes
Detect
Programmable Brown-out Reset Yes Yes Yes Yes
Instruction Set 75 Instructions 75 Instructions 75 Instructions 75 Instructions
Packages 28-pin SPDIP 28-pin SPDIP 40-pin PDIP 40-pin PDIP
28-pin SOIC 28-pin SOIC 44-pin TQFP 44-pin TQFP
44-pin QFN 44-pin QFN

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 1-1: PIC18F2220/2320 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus<8>
PORTA
21 Table Pointer <2> Data Latch
8 8 8 8 RA0/AN0
Data RAM RA1/AN1
21 inc/dec logic (512 Bytes) RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF
RA3/AN3/VREF+
21 Address Latch RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT
20 PCLATU PCLATH RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT
Address Latch 12(2)
OSC2/CLKO/RA6(3)
Program Memory Address<12> OSC1/CLKI/RA7(3)
(4 Kbytes) PCU PCH PCL
Program Counter 4 12 4
Data Latch PORTB
BSR FSR0 Bank0, F
RB0/AN12/INT0
31 Level Stack FSR1
RB1/AN10/INT1
FSR2
12 RB2/AN8/INT2
RB3/AN9/CCP2(1)
16 inc/dec RB4/AN11/KBI0
Decode logic RB5/KBI1/PGM
Table Latch
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RB7/KBI3/PGD
8
ROM Latch PORTC
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2(1)
Instruction RC2/CCP1/P1A
Register
RC3/SCK/SCL
8 RC4/SDI/SDA
Instruction RC5/SDO
Decode &
Control RC6/TX/CK
PRODH PRODL RC7/RX/DT
3
8 x 8 Multiply
8
BIT OP WREG
OSC1(3) Internal Power-up 8
8 8
Oscillator Timer
OSC2(3) Block Oscillator
Start-up Timer 8
T1OSI INT RC Power-on ALU<8>
Oscillator Reset
T1OSO PORTE
Watchdog 8
Timer
Precision RE3(2)
Low-Voltage Brown-out
Voltage
Programming Reset Reference
MCLR(2)
In-Circuit Fail-Safe
Debugger Clock Monitor
VDD, VSS
Timer0 Timer1 Timer2 Timer3 10-bit A/D

(8- or 16-bit) (16-bit) (8-bit) (16-bit) Converter
Master Addressable Data EEPROM

CCP1 CCP2 Synchronous USART (256 Bytes)
Serial Port
Note 1: Optional multiplexing of CCP2 input/output with RB3 is enabled by selection of the CCPMX2 configuration bit.
2: RE3 is available only when the MCLR Resets are disabled.
3: OSC1, OSC2, CLKI and CLKO are only available in select oscillator modes and when these pins are not being used as digital I/O.
Refer to Section 2.0 “Oscillator Configurations” for additional information.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 1-2: PIC18F4220/4320 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus<8>
PORTA
21 Table Pointer <2> Data Latch RA0/AN0
8 8 8 8 RA1/AN1
Data RAM RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF
21 inc/dec logic (512 Bytes) RA3/AN3/VREF+
21 RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT
Address Latch
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT
20 PCLATU PCLATH OSC2/CLKO/RA6(3)
Address Latch 12(2)
OSC1/CLKI/RA7(3)
Program Memory Address<12>
(8 Kbytes) PCU PCH PCL
Program Counter 4 12 4
Data Latch PORTB
BSR FSR0 Bank0, F
RB0/AN12/INT0
31 Level Stack FSR1
RB1/AN10/INT1
FSR2 RB2/AN8/INT2
12
RB3/AN9/CCP2(1)
16 inc/dec RB4/AN11/KBI0
Decode logic RB5/KBI1/PGM
Table Latch RB6/KBI2/PGC
RB7/KBI3/PGD
8
ROM Latch
PORTC
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2(1)
Instruction
Register RC2/CCP1/P1A
RC3/SCK/SCL
8 RC4/SDI/SDA
Instruction RC5/SDO
Decode &
Control RC6/TX/CK
PRODH PRODL RC7/RX/DT
3
8 x 8 Multiply
8 PORTD
RD0/PSP0
BIT OP WREG RD1/PSP1
OSC1(3) Internal Power-up 8
Oscillator 8 8 RD2/PSP2
Timer RD3/PSP3
Block
OSC2(3) Oscillator RD4/PSP4
8
Start-up Timer RD5/PSP5/P1B
T1OSI INT RC RD6/PSP6/P1C
Oscillator Power-on ALU<8>
Reset RD7/PSP7/P1D
T1OSO
Watchdog 8
Timer PORTE
Precision RE0/AN5/RD
Low-Voltage Brown-out
Voltage
Programming Reset Reference RE1/AN6/WR
MCLR(2)
In-Circuit Fail-Safe RE2/AN7/CS
Clock Monitor
VDD, VSS
Debugger RE3(2)
Timer0 Timer1 Timer2 Timer3 10-bit A/D

(8- or 16-bit) (16-bit) (8-bit) (16-bit) Converter
Master Addressable
Enhanced Data EEPROM
CCP2 Synchronous USART
CCP (256 Bytes)
Serial Port
Note 1: Optional multiplexing of CCP2 input/output with RB3 is enabled by selection of the CCP2MX configuration bit.
2: RE3 is available only when the MCLR Resets are disabled.
3: OSC1, OSC2, CLKI and CLKO are only available in select oscillator modes and when these pins are not being used as digital I/O.
Refer to Section 2.0 “Oscillator Configurations” for additional information.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 1-2: PIC18F2220/2320 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Number Pin Buffer
Pin Name Description
PDIP SOIC Type Type
MCLR/VPP/RE3 1 1 Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (input).

MCLR I ST Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is an active-low Reset
to the device.
VPP P Programming voltage input.
RE3 I ST Digital input.
OSC1/CLKI/RA7 9 9 Oscillator crystal or external clock input.
OSC1 I ST Oscillator crystal input or external clock source input.
ST buffer when configured in RC mode, CMOS otherwise.
CLKI I CMOS External clock source input. Always associated with pin
function OSC1. (See related OSC1/CLKI, OSC2/CLKO pins.)
RA7 I/O TTL General purpose I/O pin.
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 10 10 Oscillator crystal or clock output.
OSC2 O — Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator
in Crystal Oscillator mode.
CLKO O — In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO which has 1/4 the
frequency of OSC1 and denotes the instruction cycle rate.
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0 2 2
RA0 I/O TTL Digital I/O.
AN0 I Analog Analog input 0.
RA1/AN1 3 3
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF 4 4
VREF- I Analog A/D Reference Voltage (Low) input.
CVREF O Analog Comparator Reference Voltage output.
RA3/AN3/VREF+ 5 5
VREF+ I Analog A/D Reference Voltage (High) input.
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT 6 6
RA4 I/O ST/OD Digital I/O. Open-drain when configured as output.
T0CKI I ST Timer0 external clock input.
C1OUT O — Comparator 1 output.
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT 7 7
SS I TTL SPI Slave Select input.
LVDIN I Analog Low-Voltage Detect input.
RA6 See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
RA7 See the OSC1/CLKI/RA7 pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I = Input
O = Output P = Power
OD = Open-drain (no diode to VDD)
Note 1: Default assignment for CCP2 when CCP2MX (CONFIG3H<0>) is set.
2: Alternate assignment for CCP2 when CCP2MX is cleared.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 1-2: PIC18F2220/2320 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
PDIP SOIC Type Type
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB can be software
programmed for internal weak pull-ups on all inputs.
RB0/AN12/INT0 21 21
RB0 I/O TTL Digital I/O.
INT0 I ST External interrupt 0.
RB1/AN10/INT1 22 22
RB2/AN8/INT2 23 23
RB3/AN9/CCP2 24 24
CCP2(1) I/O ST Capture2 input, Compare2 output, PWM2 output.
RB4/AN11/KBI0 25 25
KBI0 I TTL Interrupt-on-change pin.
RB5/KBI1/PGM 26 26
PGM I/O ST Low-voltage ICSP programming enable pin.
RB6/KBI2/PGC 27 27
PGC I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming clock pin.
RB7/KBI3/PGD 28 28
PGD I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming data pin.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PDIP SOIC Type Type
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI 11 11
RC0 I/O ST Digital I/O.
T1OSO O — Timer1 oscillator output.
T1CKI I ST Timer1/Timer3 external clock input.
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 12 12
T1OSI I CMOS Timer1 oscillator input.
RC2/CCP1/P1A 13 13
CCP1 I/O ST Capture1 input/Compare1 output/PWM1 output.
P1A O — Enhanced CCP1 output.
RC3/SCK/SCL 14 14
SCK I/O ST Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI mode.
SCL I/O ST Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C mode.
RC4/SDI/SDA 15 15
SDI I ST SPI data in.
SDA I/O ST I2C data I/O.
RC5/SDO 16 16
SDO O — SPI data out.
RC6/TX/CK 17 17
TX O — USART asynchronous transmit.
CK I/O ST USART synchronous clock (see related RX/DT).
RC7/RX/DT 18 18
RX I ST USART asynchronous receive.
DT I/O ST USART synchronous data (see related TX/CK).
RE3 — — — — See MCLR/VPP/RE3 pin.
VSS 8, 19 8, 19 P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
VDD 20 20 P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 1-3: PIC18F4220/4320 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin NumberPin Buffer
PDIP TQFP QFN Type Type
MCLR/VPP/RE3 1 18 18 Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (input).

MCLR I ST Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is an active-low
Reset to the device.
VPP P Programming voltage input.
RE3 I ST Digital input.
OSC1/CLKI/RA7 13 30 32 Oscillator crystal or external clock input.
OSC1 I ST Oscillator crystal input or external clock source input.
ST buffer when configured in RC mode, CMOS otherwise.
CLKI I CMOS External clock source input. Always associated with
pin function OSC1. (See related OSC1/CLKI,
OSC2/CLKO pins.)
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 14 31 33 Oscillator crystal or clock output.
OSC2 O — Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator
in Crystal Oscillator mode.
CLKO O — In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO which has 1/4 the
frequency of OSC1 and denotes the instruction cycle rate.
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0 2 19 19
RA1/AN1 3 20 20
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF 4 21 21
VREF- I Analog A/D reference voltage (Low) input.
CVREF O Analog Comparator reference voltage output.
RA3/AN3/VREF+ 5 22 22
VREF+ I Analog A/D reference voltage (High) input.
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT 6 23 23
RA4 I/O ST/OD Digital I/O. Open-drain when configured as output.
T0CKI I ST Timer0 external clock input.
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/ 7 24 24
C2OUT
SS I TTL SPI slave select input.
LVDIN I Analog Low-Voltage Detect input.
RA6 See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
RA7 See the OSC1/CLKI/RA7 pin.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB can be software

programmed for internal weak pull-ups on all inputs.
RB0/AN12/INT0 33 8 9
RB1/AN10/INT1 34 9 10
RB2/AN8/INT2 35 10 11
RB3/AN9/CCP2 36 11 12
RB4/AN11/KBI0 37 14 14
RB5/KBI1/PGM 38 15 15
PGM I/O ST Low-voltage ICSP programming enable pin.
RB6/KBI2/PGC 39 16 16
PGC I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming clock pin.
RB7/KBI3/PGD 40 17 17
PGD I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming data pin.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.

RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI 15 32 34
T1OSO O — Timer1 oscillator output.
T1CKI I ST Timer1/Timer3 external clock input.
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 16 35 35
T1OSI I CMOS Timer1 oscillator input.
RC2/CCP1/P1A 17 36 36
CCP1 I/O ST Capture1 input/Compare1 output/PWM1 output.
P1A O — Enhanced CCP1 output.
RC3/SCK/SCL 18 37 37
SCK I/O ST Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI mode.
SCL I/O ST Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C mode.
RC4/SDI/SDA 23 42 42
SDI I ST SPI data in.
SDA I/O ST I2C data I/O.
RC5/SDO 24 43 43
SDO O — SPI data out.
RC6/TX/CK 25 44 44
TX O — USART asynchronous transmit.
CK I/O ST USART synchronous clock (see related RX/DT).
RC7/RX/DT 26 1 1
RX I ST USART asynchronous receive.
DT I/O ST USART synchronous data (see related TX/CK).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PORTD is a bidirectional I/O port or a Parallel Slave Port

(PSP) for interfacing to a microprocessor port. These pins
have TTL input buffers when PSP module is enabled.
RD0/PSP0 19 38 38
RD0 I/O ST Digital I/O.
PSP0 I/O TTL Parallel Slave Port data.
RD1/PSP1 20 39 39
RD2/PSP2 21 40 40
RD3/PSP3 22 41 41
RD4/PSP4 27 2 2
RD5/PSP5/P1B 28 3 3
P1B O — Enhanced CCP1 output.
RD6/PSP6/P1C 29 4 4
P1C O — Enhanced CCP1 output.
RD7/PSP7/P1D 30 5 5
P1D O — Enhanced CCP1 output.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Pin NumberPin Buffer
PORTE is a bidirectional I/O port.

RE0/AN5/RD 8 25 25
RE0 I/O ST Digital I/O.
RD I TTL Read control for Parallel Slave Port
(see also WR and CS pins).
RE1/AN6/WR 9 26 26
WR I TTL Write control for Parallel Slave Port
(see CS and RD pins).
RE2/AN7/CS 10 27 27
CS I TTL Chip select control for Parallel Slave Port
(see related RD and WR).
RE3 1 18 18 — — See MCLR/VPP/RE3 pin.
VSS 12, 6, 29 6, 30, P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
31 31
VDD 11, 32 7, 28 7, 8, P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
28, 29
NC — — 13 NC NC No connect.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
2.0 OSCILLATOR FIGURE 2-1: CRYSTAL/CERAMIC
CONFIGURATIONS RESONATOR OPERATION
(XT, LP, HS OR HSPLL
2.1 Oscillator Types CONFIGURATION)
The PIC18F2X20 and PIC18F4X20 devices can be C1(1) OSC1

operated in ten different oscillator modes. The user can To
program the configuration bits, FOSC3:FOSC0, in Internal
XTAL Logic
Configuration Register 1H to select one of these ten RF(3)
modes:
Sleep
1. LP Low-Power Crystal RS(2)
C2(1) PIC18FXXXX
2. XT Crystal/Resonator OSC2
3. HS High-Speed Crystal/Resonator Note 1: See Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 for initial values
4. HSPLL High-Speed Crystal/Resonator of C1 and C2.
with PLL enabled 2: A series resistor (RS) may be required for AT
5. RC External Resistor/Capacitor with strip cut crystals.
FOSC/4 output on RA6 3: RF varies with the oscillator mode chosen.
6. RCIO External Resistor/Capacitor with
I/O on RA6
7. INTIO1 Internal Oscillator with FOSC/4
output on RA6 and I/O on RA7 TABLE 2-1: CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
8. INTIO2 Internal Oscillator with I/O on RA6 CERAMIC RESONATORS
and RA7 Typical Capacitor Values Used:
9. EC External Clock with FOSC/4 output
Mode Freq OSC1 OSC2
10. ECIO External Clock with I/O on RA6
XT 455 kHz 56 pF 56 pF
2.2 Crystal Oscillator/Ceramic 2.0 MHz 47 pF 47 pF
4.0 MHz 33 pF 33 pF
Resonators
HS 8.0 MHz 27 pF 27 pF
In XT, LP, HS or HSPLL Oscillator modes, a crystal or 16.0 MHz 22 pF 22 pF
ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1 and Capacitor values are for design guidance only.
OSC2 pins to establish oscillation. Figure 2-1 shows
the pin connections. These capacitors were tested with the resonators
listed below for basic start-up and operation. These
The oscillator design requires the use of a parallel cut values are not optimized.
crystal.
Different capacitor values may be required to produce
Note: Use of a series cut crystal may give a fre- acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test
quency out of the crystal manufacturers the performance of the oscillator over the expected
specifications. VDD and temperature range for the application.
See the notes on page 20 for additional information.
Resonators Used:
455 kHz 4.0 MHz
2.0 MHz 8.0 MHz
16.0 MHz

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 2-2: CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR An external clock source may also be connected to the
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR OSC1 pin in the HS mode, as shown in Figure 2-2.
Typical Capacitor Values
Crystal FIGURE 2-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
Osc Type Tested:
Freq OPERATION (HS OSC
C1 C2 CONFIGURATION)
LP 32 kHz 33 pF 33 pF
200 kHz 15 pF 15 pF Clock from OSC1
XT 1 MHz 33 pF 33 pF Ext. System PIC18FXXXX
(HS Mode)
4 MHz 27 pF 27 pF Open OSC2
HS 4 MHz 27 pF 27 pF
8 MHz 22 pF 22 pF
20 MHz 15 pF 15 pF 2.3 HSPLL
Capacitor values are for design guidance only. A Phase Locked Loop (PLL) circuit is provided as an
These capacitors were tested with the crystals listed option for users who wish to use a lower frequency
below for basic start-up and operation. These values crystal oscillator circuit, or to clock the device up to its
are not optimized. highest rated frequency from a crystal oscillator. This
may be useful for customers who are concerned with
Different capacitor values may be required to produce
EMI due to high-frequency crystals.
acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test
the performance of the oscillator over the expected The HSPLL mode makes use of the HS mode oscillator
VDD and temperature range for the application. for frequencies up to 10 MHz. A PLL then multiplies the
oscillator output frequency by 4 to produce an internal
See the notes following this table for additional
clock frequency up to 40 MHz.
information.
The PLL is enabled only when the oscillator configura-
Crystals Used:
tion bits are programmed for HSPLL mode. If
32 kHz 4 MHz programmed for any other mode, the PLL is not
200 kHz 8 MHz enabled.
1 MHz 20 MHz
FIGURE 2-3: PLL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability HS Osc Enable

of the oscillator, but also increases the PLL Enable
start-up time. (from Configuration Register 1H)
2: When operating below 3V VDD, or when

using certain ceramic resonators at any OSC2
Phase
voltage, it may be necessary to use the HS Mode FIN Comparator
HS mode or switch to a crystal oscillator. OSC1 Crystal FOUT
Osc
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult Loop
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for Filter
appropriate values of external
components.
4: RS may be required to avoid overdriving ÷4 VCO
SYSCLK
MUX
crystals with low drive level specification.

5: Always verify oscillator performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
2.4 External Clock Input 2.5 RC Oscillator
The EC and ECIO Oscillator modes require an external For timing insensitive applications, the “RC” and
clock source to be connected to the OSC1 pin. There is “RCIO” device options offer additional cost savings.
no oscillator start-up time required after a Power-on The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply
Reset or after an exit from Sleep mode. voltage, the resistor (REXT) and capacitor (CEXT) val-
In the EC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency ues and the operating temperature. In addition to this,
divided by 4 is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal the oscillator frequency will vary from unit to unit due to
may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other normal manufacturing variation. Furthermore, the dif-
logic. Figure 2-4 shows the pin connections for the EC ference in lead frame capacitance between package
Oscillator mode. types will also affect the oscillation frequency, espe-
cially for low CEXT values. The user also needs to take
into account variation due to tolerance of external R
FIGURE 2-4: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
and C components used. Figure 2-6 shows how the
OPERATION R/C combination is connected.
(EC CONFIGURATION)
In the RC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency
divided by 4 is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal
Clock from OSC1/CLKI may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other
Ext. System PIC18FXXXX logic.
FOSC/4 OSC2/CLKO
FIGURE 2-6: RC OSCILLATOR MODE
The ECIO Oscillator mode functions like the EC mode, VDD

except that the OSC2 pin becomes an additional gen-
eral purpose I/O pin. The I/O pin becomes bit 6 of REXT
Internal
PORTA (RA6). Figure 2-5 shows the pin connections OSC1
Clock
for the ECIO Oscillator mode.
CEXT
FIGURE 2-5: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT PIC18FXXXX
VSS
OPERATION OSC2/CLKO
FOSC/4
(ECIO CONFIGURATION)
Recommended values: 3 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ
CEXT > 20 pF
Clock from OSC1/CLKI
Ext. System PIC18FXXXX The RCIO Oscillator mode (Figure 2-7) functions like
RA6 I/O (OSC2) the RC mode, except that the OSC2 pin becomes an
additional general purpose I/O pin. The I/O pin
becomes bit 6 of PORTA (RA6).
FIGURE 2-7: RCIO OSCILLATOR MODE

VDD
REXT
Internal
OSC1
Clock
CEXT
PIC18FXXXX
VSS
RA6 I/O (OSC2)
Recommended values: 3 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ

CEXT > 20 pF

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
2.6 Internal Oscillator Block 2.6.2 INTRC OUTPUT FREQUENCY
The PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices include an internal The internal oscillator block is calibrated at the factory
oscillator block which generates two different clock sig- to produce an INTOSC output frequency of 8.0 MHz.
nals. Either can be used as the system’s clock source. This changes the frequency of the INTRC source from
This can eliminate the need for external oscillator its nominal 31.25 kHz. Peripherals and features that
circuits on the OSC1 and/or OSC2 pins. depend on the INTRC source will be affected by this
shift in frequency.
The main output (INTOSC) is an 8 MHz clock source
which can be used to directly drive the system clock. It Once set during factory calibration, the INTRC
also drives a postscaler which can provide a range of frequency will remain within ±1% as temperature and
clock frequencies from 125 kHz to 4 MHz. The VDD change across their full specified operating
INTOSC output is enabled when a system clock ranges.
frequency from 125 kHz to 8 MHz is selected.
2.6.3 OSCTUNE REGISTER
The other clock source is the internal RC oscillator
(INTRC) which provides a 31 kHz output. The INTRC The internal oscillator’s output has been calibrated at
oscillator is enabled by selecting the internal oscillator the factory but can be adjusted in the user's application.
block as the system clock source or when any of the This is done by writing to the OSCTUNE register
following are enabled: (Register 2-1). The tuning sensitivity is constant
throughout the tuning range.
• Power-up Timer
When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the INTOSC
and INTRC frequencies will begin shifting to the new
• Watchdog Timer frequency. The INTRC clock will reach the new fre-
• Two-Speed Start-up quency within 8 clock cycles (approximately
These features are discussed in greater detail in 8 * 32 µs = 256 µs). The INTOSC clock will stabilize
Section 23.0 “Special Features of the CPU”. within 1 ms. Code execution continues during this shift.
There is no indication that the shift has occurred. Oper-
The clock source frequency (INTOSC direct, INTRC ation of features that depend on the INTRC clock
direct or INTOSC postscaler) is selected by configuring source frequency, such as the WDT, Fail-Safe Clock
the IRCF bits of the OSCCON register (page 26). Monitor and peripherals, will also be affected by the
change in frequency.
2.6.1 INTIO MODES
Using the internal oscillator as the clock source can
eliminate the need for up to two external oscillator pins
which can then be used for digital I/O. Two distinct
configurations are available:
• In INTIO1 mode, the OSC2 pin outputs FOSC/4,
while OSC1 functions as RA7 for digital input and
output.
• In INTIO2 mode, OSC1 functions as RA7 and
OSC2 functions as RA6, both for digital input and
output.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 2-1: OSCTUNE: OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5-0 TUN<5:0>: Frequency Tuning bits
011111 = Maximum frequency (+12.5%, approximately)
• •
• •
000001
000000 = Center frequency. Oscillator module is running at the calibrated frequency.
111111
• •
• •
100000 = Minimum frequency (-12.5%, approximately)
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
2.7 Clock Sources and Oscillator 2.7.1 OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
Switching The OSCCON register (Register 2-2) controls several
aspects of the system clock’s operation, both in full
Like previous PIC18 devices, the PIC18F2X20 and
power operation and in power managed modes.
PIC18F4X20 devices include a feature that allows the
system clock source to be switched from the main The System Clock Select bits, SCS1:SCS0, select the
oscillator to an alternate low-frequency clock source. clock source that is used when the device is operating
PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices offer two alternate clock in power managed modes. The available clock sources
sources. When enabled, these give additional options are the primary clock (defined in Configuration
for switching to the various power managed operating Register 1H), the secondary clock (Timer1 oscillator)
modes. and the internal oscillator block. The clock selection
has no effect until a SLEEP instruction is executed and
Essentially, there are three clock sources for these
the device enters a power managed mode of operation.
devices:
The SCS bits are cleared on all forms of Reset.
• Primary oscillators
The Internal Oscillator Select bits, IRCF2:IRCF0, select
• Secondary oscillators the frequency output of the internal oscillator block that
• Internal oscillator block is used to drive the system clock. The choices are the
The primary oscillators include the External Crystal INTRC source, the INTOSC source (8 MHz) or one of
and Resonator modes, the External RC modes, the the six frequencies derived from the INTOSC
External Clock modes and the internal oscillator block. postscaler (125 kHz to 4 MHz). If the internal oscillator
The particular mode is defined on POR by the contents block is supplying the system clock, changing the
of Configuration Register 1H. The details of these states of these bits will have an immediate change on
modes are covered earlier in this chapter. the internal oscillator’s output.
The secondary oscillators are those external sources The OSTS, IOFS and T1RUN bits indicate which clock
not connected to the OSC1 or OSC2 pins. These source is currently providing the system clock. The
sources may continue to operate even after the OSTS indicates that the Oscillator Start-up Timer has
controller is placed in a power managed mode. timed out and the primary clock is providing the system
clock in primary clock modes. The IOFS bit indicates
PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices offer only the Timer1
when the internal oscillator block has stabilized and is
oscillator as a secondary oscillator. This oscillator, in all
providing the system clock in RC Clock modes. The
power managed modes, is often the time base for
T1RUN bit (T1CON<6>) indicates when the Timer1
functions such as a real-time clock.
oscillator is providing the system clock in secondary
Most often, a 32.768 kHz watch crystal is connected clock modes. If none of these bits are set, the INTRC is
between the RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI and RC1/T1OSI pins. providing the system clock, or the internal oscillator
Like the LP mode oscillator circuit, loading capacitors block has just started and is not yet stable.
are also connected from each pin to ground.
The IDLEN bit controls the selective shutdown of the
The Timer1 oscillator is discussed in greater detail in controller’s CPU in power managed modes. The use of
Section 12.2 “Timer1 Oscillator”. these bits is discussed in more detail in Section 3.0
In addition to being a primary clock source, the internal “Power Managed Modes”.
oscillator block is available as a power managed
Note 1: The Timer1 oscillator must be enabled to
mode clock source. The INTRC source is also used as
select the secondary clock source. The
the clock source for several special features, such as
Timer1 oscillator is enabled by setting the
the WDT and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor.
T1OSCEN bit in the Timer1 Control regis-
The clock sources for the PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices ter (T1CON<3>). If the Timer1 oscillator
are shown in Figure 2-8. See Section 12.0 “Timer1 is not enabled, then any attempt to set the
Module” for further details of the Timer1 oscillator. See SCS0 bit will be ignored.
Section 23.1 “Configuration Bits” for Configuration
2: It is recommended that the Timer1
register details.
oscillator be operating and stable before
executing the SLEEP instruction or a very
long delay may occur while the Timer1
oscillator starts.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 2-8: PIC18F2X20/4X20 CLOCK DIAGRAM
Primary Oscillator
PIC18F2X20/4X20 CONFIG1H <3:0>
Clock
OSCCON<1:0>
Control
OSC2
HSPLL
4 x PLL
Sleep
LP, XT, HS, RC, EC
OSC1
Secondary Oscillator Peripherals
T1OSC
MUX
T1OSO
Clock Source Option
T1OSCEN
Enable for Other Modules
T1OSI Oscillator OSCCON<6:4> Internal Oscillator
OSCCON<6:4> 8 MHz CPU

111
4 MHz
Internal 110
Oscillator 2 MHz IDLEN
101
Block
Postscaler
1 MHz
MUX
100
500 kHz
8 MHz 011
INTRC (INTOSC) 250 kHz
Source 010
125 kHz
001
31 kHz
000
WDT, FSCM

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 2-2: OSCCON REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R(1) R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
IDLEN IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS IOFS SCS1 SCS0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 IDLEN: Idle Enable bit

1 = Idle mode enabled; CPU core is not clocked in power managed modes
0 = Run mode enabled; CPU core is clocked in power managed modes
bit 6-4 IRCF2:IRCF0: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits
111 = 8 MHz (8 MHz source drives clock directly)
110 = 4 MHz
101 = 2 MHz
100 = 1 MHz
011 = 500 kHz
010 = 250 kHz
001 = 125 kHz
000 = 31 kHz (INTRC source drives clock directly)
bit 3 OSTS: Oscillator Start-up Time-out Status bit(1)
1 = Oscillator start-up time-out timer has expired; primary oscillator is running
0 = Oscillator start-up time-out timer is running; primary oscillator is not ready
bit 2 IOFS: INTOSC Frequency Stable bit
1 = INTOSC frequency is stable
0 = INTOSC frequency is not stable
bit 1-0 SCS1:SCS0: System Clock Select bits
1x = Internal oscillator block (RC modes)
01 = Timer1 oscillator (Secondary modes)(2)
00 = Primary oscillator (Sleep and PRI_IDLE modes)
Note 1: Depends on state of IESO bit in Configuration Register 1H.
2: SCS0 may not be set while T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>) is clear.
Legend:
- n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
2.7.2 OSCILLATOR TRANSITIONS If the Sleep mode is selected, all clock sources are
stopped. Since all the transistor switching currents
The PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices contain circuitry to pre-
have been stopped, Sleep mode achieves the lowest
vent clocking “glitches” when switching between clock
current consumption of the device (only leakage
sources. A short pause in the system clock occurs dur-
currents).
ing the clock switch. The length of this pause is
between 8 and 9 clock periods of the new clock source. Enabling any on-chip feature that will operate during
This ensures that the new clock source is stable and Sleep will increase the current consumed during Sleep.
that its pulse width will not be less than the shortest The INTRC is required to support WDT operation. The
pulse width of the two clock sources. Timer1 oscillator may be operating to support a real-
time clock. Other features may be operating that do not
Clock transitions are discussed in greater detail in
require a system clock source (i.e., SSP slave, PSP,
Section 3.1.2 “Entering Power Managed Modes”.
INTn pins, A/D conversions and others).
2.8 Effects of Power Managed Modes

2.9 Power-up Delays
on the Various Clock Sources
Power-up delays are controlled by two timers so that no
When the device executes a SLEEP instruction, the external Reset circuitry is required for most applica-
system is switched to one of the power managed tions. The delays ensure that the device is kept in
modes, depending on the state of the IDLEN and Reset until the device power supply is stable under nor-
SCS1:SCS0 bits of the OSCCON register. See mal circumstances and the primary clock is operating
Section 3.0 “Power Managed Modes” for details. and stable. For additional information on power-up
When PRI_IDLE mode is selected, the designated pri- delays, see Section 4.1 “Power-on Reset (POR)”
mary oscillator continues to run without interruption. through Section 4.5 “Brown-out Reset (BOR)”.
For all other power managed modes, the oscillator The first timer is the Power-up Timer (PWRT) which
using the OSC1 pin is disabled. The OSC1 pin (and provides a fixed delay on power-up (parameter 33,
OSC2 pin, if used by the oscillator) will stop oscillating. Table 26-10), if enabled, in Configuration Register 2L.
In secondary clock modes (SEC_RUN and The second timer is the Oscillator Start-up Timer
SEC_IDLE), the Timer1 oscillator is operating and pro- (OST), intended to keep the chip in Reset until the crys-
viding the system clock. The Timer1 oscillator may also tal oscillator is stable (LP, XT and HS modes). The OST
run in all power managed modes if required to clock does this by counting 1024 oscillator cycles before
Timer1 or Timer3. allowing the oscillator to clock the device.
In internal oscillator modes (RC_RUN and RC_IDLE), When the HSPLL Oscillator mode is selected, the
the internal oscillator block provides the system clock device is kept in Reset for an additional 2 ms, following
source. The INTRC output can be used directly to the HS mode OST delay, so the PLL can lock to the
provide the system clock and may be enabled to incoming clock frequency.
support various special features, regardless of the There is a delay of 5 to 10 µs, following POR, while the
power managed mode (see Section 23.2 “Watchdog controller becomes ready to execute instructions. This
Timer (WDT)” through Section 23.4 “Fail-Safe Clock delay runs concurrently with any other delays. This
Monitor”). The INTOSC output at 8 MHz may be used may be the only delay that occurs when any of the EC,
directly to clock the system or may be divided down RC or INTIO modes are used as the primary clock
first. The INTOSC output is disabled if the system clock source.
is provided directly from the INTRC output.
TABLE 2-3: OSC1 AND OSC2 PIN STATES IN SLEEP MODE

OSC Mode OSC1 Pin OSC2 Pin
RC, INTIO1 Floating, external resistor At logic low (clock/4 output)
should pull high
RCIO, INTIO2 Floating, external resistor Configured as PORTA, bit 6
should pull high
ECIO Floating, pulled by external clock Configured as PORTA, bit 6
EC Floating, pulled by external clock At logic low (clock/4 output)
LP, XT, and HS Feedback inverter disabled at Feedback inverter disabled at
quiescent voltage level quiescent voltage level
Note: See Table 4-1 in Section 4.0 “Reset” for time-outs due to Sleep and MCLR Reset.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.0 POWER MANAGED MODES For PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices, the power managed
modes are invoked by using the existing SLEEP
The PIC18F2X20 and PIC18F4X20 devices offer a total instruction. All modes exit to PRI_RUN mode when trig-
of six operating modes for more efficient power gered by an interrupt, a Reset, or a WDT time-out
management (see Table 3-1). These operating modes (PRI_RUN mode is the normal full power execution
provide a variety of options for selective power mode; the CPU and peripherals are clocked by the pri-
conservation in applications where resources may be mary oscillator source). In addition, power managed
limited (i.e., battery-powered devices). Run modes may also exit to Sleep mode or their
There are three categories of power managed modes: corresponding Idle mode.
• Sleep mode
3.1 Selecting Power Managed Modes
• Idle modes
• Run modes Selecting a power managed mode requires deciding if
the CPU is to be clocked or not and selecting a clock
These categories define which portions of the device
source. The IDLEN bit controls CPU clocking while the
are clocked and sometimes, what speed. The Run and
SC1:SCS0 bits select a clock source. The individual
Idle modes may use any of the three available clock
modes, bit settings, clock sources and affected
sources (primary, secondary or INTOSC multiplexer);
modules are summarized in Table 3-1.
the Sleep mode does not use a clock source.
The clock switching feature offered in other PIC18 3.1.1 CLOCK SOURCES
devices (i.e., using the Timer1 oscillator in place of the
The clock source is selected by setting the SCS bits of
primary oscillator) and the Sleep mode offered by all
the OSCCON register. Three clock sources are avail-
PICmicro® devices (where all system clocks are
able for use in power managed Idle modes: the primary
stopped) are both offered in the PIC18F2X20/4X20
clock (as configured in Configuration Register 1H), the
devices (SEC_RUN and Sleep modes, respectively).
secondary clock (Timer1 oscillator) and the internal
However, additional power managed modes are avail-
oscillator block. The secondary and internal oscillator
able that allow the user greater flexibility in determining
block sources are available for the power managed
what portions of the device are operating. The power
modes (PRI_RUN mode is the normal full power exe-
managed modes are event driven; that is, some
cution mode; the CPU and peripherals are clocked by
specific event must occur for the device to enter or
the primary oscillator source).
(more particularly) exit these operating modes.
TABLE 3-1: POWER MANAGED MODES

OSCCON Bits Module Clocking
Mode IDLEN SCS1:SCS0 Available Clock and Oscillator Source
CPU Peripherals
<7> <1:0>
Sleep 0 00 Off Off None – All clocks are disabled
PRI_RUN 0 00 Clocked Clocked Primary – LP, XT, HS, HSPLL, RC, EC, INTRC(1).
This is the normal full power execution mode.
SEC_RUN 0 01 Clocked Clocked Secondary – Timer1 Oscillator
RC_RUN 0 1x Clocked Clocked Internal Oscillator Block(1)
PRI_IDLE 1 00 Off Clocked Primary – LP, XT, HS, HSPLL, RC, EC
SEC_IDLE 1 01 Off Clocked Secondary – Timer1 Oscillator
RC_IDLE 1 1x Off Clocked Internal Oscillator Block(1)
Note 1: Includes INTOSC and INTOSC postscaler, as well as the INTRC source.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.1.2 ENTERING POWER MANAGED
Note 1: Caution should be used when modifying a
MODES single IRCF bit. If VDD is less than 3V, it is
In general, entry, exit and switching between power possible to select a higher clock speed
managed clock sources requires clock source than is supported by the low VDD.
switching. In each case, the sequence of events is the Improper device operation may result if
same. the VDD/FOSC specifications are violated.
Any change in the power managed mode begins with 2: Executing a SLEEP instruction does not
loading the OSCCON register and executing a SLEEP necessarily place the device into Sleep
instruction. The SCS1:SCS0 bits select one of three mode; executing a SLEEP instruction is
power managed clock sources; the primary clock (as simply a trigger to place the controller into
defined in Configuration Register 1H), the secondary a power managed mode selected by the
clock (the Timer1 oscillator) and the internal oscillator OSCCON register, one of which is Sleep
block (used in RC modes). Modifying the SCS bits will mode.
have no effect until a SLEEP instruction is executed.
Entry to the power managed mode is triggered by the 3.1.3 MULTIPLE SLEEP COMMANDS
execution of a SLEEP instruction. The power managed mode that is invoked with the
Figure 3-5 shows how the system is clocked while SLEEP instruction is determined by the settings of the
switching from the primary clock to the Timer1 oscilla- IDLEN and SCS bits at the time the instruction is exe-
tor. When the SLEEP instruction is executed, clocks to cuted. If another SLEEP instruction is executed, the
the device are stopped at the beginning of the next device will enter the power managed mode specified by
instruction cycle. Eight clock cycles from the new clock these same bits at that time. If the bits have changed,
source are counted to synchronize with the new clock the device will enter the new power managed mode
source. After eight clock pulses from the new clock specified by the new bit settings.
source are counted, clocks from the new clock source
resume clocking the system. The actual length of the 3.1.4 COMPARISONS BETWEEN RUN
pause is between eight and nine clock periods from the AND IDLE MODES
new clock source. This ensures that the new clock Clock source selection for the Run modes is identical to
source is stable and that its pulse width will not be less the corresponding Idle modes. When a SLEEP instruc-
than the shortest pulse width of the two clock sources. tion is executed, the SCS bits in the OSCCON register
Three bits indicate the current clock source: OSTS and are used to switch to a different clock source. As a
IOFS in the OSCCON register and T1RUN in the result, if there is a change of clock source at the time a
T1CON register. Only one of these bits will be set while SLEEP instruction is executed, a clock switch will occur.
in a power managed mode other than PRI_RUN. When In Idle modes, the CPU is not clocked and is not run-
the OSTS bit is set, the primary clock is providing the ning. In Run modes, the CPU is clocked and executing
system clock. When the IOFS bit is set, the INTOSC code. This difference modifies the operation of the
output is providing a stable 8 MHz clock source and is WDT when it times out. In Idle modes, a WDT time-out
providing the system clock. When the T1RUN bit is set, results in a wake from power managed modes. In Run
the Timer1 oscillator is providing the system clock. If modes, a WDT time-out results in a WDT Reset (see
none of these bits are set, then either the INTRC clock Table 3-2).
source is clocking the system or the INTOSC source is
not yet stable. During a wake-up from an Idle mode, the CPU starts
executing code by entering the corresponding Run
If the internal oscillator block is configured as the pri- mode until the primary clock becomes ready. When the
mary clock source in Configuration Register 1H, then primary clock becomes ready, the clock source is auto-
both the OSTS and IOFS bits may be set when in matically switched to the primary clock. The IDLEN and
PRI_RUN or PRI_IDLE modes. This indicates that the SCS bits are unchanged during and after the wake-up.
primary clock (INTOSC output) is generating a stable
8 MHz output. Entering a power managed RC mode Figure 3-2 shows how the system is clocked during the
(same frequency) would clear the OSTS bit. clock source switch. The example assumes the device
was in SEC_IDLE or SEC_RUN mode when a wake is
triggered (the primary clock was configured in HSPLL
mode).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 3-2: COMPARISON BETWEEN POWER MANAGED MODES
Power Clock during wake-up
WDT time-out Peripherals are
Managed CPU is clocked by ... (while primary becomes
causes a ... clocked by ...
Mode ready)
Sleep Not clocked (not running) Wake-up Not clocked None or INTOSC multiplexer if
Two-Speed Start-up or
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor are
enabled.
Any Idle mode Not clocked (not running) Wake-up Primary, Secondary or Unchanged from Idle mode
INTOSC multiplexer (CPU operates as in
corresponding Run mode).
Any Run mode Secondary or INTOSC Reset Secondary or INTOSC Unchanged from Run mode.
multiplexer multiplexer
3.2 Sleep Mode There is one exception to how the IDLEN bit functions.
When all the low-power OSCCON bits are cleared
The power managed Sleep mode in the PIC18F2X20/ (IDLEN:SCS1:SCS0 = 000), the device enters Sleep
4X20 devices is identical to that offered in all other mode upon the execution of the SLEEP instruction. This
PICmicro controllers. It is entered by clearing the is both the Reset state of the OSCCON register and the
IDLEN and SCS1:SCS0 bits (this is the Reset state) setting that selects Sleep mode. This maintains com-
and executing the SLEEP instruction. This shuts down patibility with other PICmicro devices that do not offer
the primary oscillator and the OSTS bit is cleared (see power managed modes.
Figure 3-1).
If the Idle Enable bit, IDLEN (OSCCON<7>), is set to a
When a wake event occurs in Sleep mode (by interrupt, ‘1’ when a SLEEP instruction is executed, the
Reset or WDT time-out), the system will not be clocked peripherals will be clocked from the clock source
until the primary clock source becomes ready (see selected using the SCS1:SCS0 bits; however, the CPU
Figure 3-2), or it will be clocked from the internal will not be clocked. Since the CPU is not executing
oscillator block if either the Two-Speed Start-up or the instructions, the only exits from any of the Idle modes
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor are enabled (see Section 23.0 are by interrupt, WDT time-out or a Reset.
“Special Features of the CPU”). In either case, the
OSTS bit is set when the primary clock is providing the When a wake-up event occurs, CPU execution is
system clocks. The IDLEN and SCS bits are not delayed approximately 10 µs while it becomes ready to
affected by the wake-up. execute code. When the CPU begins executing code,
it is clocked by the same clock source as was selected
in the power managed mode (i.e., when waking from
3.3 Idle Modes RC_IDLE mode, the internal oscillator block will clock
The IDLEN bit allows the controller’s CPU to be the CPU and peripherals until the primary clock source
selectively shut down while the peripherals continue to becomes ready – this is essentially RC_RUN mode).
operate. Clearing IDLEN allows the CPU to be clocked. This continues until the primary clock source becomes
Setting IDLEN disables clocks to the CPU, effectively ready. When the primary clock becomes ready, the
stopping program execution (see Register 2-2). The OSTS bit is set and the system clock source is
peripherals continue to be clocked regardless of the switched to the primary clock (see Figure 3-4). The
setting of the IDLEN bit. IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up.
While in any Idle mode or the Sleep mode, a WDT time-out
will result in a WDT wake-up to full power operation.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 3-1: TIMING TRANSITION FOR ENTRY TO SLEEP MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Sleep
Program
Counter PC PC + 2
FIGURE 3-2: TRANSITION TIMING FOR WAKE FROM SLEEP (HSPLL)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
TOST(1) TPLL(1)
PLL Clock
Output
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
PC PC + 2 PC + 4 PC + 6 PC + 8
Counter
Wake-up Event OSTS bit Set
Note 1: TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.3.1 PRI_IDLE MODE When a wake-up event occurs, the CPU is clocked
from the primary clock source. A delay of approxi-
This mode is unique among the three Low-Power Idle
mately 10 µs is required between the wake-up event
modes in that it does not disable the primary system
and when code execution starts. This is required to
clock. For timing sensitive applications, this allows for
allow the CPU to become ready to execute instructions.
the fastest resumption of device operation, with its
After the wake-up, the OSTS bit remains set. The
more accurate primary clock source, since the clock
IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up
source does not have to “warm up” or transition from
(see Figure 3-4).
another oscillator.
PRI_IDLE mode is entered by setting the IDLEN bit,
clearing the SCS bits and executing a SLEEP instruc-
tion. Although the CPU is disabled, the peripherals
continue to be clocked from the primary clock source
specified in Configuration Register 1H. The OSTS bit
remains set in PRI_IDLE mode (see Figure 3-3).
FIGURE 3-3: TRANSITION TIMING TO PRI_IDLE MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OSC1
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
PC PC + 2
Counter
FIGURE 3-4: TRANSITION TIMING FOR WAKE FROM PRI_IDLE MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CPU Start-up Delay

CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
PC PC + 2
Counter
Wake-up Event

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.3.2 SEC_IDLE MODE When a wake-up event occurs, the peripherals continue
to be clocked from the Timer1 oscillator. After a 10 µs
In SEC_IDLE mode, the CPU is disabled but the
delay following the wake-up event, the CPU begins exe-
peripherals continue to be clocked from the Timer1
cuting code, being clocked by the Timer1 oscillator. The
oscillator. This mode is entered by setting the IDLEN
microcontroller operates in SEC_RUN mode until the
bit, modifying to SCS1:SCS0 = 01 and executing a
primary clock becomes ready. When the primary clock
SLEEP instruction. When the clock source is switched
becomes ready, a clock switch back to the primary clock
to the Timer1 oscillator (see Figure 3-5), the primary
occurs (see Figure 3-6). When the clock switch is com-
oscillator is shut down, the OSTS bit is cleared and the
plete, the T1RUN bit is cleared, the OSTS bit is set and
T1RUN bit is set.
the primary clock is providing the system clock. The
Note: The Timer1 oscillator should already be IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up;
running prior to entering SEC_IDLE mode. the Timer1 oscillator continues to run.
If the T1OSCEN bit is not set when try-
ing to set the SCS0 bit (OSCCON<0>),
the write to SCS0 will not occur. If the
Timer1 oscillator is enabled but not yet
running, peripheral clocks will be delayed
until the oscillator has started; in such sit-
uations, initial oscillator operation is far
from stable and unpredictable operation
may result.
FIGURE 3-5: TIMING TRANSITION FOR ENTRY TO SEC_IDLE MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
T1OSI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Clock Transition
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter PC PC + 2
FIGURE 3-6: TIMING TRANSITION FOR WAKE FROM SEC_RUN MODE (HSPLL)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
T1OSI
OSC1
TOST(1) TPLL(1)
PLL Clock
Output 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Clock Transition
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
PC PC + 2 PC + 4 PC + 6
Counter
Wake-up from Interrupt Event OSTS bit Set

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.3.3 RC_IDLE MODE was executed and the INTOSC source was already
stable, the IOFS bit will remain set. If the IRCF bits are
In RC_IDLE mode, the CPU is disabled but the periph-
all clear, the INTOSC output is not enabled and the
erals continue to be clocked from the internal oscillator
IOFS bit will remain clear; there will be no indication of
block using the INTOSC multiplexer. This mode allows
the current clock source.
for controllable power conservation during Idle periods.
When a wake-up event occurs, the peripherals con-
This mode is entered by setting the IDLEN bit, setting
tinue to be clocked from the INTOSC multiplexer. After
SCS1 (SCS0 is ignored) and executing a SLEEP
a 10 µs delay following the wake-up event, the CPU
instruction. The INTOSC multiplexer may be used to
begins executing code, being clocked by the INTOSC
select a higher clock frequency by modifying the IRCF
multiplexer. The microcontroller operates in RC_RUN
bits before executing the SLEEP instruction. When the
mode until the primary clock becomes ready. When the
clock source is switched to the INTOSC multiplexer
primary clock becomes ready, a clock switch back to
(see Figure 3-7), the primary oscillator is shut down
the primary clock occurs (see Figure 3-8). When the
and the OSTS bit is cleared.
clock switch is complete, the IOFS bit is cleared, the
If the IRCF bits are set to a non-zero value (thus OSTS bit is set and the primary clock is providing the
enabling the INTOSC output), the IOFS bit becomes system clock. The IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected
set after the INTOSC output becomes stable, in about by the wake-up. The INTRC source will continue to run
1 ms. Clocks to the peripherals continue while the if either the WDT or the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is
INTOSC source stabilizes. If the IRCF bits were previ- enabled.
ously at a non-zero value before the SLEEP instruction
FIGURE 3-7: TIMING TRANSITION TO RC_IDLE MODE

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
INTRC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Clock Transition
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter PC PC + 2
FIGURE 3-8: TIMING TRANSITION FOR WAKE FROM RC_RUN MODE (RC_RUN TO PRI_RUN)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
INTOSC
Multiplexer
OSC1
TOST(1) TPLL(1)
PLL Clock
Output 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Clock Transition
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
PC PC + 2 PC + 4 PC + 6
Counter
Wake-up from Interrupt Event OSTS bit Set

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.4 Run Modes SEC_RUN mode is entered by clearing the IDLEN bit,
setting SCS1:SCS0 = 01 and executing a SLEEP
If the IDLEN bit is clear when a SLEEP instruction is instruction. The system clock source is switched to the
executed, the CPU and peripherals are both clocked Timer1 oscillator (see Figure 3-9), the primary oscilla-
from the source selected using the SCS1:SCS0 bits. tor is shut down, the T1RUN bit (T1CON<6>) is set and
While these operating modes may not afford the power the OSTS bit is cleared.
conservation of Idle or Sleep modes, they do allow the
device to continue executing instructions by using a Note: The Timer1 oscillator should already be
lower frequency clock source. RC_RUN mode also running prior to entering SEC_RUN mode.
offers the possibility of executing code at a frequency If the T1OSCEN bit is not set when try-
greater than the primary clock. ing to set the SCS0 bit, the write to
Wake-up from a power managed Run mode can be SCS0 will not occur. If the Timer1 oscilla-
triggered by an interrupt, or any Reset, to return to full tor is enabled, but not yet running, system
power operation. As the CPU is executing code in Run clocks will be delayed until the oscillator
modes, several additional exits from Run modes are has started; in such situations, initial oscil-
possible. They include exit to Sleep mode, exit to a cor- lator operation is far from stable and
responding Idle mode, and exit by executing a RESET unpredictable operation may result.
instruction. While the device is in any of the power
When a wake-up event occurs, the peripherals and
managed Run modes, a WDT time-out will result in a
CPU continue to be clocked from the Timer1 oscillator
WDT Reset.
while the primary clock is started. When the primary
clock becomes ready, a clock switch back to the primary
3.4.1 PRI_RUN MODE
clock occurs (see Figure 3-6). When the clock switch is
The PRI_RUN mode is the normal full power execution complete, the T1RUN bit is cleared, the OSTS bit is set
mode. If the SLEEP instruction is never executed, the and the primary clock is providing the system clock. The
microcontroller operates in this mode (a SLEEP instruc- IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up;
tion is executed to enter all other power managed the Timer1 oscillator continues to run.
modes). All other power managed modes exit to
Firmware can force an exit from SEC_RUN mode. By
PRI_RUN mode when an interrupt or WDT time-out
clearing the T1OSCEN bit (T1CON<3>), an exit from
occur.
SEC_RUN back to normal full power operation is trig-
There is no entry to PRI_RUN mode. The OSTS bit is gered. The Timer1 oscillator will continue to run and
set. The IOFS bit may be set if the internal oscillator provide the system clock even though the T1OSCEN bit
block is the primary clock source (see Section 2.7.1 is cleared. The primary clock is started. When the pri-
“Oscillator Control Register”). mary clock becomes ready, a clock switch back to the
primary clock occurs (see Figure 3-6). When the clock
3.4.2 SEC_RUN MODE switch is complete, the Timer1 oscillator is disabled, the
The SEC_RUN mode is the compatible mode to the T1RUN bit is cleared, the OSTS bit is set and the pri-
“clock switching” feature offered in other PIC18 mary clock is providing the system clock. The IDLEN
devices. In this mode, the CPU and peripherals are and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up.
clocked from the Timer1 oscillator. This gives users the
option of lower power consumption while still using a
high accuracy clock source.
FIGURE 3-9: TIMING TRANSITION FOR ENTRY TO SEC_RUN MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
T1OSI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Clock Transition
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter PC PC + 2 PC + 2

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.4.3 RC_RUN MODE
Note: Caution should be used when modifying a
In RC_RUN mode, the CPU and peripherals are single IRCF bit. If VDD is less than 3V, it is
clocked from the internal oscillator block using the possible to select a higher clock speed
INTOSC multiplexer and the primary clock is shut than is supported by the low VDD.
down. When using the INTRC source, this mode pro- Improper device operation may result if
vides the best power conservation of all the Run modes the VDD/FOSC specifications are violated.
while still executing code. It works well for user applica-
tions which are not highly timing sensitive or do not If the IRCF bits are all clear, the INTOSC output is not
require high-speed clocks at all times. enabled and the IOFS bit will remain clear; there will be
no indication of the current clock source. The INTRC
If the primary clock source is the internal oscillator source is providing the system clocks.
block (either of the INTIO1 or INTIO2 oscillators), there
are no distinguishable differences between PRI_RUN If the IRCF bits are changed from all clear (thus
and RC_RUN modes during execution. However, a enabling the INTOSC output), the IOFS bit becomes
clock switch delay will occur during entry to, and exit set after the INTOSC output becomes stable. Clocks to
from, RC_RUN mode. Therefore, if the primary clock the system continue while the INTOSC source
source is the internal oscillator block, the use of stabilizes in approximately 1 ms.
RC_RUN mode is not recommended. If the IRCF bits were previously at a non-zero value
This mode is entered by clearing the IDLEN bit, setting before the SLEEP instruction was executed and the
SCS1 (SCS0 is ignored) and executing a SLEEP INTOSC source was already stable, the IOFS bit will
instruction. The IRCF bits may select the clock remain set.
frequency before the SLEEP instruction is executed. When a wake-up event occurs, the system continues to
When the clock source is switched to the INTOSC be clocked from the INTOSC multiplexer while the pri-
multiplexer (see Figure 3-10), the primary oscillator is mary clock is started. When the primary clock becomes
shut down and the OSTS bit is cleared. ready, a clock switch to the primary clock occurs (see
The IRCF bits may be modified at any time to immedi- Figure 3-8). When the clock switch is complete, the
ately change the system clock speed. Executing a IOFS bit is cleared, the OSTS bit is set and the primary
SLEEP instruction is not required to select a new clock clock is providing the system clock. The IDLEN and
frequency from the INTOSC multiplexer. SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up. The INTRC
source will continue to run if either the WDT or the
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled.
FIGURE 3-10: TIMING TRANSITION TO RC_RUN MODE

Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
INTRC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Clock Transition
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter PC PC + 2 PC + 4

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.4.4 EXIT TO IDLE MODE 3.5 Wake-up From Power Managed
An exit from a power managed Run mode to its corre- Modes
sponding Idle mode is executed by setting the IDLEN
An exit from any of the power managed modes is trig-
bit and executing a SLEEP instruction. The CPU is
gered by an interrupt, a Reset, or a WDT time-out. This
halted at the beginning of the instruction following the
section discusses the triggers that cause exits from
SLEEP instruction. There are no changes to any of the
power managed modes. The clocking subsystem
clock source status bits (OSTS, IOFS or T1RUN).
actions are discussed in each of the power managed
While the CPU is halted, the peripherals continue to be
modes (see Section 3.2 “Sleep Mode” through
clocked from the previously selected clock source.
Section 3.4 “Run Modes”).
3.4.5 EXIT TO SLEEP MODE Note: If application code is timing sensitive, it
An exit from a power managed Run mode to Sleep should wait for the OSTS bit to become set
mode is executed by clearing the IDLEN and before continuing. Use the interval during
SCS1:SCS0 bits and executing a SLEEP instruction. the low-power exit sequence (before
The code is no different than the method used to invoke OSTS is set) to perform timing insensitive
Sleep mode from the normal operating (full power) “housekeeping” tasks.
mode. Device behavior during Low-Power mode exits is
The primary clock and internal oscillator block are dis- summarized in Table 3-3.
abled. The INTRC will continue to operate if the WDT
is enabled. The Timer1 oscillator will continue to run, if 3.5.1 EXIT BY INTERRUPT
enabled, in the T1CON register. All clock source status Any of the available interrupt sources can cause the
bits are cleared (OSTS, IOFS and T1RUN). device to exit a power managed mode and resume full
power operation. To enable this functionality, an inter-
rupt source must be enabled by setting its enable bit in
one of the INTCON or PIE registers. The exit sequence
is initiated when the corresponding interrupt flag bit is
set. On all exits from Lower Power mode by interrupt,
code execution branches to the interrupt vector if the
GIE/GIEH bit (INTCON<7>) is set. Otherwise, code
execution continues or resumes without branching
(see Section 9.0 “Interrupts”).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 3-3: ACTIVITY AND EXIT DELAY ON WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP MODE OR
ANY IDLE MODE (BY CLOCK SOURCES)
Power Activity During Wake-up from
Clock Ready
Clock in Power Primary System Managed Power Managed Mode
Status Bit
Managed Mode Clock Mode Exit
(OSCCON) Exit by Interrupt Exit by Reset
Delay
LP, XT, HS CPU and peripherals Not clocked or
Primary System OSTS clocked by primary clock Two-Speed Start-up
HSPLL
Clock (1) 5-10 µs(5) and executing (if enabled)(3).
(PRI_IDLE mode) EC, RC, INTRC —
instructions.
INTOSC (2)
IOFS
LP, XT, HS OST CPU and peripherals
OSTS clocked by selected
T1OSC or HSPLL OST + 2 ms
INTRC(1) power managed mode
EC, RC, INTRC(1) 5-10 µs(5) —
clock and executing
(2)
INTOSC 1 ms(4) IOFS instructions until primary
LP, XT, HS OST clock source becomes
OSTS ready.
HSPLL OST + 2 ms
INTOSC(2)
EC, RC, INTRC(1) 5-10 µs(5) —
(2)
INTOSC None IOFS
LP, XT, HS OST Not clocked or
OSTS Two-Speed Start-up (if
HSPLL OST + 2 ms
Sleep mode enabled) until primary
EC, RC, INTRC(1) 5-10 µs(5) —
clock source becomes
(2)
INTOSC 1 ms(4) IOFS ready(3).
Note 1: In this instance, refers specifically to the INTRC clock source.
2: Includes both the INTOSC 8 MHz source and postscaler derived frequencies.
3: Two-Speed Start-up is covered in greater detail in Section 23.3 “Two-Speed Start-up”.
4: Execution continues during the INTOSC stabilization period.
5: Required delay when waking from Sleep and all Idle modes. This delay runs concurrently with any other
required delays (see Section 3.3 “Idle Modes”).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.5.2 EXIT BY RESET 3.5.4 EXIT WITHOUT AN OSCILLATOR
Normally, the device is held in Reset by the Oscillator START-UP DELAY
Start-up Timer (OST) until the primary clock (defined in Certain exits from power managed modes do not
Configuration Register 1H) becomes ready. At that invoke the OST at all. These are:
time, the OSTS bit is set and the device begins
executing code. • PRI_IDLE mode, where the primary clock source
is not stopped; and
Code execution can begin before the primary clock
becomes ready. If either the Two-Speed Start-up (see • the primary clock source is not any of the LP, XT,
Section 23.3 “Two-Speed Start-up”) or Fail-Safe HS or HSPLL modes.
Clock Monitor (see Section 23.4 “Fail-Safe Clock In these cases, the primary clock source either does
Monitor”) are enabled in Configuration Register 1H, not require an oscillator start-up delay, since it is
the device may begin execution as soon as the Reset already running (PRI_IDLE), or normally does not
source has cleared. Execution is clocked by the require an oscillator start-up delay (RC, EC and INTIO
INTOSC multiplexer driven by the internal oscillator Oscillator modes).
block. Since the OSCCON register is cleared following
all Resets, the INTRC clock source is selected. A higher However, a fixed delay (approximately 10 µs) following
speed clock may be selected by modifying the IRCF bits the wake-up event is required when leaving Sleep and
in the OSCCON register. Execution is clocked by the Idle modes. This delay is required for the CPU to pre-
internal oscillator block until either the primary clock pare for execution. Instruction execution resumes on
becomes ready, or a power managed mode is entered the first clock cycle following this delay.
before the primary clock becomes ready; the primary
clock is then shut down. 3.6 INTOSC Frequency Drift
3.5.3 EXIT BY WDT TIME-OUT The factory calibrates the internal oscillator block
output (INTOSC) for 8 MHz. However, this frequency
A WDT time-out will cause different actions depending
may drift as VDD or temperature changes, which can
on which power managed mode the device is in when
affect the controller operation in a variety of ways.
the time-out occurs.
It is possible to adjust the INTOSC frequency by modi-
If the device is not executing code (all Idle modes and
fying the value in the OSCTUNE register. This has the
Sleep mode), the time-out will result in a wake-up from
side effect that the INTRC clock source frequency is
the power managed mode (see Section 3.2 “Sleep
also affected. However, the features that use the
Mode” through Section 3.4 “Run Modes”).
INTRC source often do not require an exact frequency.
If the device is executing code (all Run modes), the These features include the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor, the
time-out will result in a WDT Reset (see Section 23.2 Watchdog Timer and the RC_RUN/RC_IDLE modes
“Watchdog Timer (WDT)”). when the INTRC clock source is selected.
The WDT timer and postscaler are cleared by execut- Being able to adjust the INTOSC requires knowing
ing a SLEEP or CLRWDT instruction, the loss of a when an adjustment is required, in which direction it
currently selected clock source (if the Fail-Safe Clock should be made and in some cases, how large a
Monitor is enabled) and modifying the IRCF bits in the change is needed. Three examples are shown but
OSCCON register if the internal oscillator block is the other techniques may be used.
system clock source.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
3.6.1 EXAMPLE – USART 3.6.3 EXAMPLE – CCP IN CAPTURE
An adjustment may be indicated when the USART MODE
begins to generate framing errors or receives data A CCP module can use free running Timer1 (or
with errors while in Asynchronous mode. Framing Timer3), clocked by the internal oscillator block and an
errors indicate that the system clock frequency is too external event with a known period (i.e., AC power fre-
high – try decrementing the value in the OSCTUNE quency). The time of the first event is captured in the
register to reduce the system clock frequency. Errors in CCPRxH:CCPRxL registers and is recorded for use
data may suggest that the system clock speed is too later. When the second event causes a capture, the
low – increment OSCTUNE. time of the first event is subtracted from the time of the
second event. Since the period of the external event is
3.6.2 EXAMPLE – TIMERS known, the time difference between events can be
This technique compares system clock speed to some calculated.
reference clock. Two timers may be used; one timer is If the measured time is much greater than the
clocked by the peripheral clock, while the other is calculated time, the internal oscillator block is running
clocked by a fixed reference source, such as the too fast – decrement OSCTUNE. If the measured time
Timer1 oscillator. is much less than the calculated time, the internal
Both timers are cleared but the timer clocked by the ref- oscillator block is running too slow – increment
erence generates interrupts. When an interrupt occurs, OSCTUNE.
the internally clocked timer is read and both timers are
cleared. If the internally clocked timer value is greater
than expected, then the internal oscillator block is
running too fast – decrement OSCTUNE.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
4.0 RESET Most registers are not affected by a WDT wake-up
since this is viewed as the resumption of normal oper-
The PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices differentiate between ation. Status bits from the RCON register, RI, TO, PD,
various kinds of Reset: POR and BOR, are set or cleared differently in different
a) Power-on Reset (POR) Reset situations as indicated in Table 4-2. These bits
b) MCLR Reset while executing instructions are used in software to determine the nature of the
Reset. See Table 4-3 for a full description of the Reset
c) MCLR Reset when not executing instructions
states of all registers.
d) Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset (during
execution) A simplified block diagram of the on-chip Reset circuit
is shown in Figure 4-1.
e) Programmable Brown-out Reset (BOR)
f) RESET Instruction The enhanced MCU devices have a MCLR noise filter
in the MCLR Reset path. The filter will detect and
g) Stack Full Reset
ignore small pulses.
h) Stack Underflow Reset
The MCLR pin is not driven low by any internal Resets,
Most registers are unaffected by a Reset. Their status including the WDT.
is unknown on POR and unchanged by all other
Resets. The other registers are forced to a “Reset The MCLR input provided by the MCLR pin can be dis-
state” depending on the type of Reset that occurred. abled with the MCLRE bit in Configuration Register 3H
(CONFIG3H<7>). See Section 23.1 “Configuration
Bits” for more information.
FIGURE 4-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT

RESET
Instruction
Stack Stack Full/Underflow Reset

Pointer
External Reset
MCLRE
MCLR
( )_IDLE
Sleep
WDT
Time-out
VDD Rise POR Pulse

Detect
VDD
Brown-out
Reset
BOREN S
OST/PWRT
OST 1024 Cycles
Chip_Reset
10-bit Ripple Counter R Q
OSC1
32 µs PWRT 65.5 ms
INTRC(1) 11-bit Ripple Counter
Enable PWRT
Enable OST(2)
Note 1: This is the INTRC source from the internal oscillator block and is separate from the RC oscillator of the CLKI pin.
2: See Table 4-1 for time-out situations.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
4.1 Power-on Reset (POR) 4.3 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
A Power-on Reset pulse is generated on-chip when The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) provides a 1024
VDD rise is detected. To take advantage of the POR cir- oscillator cycle (from OSC1 input) delay after the
cuitry, just tie the MCLR pin through a resistor (1k to PWRT delay is over (parameter #33). This ensures that
10 kΩ) to VDD. This will eliminate external RC compo- the crystal oscillator or resonator has started and
nents usually needed to create a Power-on Reset stabilized.
delay. A minimum rise rate for VDD is specified The OST time-out is invoked only for XT, LP, HS and
(parameter D004). For a slow rise time, see Figure 4-2. HSPLL modes and only on Power-on Reset, or on exit
When the device starts normal operation (i.e., exits the from most power managed modes.
Reset condition), device operating parameters (volt-
age, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to 4.4 PLL Lock Time-out
ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the
device must be held in Reset until the operating With the PLL enabled in its PLL mode, the time-out
conditions are met. sequence following a Power-on Reset is slightly
different from other oscillator modes. A portion of the
FIGURE 4-2: EXTERNAL POWER-ON Power-up Timer is used to provide a fixed time-out that
is sufficient for the PLL to lock to the main oscillator fre-
RESET CIRCUIT (FOR
quency. This PLL lock time-out (TPLL) is typically 2 ms
SLOW VDD POWER-UP)
and follows the oscillator start-up time-out.
VDD VDD
4.5 Brown-out Reset (BOR)
D R A configuration bit, BOREN, can disable (if clear/
R1 programmed) or enable (if set) the Brown-out Reset cir-
MCLR
cuitry. If VDD falls below VBOR (parameter D005) for
C PIC18FXXXX greater than TBOR (parameter #35), the brown-out situ-
ation will reset the chip. A Reset may not occur if VDD
falls below VBOR for less than TBOR. The chip will
remain in Brown-out Reset until VDD rises above VBOR.
Note 1: External Power-on Reset circuit is
If the Power-up Timer is enabled, it will be invoked after
required only if the VDD power-up slope is
VDD rises above VBOR; it then will keep the chip in
too slow. The diode D helps discharge the
capacitor quickly when VDD powers down.
Reset for an additional time delay TPWRT (parameter
#33). If VDD drops below VBOR while the Power-up
2: R < 40 kΩ is recommended to make sure
Timer is running, the chip will go back into a Brown-out
that the voltage drop across R does not
violate the device’s electrical specification.
Reset and the Power-up Timer will be initialized. Once
VDD rises above VBOR, the Power-up Timer will execute
3: R1 ≥ 1 kΩ will limit any current flowing into
the additional time delay. Enabling BOR Reset does
MCLR from external capacitor C, in the
event of MCLR/VPP pin breakdown, due to
not automatically enable the PWRT.
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS). 4.6 Time-out Sequence
On power-up, the time-out sequence is as follows:
First, after the POR pulse has cleared, PWRT time-out
4.2 Power-up Timer (PWRT) is invoked (if enabled). Then, the OST is activated. The
total time-out will vary based on oscillator configuration
The Power-up Timer (PWRT) of the PIC18F2X20/4X20
and the status of the PWRT. For example, in RC mode
devices is an 11-bit counter, which uses the INTRC
with the PWRT disabled, there will be no time-out at all.
source as the clock input. This yields a count of
Figure 4-3, Figure 4-4, Figure 4-5, Figure 4-6 and
2048 x 32 µs = 65.6 ms. While the PWRT is counting,
Figure 4-7 depict time-out sequences on power-up.
the device is held in Reset.
Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, if MCLR
The power-up time delay depends on the INTRC clock
is kept low long enough, all time-outs will expire. Bring-
and will vary from chip-to-chip due to temperature and
ing MCLR high will begin execution immediately
process variation. See DC parameter #33 for details.
(Figure 4-5). This is useful for testing purposes or to
The PWRT is enabled by clearing configuration bit, synchronize more than one PIC18FXXXX device
PWRTEN. operating in parallel.
Table 4-2 shows the Reset conditions for some Special
Function Registers, while Table 4-3 shows the Reset
conditions for all the registers.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 4-1: TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS
Oscillator Power-up(2) and Brown-out Exit from
Configuration PWRTEN = 0 PWRTEN = 1 Power Managed Mode
(1) (2)
HSPLL 66 ms + 1024 TOSC + 2 ms 1024 TOSC + 2 ms(2) 1024 TOSC + 2 ms(2)
HS, XT, LP 66 ms(1) + 1024 TOSC 1024 TOSC 1024 TOSC
EC, ECIO 66 ms(1) — —
(1)
RC, RCIO 66 ms — —
INTIO1, INTIO2 66 ms(1) — —
Note 1: 66 ms (65.5 ms) is the nominal Power-up Timer (PWRT) delay.
2: 2 ms is the nominal time required for the 4x PLL to lock.
REGISTER 4-1: RCON REGISTER BITS AND POSITIONS

R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R-1 R-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
IPEN — — RI TO PD POR BOR
bit 7 bit 0
Note: Refer to Section 5.14 “RCON Register” for bit definitions.
TABLE 4-2: STATUS BITS, THEIR SIGNIFICANCE AND THE INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR
RCON REGISTER
Program RCON
Condition RI TO PD POR BOR STKFUL STKUNF
Counter Register
Power-on Reset 0000h 0--1 1100 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
RESET Instruction 0000h 0--0 uuuu 0 u u u u u u
Brown-out 0000h 0--1 11u- 1 1 1 u 0 u u
MCLR during power managed
0000h 0--u 1uuu u 1 u u u u u
Run modes
MCLR during power managed
0000h 0--u 10uu u 1 0 u u u u
Idle modes and Sleep mode
WDT Time-out during full power
0000h 0--u 0uuu u 0 u u u u u
or power managed Run mode
MCLR during full power
u u
execution
Stack Full Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h 0--u uuuu u u u u u 1 u
Stack Underflow Reset
u 1
(STVREN = 1)
Stack Underflow Error (not an
0000h u--u uuuu u u u u u u 1
actual Reset, STVREN = 0)
WDT Time-out during power
PC + 2 u--u 00uu u 0 0 u u u u
managed Idle or Sleep modes
Interrupt exit from power
PC + 2 u--u u0uu u u 0 u u u u
managed modes
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEH or GIEL bits are set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0x000008h or 0x000018h).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 4-3: INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS
MCLR Resets
Power-on Reset, WDT Reset Wake-up via WDT
Register Applicable Devices
Brown-out Reset RESET Instruction or Interrupt
Stack Resets
TOSU 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---0 uuuu(3)
TOSH 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(3)
TOSL 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(3)
STKPTR 2220 2320 4220 4320 uu-0 0000 00-0 0000 uu-u uuuu(3)
PCLATU 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu
PCLATH 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
PCL 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 PC + 2(2)
TBLPTRU 2220 2320 4220 4320 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu
TBLPTRH 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TBLPTRL 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TABLAT 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
PRODH 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PRODL 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
INTCON 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 000x 0000 000u uuuu uuuu(1)
INTCON2 2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 -1-1 1111 -1-1 uuuu -u-u(1)
INTCON3 2220 2320 4220 4320 11-0 0-00 11-0 0-00 uu-u u-uu(1)
INDF0 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
POSTINC0 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
POSTDEC0 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
PREINC0 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
PLUSW0 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
FSR0H 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---- xxxx ---- uuuu ---- uuuu
FSR0L 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
WREG 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
INDF1 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
POSTINC1 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
POSTDEC1 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
PREINC1 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
PLUSW1 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4: See Table 4-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Bits 6 and 7 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled, depending on the oscillator mode selected. When
not enabled as PORTA pins, they are disabled and read ‘0’.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 4-3: INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
MCLR Resets
Stack Resets
BSR 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---- 0000 ---- 0000 ---- uuuu
INDF2 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
POSTINC2 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
POSTDEC2 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
PREINC2 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
PLUSW2 2220 2320 4220 4320 N/A N/A N/A
STATUS 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---x xxxx ---u uuuu ---u uuuu
TMR0H 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TMR0L 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
T0CON 2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
OSCCON 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 q000 0000 q000 uuuu qquu
LVDCON 2220 2320 4220 4320 --00 0101 --00 0101 --uu uuuu
WDTCON 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---- ---0 ---- ---0 ---- ---u
(4)
RCON 2220 2320 4220 4320 0--1 11q0 0--q qquu u--u qquu
TMR1H 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
T1CON 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 u0uu uuuu uuuu uuuu
TMR2 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
PR2 2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111
T2CON 2220 2320 4220 4320 -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu
SSPBUF 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
SSPADD 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
SSPSTAT 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
SSPCON1 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
SSPCON2 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
hardware stack.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
MCLR Resets
Stack Resets
ADRESH 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
ADRESL 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
ADCON0 2220 2320 4220 4320 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu
ADCON1 2220 2320 4220 4320 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu
ADCON2 2220 2320 4220 4320 0-00 0000 0-00 0000 u-uu uuuu
CCPR1H 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
CCPR1L 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
2220 2320 4220 4320 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu
CCPR2H 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
CCPR2L 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
CCP2CON 2220 2320 4220 4320 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu
PWM1CON 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
ECCPAS 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
CVRCON 2220 2320 4220 4320 000- 0000 000- 0000 uuu- uuuu
CMCON 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0111 0000 0111 uuuu uuuu
TMR3H 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
T3CON 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
SPBRG 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
RCREG 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TXREG 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TXSTA 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 -010 0000 -010 uuuu -uuu
RCSTA 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 000x 0000 000x uuuu uuuu
EEADR 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
EEDATA 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
EECON1 2220 2320 4220 4320 xx-0 x000 uu-0 u000 uu-0 u000
EECON2 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
hardware stack.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
MCLR Resets
Stack Resets
IPR2 2220 2320 4220 4320 11-1 1111 11-1 1111 uu-u uuuu
PIR2 2220 2320 4220 4320 00-0 0000 00-0 0000 uu-u uuuu(1)
PIE2 2220 2320 4220 4320 00-0 0000 00-0 0000 uu-u uuuu
2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
IPR1
2220 2320 4220 4320 -111 1111 -111 1111 -uuu uuuu
2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu(1)
PIR1
2220 2320 4220 4320 -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu(1)
2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
PIE1
2220 2320 4220 4320 -000 0000 -000 0000 -uuu uuuu
OSCTUNE 2220 2320 4220 4320 --00 0000 --00 0000 --uu uuuu
TRISE 2220 2320 4220 4320 0000 -111 0000 -111 uuuu -uuu
TRISD 2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
TRISC 2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
TRISB 2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
TRISA(5) 2220 2320 4220 4320 1111 1111(5) 1111 1111(5) uuuu uuuu(5)
LATE 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---- -xxx ---- -uuu ---- -uuu
LATD 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
LATC 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
LATB 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
(5)
LATA 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx(5) uuuu uuuu(5) uuuu uuuu(5)
PORTE 2220 2320 4220 4320 ---- xxxx ---- xxxx ---- uuuu
PORTD 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PORTC 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PORTB 2220 2320 4220 4320 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PORTA(5) 2220 2320 4220 4320 xx0x 0000(5) uu0u 0000(5) uuuu uuuu(5)
hardware stack.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 4-3: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD, VDD RISE < TPWRT)
VDD
MCLR
Internal POR
TPWRT
PWRT Time-out TOST
OST Time-out
Internal Reset
FIGURE 4-4: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 1
VDD
MCLR
Internal POR
TPWRT
PWRT Time-out TOST
OST Time-out
Internal Reset
FIGURE 4-5: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 2
VDD
MCLR
Internal POR
TPWRT
PWRT Time-out TOST
OST Time-out
Internal Reset

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 4-6: SLOW RISE TIME (MCLR TIED TO VDD, VDD RISE > TPWRT)
5V
VDD 0V 1V
MCLR
Internal POR
TPWRT
PWRT Time-out
TOST
OST Time-out
Internal Reset
FIGURE 4-7: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POR W/ PLL ENABLED (MCLR TIED TO VDD)
VDD
MCLR
Internal POR
TPWRT
PWRT Time-out TOST
OST Time-out TPLL
PLL Time-out
Internal Reset
Note: TOST = 1024 clock cycles.

TPLL ≈ 2 ms max. First three stages of the PWRT timer.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION 5.1 Program Memory Organization
There are three memory types in Enhanced MCU A 21-bit program counter is capable of addressing the
devices. These memory types are: 2-Mbyte program memory space. Accessing a location
between the physically implemented memory and the
• Program Memory
2-Mbyte address will cause a read of all ‘0’s (a NOP
• Data RAM instruction).
• Data EEPROM
The PIC18F2220 and PIC18F4220 each have
Data and program memory use separate busses which 4 Kbytes of Flash memory and can store up to 2,048
allow for concurrent access of these types. single-word instructions.
Additional detailed information for Flash program mem- The PIC18F2320 and PIC18F4320 each have
ory and data EEPROM is provided in Section 6.0 8 Kbytes of Flash memory and can store up to 4,096
“Flash Program Memory” and Section 7.0 “Data single-word instructions.
EEPROM Memory”, respectively.
The Reset vector address is at 0000h and the interrupt
vector addresses are at 0008h and 0018h.
The Program Memory Maps for PIC18F2220/4220 and
PIC18F2320/4320 devices are shown in Figure 5-1
and Figure 5-2, respectively.
FIGURE 5-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP FIGURE 5-2: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR AND STACK FOR
PIC18F2220/4220 PIC18F2320/4320
PC<20:0> PC<20:0>
CALL,RCALL,RETURN 21 CALL,RCALL,RETURN 21
RETFIE,RETLW RETFIE,RETLW
Stack Level 1 Stack Level 1
• •
• •
• •
Stack Level 31 Stack Level 31
Reset Vector 0000h Reset Vector 0000h
High Priority Interrupt Vector 0008h High Priority Interrupt Vector 0008h
Low Priority Interrupt Vector 0018h Low Priority Interrupt Vector 0018h
On-Chip
Program Memory On-Chip
0FFFh
1000h Program Memory
1FFFh
User Memory Space
User Memory Space
2000h
Read ‘0’ Read ‘0’
1FFFFFh 1FFFFFh
200000h 200000h

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.2 Return Address Stack 5.2.2 RETURN STACK POINTER
(STKPTR)
The return address stack allows any combination of up
to 31 program calls and interrupts to occur. The PC The STKPTR register (Register 5-1) contains the stack
(Program Counter) is pushed onto the stack when a pointer value, the STKFUL (Stack Full) status bit and
CALL or RCALL instruction is executed or an interrupt is the STKUNF (Stack Underflow) status bits. The value
Acknowledged. The PC value is pulled off the stack on of the stack pointer can be 0 through 31. The stack
a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction. PCLATU pointer increments before values are pushed onto the
and PCLATH are not affected by any of the RETURN or stack and decrements after values are popped off the
CALL instructions. stack. At Reset, the stack pointer value will be zero.
The user may read and write the stack pointer value.
The stack operates as a 31-word by 21-bit RAM and a
This feature can be used by a Real-Time Operating
5-bit stack pointer, with the stack pointer initialized to
System for return stack maintenance.
00000b after all Resets. There is no RAM associated
with stack pointer 00000b. This is only a Reset value. After the PC is pushed onto the stack 31 times (without
During a CALL type instruction, causing a push onto the popping any values off the stack), the STKFUL bit is
stack, the stack pointer is first incremented and the set. The STKFUL bit is cleared by software or by a
RAM location pointed to by the stack pointer is written POR.
with the contents of the PC (already pointing to the The action that takes place when the stack becomes
instruction following the CALL). During a RETURN type full depends on the state of the STVREN (Stack Over-
instruction, causing a pop from the stack, the contents flow Reset Enable) configuration bit. (Refer to
of the RAM location pointed to by the STKPTR are Section 23.1 “Configuration Bits” for a description of
transferred to the PC and then the stack pointer is the device configuration bits.) If STVREN is set
decremented. (default), the 31st push will push the (PC + 2) value
The stack space is not part of either program or data onto the stack, set the STKFUL bit and reset the
space. The stack pointer is readable and writable and device. The STKFUL bit will remain set and the stack
the address on the top of the stack is readable and writ- pointer will be set to zero.
able through the top-of-stack Special File Registers. If STVREN is cleared, the STKFUL bit will be set on the
Data can also be pushed to, or popped from, the stack 31st push and the stack pointer will increment to 31.
using the top-of-stack SFRs. Status bits indicate if the Any additional pushes will not overwrite the 31st push,
stack is full, has overflowed or underflowed. and STKPTR will remain at 31.
5.2.1 TOP-OF-STACK ACCESS When the stack has been popped enough times to
unload the stack, the next pop will return a value of zero
The top of the stack is readable and writable. Three to the PC and sets the STKUNF bit, while the stack
register locations, TOSU, TOSH and TOSL, hold the pointer remains at zero. The STKUNF bit will remain
contents of the stack location pointed to by the set until cleared by software or a POR occurs.
STKPTR register (Figure 5-3). This allows users to
implement a software stack if necessary. After a CALL, Note: Returning a value of zero to the PC on an
RCALL or interrupt, the software can read the pushed underflow has the effect of vectoring the
value by reading the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL registers. program to the Reset vector, where the
These values can be placed on a user defined software stack conditions can be verified and
stack. At return time, the software can replace the appropriate actions can be taken. This is
TOSU, TOSH and TOSL and do a return. not the same as a Reset, as the contents
of the SFRs are not affected.
The user must disable the global interrupt enable bits
while accessing the stack to prevent inadvertent stack
corruption.
FIGURE 5-3: RETURN ADDRESS STACK AND ASSOCIATED REGISTERS

Return Address Stack
11111
11110
11101
TOSU TOSH TOSL STKPTR<4:0>
00h 1Ah 34h 00010
00011
Top-of-Stack 001A34h 00010
000D58h 00001
00000

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 5-1: STKPTR REGISTER
R/C-0 R/C-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
STKFUL STKUNF — SP4 SP3 SP2 SP1 SP0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7(1) STKFUL: Stack Full Flag bit

1 = Stack became full or overflowed
0 = Stack has not become full or overflowed
bit 6(1) STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit
1 = Stack underflow occurred
0 = Stack underflow did not occur
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 SP4:SP0: Stack Pointer Location bits
Note 1: Bit 7 and bit 6 are cleared by user software or by a POR.
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented C = Clearable only bit
5.2.3 PUSH AND POP INSTRUCTIONS 5.2.4 STACK FULL/UNDERFLOW RESETS

Since the Top-of-Stack (TOS) is readable and writable, These Resets are enabled by programming the
the ability to push values onto the stack and pull values STVREN bit in Configuration Register 4L. When the
off the stack, without disturbing normal program execu- STVREN bit is cleared, a full or underflow condition will
tion, is a desirable option. To push the current PC value set the appropriate STKFUL or STKUNF bit but not
onto the stack, a PUSH instruction can be executed. cause a device Reset. When the STVREN bit is set, a
This will increment the stack pointer and load the cur- full or underflow condition will set the appropriate
rent PC value onto the stack. TOSU, TOSH and TOSL STKFUL or STKUNF bit and then cause a device
can then be modified to place data or a return address Reset. The STKFUL or STKUNF bits are cleared by the
on the stack. user software or a POR Reset.
The ability to pull the TOS value off of the stack and
replace it with the value that was previously pushed
onto the stack, without disturbing normal execution, is
achieved by using the POP instruction. The POP instruc-
tion discards the current TOS by decrementing the
stack pointer. The previous value pushed onto the
stack then becomes the TOS value.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.3 Fast Register Stack 5.4 PCL, PCLATH and PCLATU
A “fast return” option is available for interrupts. A Fast The Program Counter (PC) specifies the address of the
Register Stack is provided for the Status, WREG and instruction to fetch for execution. The PC is 21-bits
BSR registers and are only one in depth. The stack is wide. The low byte, known as the PCL register, is both
not readable or writable and is loaded with the current readable and writable. The high byte, or PCH register,
value of the corresponding register when the processor contains the PC<15:8> bits and is not directly readable
vectors for an interrupt. The values in the registers are or writable. Updates to the PCH register may be per-
then loaded back into the working registers if the formed through the PCLATH register. The upper byte is
RETFIE, FAST instruction is used to return from the called PCU. This register contains the PC<20:16> bits
interrupt. and is not directly readable or writable. Updates to the
All interrupt sources will push values into the stack reg- PCU register may be performed through the PCLATU
isters. If both low and high priority interrupts are register.
enabled, the stack registers cannot be used reliably to The contents of PCLATH and PCLATU will be trans-
return from low priority interrupts. If a high priority inter- ferred to the program counter by any operation that
rupt occurs while servicing a low priority interrupt, the writes PCL. Similarly, the upper two bytes of the pro-
stack register values stored by the low priority interrupt gram counter will be transferred to PCLATH and
will be overwritten. Users must save the key registers PCLATU by an operation that reads PCL. This is useful
in software during a low priority interrupt. for computed offsets to the PC (see Section 5.8.1
If interrupt priority is not used, all interrupts may use the “Computed GOTO”).
Fast Register Stack for returns from interrupt. The PC addresses bytes in the program memory. To
If no interrupts are used, the Fast Register Stack can be prevent the PC from becoming misaligned with word
used to restore the Status, WREG and BSR registers at instructions, the LSB of PCL is fixed to a value of ‘0’.
the end of a subroutine call. To use the Fast Register The PC increments by 2 to address sequential
Stack for a subroutine call, a CALL label, FAST instructions in the program memory.
instruction must be executed to save the Status, The CALL, RCALL, GOTO and program branch
WREG and BSR registers to the Fast Register Stack. A instructions write to the program counter directly. For
RETURN, FAST instruction is then executed to restore these instructions, the contents of PCLATH and
these registers from the Fast Register Stack. PCLATU are not transferred to the program counter.
Example 5-1 shows a source code example that uses
the Fast Register Stack during a subroutine call and
return.
EXAMPLE 5-1: FAST REGISTER STACK

CODE EXAMPLE
CALL SUB1, FAST ;STATUS, WREG, BSR
;SAVED IN FAST REGISTER
;STACK
•
•
SUB1 •
•
RETURN FAST ;RESTORE VALUES SAVED
;IN FAST REGISTER STACK

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.5 Clocking Scheme/Instruction 5.6 Instruction Flow/Pipelining
Cycle An “Instruction Cycle” consists of four Q cycles (Q1,
The clock input (from OSC1) is internally divided by Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are
four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle,
clocks, namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the Pro- while decode and execute take another instruction
gram Counter (PC) is incremented every Q1, the cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction
instruction is fetched from the program memory and effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction
latched into the instruction register in Q4. The instruc- causes the program counter to change (e.g., GOTO),
tion is decoded and executed during the following Q1 then two cycles are required to complete the instruction
through Q4. The clocks and instruction execution flow (Example 5-2).
are shown in Figure 5-4. A fetch cycle begins with the Program Counter (PC)
incrementing in Q1.
In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched
into the “Instruction Register” (IR) in cycle Q1. This
instruction is then decoded and executed during the
Q2, Q3 and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2
(operand read) and written during Q4 (destination
write).
FIGURE 5-4: CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2 Internal
Phase
Q3 Clock
Q4
PC PC PC+2 PC+4
OSC2/CLKO
(RC mode)
Execute INST (PC-2)
Fetch INST (PC) Execute INST (PC)
Fetch INST (PC+2) Execute INST (PC+2)
Fetch INST (PC+4)
EXAMPLE 5-2: INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
TCY0 TCY1 TCY2 TCY3 TCY4 TCY5

1. MOVLW 55h Fetch 1 Execute 1
2. MOVWF PORTB Fetch 2 Execute 2
3. BRA SUB_1 Fetch 3 Execute 3
4. BSF PORTA, BIT3 (Forced NOP) Fetch 4 Flush (NOP)
5. Instruction @ address SUB_1 Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles since the fetch instruction
is “flushed” from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.7 Instructions in Program Memory The CALL and GOTO instructions have the absolute pro-
gram memory address embedded into the instruction.
The program memory is addressed in bytes. Instruc- Since instructions are always stored on word bound-
tions are stored as two bytes or four bytes in program aries, the data contained in the instruction is a word
memory. The Least Significant Byte of an instruction address. The word address is written to PC<20:1>,
word is always stored in a program memory location which accesses the desired byte address in program
with an even address (LSB = 0). Figure 5-5 shows an memory. Instruction #2 in Figure 5-5 shows how the
example of how instruction words are stored in the pro- instruction ‘GOTO 000006h’ is encoded in the program
gram memory. To maintain alignment with instruction memory. Program branch instructions, which encode a
boundaries, the PC increments in steps of 2 and the relative address offset, operate in the same manner.
LSB will always read ‘0’ (see Section 5.4 “PCL, The offset value stored in a branch instruction repre-
PCLATH and PCLATU”). sents the number of single-word instructions that the
PC will be offset by. Section 24.0 “Instruction Set
Summary” provides further details of the instruction
set.
FIGURE 5-5: INSTRUCTIONS IN PROGRAM MEMORY

Word Address
LSB = 1 LSB = 0 ↓
Program Memory 000000h
Byte Locations → 000002h
000004h
000006h
Instruction 1: MOVLW 055h 0Fh 55h 000008h
Instruction 2: GOTO 000006h EFh 03h 00000Ah
F0h 00h 00000Ch
Instruction 3: MOVFF 123h, 456h C1h 23h 00000Eh
F4h 56h 000010h
000012h
000014h
5.7.1 TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS second word of the instruction is executed by itself (first
word was skipped), it will execute as a NOP. This action
PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices have four two-word instruc-
is necessary when the two-word instruction is preceded
tions: MOVFF, CALL, GOTO and LFSR. The second
by a conditional instruction that results in a skip opera-
word of these instructions has the 4 MSBs set to ‘1’s
tion. A program example that demonstrates this con-
and is decoded as a NOP instruction. The lower 12 bits
cept is shown in Example 5-3. Refer to Section 24.0
of the second word contain data to be used by the
“Instruction Set Summary” for further details of the
instruction. If the first word of the instruction is exe-
instruction set.
cuted, the data in the second word is accessed. If the
EXAMPLE 5-3: TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS

CASE 1:
Object Code Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000 TSTFSZ REG1 ; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011 MOVFF REG1, REG2 ; No, skip this word
1111 0100 0101 0110 ; Execute this word as a NOP
0010 0100 0000 0000 ADDWF REG3 ; continue code
CASE 2:
Object Code Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000 TSTFSZ REG1 ; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011 MOVFF REG1, REG2 ; Yes, execute this word
1111 0100 0101 0110 ; 2nd word of instruction
0010 0100 0000 0000 ADDWF REG3 ; continue code

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.8 Look-up Tables 5.9 Data Memory Organization
Look-up tables are implemented two ways: The data memory is implemented as static RAM. Each
• Computed GOTO register in the data memory has a 12-bit address,
allowing up to 4096 bytes of data memory. Figure 5-6
• Table Reads
shows the data memory organization for the
PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices.
5.8.1 COMPUTED GOTO
The data memory map is divided into as many as 16
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset
banks that contain 256 bytes each. The lower 4 bits of
to the program counter. An example is shown in
the Bank Select Register (BSR<3:0>) select which
Example 5-4.
bank will be accessed. The upper 4 bits of the BSR are
A look-up table can be formed with an ADDWF PCL not implemented.
instruction and a group of RETLW 0xnn instructions.
The data memory contains Special Function Registers
WREG is loaded with an offset into the table before
(SFR) and General Purpose Registers (GPR). The
executing a call to that table. The first instruction of the
SFRs are used for control and status of the controller
called routine is the ADDWF PCL instruction. The next
and peripheral functions, while GPRs are used for data
instruction executed will be one of the RETLW 0xnn
storage and scratch pad operations in the user’s appli-
instructions that returns the value 0xnn to the calling
cation. The SFRs start at the last location of Bank 15
function.
(FFFh) and extend towards F80h. Any remaining space
The offset value (in WREG) specifies the number of beyond the SFRs in the bank may be implemented as
bytes that the program counter should advance and GPRs. GPRs start at the first location of Bank 0 and
should be multiples of 2 (LSB = 0). grow upwards. Any read of an unimplemented location
In this method, only one data byte may be stored in will read as ‘0’s.
each instruction location and room on the return The entire data memory may be accessed directly or
address stack is required. indirectly. Direct addressing may require the use of the
BSR register. Indirect addressing requires the use of a
EXAMPLE 5-4: COMPUTED GOTO USING File Select Register (FSRn) and a corresponding Indi-
AN OFFSET VALUE rect File Operand (INDFn). Each FSR holds a 12-bit
MOVFW OFFSET address value that can be used to access any location
CALL TABLE in the data memory map without banking. See
ORG 0xnn00 Section 5.12 “Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR
TABLE ADDWF PCL Registers” for indirect addressing details.
RETLW 0xnn
The instruction set and architecture allow operations
RETLW 0xnn
across all banks. This may be accomplished by indirect
RETLW 0xnn
• addressing or by the use of the MOVFF instruction. The
• MOVFF instruction is a two-word/two-cycle instruction
• that moves a value from one register to another.
To ensure that commonly used registers (SFRs and
select GPRs) can be accessed in a single cycle,
5.8.2 TABLE READS/TABLE WRITES regardless of the current BSR values, an Access Bank
A better method of storing data in program memory is implemented. A segment of Bank 0 and a segment of
allows two bytes of data to be stored in each instruction Bank 15 comprise the Access RAM. Section 5.10
location. “Access Bank” provides a detailed description of the
Access RAM.
Look-up table data may be stored two bytes per pro-
gram word by using table reads and writes. The table 5.9.1 GENERAL PURPOSE
pointer (TBLPTR) specifies the byte address and the
REGISTER FILE
table latch (TABLAT) contains the data that is read
from, or written to program memory. Data is transferred Enhanced MCU devices may have banked memory in
to/from program memory, one byte at a time. the GPR area. GPRs are not initialized by a Power-on
Reset and are unchanged on all other Resets.
The Table Read/Table Write operation is discussed
further in Section 6.1 “Table Reads and Table Data RAM is available for use as GPR registers by all
Writes”. instructions. The second half of Bank 15 (F80h to
FFFh) contains SFRs. All other banks of data memory
contain GPRs, starting with Bank 0.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 5-6: DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC18F2X20/4X20 DEVICES
BSR<3:0> Data Memory Map
00h 000h
= 0000 Access RAM 07Fh
Bank 0 080h
FFh GPR
0FFh
00h 100h
= 0001 GPR
Bank 1
FFh 1FFh
200h
Access Bank
00h
Access RAM Low
7Fh
= 0010 Access RAM High 80h
Bank 2 Unused
to (SFRs)
= 1110 Read ‘00h’ FFh
Bank 14
When a = 0:
The BSR is ignored and the
Access Bank is used.
The first 128 bytes are
general purpose RAM
EFFh
F00h (from Bank 0).
00h Unused
= 1111 F7Fh
Bank 15 The second 128 bytes are
SFR F80h
FFh FFFh Special Function Registers
(from Bank 15).
When a = 1:
The BSR specifies the bank
used by the instruction.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.9.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS “core” are described in this section, while those related
to the operation of the peripheral features are
The Special Function Registers (SFRs) are registers
described in the section of that peripheral feature.
used by the CPU and peripheral modules for controlling
the desired operation of the device. These registers are The SFRs are typically distributed among the
implemented as static RAM. A list of these registers is peripherals whose functions they control.
given in Table 5-1 and Table 5-2. The unused SFR locations will be unimplemented and
The SFRs can be classified into two sets: those asso- read as ‘0’s.
ciated with the “core” function and those related to the
peripheral functions. Those registers related to the
TABLE 5-1: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP FOR PIC18F2X20/4X20 DEVICES

Address Name Address Name Address Name Address Name
(2)
FFFh TOSU FDFh INDF2 FBFh CCPR1H F9Fh IPR1
FFEh TOSH FDEh POSTINC2(2) FBEh CCPR1L F9Eh PIR1
FFDh TOSL FDDh POSTDEC2(2) FBDh CCP1CON F9Dh PIE1
FFCh STKPTR FDCh PREINC2(2) FBCh CCPR2H F9Ch —
FFBh PCLATU FDBh PLUSW2(2) FBBh CCPR2L F9Bh OSCTUNE
FFAh PCLATH FDAh FSR2H FBAh CCP2CON F9Ah —
FF9h PCL FD9h FSR2L FB9h — F99h —
FF8h TBLPTRU FD8h STATUS FB8h — F98h —
(1)
FF7h TBLPTRH FD7h TMR0H FB7h PWM1CON F97h —
FF6h TBLPTRL FD6h TMR0L FB6h ECCPAS(1) F96h TRISE(1)
FF5h TABLAT FD5h T0CON FB5h CVRCON F95h TRISD(1)
FF4h PRODH FD4h — FB4h CMCON F94h TRISC
FF3h PRODL FD3h OSCCON FB3h TMR3H F93h TRISB
FF2h INTCON FD2h LVDCON FB2h TMR3L F92h TRISA
FF1h INTCON2 FD1h WDTCON FB1h T3CON F91h —
FF0h INTCON3 FD0h RCON FB0h — F90h —
(2)
FEFh INDF0 FCFh TMR1H FAFh SPBRG F8Fh —
FEEh POSTINC0(2) FCEh TMR1L FAEh RCREG F8Eh —
FEDh POSTDEC0(2) FCDh T1CON FADh TXREG F8Dh LATE(1)
FECh PREINC0(2) FCCh TMR2 FACh TXSTA F8Ch LATD(1)
FEBh PLUSW0(2) FCBh PR2 FABh RCSTA F8Bh LATC
FEAh FSR0H FCAh T2CON FAAh — F8Ah LATB
FE9h FSR0L FC9h SSPBUF FA9h EEADR F89h LATA
FE8h WREG FC8h SSPADD FA8h EEDATA F88h —
(2)
FE7h INDF1 FC7h SSPSTAT FA7h EECON2 F87h —
FE6h POSTINC1(2) FC6h SSPCON1 FA6h EECON1 F86h —
FE5h POSTDEC1(2) FC5h SSPCON2 FA5h — F85h —
FE4h PREINC1(2) FC4h ADRESH FA4h — F84h PORTE
FE3h PLUSW1(2) FC3h ADRESL FA3h — F83h PORTD(1)
FE2h FSR1H FC2h ADCON0 FA2h IPR2 F82h PORTC
FE1h FSR1L FC1h ADCON1 FA1h PIR2 F81h PORTB
FE0h BSR FC0h ADCON2 FA0h PIE2 F80h PORTA
Legend: — = Unimplemented registers, read as ‘0’.

Note 1: This register is not available on PIC18F2X20 devices.
2: This is not a physical register.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 5-2: REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320)
Value on Details on
File Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
POR, BOR page:
TOSU — — — Top-of-Stack Upper Byte (TOS<20:16>) ---0 0000 46, 54
TOSH Top-of-Stack High Byte (TOS<15:8>) 0000 0000 46, 54
TOSL Top-of-Stack Low Byte (TOS<7:0>) 0000 0000 46, 54
STKPTR STKFUL STKUNF — Return Stack Pointer 00-0 0000 46, 55
PCLATU — — bit 21(3) Holding Register for PC<20:16> ---0 0000 46, 56
PCLATH Holding Register for PC<15:8> 0000 0000 46, 56
PCL PC Low Byte (PC<7:0>) 0000 0000 46, 56
TBLPTRU — — bit 21 Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte (TBLPTR<20:16>) --00 0000 46, 74
TBLPTRH Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>) 0000 0000 46, 74
TBLPTRL Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>) 0000 0000 46, 74
TABLAT Program Memory Table Latch 0000 0000 46, 74
PRODH Product Register High Byte xxxx xxxx 46, 85
PRODL Product Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx 46, 85
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 000x 46, 89
INTCON2 RBPU INTEDG0 INTEDG1 INTEDG2 — TMR0IP — RBIP 1111 -1-1 46, 90
INTCON3 INT2IP INT1IP — INT2IE INT1IE — INT2IF INT1IF 11-0 0-00 46, 91
INDF0 Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 not changed (not a physical register) n/a 46, 66
POSTINC0 Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 post-incremented (not a physical register) n/a 46, 66
POSTDEC0 Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 post-decremented (not a physical register) n/a 46, 66
PREINC0 Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 pre-incremented (not a physical register) n/a 46, 66
PLUSW0 Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 offset by W (not a physical register) n/a 46, 66
FSR0H — — — — Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 High ---- 0000 46, 66
FSR0L Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 Low Byte xxxx xxxx 46, 66
WREG Working Register xxxx xxxx 46
BSR — — — — Bank Select Register ---- 0000 47, 65
STATUS — — — N OV Z DC C ---x xxxx 47, 68
TMR0H Timer0 Register High Byte 0000 0000 47, 119
TMR0L Timer0 Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx 47, 119
T0CON TMR0ON T08BIT T0CS T0SE PSA T0PS2 T0PS1 T0PS0 1111 1111 47, 117
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition
Note 1: RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO, ECIO and INTIO2 (with port function on RA6) Oscillator mode only and read
‘0’ in all other oscillator modes.
2: RA7 and associated bits are configured as port pins in INTIO2 Oscillator mode only and read ‘0’ in all other modes.
3: Bit 21 of the PC is only available in Test mode and Serial Programming modes.
4: If PBADEN = 0, PORTB<4:0> are configured as digital input and read unknown and if PBADEN = 1, PORTB<4:0> are configured as
analog input and read ‘0’ following a Reset.
5: These registers and/or bits are not implemented on the PIC18F2X20 devices and read as ‘0’.
6: The RE3 port bit is only available when MCLRE fuse (CONFIG3H<7>) is programmed to ‘0’. Otherwise, RE3 reads ‘0’. This bit is
read-only.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 5-2: REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320) (CONTINUED)
Value on Details on
POR, BOR page:
OSCCON IDLEN IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS IOFS SCS1 SCS0 0000 q000 26, 47
LVDCON — — IRVST LVDEN LVDL3 LVDL2 LVDL1 LVDL0 --00 0101 47, 233
WDTCON — — — — — — — SWDTEN --- ---0 47, 246
RCON IPEN — — RI TO PD POR BOR 0--1 11q0 45, 69, 98
TMR1H Timer1 Register High Byte xxxx xxxx 47, 125
T1CON RD16 T1RUN T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 47, 121
TMR2 Timer2 Register 0000 0000 47, 127
PR2 Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 47, 127
T2CON — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 47, 127
SSPBUF SSP Receive Buffer/Transmit Register xxxx xxxx 47, 156,
164
SSPADD SSP Address Register in I2C Slave mode. SSP Baud Rate Reload Register in I2C Master mode. 0000 0000 47, 164
SSPSTAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 0000 0000 47, 156,
165
SSPCON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 0000 0000 47, 157,
166
SSPCON2 GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 0000 0000 47, 167
ADRESH A/D Result Register High Byte xxxx xxxx 48, 220
ADRESL A/D Result Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx 48, 220
ADCON0 — — CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON --00 0000 48, 211
ADCON1 — — VCFG1 VCFG0 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 --00 0000 48, 212
ADCON2 ADFM — ACQT2 ACQT1 ACQT0 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 0-00 0000 48, 213
CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte xxxx xxxx 48, 134
CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte xxxx xxxx 48, 134
CCP1CON P1M1(5) P1M0(5) DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 48, 133,
141
CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 High Byte xxxx xxxx 48, 134
CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 Low Byte xxxx xxxx 48, 134
CCP2CON — — DC2B1 DC2B0 CCP2M3 CCP2M2 CCP2M1 CCP2M0 --00 0000 48, 133
PWM1CON(5) PRSEN PDC6 PDC5 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0 0000 0000 48, 149
ECCPAS(5) ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0 PSSAC1 PSSAC0 PSSBD1 PSSBD0 0000 0000 48, 150
CVRCON CVREN CVROE CVRR — CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0 000- 0000 48, 227
CMCON C2OUT C1OUT C2INV C1INV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0 0000 0111 48, 221
TMR3H Timer3 Register High Byte xxxx xxxx 48, 131
T3CON RD16 T3CCP2 T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0 T3CCP1 T3SYNC TMR3CS TMR3ON 0000 0000 48, 129
SPBRG USART Baud Rate Generator 0000 0000 48, 198
RCREG USART Receive Register 0000 0000 48, 204,
203
TXREG USART Transmit Register 0000 0000 48, 202,
203
TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 48, 196
RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 000x 48, 197
read-only.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 5-2: REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320) (CONTINUED)
Value on Details on
POR, BOR page:
EEADR EEPROM Address Register 0000 0000 48, 81

EEDATA EEPROM Data Register 0000 0000 48, 84
EECON2 EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register) 0000 0000 48, 72, 81
EECON1 EEPGD CFGS — FREE WRERR WREN WR RD xx-0 x000 48, 73, 82
IPR2 OSCFIP CMIP — EEIP BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP 11-1 1111 49, 97
PIR2 OSCFIF CMIF — EEIF BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF 00-0 0000 49, 93
PIE2 OSCFIE CMIE — EEIE BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE 00-0 0000 49, 95
IPR1 PSPIP(5) ADIP RCIP TXIP SSPIP CCP1IP TMR2IP TMR1IP 1111 1111 49, 96
PIR1 PSPIF(5) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 49, 92
PIE1 PSPIE(5) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 49, 94
OSCTUNE — — TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 --00 0000 23, 49
TRISE(5) IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — Data Direction bits for PORTE(5) 0000 -111 49, 112
TRISD(5) Data Direction Control Register for PORTD 1111 1111 49, 110
TRISC Data Direction Control Register for PORTC 1111 1111 49, 108
TRISB Data Direction Control Register for PORTB 1111 1111 49, 106
TRISA TRISA7(2) TRISA6(1) Data Direction Control Register for PORTA 1111 1111 49, 103
LATE(5) — — — — — Read/Write PORTE Data Latch ---- -xxx 49, 113
LATD(5) Read/Write PORTD Data Latch xxxx xxxx 49, 110
LATC Read/Write PORTC Data Latch xxxx xxxx 49, 108
LATB Read/Write PORTB Data Latch xxxx xxxx 49, 106
LATA LATA<7>(2) LATA<6>(1) Read/Write PORTA Data Latch xxxx xxxx 49, 103
PORTE — — — — RE3(6) Read PORTE pins, ---- xxxx 49, 113
Write PORTE Data Latch(5)
PORTD Read PORTD pins, Write PORTD Data Latch xxxx xxxx 49, 110
PORTC Read PORTC pins, Write PORTC Data Latch xxxx xxxx 49, 108
PORTB Read PORTB pins, Write PORTB Data Latch(4) xxxx xxxx 49, 106
PORTA RA7(2) RA6(1) Read PORTA pins, Write PORTA Data Latch xx0x 0000 49, 103
read-only.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.10 Access Bank 5.11 Bank Select Register (BSR)
The Access Bank is an architectural enhancement The need for a large general purpose memory space
which is very useful for C compiler code optimization. dictates a RAM banking scheme. The data memory is
The techniques used by the C compiler may also be partitioned into as many as sixteen banks. When using
useful for programs written in assembly. direct addressing, the BSR should be configured for the
This data memory region can be used for: desired bank.
• Intermediate computational values BSR<3:0> holds the upper 4 bits of the 12-bit RAM
address. The BSR<7:4> bits will always read ‘0’s and
• Local variables of subroutines
writes will have no effect (see Figure 5-7).
• Faster context saving/switching of variables
A MOVLB instruction has been provided in the
• Common variables
instruction set to assist in selecting banks.
• Faster evaluation/control of SFRs (no banking)
If the currently selected bank is not implemented, any
The Access Bank is comprised of the last 128 bytes in read will return all ‘0’s and all writes are ignored. The
Bank 15 (SFRs) and the first 128 bytes in Bank 0. Status register bits will be set/cleared as appropriate for
These two sections will be referred to as Access RAM the instruction performed.
High and Access RAM Low, respectively. Figure 5-6
indicates the Access RAM areas. Each Bank extends up to FFh (256 bytes). All data
memory is implemented as static RAM.
A bit in the instruction word specifies if the operation is
to occur in the bank specified by the BSR register or in A MOVFF instruction ignores the BSR since the 12-bit
the Access Bank. This bit is denoted as the ‘a’ bit (for addresses are embedded into the instruction word.
access bit). Section 5.12 “Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR
When forced in the Access Bank (a = 0), the last Registers” provides a description of indirect address-
address in Access RAM Low is followed by the first ing which allows linear addressing of the entire RAM
address in Access RAM High. Access RAM High maps space.
the Special Function Registers, so these registers can
be accessed without any software overhead. This is
useful for testing status flags and modifying control bits.
FIGURE 5-7: DIRECT ADDRESSING
Direct Addressing
BSR<7:4> BSR<3:0> 7 From Opcode(3) 0
0 0 0 0
Bank Select(2) Location Select(3)
00h 01h 0Eh 0Fh

000h 100h E00h F00h
Data
Memory(1)
0FFh 1FFh EFFh FFFh

Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 14 Bank 15
Note 1: For register file map detail, see Table 5-1.

2: The access bit of the instruction can be used to force an override of the selected bank (BSR<3:0>) to the
registers of the Access Bank.
3: The MOVFF instruction embeds the entire 12-bit address in the instruction.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.12 Indirect Addressing, INDF and If INDF0, INDF1 or INDF2 are read indirectly via an
FSR Registers FSR, all ‘0’s are read (zero bit is set). Similarly, if
INDF0, INDF1 or INDF2 are written to indirectly, the
Indirect addressing is a mode of addressing data mem- operation will be equivalent to a NOP instruction and the
ory, where the data memory address in the instruction status bits are not affected.
is not fixed. An FSR register is used as a pointer to the
data memory location that is to be read or written. Since 5.12.1 INDIRECT ADDRESSING
this pointer is in RAM, the contents can be modified by OPERATION
the program. This can be useful for data tables in the
Each FSR register has an INDF register associated
data memory and for software stacks. Figure 5-8
with it, plus four additional register addresses. Perform-
shows how the fetched instruction is modified prior to
ing an operation using one of these five registers
being executed.
determines how the FSR will be modified during
Indirect addressing is possible by using one of the indirect addressing.
INDF registers. Any instruction using the INDF register
When data access is performed using one of the five
actually accesses the register pointed to by the File
INDFn locations, the address selected will configure
Select Register, FSR. Reading the INDF register itself,
the FSRn register to:
indirectly (FSR = 0), will read 00h. Writing to the INDF
register indirectly, results in a no operation. The FSR • Do nothing to FSRn after an indirect access (no
register contains a 12-bit address which is shown in change) – INDFn
Figure 5-9. • Auto-decrement FSRn after an indirect access
The INDFn register is not a physical register. Address- (post-decrement) – POSTDECn
ing INDFn actually addresses the register whose • Auto-increment FSRn after an indirect access
address is contained in the FSRn register (FSRn is a (post-increment) – POSTINCn
pointer); this is indirect addressing. • Auto-increment FSRn before an indirect access
Example 5-5 shows a simple use of indirect addressing (pre-increment) – PREINCn
to clear the RAM in Bank 1 (locations 100h-1FFh) in a • Use the value in the WREG register as an offset
minimum number of instructions. to FSRn. Do not modify the value of the WREG or
the FSRn register after an indirect access (no
EXAMPLE 5-5: HOW TO CLEAR RAM change) – PLUSWn
(BANK 1) USING When using the auto-increment or auto-decrement
INDIRECT ADDRESSING features, the effect on the FSR is not reflected in the
LFSR
FSR0,0x100 ; Status register. For example, if the indirect address
NEXT CLRF
POSTINC0 ; Clear INDF causes the FSR to equal ‘0’, the Z bit will not be set.
; register then Auto-incrementing or auto-decrementing an FSR
; inc pointer affects all 12 bits. That is, when FSRnL overflows from
BTFSS FSR0H, 1 ; All done with
an increment, FSRnH will be incremented
; Bank1?
GOTO NEXT ; NO, clear next
automatically.
CONTINUE ; YES, continue Adding these features allows the FSRn to be used as a
stack pointer, in addition to its use for table operations
There are three indirect addressing registers. To in data memory.
address the entire data memory space (4096 bytes),
Each FSR has an address associated with it that per-
these registers are 12 bits wide. To store the 12 bits of
forms an indexed indirect access. When a data access
addressing information, two 8-bit registers are
to this INDFn location (PLUSWn) occurs, the FSRn is
required:
configured to add the signed value in the WREG regis-
1. FSR0: composed of FSR0H:FSR0L ter and the value in FSR to form the address before an
2. FSR1: composed of FSR1H:FSR1L indirect access. The FSR value is not changed. The
3. FSR2: composed of FSR2H:FSR2L WREG offset range is -128 to +127.
In addition, there are registers INDF0, INDF1 and If an FSR register contains a value that points to one of
INDF2, which are not physically implemented. Reading the INDFn, an indirect read will read 00h (zero bit is set)
or writing to these registers activates indirect address- while an indirect write will be equivalent to a NOP
ing with the value in the corresponding FSR register (status bits are not affected).
being the address of the data. If an instruction writes a If an indirect addressing write is performed when the
value to INDF0, the value will be written to the address target address is an FSRnH or FSRnL register, the
pointed to by FSR0H:FSR0L. A read from INDF1 reads data is written to the FSR register but no pre- or
the data from the address pointed to by post-increment/decrement is performed.
FSR1H:FSR1L. INDFn can be used in code anywhere
an operand can be used.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 5-8: INDIRECT ADDRESSING OPERATION
0h
RAM
Instruction
Executed
Opcode Address
FFFh
12
File Address = access of an indirect addressing register
BSR<3:0> 12 12
Instruction
4 8
Fetched
Opcode File FSR
FIGURE 5-9: INDIRECT ADDRESSING

Indirect Addressing
FSRnH:FSRnL
3 0 7 0
11 0
Location Select
0000h
Data
Memory(1)
0FFFh
Note 1: For register file map detail, see Table 5-1.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.13 Status Register For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the Status register
The Status register, shown in Register 5-2, contains the as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged).
arithmetic status of the ALU. The Status register can be
the operand for any instruction as with any other regis- It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,
ter. If the Status register is the destination for an instruc- SWAPF, MOVFF and MOVWF instructions are used to
tion that affects the Z, DC, C, OV or N bits, then the alter the Status register, because these instructions do
write to these five bits is disabled. These bits are set or not affect the Z, C, DC, OV or N bits in the Status reg-
cleared according to the device logic. Therefore, the ister. For other instructions not affecting any status bits,
result of an instruction with the Status register as see Table 24-2.
destination may be different than intended. Note: The C and DC bits operate as a borrow
and digit borrow bit respectively, in
subtraction.
REGISTER 5-2: STATUS REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
— — — N OV Z DC C
bit 7 bit 0

bit 4 N: Negative bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2’s complement). It indicates whether the result was
negative (ALU MSB = 1).
1 = Result was negative
0 = Result was positive
bit 3 OV: Overflow bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2’s complement). It indicates an overflow of the 7-bit
magnitude which causes the sign bit (bit 7) to change state.
1 = Overflow occurred for signed arithmetic (in this arithmetic operation)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 2 Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1 DC: Digit carry/borrow bit
For ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW and SUBWF instructions.
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result
Note: For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s
complement of the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is
loaded with either the bit 4 or bit 3 of the source register.
bit 0 C: Carry/borrow bit
For ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW and SUBWF instructions.
1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note: For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s
complement of the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is
loaded with either the high or low order bit of the source register.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
5.14 RCON Register Note 1: If the BOREN configuration bit is set
The Reset Control (RCON) register contains flag bits (Brown-out Reset enabled), the BOR bit
that allow differentiation between the sources of a is ‘1’ on a Power-on Reset. After a Brown-
device Reset. These flags include the TO, PD, POR, out Reset has occurred, the BOR bit will
BOR and RI bits. This register is readable and writable. be cleared and must be set by firmware to
indicate the occurrence of the next
Brown-out Reset.
2: It is recommended that the POR bit be set
after a Power-on Reset has been
detected so that subsequent Power-on
Resets may be detected.
REGISTER 5-3: RCON REGISTER

R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R-1 R-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit

1 = Enable priority levels on interrupts
0 = Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 4 RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
1 = The RESET instruction was not executed (set by firmware only)
0 = The RESET instruction was executed causing a device Reset (must be set in software after
a Brown-out Reset occurs)
bit 3 TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 2 PD: Power-down Detection Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = Cleared by execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
6.0 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY The program memory space is 16 bits wide while the
data RAM space is 8 bits wide. Table reads and table
The Flash program memory is readable, writable and writes move data between these two memory spaces
erasable during normal operation over the entire VDD through an 8-bit register (TABLAT).
range.
Table read operations retrieve data from program
A read from program memory is executed on one byte memory and place it into TABLAT in the data RAM
at a time. A write to program memory is executed on space. Figure 6-1 shows the operation of a table read
blocks of 8 bytes at a time. Program memory is erased with program memory and data RAM.
in blocks of 64 bytes at a time. A bulk erase operation
Table write operations store data from TABLAT in the
may not be issued from user code.
data memory space into holding registers in program
While writing or erasing program memory, instruction memory. The procedure to write the contents of the
fetches cease until the operation is complete. The holding registers into program memory is detailed in
program memory cannot be accessed during the write Section 6.5 “Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
or erase, therefore, code cannot execute. An internal Figure 6-2 shows the operation of a table write with
programming timer terminates program memory writes program memory and data RAM.
and erases.
Table operations work with byte entities. A table block
A value written to program memory does not need to be containing data, rather than program instructions, is not
a valid instruction. Executing a program memory required to be word aligned. Therefore, a table block
location that forms an invalid instruction results in a can start and end at any byte address. If a table write is
NOP. being used to write executable code into program
memory, program instructions will need to be word
6.1 Table Reads and Table Writes aligned (TBLPTRL<0> = 0).
In order to read and write program memory, there are The EEPROM on-chip timer controls the write and
two operations that allow the processor to move bytes erase times. The write and erase voltages are gener-
between the program memory space and the data ated by an on-chip charge pump rated to operate over
RAM: the voltage range of the device for byte or word
operations.
• Table Read (TBLRD)
• Table Write (TBLWT)
FIGURE 6-1: TABLE READ OPERATION
Instruction: TBLRD*
Program Memory
Table Pointer(1)
Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRU TBLPTRH TBLPTRL
TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
Note 1: Table Pointer points to a byte in program memory.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 6-2: TABLE WRITE OPERATION
Instruction: TBLWT*
Program Memory
Holding Registers
Table Pointer(1) Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRU TBLPTRH TBLPTRL TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
Note 1: Table Pointer actually points to one of eight holding registers, the address of which is determined by
TBLPTRL<2:0>. The process for physically writing data to the program memory array is discussed in
Section 6.5 “Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
6.2 Control Registers The WREN bit enables and disables erase and write
operations. When set, erase and write operations are
Several control registers are used in conjunction with allowed. When clear, erase and write operations are
the TBLRD and TBLWT instructions. These include the: disabled – the WR bit cannot be set while the WREN bit
• EECON1 register is clear. This process helps to prevent accidental writes
• EECON2 register to memory due to errant (unexpected) code execution.
• TABLAT register Firmware should keep the WREN bit clear at all times
• TBLPTR registers except when starting erase or write operations. Once
firmware has set the WR bit, the WREN bit may be
6.2.1 EECON1 AND EECON2 REGISTERS cleared. Clearing the WREN bit will not affect the
operation in progress.
EECON1 is the control register for memory accesses.
The WRERR bit is set when a write operation is inter-
EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2
rupted by a Reset. In these situations, the user can
will read all ‘0’s. The EECON2 register is used
check the WRERR bit and rewrite the location. It will be
exclusively in the memory write and erase sequences.
necessary to reload the data and address registers
Control bit, EEPGD, determines if the access will be to (EEDATA and EEADR) as these registers have cleared
program or data EEPROM memory. When clear, as a result of the Reset.
operations will access the data EEPROM memory.
Control bits, RD and WR, start read and erase/write
When set, program memory is accessed.
operations, respectively. These bits are set by firmware
Control bit, CFGS, determines if the access will be to and cleared by hardware at the completion of the
the configuration registers or to program memory/data operation.
EEPROM memory. When set, subsequent operations
The RD bit cannot be set when accessing program
access configuration registers. When CFGS is clear,
memory (EEPGD = 1). Program memory is read using
the EEPGD bit selects either program Flash or data
table read instructions. See Section 6.3 “Reading the
EEPROM memory.
Flash Program Memory” regarding table reads.
The FREE bit controls program memory erase opera-
tions. When the FREE bit is set, the erase operation is Note: Interrupt flag bit, EEIF in the PIR2 register,
initiated on the next WR command. When FREE is is set when the write is complete. It must
clear, only writes are enabled. be cleared in software.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 6-1: EECON1 REGISTER
R/W-x R/W-x U-0 R/W-0 R/W-x R/W-0 R/S-0 R/S-0
EEPGD CFGS — FREE WRERR WREN WR RD
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit

1 = Access program Flash memory
0 = Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6 CFGS: Flash Program/Data EE or Configuration Select bit
1 = Access configuration registers
0 = Access program Flash or data EEPROM memory
bit 4 FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1 = Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command
(cleared by completion of erase operation – TBLPTR<5:0> are ignored)
0 = Perform write only
bit 3 WRERR: EEPROM Error Flag bit
1 = A write operation was prematurely terminated (any Reset during self-timed programming)
0 = The write operation completed normally
Note: When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD and CFGS bits are not cleared. This allows
tracing of the error condition.
bit 2 WREN: Write Enable bit
1 = Allows erase or write cycles
0 = Inhibits erase or write cycles
bit 1 WR: Write Control bit
1 = Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle or a program memory erase cycle or write
cycle. (The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once write is
complete. The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0 = Write cycle completed
bit 0 RD: Read Control bit
1 = Initiates a memory read (Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can
only be set (not cleared) in software. RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD = 1.)
0 = Read completed
Legend:
R = Readable bit S = Settable only U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ W = Writable bit

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
6.2.2 TABLAT – TABLE LATCH REGISTER 6.2.4 TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES
The Table Latch (TABLAT) is an 8-bit register mapped TBLPTR is used in reads, writes and erases of the
into the SFR space. The Table Latch register is used to Flash program memory.
hold 8-bit data during data transfers between program When a TBLRD is executed, all 22 bits of the Table
memory and data RAM. Pointer determine which byte is read from program or
configuration memory into TABLAT.
6.2.3 TBLPTR – TABLE POINTER
REGISTER When a TBLWT is executed, the three LSbs of the Table
Pointer (TBLPTR<2:0>) determine which of the eight
The Table Pointer (TBLPTR) register addresses a byte program memory holding registers is written to. When
within the program memory. The TBLPTR is comprised the timed write to program memory (long write) begins,
of three SFR registers: Table Pointer Upper Byte, Table the 19 MSbs of the TBLPTR (TBLPTR<21:3>) will deter-
Pointer High Byte and Table Pointer Low Byte mine which program memory block of 8 bytes is written
(TBLPTRU:TBLPTRH:TBLPTRL). These three regis- to (TBLPTR<2:0> are ignored). For more detail, see
ters join to form a 22-bit wide pointer. The low order Section 6.5 “Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
21 bits allow the device to address up to 2 Mbytes of
program memory space. Setting the 22nd bit allows When an erase of program memory is executed, the
access to the device ID, the user ID and the 16 MSbs of the Table Pointer (TBLPTR<21:6>) point to
configuration bits. the 64-byte block that will be erased. The Least
Significant bits (TBLPTR<5:0>) are ignored.
The table pointer, TBLPTR, is used by the TBLRD and
TBLWT instructions. These instructions can update the Figure 6-3 describes the relevant boundaries of
TBLPTR in one of four ways based on the table opera- TBLPTR based on Flash program memory operations.
tion. These operations are shown in Table 6-1. These
operations on the TBLPTR only affect the low order
21 bits.
TABLE 6-1: TABLE POINTER OPERATIONS WITH TBLRD AND TBLWT INSTRUCTIONS
Example Operation on Table Pointer
TBLRD*
TBLPTR is not modified
TBLWT*
TBLRD*+
TBLPTR is incremented after the read/write
TBLWT*+
TBLRD*-
TBLPTR is decremented after the read/write
TBLWT*-
TBLRD+*
TBLPTR is incremented before the read/write
TBLWT+*
FIGURE 6-3: TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES BASED ON OPERATION
21 TBLPTRU 16 15 TBLPTRH 8 7 TBLPTRL 0
ERASE – TBLPTR<21:6>
LONG WRITE – TBLPTR<21:3>
READ or WRITE – TBLPTR<21:0>

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
6.3 Reading the Flash Program The internal program memory is typically organized by
Memory words. The Least Significant bit of the address selects
between the high and low bytes of the word. Figure 6-4
The TBLRD instruction is used to retrieve data from shows the interface between the internal program
program memory and place it into data RAM. Table memory and the TABLAT.
reads from program memory are performed one byte at
a time.
TBLPTR points to a byte address in program space.
Executing a TBLRD instruction places the byte pointed
to into TABLAT. In addition, TBLPTR can be modified
automatically for the next table read operation.
FIGURE 6-4: READS FROM FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
Program Memory
Odd (High) Byte Even (Low) Byte
TBLPTR TBLPTR
LSB = 1 LSB = 0
Instruction Register TABLAT

(IR) Read Register
EXAMPLE 6-1: READING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WORD

MOVLW CODE_ADDR_UPPER ; Load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF TBLPTRU ; address of the word
MOVLW CODE_ADDR_HIGH
MOVWF TBLPTRH
MOVLW CODE_ADDR_LOW
MOVWF TBLPTRL
READ_WORD
TBLRD*+ ; read into TABLAT and increment TBLPTR
MOVFW TABLAT ; get data
MOVWF WORD_EVEN
TBLRD*+ ; read into TABLAT and increment TBLPTR
MOVWF WORD_ODD

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
6.4 Erasing Flash Program Memory 6.4.1 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
ERASE SEQUENCE
The minimum erase block size is 32 words or 64 bytes
under firmware control. Only through the use of an The sequence of events for erasing a block of internal
external programmer, or through ICSP control, can program memory location is:
larger blocks of program memory be bulk erased. Word 1. Load Table Pointer with address of row being
erase in Flash memory is not supported. erased.
When initiating an erase sequence from the micro- 2. Set the EECON1 register for the erase operation:
controller itself, a block of 64 bytes of program memory • set EEPGD bit to point to program
is erased. The Most Significant 16 bits of the memory;
TBLPTR<21:6> point to the block being erased; • clear the CFGS bit to access program
TBLPTR<5:0> are ignored. memory;
The EECON1 register commands the erase operation. • set WREN bit to enable writes;
The EEPGD bit must be set to point to the Flash pro- • set FREE bit to enable the erase.
gram memory. The CFGS bit must be clear to access
3. Disable interrupts.
program Flash and data EEPROM memory. The
WREN bit must be set to enable write operations. The 4. Write 55h to EECON2.
FREE bit is set to select an erase operation. The WR 5. Write AAh to EECON2.
bit is set as part of the required instruction sequence 6. Set the WR bit. This will begin the row erase
(as shown in Example 6-2) and starts the actual erase cycle.
operation. It is not necessary to load the TABLAT 7. The CPU will stall for duration of the erase
register with any data as it is ignored. (about 2 ms using internal timer).
For protection, the write initiate sequence using 8. Execute a NOP.
EECON2 must be used. 9. Re-enable interrupts.
A long write is necessary for erasing the internal Flash.
Instruction execution is halted while in a long write
cycle. The long write will be terminated by the internal
programming timer.
EXAMPLE 6-2: ERASING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY ROW

MOVLW CODE_ADDR_UPPER ; load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF TBLPTRU ; address of the memory block
MOVWF TBLPTRH
MOVLW CODE_ADDR_LOW
MOVWF TBLPTRL
ERASE_ROW
BSF EECON1,EEPGD ; point to Flash program memory
BSF EECON1,WREN ; enable write to memory
BSF EECON1,FREE ; enable Row Erase operation
BCF INTCON,GIE ; disable interrupts
MOVLW 55h
MOVWF EECON2 ; write 55H
Required MOVLW AAh
Sequence MOVWF EECON2 ; write AAH
BSF EECON2,WR ; start erase (CPU stall)
NOP
BSF INTCON,GIE ; re-enable interrupts

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
6.5 Writing to Flash Program Memory Since the Table Latch (TABLAT) is only a single byte,
the TBLWT instruction has to be executed 8 times for
The programming block size is 4 words or 8 bytes. each programming operation. All of the table write
Word or byte programming is not supported. operations will essentially be short writes because only
Table writes are used internally to load the holding reg- the holding registers are written. At the end of updating
isters needed to program the Flash memory. There are 8 registers, the EECON1 register must be written to, to
8 holding registers used by the table writes for start the programming operation with a long write.
programming. The long write is necessary for programming the inter-
nal Flash. Instruction execution is halted while in a long
write cycle. The long write will be terminated by the
internal programming timer.
FIGURE 6-5: TABLE WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
TABLAT
Write Register
8 8 8 8
TBLPTR = xxxxx0 TBLPTR = xxxxx1 TBLPTR = xxxxx2 TBLPTR = xxxxx7
Holding Register Holding Register Holding Register Holding Register
Program Memory
6.5.1 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE 8. Disable interrupts.

SEQUENCE 9. Write 55h to EECON2.
The sequence of events for programming an internal 10. Write AAh to EECON2.
program memory location should be: 11. Set the WR bit. This will begin the write cycle.
1. Read 64 bytes into RAM. 12. The CPU will stall for duration of the write (about
2 ms using internal timer).
2. Update data values in RAM as necessary.
13. Execute a NOP.
3. Load Table Pointer with address being erased.
14. Re-enable interrupts.
4. Do the row erase procedure (see Section 6.4.1
“Flash Program Memory Erase Sequence”). 15. Repeat steps 6-14 seven times, to write 64
bytes.
5. Load Table Pointer with address of first byte
being written. 16. Verify the memory (table read).
6. Write the first 8 bytes into the holding registers This procedure will require about 18 ms to update one
with auto-increment. row of 64 bytes of memory. An example of the required
7. Set the EECON1 register for the write operation: code is given in Example 6-3.
• set EEPGD bit to point to program
memory;
• clear the CFGS bit to access program
memory;
• set WREN bit to enable byte writes.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
EXAMPLE 6-3: WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
MOVLW D'64 ; number of bytes in erase block
MOVWF COUNTER
MOVLW BUFFER_ADDR_HIGH ; point to buffer
MOVWF FSR0H
MOVLW BUFFER_ADDR_LOW
MOVWF FSR0L
MOVLW CODE_ADDR_UPPER ; Load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF TBLPTRH
MOVLW CODE_ADDR_LOW ; 6 LSB = 0
MOVWF TBLPTRL
READ_BLOCK
TBLRD*+ ; read into TABLAT, and inc
MOVWF POSTINC0 ; store data and increment FSR0
DECFSZ COUNTER ; done?
GOTO READ_BLOCK ; repeat
MODIFY_WORD
MOVLW DATA_ADDR_HIGH ; point to buffer
MOVWF FSR0H
MOVLW DATA_ADDR_LOW
MOVWF FSR0L
MOVLW NEW_DATA_LOW ; update buffer word and increment FSR0
MOVWF POSTINC0
MOVLW NEW_DATA_HIGH ; update buffer word
MOVWF INDF0
ERASE_BLOCK
MOVLW CODE_ADDR_UPPER ; load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF TBLPTRH
MOVLW CODE_ADDR_LOW ; 6 LSB = 0
MOVWF TBLPTRL
BCF EECON1,CFGS ; point to PROG/EEPROM memory
BSF EECON1,EEPGD ; point to Flash program memory
BSF EECON1,WREN ; enable write to memory
BSF EECON1,FREE ; enable Row Erase operation
MOVLW 55h ; Required sequence
MOVLW AAh
MOVWF EECON2 ; write AAH
BSF EECON1,WR ; start erase (CPU stall)
NOP
WRITE_BUFFER_BACK
MOVLW 8 ; number of write buffer groups of 8 bytes
MOVWF COUNTER_HI
MOVLW BUFFER_ADDR_HIGH ; point to buffer
MOVWF FSR0H
MOVLW BUFFER_ADDR_LOW
MOVWF FSR0L
PROGRAM_LOOP
MOVLW 8 ; number of bytes in holding register
MOVWF COUNTER
WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS
MOVFW POSTINC0 ; get low byte of buffer data and increment FSR0
MOVWF TABLAT ; present data to table latch
TBLWT+* ; short write
; to internal TBLWT holding register, increment
TBLPTR
DECFSZ COUNTER ; loop until buffers are full
GOTO WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
EXAMPLE 6-3: WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY (CONTINUED)
PROGRAM_MEMORY
MOVLW 55h ; required sequence
MOVLW AAh
MOVWF EECON2 ; write AAH
BSF EECON1,WR ; start program (CPU stall)
NOP
DECFSZ COUNTER_HI ; loop until done
GOTO PROGRAM_LOOP
BCF EECON1,WREN ; disable write to memory
6.5.2 WRITE VERIFY 6.6 Flash Program Operation During

Depending on the application, good programming Code Protection
practice may dictate that the value written to the mem-
See Section 23.0 “Special Features of the CPU”
ory should be verified against the original value. This
(Section 23.5 “Program Verification and Code Pro-
should be used in applications where excessive writes
tection”) for details on code protection of Flash
can stress bits near the specification limit.
program memory.
6.5.3 UNEXPECTED TERMINATION OF
WRITE OPERATION
If a write is terminated by an unplanned event, such as
loss of power or an unexpected Reset, the memory
location just programmed should be verified and repro-
grammed if needed. The WRERR bit is set when a
write operation is interrupted by a MCLR Reset, or a
WDT Time-out Reset, during normal operation. In
these situations, users can check the WRERR bit and
rewrite the location.
TABLE 6-2: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY

Value on
Value on:
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 all other
POR, BOR
Resets
TBLPTRU — — bit 21 Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte --00 0000 --00 0000
(TBLPTR<20:16>)
TBPLTRH Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>) 0000 0000 0000 0000
TBLPTRL Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>) 0000 0000 0000 0000
TABLAT Program Memory Table Latch 0000 0000 0000 0000
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
EECON2 EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register) — —
EECON1 EEPGD CFGS — FREE WRERR WREN WR RD xx-0 x000 uu-0 u000
IPR2 OSCFIP CMIP — EEIP BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP 11-1 1111 ---1 1111
PIR2 OSCFIF CMIF — EEIF BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF 00-0 0000 ---0 0000
PIE2 OSCFIE CMIE — EEIE BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE 00-0 0000 ---0 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, r = reserved, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
7.0 DATA EEPROM MEMORY Control bit CFGS determines if the access will be to the
configuration registers or to program memory/data
The data EEPROM is readable and writable during nor- EEPROM memory. When set, subsequent operations
mal operation over the entire VDD range. The data access configuration registers. When CFGS is clear,
memory is not directly mapped in the register file the EEPGD bit selects either program Flash or data
space. Instead, it is indirectly addressed through the EEPROM memory.
Special Function Registers (SFR).
The WREN bit enables and disables erase and write
There are four SFRs used to read and write the operations. When set, erase and write operations are
program and data EEPROM memory. These registers allowed. When clear, erase and write operations are
are: disabled; the WR bit cannot be set while the WREN bit
• EECON1 is clear. This mechanism helps to prevent accidental
• EECON2 writes to memory due to errant (unexpected) code
execution.
• EEDATA
• EEADR Firmware should keep the WREN bit clear at all times
except when starting erase or write operations. Once
The EEPROM data memory allows byte read and write. firmware has set the WR bit, the WREN bit may be
When interfacing to the data memory block, EEDATA cleared. Clearing the WREN bit will not affect the
holds the 8-bit data for read/write and EEADR holds the operation in progress.
address of the EEPROM location being accessed.
These devices have 256 bytes of data EEPROM with The WRERR bit is set when a write operation is inter-
an address range from 00h to FFh. rupted by a Reset. In these situations, the user can
check the WRERR bit and rewrite the location. It is nec-
The EEPROM data memory is rated for high erase/write essary to reload the data and address registers
cycle endurance. A byte write automatically erases the (EEDATA and EEADR), as these registers have
location and writes the new data (erase-before-write). The cleared as a result of the Reset.
write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write time
will vary with voltage and temperature, as well as from Control bits, RD and WR, start read and erase/write
chip to chip. Please refer to parameter D122 (Table 26-1 operations, respectively. These bits are set by firmware
in Section 26.0 “Electrical Characteristics”) for exact and cleared by hardware at the completion of the
limits. operation.
The RD bit cannot be set when accessing program
7.1 EEADR memory (EEPGD = 1). Program memory is read using
table read instructions. See Section 6.1 “Table Reads
The address register can address 256 bytes of data and Table Writes” regarding table reads.
EEPROM.
Note: Interrupt flag bit, EEIF in the PIR2 register,
7.2 EECON1 and EECON2 Registers is set when write is complete. It must be
cleared in software.
EECON1 is the control register for memory accesses.
EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2
will read all ‘0’s. The EECON2 register is used
exclusively in the memory write and erase sequences.
Control bit EEPGD determines if the access will be to
program or data EEPROM memory. When clear, oper-
ations will access the data EEPROM memory. When
set, program memory is accessed.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 7-1: EECON1 REGISTER
R/W-x R/W-x U-0 R/W-0 R/W-x R/W-0 R/S-0 R/S-0
EEPGD CFGS — FREE WRERR WREN WR RD
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit

1 = Access program Flash memory
0 = Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6 CFGS: Flash Program/Data EE or Configuration Select bit
1 = Access configuration or calibration registers
0 = Access program Flash or data EEPROM memory
bit 4 FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1 = Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command (cleared
by completion of erase operation)
0 = Perform write only
bit 3 WRERR: EEPROM Error Flag bit
1 = A write operation was prematurely terminated
(MCLR or WDT Reset during self-timed erase or program operation)
0 = The write operation completed normally
Note: When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD or FREE bits are not cleared. This allows
tracing of the error condition.
bit 2 WREN: Erase/Write Enable bit
1 = Allows erase/write cycles
0 = Inhibits erase/write cycles
bit 1 WR: Write Control bit
1 = Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle or a program memory erase cycle or write cycle.
(The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The
WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0 = Write cycle is completed
bit 0 RD: Read Control bit
1 = Initiates a memory read (Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can
only be set (not cleared) in software. RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD = 1.)
0 = Read completed
Legend:
R = Readable bit S = Settable only U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ W = Writable bit

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
7.3 Reading the Data EEPROM After a write sequence has been initiated, EECON1,
Memory EEADR and EEDATA cannot be modified. The WR bit
will be inhibited from being set unless the WREN bit is
To read a data memory location, the user must write the set. The WREN bit must be set on a previous instruc-
address to the EEADR register, clear the EEPGD con- tion. Both WR and WREN cannot be set with the same
trol bit (EECON1<7>) and then set control bit, RD instruction.
(EECON1<0>). The data is available for the very next
At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is
instruction cycle; therefore, the EEDATA register can
cleared in hardware and the EEPROM Interrupt Flag bit
be read by the next instruction. EEDATA will hold this
(EEIF) is set. The user may either enable this interrupt
value until another read operation or until it is written to
or poll this bit. EEIF must be cleared by software.
by the user (during a write operation).
7.5 Write Verify

7.4 Writing to the Data EEPROM
Memory Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the mem-
To write an EEPROM data location, the address must ory should be verified against the original value. This
first be written to the EEADR register and the data should be used in applications where excessive writes
written to the EEDATA register. The sequence in can stress bits near the specification limit.
Example 7-2 must be followed to initiate the write cycle.
The write will not begin if this sequence is not exactly 7.6 Protection Against Spurious Write
followed (write 55h to EECON2, write AAh to EECON2,
then set WR bit) for each byte. It is strongly recom- There are conditions when the device may not want to
mended that interrupts be disabled during this write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against
code segment. spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have
been built-in. On power-up, the WREN bit is cleared.
Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to Also, the Power-up Timer (72 ms duration) prevents
enable writes. This mechanism prevents accidental EEPROM write.
writes to data EEPROM due to unexpected code exe-
cution (i.e., runaway programs). The WREN bit should The write initiate sequence and the WREN bit together
be kept clear at all times except when updating the help prevent an accidental write during brown-out,
EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared by hardware. power glitch, or software malfunction.
EXAMPLE 7-1: DATA EEPROM READ

MOVLW DATA_EE_ADDR ;
MOVWF EEADR ; Data Memory Address to read
BCF EECON1, EEPGD ; Point to DATA memory
BSF EECON1, RD ; EEPROM Read
MOVF EEDATA, W ; W = EEDATA
EXAMPLE 7-2: DATA EEPROM WRITE

MOVLW DATA_EE_ADDR ;
MOVWF EEADR ; Data Memory Address to write
MOVLW DATA_EE_DATA ;
MOVWF EEDATA ; Data Memory Value to write
BCF EECON1, EEPGD ; Point to DATA memory
BSF EECON1, WREN ; Enable writes
BCF INTCON, GIE ; Disable Interrupts
MOVLW 55h ;
Required MOVWF EECON2 ; Write 55h
Sequence MOVLW AAh ;
MOVWF EECON2 ; Write AAh
BSF EECON1, WR ; Set WR bit to begin write
BSF INTCON, GIE ; Enable Interrupts
SLEEP ; Wait for interrupt to signal write complete

BCF EECON1, WREN ; Disable writes

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
7.7 Operation During Code-Protect 7.8 Using the Data EEPROM
Data EEPROM memory has its own code-protect bits in The data EEPROM is a high-endurance, byte address-
configuration words. External read and write opera- able array that has been optimized for the storage of
tions are disabled if either of these mechanisms are frequently changing information (e.g., program vari-
enabled. ables or other data that are updated often). Frequently
The microcontroller itself can both read and write to the changing values will typically be updated more often
internal Data EEPROM regardless of the state of the than specification D124 or D124A. If this is not the
code-protect configuration bit. Refer to Section 23.0 case, an array refresh must be performed. For this
“Special Features of the CPU” for additional reason, variables that change infrequently (such as
information. constants, IDs, calibration, etc.) should be stored in
Flash program memory.
A simple data EEPROM refresh routine is shown in
Example 7-3.
Note: If data EEPROM is only used to store
constants and/or data that changes rarely,
an array refresh is likely not required. See
specification D124 or D124A.
EXAMPLE 7-3: DATA EEPROM REFRESH ROUTINE

CLRF EEADR ; Start at address 0
BCF EECON1, CFGS ; Set for memory
BCF EECON1, EEPGD ; Set for Data EEPROM
BCF INTCON, GIE ; Disable interrupts
BSF EECON1, WREN ; Enable writes
LOOP ; Loop to refresh array
BSF EECON1, RD ; Read current address
MOVLW 55h ;
MOVWF EECON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW AAh ;
MOVWF EECON2 ; Write AAh
BSF EECON1, WR ; Set WR bit to begin write
BTFSC EECON1, WR ; Wait for write to complete
BRA $-2
INCFSZ EEADR, F ; Increment address
BRA Loop ; Not zero, do it again
BCF EECON1, WREN ; Disable writes

BSF INTCON, GIE ; Enable interrupts
TABLE 7-1: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA EEPROM MEMORY

Value on
Value on:
POR, BOR
Resets
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE INTE RBIE TMR0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
EEADR EEPROM Address Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
EEDATA EEPROM Data Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
EECON2 EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register) — —
EECON1 EEPGD CFGS — FREE WRERR WREN WR RD xx-0 x000 uu-0 u000
IPR2 OSCFIP CMIP — EEIP BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP 11-1 1111 ---1 1111
PIR2 OSCFIF CMIF — EEIF BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF 00-0 0000 ---0 0000
PIE2 OSCFIE CMIE — EEIE BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE 00-0 0000 ---0 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, r = reserved, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
8.0 8 X 8 HARDWARE MULTIPLIER Making the 8 x 8 multiplier execute in a single-cycle
gives the following advantages:
8.1 Introduction • Higher computational throughput
• Reduces code size requirements for multiply
An 8 x 8 hardware multiplier is included in the ALU of
algorithms
the PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices. By making the multiply
a hardware operation, it completes in a single instruc- The performance increase allows the device to be used
tion cycle. This is an unsigned multiply that gives a in applications previously reserved for Digital Signal
16-bit result. The result is stored into the 16-bit product Processors.
register pair (PRODH:PRODL). The multiplier does not Table 8-1 shows a performance comparison between
affect any flags in the Status register. enhanced devices using the single-cycle hardware
multiply and performing the same function without the
hardware multiply.
TABLE 8-1: PERFORMANCE COMPARISON

Program Time
Cycles
Routine Multiply Method Memory
(Max) @ 40 MHz @ 10 MHz @ 4 MHz
(Words)
Without hardware multiply 13 69 6.9 µs 27.6 µs 69 µs
8 x 8 unsigned
Hardware multiply 1 1 100 ns 400 ns 1 µs
8 x 8 signed
Hardware multiply 6 6 600 ns 2.4 µs 6 µs
16 x 16 unsigned
Hardware multiply 28 28 2.8 µs 11.2 µs 28 µs
16 x 16 signed
Hardware multiply 35 40 4.0 µs 16.0 µs 40 µs
8.2 Operation EXAMPLE 8-1: 8 x 8 UNSIGNED

MULTIPLY ROUTINE
Example 8-1 shows the sequence to do an 8 x 8
unsigned multiply. Only one instruction is required MOVF ARG1, W ;
when one argument of the multiply is already loaded in MULWF ARG2 ; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
the WREG register. ; PRODH:PRODL
Example 8-2 shows the sequence to do an 8 x 8 signed

multiply. To account for the sign bits of the arguments, EXAMPLE 8-2: 8 x 8 SIGNED MULTIPLY
each argument’s Most Significant bit (MSb) is tested ROUTINE
and the appropriate subtractions are done.
MOVF ARG1, W
MULWF ARG2 ; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
; PRODH:PRODL
BTFSC ARG2, SB ; Test Sign Bit
SUBWF PRODH, F ; PRODH = PRODH
; - ARG1
MOVF ARG2, W
BTFSC ARG1, SB ; Test Sign Bit
SUBWF PRODH, F ; PRODH = PRODH
; - ARG2

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Example 8-3 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16 EQUATION 8-2: 16 x 16 SIGNED
unsigned multiply. Equation 8-1 shows the algorithm MULTIPLICATION
that is used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers, ALGORITHM
RES3:RES0. RES3:RES0
= ARG1H:ARG1L • ARG2H:ARG2L
EQUATION 8-1: 16 x 16 UNSIGNED = (ARG1H • ARG2H • 216) +
MULTIPLICATION (ARG1H • ARG2L • 28) +
ALGORITHM (ARG1L • ARG2H ² 28) +
RES3:RES0 = ARG1H:ARG1L • ARG2H:ARG2L (ARG1L • ARG2L) +
= (ARG1H • ARG2H • 216) + (-1 • ARG2H<7> • ARG1H:ARG1L • 216) +
(ARG1H • ARG2L • 28) + (-1 • ARG1H<7> • ARG2H:ARG2L • 216)
(ARG1L • ARG2H • 28) +
(ARG1L • ARG2L) EXAMPLE 8-4: 16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
MOVF ARG1L, W
EXAMPLE 8-3: 16 x 16 UNSIGNED MULWF ARG2L ; ARG1L * ARG2L ->
MULTIPLY ROUTINE ; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF PRODH, RES1 ;
MOVF ARG1L, W MOVFF PRODL, RES0 ;
MULWF ARG2L ; ARG1L * ARG2L -> ;
; PRODH:PRODL MOVF ARG1H, W
MOVFF PRODH, RES1 ; MULWF ARG2H ; ARG1H * ARG2H ->
MOVFF PRODL, RES0 ; ; PRODH:PRODL
; MOVFF PRODH, RES3 ;
MOVF ARG1H, W MOVFF PRODL, RES2 ;
MULWF ARG2H ; ARG1H * ARG2H -> ;
; PRODH:PRODL MOVF ARG1L, W
MOVFF PRODH, RES3 ; MULWF ARG2H ; ARG1L * ARG2H ->
MOVFF PRODL, RES2 ; ; PRODH:PRODL
; MOVF PRODL, W ;
MOVF ARG1L, W ADDWF RES1, F ; Add cross
MULWF ARG2H ; ARG1L * ARG2H -> MOVF PRODH, W ; products
; PRODH:PRODL ADDWFC RES2, F ;
MOVF PRODL, W ; CLRF WREG ;
ADDWF RES1, F ; Add cross ADDWFC RES3, F ;
MOVF PRODH, W ; products ;
ADDWFC RES2, F ; MOVF ARG1H, W ;
CLRF WREG ; MULWF ARG2L ; ARG1H * ARG2L ->
ADDWFC RES3, F ; ; PRODH:PRODL
; MOVF PRODL, W ;
MOVF ARG1H, W ; ADDWF RES1, F ; Add cross
MULWF ARG2L ; ARG1H * ARG2L -> MOVF PRODH, W ; products
; PRODH:PRODL ADDWFC RES2, F ;
MOVF PRODL, W ; CLRF WREG ;
ADDWF RES1, F ; Add cross ADDWFC RES3, F ;
MOVF PRODH, W ; products ;
ADDWFC RES2, F ; BTFSS ARG2H, 7 ; ARG2H:ARG2L neg?
CLRF WREG ; BRA SIGN_ARG1 ; no, check ARG1
ADDWFC RES3, F ; MOVF ARG1L, W ;
SUBWF RES2 ;
Example 8-4 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16 MOVF ARG1H, W ;
signed multiply. Equation 8-2 shows the algorithm SUBWFB RES3
used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers, ;
SIGN_ARG1
RES3:RES0. To account for the sign bits of the argu-
BTFSS ARG1H, 7 ; ARG1H:ARG1L neg?
ments, each argument pairs’ Most Significant bit (MSb)
BRA CONT_CODE ; no, done
is tested and the appropriate subtractions are done. MOVF ARG2L, W ;
SUBWF RES2 ;
MOVF ARG2H, W ;
SUBWFB RES3
;
CONT_CODE
:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
9.0 INTERRUPTS When the IPEN bit is cleared (default state), the
interrupt priority feature is disabled and interrupts are
The PIC18F2320/4320 devices have multiple interrupt compatible with PICmicro® mid-range devices. In Com-
sources and an interrupt priority feature that allows patibility mode, the interrupt priority bits for each source
each interrupt source to be assigned a high priority have no effect. INTCON<6> is the PEIE bit which
level or a low priority level. The high priority interrupt enables/disables all peripheral interrupt sources.
vector is at 000008h and the low priority interrupt vector INTCON<7> is the GIE bit which enables/disables all
is at 000018h. High priority interrupt events will interrupt sources. All interrupts branch to address
interrupt any low priority interrupts that may be in 000008h in Compatibility mode.
progress.
When an interrupt is responded to, the global interrupt
There are ten registers which are used to control enable bit is cleared to disable further interrupts. If the
interrupt operation. These registers are: IPEN bit is cleared, this is the GIE bit. If interrupt priority
• RCON levels are used, this will be either the GIEH or GIEL bit.
• INTCON High priority interrupt sources can interrupt a low
priority interrupt. Low priority interrupts are not
• INTCON2
processed while high priority interrupts are in progress.
• INTCON3
The return address is pushed onto the stack and the
• PIR1, PIR2
PC is loaded with the interrupt vector address
• PIE1, PIE2 (000008h or 000018h). Once in the Interrupt Service
• IPR1, IPR2 Routine, the source(s) of the interrupt can be deter-
It is recommended that the Microchip header files mined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt
supplied with MPLAB® IDE be used for the symbolic bit flag bits must be cleared in software before re-enabling
names in these registers. This allows the assembler/ interrupts to avoid recursive interrupts.
compiler to automatically take care of the placement of The “return from interrupt” instruction, RETFIE, exits
these bits within the specified register. the interrupt routine and sets the GIE bit (GIEH or GIEL
In general, each interrupt source has three bits to if priority levels are used) which re-enables interrupts.
control its operation. The functions of these bits are: For external interrupt events, such as the INT pins or
• Flag bit to indicate that an interrupt event the PORTB input change interrupt, the interrupt latency
occurred will be three to four instruction cycles. The exact
latency is the same for one or two-cycle instructions.
• Enable bit that allows program execution to
Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the
branch to the interrupt vector address when the
status of their corresponding enable bit or the GIE bit.
flag bit is set
• Priority bit to select high priority or low priority Note: Do not use the MOVFF instruction to modify
(most interrupt sources have priority bits) any of the interrupt control registers while
The interrupt priority feature is enabled by setting the any interrupt is enabled. Doing so may
IPEN bit (RCON<7>). When interrupt priority is cause erratic microcontroller behavior.
enabled, there are two bits which enable interrupts
globally. Setting the GIEH bit (INTCON<7>) enables all
interrupts that have the priority bit set (high priority).
Setting the GIEL bit (INTCON<6>) enables all inter-
rupts that have the priority bit cleared (low priority).
When the interrupt flag, enable bit and appropriate
global interrupt enable bit are set, the interrupt will vec-
tor immediately to address 000008h or 000018h,
depending on the priority bit setting. Individual inter-
rupts can be disabled through their corresponding
enable bits.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 9-1: INTERRUPT LOGIC
Wake-up if in
Power Managed Mode
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
TMR0IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
INT0IF
INT0IE
Interrupt to CPU
INT1IF Vector to Location
INT1IE
INT1IP 0008h
PSPIF
PSPIE INT2IF
PSPIP INT2IE
INT2IP
GIEH/GIE
ADIF
ADIE
ADIP IPE
RCIF IPEN
RCIE GIEL/PEIE
RCIP
IPEN
Additional Peripheral Interrupts
High Priority Interrupt Generation
Low Priority Interrupt Generation
PSPIF
PSPIE
PSPIP
Interrupt to CPU
TMR0IF Vector to Location
TMR0IE 0018h
ADIF TMR0IP
ADIE RBIF
ADIP RBIE
RBIP
RCIF GIEL\PEIE
RCIE INT0IF
RCIP
INT0IE
INT1IF
Additional Peripheral Interrupts INT1IE
INT1IP
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
9.1 INTCON Registers Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
The INTCON registers are readable and writable condition occurs regardless of the state of
registers which contain various enable, priority and flag its corresponding enable bit or the global
bits. enable bit. User software should ensure
the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature
allows for software polling.
REGISTER 9-1: INTCON REGISTER

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-x
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 GIE/GIEH: Global Interrupt Enable bit

When IPEN = 0:
1 = Enables all unmasked interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
When IPEN = 1:
1 = Enables all high priority interrupts
0 = Disables all high priority interrupts
bit 6 PEIE/GIEL: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN = 0:
1 = Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts
When IPEN = 1:
1 = Enables all low priority peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all low priority peripheral interrupts
bit 5 TMR0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
bit 4 INT0IE: INT0 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT0 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT0 external interrupt
bit 3 RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt
0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt
bit 2 TMR0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 1 INT0IF: INT0 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT0 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT0 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0 RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit
1 = At least one of the RB7:RB4 pins changed state (must be cleared in software)
0 = None of the RB7:RB4 pins have changed state
Note: A mismatch condition will continue to set this bit. Reading PORTB will end the
mismatch condition and allow the bit to be cleared.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 9-2: INTCON2 REGISTER
R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 U-0 R/W-1 U-0 R/W-1
RBPU INTEDG0 INTEDG1 INTEDG2 — TMR0IP — RBIP
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit

1 = All PORTB pull-ups are disabled
0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values
bit 6 INTEDG0: External Interrupt0 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 2 TMR0IP: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0 RBIP: RB Port Change Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Legend:
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state
of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit. User software should ensure
the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 9-3: INTCON3 REGISTER
R/W-1 R/W-1 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
INT2IP INT1IP — INT2IE INT1IE — INT2IF INT1IF
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 INT2IP: INT2 External Interrupt Priority bit

1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6 INT1IP: INT1 External Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Legend:
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state
of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit. User software should ensure
the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
9.2 PIR Registers Note 1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
The PIR registers contain the individual flag bits for the condition occurs regardless of the state of
peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of peripheral its corresponding enable bit or the global
interrupt sources, there are two Peripheral Interrupt enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>).
Flag registers (PIR1, PIR2). 2: User software should ensure the appropri-
ate interrupt flag bits are cleared prior to
enabling an interrupt and after servicing
that interrupt.
REGISTER 9-4: PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 1

R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
(1)
PSPIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 PSPIF(1): Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Flag bit

1 = A read or a write operation has taken place (must be cleared in software)
0 = No read or write has occurred
Note 1: This bit is reserved on PIC18F2X20 devices; always maintain this bit clear.
bit 6 ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An A/D conversion completed (must be cleared in software)
0 = The A/D conversion is not complete
bit 5 RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The USART receive buffer, RCREG, is full (cleared when RCREG is read)
0 = The USART receive buffer is empty
bit 4 TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The USART transmit buffer, TXREG, is empty (cleared when TXREG is written)
0 = The USART transmit buffer is full
bit 3 SSPIF: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The transmission/reception is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = Waiting to transmit/receive
bit 2 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1 TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred
1 = TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 9-5: PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 2
R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
OSCFIF CMIF — EEIF BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 OSCFIF: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Flag bit

1 = System oscillator failed, clock input has changed to INTOSC (must be cleared in software)
0 = System clock operating
bit 6 CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Comparator input has changed (must be cleared in software)
0 = Comparator input has not changed
bit 4 EEIF: Data EEPROM/Flash Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The write operation is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = The write operation is not complete, or has not been started
bit 3 BCLIF: Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A bus collision occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No bus collision occurred
bit 2 LVDIF: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A low-voltage condition occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The device voltage is above the Low-Voltage Detect trip point
1 = TMR3 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
bit 0 CCP2IF: CCPx Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
9.3 PIE Registers
The PIE registers contain the individual enable bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of periph-
eral interrupt sources, there are two Peripheral Inter-
rupt Enable registers (PIE1, PIE2). When IPEN = 0, the
PEIE bit must be set to enable any of these peripheral
interrupts.
REGISTER 9-6: PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
(1)
PSPIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 PSPIE(1): Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enables the PSP read/write interrupt
0 = Disables the PSP read/write interrupt
Note 1: This bit is reserved on PIC18F2X20 devices; always maintain this bit clear.
bit 6 ADIE: A/D Converter Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the A/D interrupt
0 = Disables the A/D interrupt
bit 5 RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt
0 = Disables the USART receive interrupt
bit 4 TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt
0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt
bit 3 SSPIE: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the MSSP interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP interrupt
bit 2 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt
0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt
bit 1 TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
1 = Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 9-7: PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2
OSCFIE CMIE — EEIE BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 OSCFIE: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Enable bit

1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 6 CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 4 EEIE: Data EEPROM/Flash Write Operation Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 3 BCLIE: Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 2 LVDIE: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 0 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
9.4 IPR Registers
The IPR registers contain the individual priority bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of periph-
eral interrupt sources, there are two Peripheral Inter-
rupt Priority registers (IPR1, IPR2). Using the priority
bits requires that the Interrupt Priority Enable (IPEN) bit
be set.
REGISTER 9-8: IPR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 1

(1)
PSPIP ADIP RCIP TXIP SSPIP CCP1IP TMR2IP TMR1IP
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 PSPIP(1): Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Priority bit

1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Note 1: This bit is reserved on PIC18F2X20 devices; always maintain this bit set.
bit 6 ADIP: A/D Converter Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5 RCIP: USART Receive Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4 TXIP: USART Transmit Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3 SSPIP: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2 CCP1IP: CCP1 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1 TMR2IP: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 9-9: IPR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 2
OSCFIP CMIP — EEIP BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 OSCFIP: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Priority bit

1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6 CMIP: Comparator Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4 EEIP: Data EEPROM/Flash Write Operation Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3 BCLIP: Bus Collision Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2 LVDIP: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0 CCP2IP: CCP2 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
9.5 RCON Register
The RCON register contains bits used to determine the
cause of the last Reset or wake-up from power man-
aged mode. RCON also contains the bit that enables
interrupt priorities (IPEN).
REGISTER 9-10: RCON REGISTER

R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R-1 R-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit

1 = Enable priority levels on interrupts
0 = Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 4 RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
1 = The RESET instruction was not executed (set by firmware only)
0 = The RESET instruction was executed causing a device Reset (must be set in software after
a Brown-out Reset occurs)
bit 3 TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 2 PD: Power-Down Detection Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = Cleared by execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
9.6 INTn Pin Interrupts 9.8 PORTB Interrupt-on-Change
External interrupts on the RB0/INT0, RB1/INT1 and An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit, RBIF
RB2/INT2 pins are edge triggered: either rising if the (INTCON<0>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled
corresponding INTEDGx bit is set in the INTCON2 reg- by setting/clearing enable bit, RBIE (INTCON<3>).
ister, or falling if the INTEDGx bit is clear. When a valid Interrupt priority for PORTB interrupt-on-change is
edge appears on the RBx/INTx pin, the corresponding determined by the value contained in the interrupt
flag bit, INTxF, is set. This interrupt can be disabled by priority bit, RBIP (INTCON2<0>).
clearing the corresponding enable bit, INTxE. Flag bit,
INTxF, must be cleared in software in the Interrupt Ser- 9.9 Context Saving During Interrupts
vice Routine before re-enabling the interrupt. All exter-
nal interrupts (INT0, INT1 and INT2) can wake-up the During interrupts, the return PC address is saved on the
processor from the power managed modes if bit INTxE stack. Additionally, the WREG, Status and BSR registers
was set prior to going into power managed modes. If are saved on the fast return stack. If a fast return from
the global interrupt enable bit GIE is set, the processor interrupt is not used (See Section 5.3 “Fast Register
will branch to the interrupt vector following wake-up. Stack”), the user may need to save the WREG, Status
and BSR registers on entry to the Interrupt Service Rou-
Interrupt priority for INT1 and INT2 is determined by the
tine. Depending on the user’s application, other registers
value contained in the Interrupt Priority bits, INT1IP
may also need to be saved. Example 9-1 saves and
(INTCON3<6>) and INT2IP (INTCON3<7>). There is
restores the WREG, Status and BSR registers during an
no priority bit associated with INT0. It is always a high
Interrupt Service Routine.
priority interrupt source.
9.7 TMR0 Interrupt

In 8-bit mode (which is the default), an overflow
(FFh → 00h) in the TMR0 register will set flag bit
TMR0IF. In 16-bit mode, an overflow (FFFFh → 0000h)
in the TMR0H:TMR0L registers will set flag bit TMR0IF.
The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clear-
ing enable bit, TMR0IE (INTCON<5>). Interrupt priority
for Timer0 is determined by the value contained in the
interrupt priority bit, TMR0IP (INTCON2<2>). See
Section 11.0 “Timer0 Module” for further details on
the Timer0 module.
EXAMPLE 9-1: SAVING STATUS, WREG AND BSR REGISTERS IN RAM

MOVWF W_TEMP ; W_TEMP is in virtual bank
MOVFF STATUS, STATUS_TEMP ; STATUS_TEMP located anywhere
MOVFF BSR, BSR_TEMP ; BSR_TMEP located anywhere
;
; USER ISR CODE
;
MOVFF BSR_TEMP, BSR ; Restore BSR
MOVF W_TEMP, W ; Restore WREG
MOVFF STATUS_TEMP, STATUS ; Restore STATUS

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
10.0 I/O PORTS 10.1 PORTA, TRISA and LATA
Registers
Depending on the device selected and features
enabled, there are up to five ports available. Some pins PORTA is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
of the I/O ports are multiplexed with an alternate func- sponding data direction register is TRISA. Setting a
tion from the peripheral features on the device. In gen- TRISA bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTA pin
eral, when a peripheral is enabled, that pin may not be an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a
used as a general purpose I/O pin. High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will
Each port has three registers for its operation. These make the corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., put
registers are: the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
• TRIS register (Data Direction register) Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the
pins, whereas writing to it, will write to the port latch.
• PORT register (reads the levels on the pins of the
device) The Data Latch register (LATA) is also memory mapped.
• LAT register (Data Latch) Read-modify-write operations on the LATA register read
and write the latched output value for PORTA.
The Data Latch (LAT register) is useful for read-modify-
write operations on the value that the I/O pins are The RA4 pin is multiplexed with the Timer0 module
driving. clock input and one of the comparator outputs to
become the RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT pin. Pins RA6 and
A simplified model of a generic I/O port without the RA7 are multiplexed with the main oscillator pins; they
interfaces to other peripherals is shown in Figure 10-1. are enabled as oscillator or I/O pins by the selection of
the main oscillator in Configuration Register 1H (see
FIGURE 10-1: GENERIC I/O PORT Section 23.1 “Configuration Bits” for details). When
OPERATION they are not used as port pins, RA6 and RA7 and their
associated TRIS and LAT bits are read as ‘0’.
RD LAT The other PORTA pins are multiplexed with analog
inputs, the analog VREF+ and VREF- inputs and the com-
Data
Bus
parator voltage reference output. The operation of pins,
D Q
RA3:RA0 and RA5, as A/D converter inputs is selected
WR LAT I/O pin(1) by clearing/setting the control bits in the ADCON1 reg-
or Port
CK ister (A/D Control Register 1). Pins RA0 through RA5
Data Latch may also be used as comparator inputs or outputs by
setting the appropriate bits in the CMCON register.
D Q
Note: On a Power-on Reset, RA5 and RA3:RA0
WR TRIS are configured as analog inputs and read
CK
TRIS Latch Input
as ‘0’. RA4 is configured as a digital input.
Buffer
The RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT pin is a Schmitt Trigger input
RD TRIS and an open-drain output. All other PORTA pins have
TTL input levels and full CMOS output drivers.
Q D The TRISA register controls the direction of the RA pins
even when they are being used as analog inputs. The
ENEN user must ensure the bits in the TRISA register are
maintained set when using them as analog inputs.
RD Port
EXAMPLE 10-1: INITIALIZING PORTA

Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
CLRF PORTA ; Initialize PORTA by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF LATA ; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW 0x07 ; Configure A/D
MOVWF ADCON1 ; for digital inputs
MOVLW 0xCF ; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF TRISA ; Set RA<3:0> as inputs
; RA<5:4> as outputs

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 10-2: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF FIGURE 10-4: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF
RA3:RA0 AND RA5 PINS RA4/T0CKI PIN
RD LATA RD LATA
Data Data
Bus
D Q Bus D Q
WR LATA VDD
or WR LATA
PORTA or
CK Q PORTA CK Q I/O pin(1)
P
N
Data Latch Data Latch
N I/O pin(1)
D Q D Q VSS
WR TRISA WR TRISA Schmitt

CK Q VSS CK Q
Analog Trigger
Input TRIS Latch TRIS Latch Input
Mode Buffer
RD TRISA
RD TRISA
TTL
Input Q D
Q D Buffer
ENEN
EN
RD PORTA RD PORTA
SS Input (RA5 only)

TMR0 Clock Input
To A/D Converter and LVD Modules
Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS.
Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS.

RA6 PIN RA7 PIN
RA6 Enable RA7 Enable
To Oscillator
Data Data
Bus Bus
RD LATA RD LATA
D Q D Q
WR LATA VDD WR LATA VDD
or or
PORTA PORTA
CK Q P CK Q P
Data Latch Data Latch
N I/O pin(1) N I/O pin(1)

D Q D Q
WR WR
TRISA CK Q VSS TRISA CK Q VSS
TRIS Latch TRIS Latch
RD RD
TRISA TTL TRISA TTL
Input Input
ECIO or Buffer Buffer
RCIO RA7
Enable Enable
Q D Q D
EN EN
RD PORTA RD PORTA
Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS. Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 10-1: PORTA FUNCTIONS
Name Bit# Buffer Function
RA0/AN0 bit 0 TTL Input/output or analog input.
RA1/AN1 bit 1 TTL Input/output or analog input.
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF bit 2 TTL Input/output, analog input, VREF- or Comparator VREF output.
RA3/AN3/VREF+ bit 3 TTL Input/output, analog input or VREF+.
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT bit 4 ST Input/output, external clock input for Timer0 or Comparator 1
output. Output is open-drain type.
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT bit 5 TTL Input/output, analog input, Slave Select input for Synchronous
Serial Port, Low-Voltage Detect input or Comparator 2 output.
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 bit 6 TTL OSC2, clock output or I/O pin.
OSC1/CLKI/RA7 bit 7 TTL OSC1, clock input or I/O pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input
TABLE 10-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PORTA RA7(1) RA6(1) RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xx0x 0000 uu0u 0000
LATA LATA7(1) LATA6(1) LATA Data Latch Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISA TRISA7(1) TRISA6(1) PORTA Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
ADCON1 — — VCFG1 VCFG0 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 --00 0000 --00 0000
CMCON C2OUT C1OUT C2INV C1INV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0 0000 0111 0000 0111
CVRCON CVREN CVROE CVRR — CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0 000- 0000 000- 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
Note 1: RA7:RA6 and their associated latch and data direction bits are enabled as I/O pins based on oscillator configuration;
otherwise, they are read as ‘0’.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
10.2 PORTB, TRISB and LATB This interrupt can wake the device from Sleep. The
Registers user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, can clear the
interrupt in the following manner:
PORTB is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
a) Any read or write of PORTB (except with the
sponding data direction register is TRISB. Setting a
MOVFF (ANY), PORTB instruction). This will
TRISB bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTB
end the mismatch condition.
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISB bit (= 0) b) Clear flag bit RBIF.
will make the corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e., A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit RBIF.
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition and
The Data Latch register (LATB) is also memory allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared.
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATB The interrupt-on-change feature is recommended for
register read and write the latched output value for wake-up on key depression operation and operations
PORTB. where PORTB is only used for the interrupt-on-change
feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while
EXAMPLE 10-2: INITIALIZING PORTB using the interrupt-on-change feature.
CLRF PORTB ; Initialize PORTB by RB3 can be configured by the configuration bit,
; clearing output CCP2MX, as the alternate peripheral pin for the CCP2
; data latches module (CCP2MX = 0).
CLRF LATB ; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
FIGURE 10-6: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF
MOVLW 0x0F ; Set RB<4:0> as RB7:RB5 PINS
MOVWF ADCON1 ; digital I/O pins
VDD
; (required if config bit
RBPU(2) Weak
; PBADEN is set) P Pull-up
MOVLW 0xCF ; Value used to
Data Latch
; initialize data Data Bus
D Q
; direction WR LATB
MOVWF TRISB ; Set RB<3:0> as inputs I/O pin(1)
or PORTB
CK
; RB<5:4> as outputs
; RB<7:6> as inputs TRIS Latch
D Q
Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
WR TRISB TTL
single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is per- CK Input
formed by clearing bit RBPU (INTCON2<7>). The Buffer ST
Buffer
weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port RD TRISB
pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on a Power-on Reset.
RD LATB
Note: On a Power-on Reset, RB4:RB0 are con- Latch
figured as analog inputs by default and Q D
read as ‘0’; RB7:RB5 are configured as RD PORTB
digital inputs. EN Q1
Set RBIF
By programming the configuration bit,
PBADEN (CONFIG3H<1>), RB4:RB0 will
alternatively be configured as digital inputs Q D
RD PORTB
on POR. From other
RB7:RB5 and EN
Q3
Four of the PORTB pins (RB7:RB4) have an interrupt- RB4 pins
on-change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can RB7:RB5 in Serial Programming Mode
cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any RB7:RB4 pin Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
configured as an output is excluded from the interrupt- 2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s)
on-change comparison). The input pins (of RB7:RB4) and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2<7>).
are compared with the old value latched on the last
read of PORTB. The “mismatch” outputs of RB7:RB4
are OR’ed together to generate the RB Port Change
Interrupt with Flag bit, RBIF (INTCON<0>).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
RB2:RB0 PINS RB4 PIN
VDD VDD
RBPU(2)
RBPU(2) Weak
Analog Input Mode Weak P Pull-up
P Pull-up
Data Latch
Data Bus
Data Bus D Q D Q
WR LATB I/O pin(1)
WR LATB (1) or PORTB
I/O pin
CK
or PORTB
CK
TRIS Latch
Data Latch D Q
D Q
WR TRISB TTL
CK
Input
WR TRISB Buffer
CK
TTL
TRIS Latch Input RD TRISB
Buffer
RD TRISB
RD LATB
Latch
RD LATB
Q D
Q D RD PORTB
EN Q1
Set RBIF
ENEN
RD PORTB
Q D
Schmitt Trigger
Buffer RD PORTB
INTx
From RB7:RB5 EN
Q3
To A/D Converter To A/D Converter
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS. Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS 2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s)
bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2<7>). and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2<7>).
FIGURE 10-9: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB3/CCP2 PIN

Port/CCP2 Select VDD
CCP2 Data Out RBPU Weak
Analog Input Mode P Pull-up
RD LATC 0 VDD
Data Bus P
D Q
1
WR LATB
or PORTB CK
Data Latch RB3 pin(1)
TTL Input
D Q Buffer
N
WR TRISB
CK VSS
TRIS Latch
RD TRISC
Q D
ENEN
RD PORTB Schmitt
Trigger
CCP2 Input
Analog Input Mode
To A/D Converter

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 10-3: PORTB FUNCTIONS
Name Bit# Buffer Function
RB0/AN12/INT0 bit 0 TTL(1)/ST(2) Input/output pin, analog input or external interrupt input 0.
Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB3/AN9/CCP2 bit 3 TTL(1)/ST(3) Input/output pin or analog input. Capture2 input/Compare2 output/
PWM output when CCP2MX configuration bit is set(4).
RB4/AN11/KBI0 bit 4 TTL Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change) or analog input.
RB5/KBI1/PGM bit 5 TTL/ST(5) Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software
programmable weak pull-up. Low-voltage ICSP enable pin.
RB6/KBI2/PGC bit 6 TTL/ST(5) Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software
programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming clock.
RB7/KBI3/PGD bit 7 TTL/ST(5) Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software
programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming data.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Note 1: This buffer is a TTL input when configured as digital I/O.
2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt.
3: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the CCP2 input.
4: A device configuration bit selects which I/O pin the CCP2 pin is multiplexed on.
5: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode.
TABLE 10-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxq qqqq uuuu uuuu
LATB LATB Data Latch Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISB PORTB Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
INTCON2 RBPU INTEDG0 INTEDG1 INTEDG2 — TMR0IP — RBIP 1111 -1-1 1111 -1-1
INTCON3 INT2IP INT1IP — INT2IE INT1IE — INT2IF INT1IF 11-0 0-00 11-0 0-00
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
10.3 PORTC, TRISC and LATC Note: On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
Registers configured as digital inputs.
PORTC is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre- The contents of the TRISC register are affected by
sponding data direction register is TRISC. Setting a peripheral overrides. Reading TRISC always returns
TRISC bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTC the current contents even though a peripheral device
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in may be overriding one or more of the pins.
a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0)
will make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e., EXAMPLE 10-3: INITIALIZING PORTC
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). CLRF PORTC ; Initialize PORTC by
The Data Latch register (LATC) is also memory ; clearing output
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATC ; data latches
register read and write the latched output value for CLRF LATC ; Alternate method
PORTC. ; to clear output
; data latches
PORTC is multiplexed with several peripheral functions MOVLW 0xCF ; Value used to
(Table 10-5). The pins have Schmitt Trigger input buff- ; initialize data
ers. RC1 is normally configured by configuration bit, ; direction
CCP2MX (CONFIG3H<0>), as the default peripheral MOVWF TRISC ; Set RC<3:0> as inputs
pin of the CCP2 module (default/erased state, ; RC<5:4> as outputs
CCP2MX = 1). ; RC<7:6> as inputs
When enabling peripheral functions, care should be

taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTC pin. Some
peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an output,
while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a
pin an input. The user should refer to the corresponding
peripheral section for the correct TRIS bit settings.
FIGURE 10-10: PORTC BLOCK DIAGRAM (PERIPHERAL OUTPUT OVERRIDE)
Port/Peripheral Select(2)
VDD
Peripheral Data Out
RD LATC
0
Data Bus
D Q
WR LATC or P
WR PORTC Q 1
CK
I/O pin(1)
Data Latch
D Q
WR TRISC CK Q N
TRIS Latch
Schmitt
VSS Trigger
RD TRISC
Peripheral Output
Enable(3)
Q D
EN
RD PORTC
Peripheral Data In

2: Port/Peripheral Select signal selects between port data (output) and peripheral output.
3: Peripheral Output Enable is only active if Peripheral Select is active.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 10-5: PORTC FUNCTIONS
Name Bit# Buffer Type Function
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI bit 0 ST Input/output port pin or Timer1 oscillator output/Timer1 clock input.
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 bit 1 ST Input/output port pin, Timer1 oscillator input or Capture2 input/
Compare2 output/PWM output when CCP2MX configuration bit is
disabled.
RC2/CCP1/P1A(1) bit 2 ST Input/output port pin, Capture1 input/Compare1 output/PWM1 output
or enhanced PWM output A(1).
RC3/SCK/SCL bit 3 ST RC3 can also be the synchronous serial clock for both SPI and I2C
modes.
RC4/SDI/SDA bit 4 ST RC4 can also be the SPI Data In (SPI mode) or Data I/O (I2C mode).
RC5/SDO bit 5 ST Input/output port pin or Synchronous Serial Port data output.
RC6/TX/CK bit 6 ST Input/output port pin, Addressable USART Asynchronous Transmit or
Addressable USART Synchronous Clock.
RC7/RX/DT bit 7 ST Input/output port pin, Addressable USART Asynchronous Receive or
Addressable USART Synchronous Data.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Note 1: Enhanced PWM output is available only on PIC18F4X20 devices.
TABLE 10-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PORTC RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATC LATC Data Latch Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
10.4 PORTD, TRISD and LATD PORTD can also be configured as an 8-bit wide micro-
Registers processor port (Parallel Slave Port) by setting control
bit, PSPMODE (TRISE<4>). In this mode, the input
Note: PORTD is only available on PIC18F4X20 buffers are TTL. See Section 10.6 “Parallel Slave
devices. Port” for additional information on the Parallel Slave
Port (PSP).
PORTD is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISD. Setting a Note: When the enhanced PWM mode is used
TRISD bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTD with either dual or quad outputs, the PSP
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in functions of PORTD are automatically
a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISD bit (= 0) disabled.
will make the corresponding PORTD pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). EXAMPLE 10-4: INITIALIZING PORTD
The Data Latch register (LATD) is also memory mapped. CLRF PORTD ; Initialize PORTD by
Read-modify-write operations on the LATD register read ; clearing output
and write the latched output value for PORTD. ; data latches
CLRF LATD ; Alternate method
All pins on PORTD are implemented with Schmitt Trig- ; to clear output
ger input buffers. Each pin is individually configurable ; data latches
as an input or output. MOVLW 0xCF ; Value used to
; initialize data
Three of the PORTD pins are multiplexed with outputs
; direction
P1B, P1C and P1D of the Enhanced CCP module. The MOVWF TRISD : Set RD<3:0> as inputs
operation of these additional PWM output pins is ; RD<5:4> as outputs
covered in greater detail in Section 16.0 “Enhanced ; RD<7:6> as inputs
Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module”.
Note: On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
configured as digital inputs.
FIGURE 10-11: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RD7:RD5 PINS

PORTD/CCP1 Select
CCP Data Out
PSPMODE
RD LATD
Data Bus D Q 0 VDD

WR LATD
or PORTD P
CK Q 1
Data Latch
D Q
I/O pin(1)
WR TRISD
CK Q 0 N
TRIS Latch
PSP Read
1 VSS
TTL Buffer
RD TRISD
1
Q D
0
RD PORTD ENEN Schmitt Trigger
0
Input Buffer
PSP Write 1

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 10-12: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RD4:RD0 PINS
PORTD/CCP1 Select
PSPMODE
RD LATD
Data Bus VDD

D Q
WR LATD
or PORTD
CK Q
P
Data Latch
D Q
I/O pin(1)
WR TRISD
CK Q 0 N
TRIS Latch
PSP Read VSS
1
TTL Buffer
RD TRISD
1
Q D
0
RD PORTD ENEN Schmitt Trigger
0
Input Buffer
PSP Write
1
TABLE 10-7: PORTD FUNCTIONS

RD0/PSP0 bit 0 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin or Parallel Slave Port bit 0.
(1)
RD1/PSP1 bit 1 ST/TTL Input/output port pin or Parallel Slave Port bit 1.
(1)
RD5/PSP5/P1B bit 5 ST/TTL Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 5 or enhanced PWM output P1B.
RD6/PSP6/P1C bit 6 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 6 or enhanced PWM output P1C.
(1)
RD7/PSP7/P1D bit 7 ST/TTL Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 7 or enhanced PWM output P1D.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Note 1: Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in Parallel Slave Port mode.
TABLE 10-8: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PORTD RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATD LATD Data Latch Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISD PORTD Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISE IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — PORTE Data Direction bits 0000 -111 0000 -111
CCP1CON P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
10.5 PORTE, TRISE and LATE 10.5.1 PORTE IN 28-PIN DEVICES
Registers For PIC18F2X20 devices, PORTE is only available
when Master Clear functionality is disabled
Depending on the particular PIC18F2X20/4X20 device
(CONFIG3H<7> = 0). In these cases, PORTE is a
selected, PORTE is implemented in two different ways.
single bit, input only port comprised of RE3 only. The
For PIC18F4X20 devices, PORTE is a 4-bit wide port. pin operates as previously described.
Three pins (RE0/AN5/RD, RE1/AN6/WR and RE2/
AN7/CS) are individually configurable as inputs or out- FIGURE 10-13: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF
puts. These pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers.
RE2:RE0 PINS
When selected as an analog input, these pins will read
as ‘0’s.
RD LATE
The corresponding data direction register is TRISE.
Setting a TRISE bit (= 1) will make the corresponding
Data
PORTE pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output Bus D Q
driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISE WR LATE
or I/O pin(1)
bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTE pin an PORTE
output (i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the CK
selected pin). Data Latch
TRISE controls the direction of the RE pins even when D Q

they are being used as analog inputs. The user must
make sure to keep the pins configured as inputs when WR TRISE Schmitt
CK
using them as analog inputs. Trigger
TRIS Latch Input
Note: On a Power-on Reset, RE2:RE0 are Buffer
configured as analog inputs. RD TRISE
The upper four bits of the TRISE register also control
the operation of the Parallel Slave Port. Their operation
is explained in Register 10-1. Q D
The Data Latch register (LATE) is also memory
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATE ENEN
register read and write the latched output value for RD PORTE
PORTE.
To Analog Converter
The fourth pin of PORTE (MCLR/VPP/RE3) is an input
only pin. Its operation is controlled by the MCLRE con- Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
figuration bit in Configuration Register 3H
(CONFIG3H<7>). When selected as a port pin
(MCLRE = 0), it functions as a digital input only pin; as
such, it does not have TRIS or LAT bits associated with
its operation. Otherwise, it functions as the device’s FIGURE 10-14: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF
Master Clear input. In either configuration, RE3 also MCLR/VPP/RE3 PIN
functions as the programming voltage input during
programming. MCLRE
Data Bus
Note: On a Power-on Reset, RE3 is enabled as MCLR/VPP/
RE3
a digital input only if Master Clear RD TRISE
functionality is disabled. Schmitt
Trigger
RD LATE
EXAMPLE 10-5: INITIALIZING PORTE
Latch
CLRF PORTE ; Initialize PORTE by
; clearing output Q D
; data latches
CLRF LATE ; Alternate method EN
; to clear output
; data latches RD PORTE
MOVLW 0x0A ; Configure A/D
MOVWF ADCON1 ; for digital inputs High-Voltage Detect
HV
MOVLW 0x03 ; Value used to
; initialize data Internal MCLR
; direction Filter
MOVWF TRISC ; Set RE<0> as inputs Low-Level
; RE<1> as outputs MCLR Detect
; RE<2> as inputs

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 10-1: TRISE REGISTER
R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
IBF OBF IBOV PSPMODE — TRISE2 TRISE1 TRISE0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit

1 = A word has been received and waiting to be read by the CPU
0 = No word has been received
bit 6 OBF: Output Buffer Full Status bit
1 = The output buffer still holds a previously written word
0 = The output buffer has been read
bit 5 IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Detect bit (in Microprocessor mode)
1 = A write occurred when a previously input word has not been read (must be cleared in
software)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 4 PSPMODE: Parallel Slave Port Mode Select bit
1 = Parallel Slave Port mode
0 = General Purpose I/O mode
bit 2 TRISE2: RE2 Direction Control bit
1 = Input
0 = Output
1 = Input
0 = Output
1 = Input
0 = Output
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 10-9: PORTE FUNCTIONS
RE0/AN5/RD bit 0 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin, analog input or read control input in Parallel Slave
Port mode.
For RD (PSP Control mode):
1 = PSP is Idle
0 = Read operation. Reads PORTD register (if chip selected).
RE1/AN6/WR bit 1 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin, analog input or write control input in Parallel
Slave Port mode.
For WR (PSP Control mode):
1 = PSP is Idle
0 = Write operation. Writes PORTD register (if chip selected).
RE2/AN7/CS bit 2 ST/TTL(1) Input/output port pin, analog input or chip select control input in Parallel
Slave Port mode.
For CS (PSP Control mode):
1 = PSP is Idle
0 = External device is selected
MCLR/VPP/RE3 bit 3 ST Input only port pin or programming voltage input (if MCLR is disabled);
Master Clear input or programming voltage input (if MCLR is enabled).
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Note 1: Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in Parallel Slave Port mode.
TABLE 10-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PORTE — — — — RE3(1) RE2 RE1 RE0 ---- q000 ---- q000

LATE — — — — — LATE Data Latch Register ---- -xxx ---- -uuu
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
Note 1: Implemented only when Master Clear functionality is disabled (CONFIG3H<7> = 0).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
10.6 Parallel Slave Port The timing for the control signals in Write and Read
modes is shown in Figure 10-16 and Figure 10-17,
Note: The Parallel Slave Port is only available on respectively.
PIC18F4X20 devices.
In addition to its function as a general I/O port, PORTD FIGURE 10-15: PORTD AND PORTE
can also operate as an 8-bit wide Parallel Slave Port BLOCK DIAGRAM
(PSP) or microprocessor port. PSP operation is con- (PARALLEL SLAVE PORT)
trolled by the 4 upper bits of the TRISE register
One bit of PORTD
(Register 10-1). Setting control bit, PSPMODE
(TRISE<4>), enables PSP operation, as long as the
Data Bus
Enhanced CCP module is not operating in dual output D Q
or quad output PWM mode. In Slave mode, the port is
RDx pin
asynchronously readable and writable by the external WR LATD
or CK
world. WR PORTD
Data Latch TTL
The PSP can directly interface to an 8-bit micro-
Q D
processor data bus. The external microprocessor can
read or write the PORTD latch as an 8-bit latch. Setting
RD PORTD ENEN
the control bit, PSPMODE, enables the PORTE I/O
pins to become control inputs for the microprocessor
port. When set, port pin RE0 is the RD input, RE1 is the
WR input and RE2 is the CS (Chip Select) input. For
RD LATD
this functionality, the corresponding data direction bits
of the TRISE register (TRISE<2:0>) must be config-
ured as inputs (set). The A/D port configuration bits Set Interrupt Flag
PFCG3:PFCG0 (ADCON1<3:0>) must also be set to PSPIF (PIR1<7>)
‘1010’.
A write to the PSP occurs when both the CS and WR
PORTE Pins
lines are first detected low and ends when either are
detected high. The PSPIF and IBF flag bits are both set Read
TTL RD
when the write ends.
Chip Select
A read from the PSP occurs when both the CS and RD TTL CS
lines are first detected low. The data in PORTD is read
out and the OBF bit is set. If the user writes new data Write
TTL WR
to PORTD to set OBF, the data is immediately read out;
however, the OBF bit is not set.
When either the CS or RD lines are detected high, the Note: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
PORTD pins return to the input state and the PSPIF bit is
set. User applications should wait for PSPIF to be set
before servicing the PSP; when this happens, the IBF and
OBF bits can be polled and the appropriate action taken.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 10-16: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
CS
WR
RD
PORTD<7:0>
IBF
OBF
PSPIF
FIGURE 10-17: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
CS
WR
RD
PORTD<7:0>
IBF
OBF
PSPIF
TABLE 10-11: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PARALLEL SLAVE PORT

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PORTD Port Data Latch when written; Port pins when read xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATD LATD Data Latch bits xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISD PORTD Data Direction bits 1111 1111 1111 1111
PORTE — — — — RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 ---- 0000 ---- 0000
LATE — — — — — LATE Data Latch bits ---- -xxx ---- -uuu
INTCON GIE/ PEIE/ TMR0IF INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
GIEH GIEL
PIR1 PSPIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 PSPIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1 PSPIP ADIP RCIP TXIP SSPIP CCP1IP TMR2IP TMR1IP 1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Parallel Slave Port.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
11.0 TIMER0 MODULE Figure 11-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the
Timer0 module in 8-bit mode and Figure 11-2 shows a
The Timer0 module has the following features: simplified block diagram of the Timer0 module in 16-bit
• Software selectable as an 8-bit or 16-bit mode.
timer/counter The T0CON register (Register 11-1) is a readable and
• Readable and writable writable register that controls all the aspects of Timer0,
• Dedicated 8-bit software programmable prescaler including the prescale selection.
• Clock source selectable to be external or internal
• Interrupt-on-overflow from FFh to 00h in 8-bit
mode and FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode
• Edge select for external clock
REGISTER 11-1: T0CON: TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER

TMR0ON T08BIT T0CS T0SE PSA T0PS2 T0PS1 T0PS0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 TMR0ON: Timer0 On/Off Control bit

1 = Enables Timer0
0 = Stops Timer0
bit 6 T08BIT: Timer0 8-bit/16-bit Control bit
1 = Timer0 is configured as an 8-bit timer/counter
0 = Timer0 is configured as a 16-bit timer/counter
bit 5 T0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit
1 = Transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKO)
bit 4 T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin
bit 3 PSA: Timer0 Prescaler Assignment bit
1 = TImer0 prescaler is not assigned. Timer0 clock input bypasses prescaler.
0 = Timer0 prescaler is assigned. Timer0 clock input comes from prescaler output.
bit 2-0 T0PS2:T0PS0: Timer0 Prescaler Select bits
111 = 1:256 prescale value
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 11-1: TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM IN 8-BIT MODE
Data Bus
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT FOSC/4 0
pin 8
0
Sync with
1 Internal TMR0
Clocks
Programmable 1
Prescaler
T0SE (2 TCY delay)
3 PSA
Set Interrupt
T0PS2, T0PS1, T0PS0 Flag bit TMR0IF
T0CS on Overflow
Note: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI maximum prescale.
FIGURE 11-2: TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM IN 16-BIT MODE
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT FOSC/4
0
pin
0 Sync with Set Interrupt
1 Internal TMR0L TMR0
High Byte Flag bit TMR0IF
Programmable Clocks on Overflow
1 8
Prescaler (2 TCY delay)
T0SE
3
Read TMR0L
T0PS2, T0PS1, T0PS0
T0CS PSA Write TMR0L
8
8
TMR0H
Data Bus<7:0>
Note: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI maximum prescale.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
11.1 Timer0 Operation 11.2.1 SWITCHING PRESCALER
ASSIGNMENT
Timer0 can operate as a timer or as a counter.
The prescaler assignment is fully under software
Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit. In
control (i.e., it can be changed “on-the-fly” during
Timer mode, the Timer0 module will increment every
program execution).
instruction cycle (without prescaler). If the TMR0 regis-
ter is written, the increment is inhibited for the following
two instruction cycles. The user can work around this 11.3 Timer0 Interrupt
by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0 register. The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0
Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit. In register overflows from FFh to 00h in 8-bit mode, or
Counter mode, Timer0 will increment, either on every FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode. This overflow sets the
rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI. The increment- TMR0IF bit. The interrupt can be masked by clearing
ing edge is determined by the Timer0 Source Edge the TMR0IE bit. The TMR0IF bit must be cleared in
Select bit (T0SE). Clearing the T0SE bit selects the software by the Timer0 module Interrupt Service
rising edge. Routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The TMR0
interrupt cannot awaken the processor from Sleep
When an external clock input is used for Timer0, it must
mode, since the timer requires clock cycles, even when
meet certain requirements. The requirements ensure
T0CS is set.
the external clock can be synchronized with the internal
phase clock (TOSC). Also, there is a delay in the actual
incrementing of Timer0 after synchronization. 11.4 16-Bit Mode Timer Reads and
Writes
11.2 Prescaler TMR0H is not the high byte of the timer/counter in
An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the Timer0 16-bit mode but is actually a buffered version of the
module. The prescaler is not readable or writable. high byte of Timer0 (refer to Figure 11-2). The high byte
of the Timer0 counter/timer is not directly readable nor
The PSA and T0PS2:T0PS0 bits determine the writable. TMR0H is updated with the contents of the
prescaler assignment and prescale ratio. high byte of Timer0 during a read of TMR0L. This pro-
Clearing bit PSA will assign the prescaler to the Timer0 vides the ability to read all 16 bits of Timer0, without
module. When the prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 having to verify that the read of the high and low byte
module, prescale values of 1:2, 1:4,..., 1:256 are were valid, due to a rollover between successive reads
selectable. of the high and low byte.
When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions A write to the high byte of Timer0 must also take place
writing to the TMR0 register (e.g., CLRF TMR0, MOVWF through the TMR0H Buffer register. Timer0 high byte is
TMR0, BSF TMR0, x....etc.) will clear the prescaler updated with the contents of TMR0H when a write
count. occurs to TMR0L. This allows all 16 bits of Timer0 to be
updated at once.
Note: Writing to TMR0 when the prescaler is
assigned to Timer0 will clear the prescaler
count but will not change the prescaler
assignment.
TABLE 11-1: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
TMR0L Timer0 Module Low Byte Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR0H Timer0 Module High Byte Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
T0CON TMR0ON T08BIT T0CS T0SE PSA T0PS2 T0PS1 T0PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111
(1) (1)
TRISA RA7 RA6 PORTA Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Timer0.
Note 1: RA6 and RA7 are enabled as I/O pins depending on the oscillator mode selected in Configuration Word 1H.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
12.0 TIMER1 MODULE Register 12-1 details the Timer1 Control register. This
register controls the operating mode of the Timer1
The Timer1 module timer/counter has the following module and contains the Timer1 Oscillator Enable bit
features: (T1OSCEN). Timer1 can be enabled or disabled by
• 16-bit timer/counter (two 8-bit registers: TMR1H setting or clearing control bit, TMR1ON (T1CON<0>).
and TMR1L) The Timer1 oscillator can be used as a secondary clock
• Readable and writable (both registers) source in power managed modes. When the T1RUN bit
• Internal or external clock select is set, the Timer1 oscillator is providing the system clock.
• Interrupt-on-overflow from FFFFh to 0000h If the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled and the Timer1
oscillator fails while providing the system clock, polling
• Reset from CCP module special event trigger
the T1RUN bit will indicate whether the clock is being
• Status of system clock operation provided by the Timer1 oscillator or another source.
Figure 12-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer1 Timer1 can also be used to provide Real-Time Clock
module. (RTC) functionality to applications with only a minimal
addition of external components and code overhead.

R/W-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
RD16 T1RUN T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 RD16: 16-bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit

1 = Enables register read/write of TImer1 in one 16-bit operation
0 = Enables register read/write of Timer1 in two 8-bit operations
bit 6 T1RUN: Timer1 System Clock Status bit
1 = System clock is derived from Timer1 oscillator
0 = System clock is derived from another source
bit 5-4 T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
bit 3 T1OSCEN: Timer1 Oscillator Enable bit
1 = Timer1 oscillator is enabled
0 = Timer1 oscillator is shut-off
The oscillator inverter and feedback resistor are turned off to eliminate power drain.
bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit
When TMR1CS = 1 (External Clock):
1 = Do not synchronize external clock input
0 = Synchronize external clock input
When TMR1CS = 0 (Internal Clock):
This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS = 0.
bit 1 TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit
1 = External clock from pin RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI (on the rising edge)
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/4)
bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1 = Enables Timer1
0 = Stops Timer1
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
12.1 Timer1 Operation When TMR1CS = 0, Timer1 increments every instruc-
tion cycle. When TMR1CS = 1, Timer1 increments on
Timer1 can operate in one of these modes: every rising edge of the external clock input, or the
• As a timer Timer1 oscillator, if enabled.
• As a synchronous counter When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is
• As an asynchronous counter set), the RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 and RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
pins become inputs. The TRISC1:TRISC0 values are
The operating mode is determined by the Clock Select
ignored and the pins read as ‘0’.
bit, TMR1CS (T1CON<1>).
Timer1 also has an internal “Reset input”. This Reset
can be generated by the CCP module (see
Section 15.4.4 “Special Event Trigger”).
FIGURE 12-1: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
TMR1IF CCP Special Event Trigger

Overflow Synchronized
Interrupt TMR1 0
Flag bit CLR Clock Input
TMR1H TMR1L
1
TMR1ON
On/Off T1SYNC
T1OSC
T1CKI/T1OSO 1
T1OSCEN Synchronize
Prescaler
Enable 1, 2, 4, 8
T1OSI Oscillator(1) FOSC/4 det
Internal 0
Clock 2 Peripheral Clocks
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0
TMR1CS
Note 1: When enable bit T1OSCEN is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
FIGURE 12-2: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM: 16-BIT READ/WRITE MODE

Data Bus<7:0>
8
TMR1H
8
8
Write TMR1L
CCP Special Event Trigger
Read TMR1L
TMR1IF 8 TMR1 Synchronized

Overflow 0
CLR Clock Input
Interrupt Timer 1
Flag bit High Byte TMR1L
1
TMR1ON
on/off T1SYNC
T1OSC
T1CKI/T1OSO 1
Synchronize
Prescaler
T1OSCEN FOSC/4 1, 2, 4, 8 det
Enable Internal 0
T1OSI Oscillator(1) Clock 2
TMR1CS Peripheral Clocks
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
12.2 Timer1 Oscillator 12.3 Timer1 Oscillator Layout
A crystal oscillator circuit is built-in between pins,
Considerations
T1OSI (input) and T1OSO (amplifier output). It is The Timer1 oscillator circuit draws very little power
enabled by setting control bit, T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>). during operation. Due to the low power nature of the
The oscillator is a low-power oscillator rated for 32 kHz oscillator, it may also be sensitive to rapidly changing
crystals. It will continue to run during all power man- signals in close proximity.
aged modes. The circuit for a typical LP oscillator is
The oscillator circuit, shown in Figure 12-3, should be
shown in Figure 12-3. Table 12-1 shows the capacitor
located as close as possible to the microcontroller.
selection for the Timer1 oscillator.
There should be no circuits passing within the oscillator
The user must provide a software time delay to ensure circuit boundaries other than VSS or VDD.
proper start-up of the Timer1 oscillator.
If a high-speed circuit must be located near the oscilla-
tor (such as the CCP1 pin in output compare or PWM
FIGURE 12-3: EXTERNAL COMPONENTS mode, or the primary oscillator using the OSC2 pin), a
FOR THE TIMER1 LP grounded guard ring around the oscillator circuit, as
OSCILLATOR shown in Figure 12-4, may be helpful when used on a
C1
single-sided PCB or in addition to a ground plane.
PIC18FXXXX
33 pF
T1OSI FIGURE 12-4: OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
WITH GROUNDED GUARD
XTAL RING
32.768 kHz
VDD
T1OSO
C2 VSS
33 pF
OSC1
Note: See the Notes with Table 12-1 for additional
information about capacitor selection. OSC2
RC0
TABLE 12-1: CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
THE TIMER OSCILLATOR(2,3,4) RC1
Osc Type Freq C1 C2
LP 32 kHz 27 pF(1) 27 pF(1) RC2
Note: Not drawn to scale.

Note 1: Microchip suggests this value as a starting
point in validating the oscillator circuit.
2: Higher capacitance increases the stability
of the oscillator but also increases the
start-up time.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate values of external
components.
4: Capacitor values are for design guidance
only.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
12.4 Timer1 Interrupt A write to the high byte of Timer1 must also take place
through the TMR1H Buffer register. Timer1 high byte is
The TMR1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments updated with the contents of TMR1H when a write
from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The occurs to TMR1L. This allows a user to write all 16 bits
Timer1 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow to both the high and low bytes of Timer1 at once.
which is latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR1IF
(PIR1<0>). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by The high byte of Timer1 is not directly readable or writ-
setting/clearing Timer1 interrupt enable bit, TMR1IE able in this mode. All reads and writes must take place
(PIE1<0>). through the Timer1 High Byte Buffer register. Writes to
TMR1H do not clear the Timer1 prescaler. The
prescaler is only cleared on writes to TMR1L.
12.5 Resetting Timer1 Using a CCP
Trigger Output 12.7 Using Timer1 as a Real-Time
If the CCP module is configured in Compare mode to Clock
generate a “special event trigger” (CCP1M3:CCP1M0
= 1011), this signal will reset Timer1 and start an A/D Adding an external LP oscillator to Timer1 (such as the
conversion if the A/D module is enabled (see one described in Section 12.2 “Timer1 Oscillator”
Section 15.4.4 “Special Event Trigger” for more above), gives users the option to include RTC function-
information). ality to their applications. This is accomplished with an
inexpensive watch crystal to provide an accurate time
Note: The special event triggers from the CCP1 base and several lines of application code to calculate
module will not set interrupt flag bit, the time. When operating in Sleep mode and using a
TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). battery or supercapacitor as a power source, it can
completely eliminate the need for a separate RTC
Timer1 must be configured for either Timer or Synchro-
device and battery backup.
nized Counter mode to take advantage of this feature.
If Timer1 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode, The application code routine, RTCisr, shown in
this Reset operation may not work. Example 12-1, demonstrates a simple method to
increment a counter at one-second intervals using an
In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a
Interrupt Service Routine. Incrementing the TMR1 reg-
special event trigger from CCP1, the write will take
ister pair to overflow, triggers the interrupt and calls the
precedence.
routine, which increments the seconds counter by one;
In this mode of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L additional counters for minutes and hours are
register pair effectively becomes the period register for incremented as the previous counter overflow.
Timer1.
Since the register pair is 16 bits wide, counting up to
overflow the register directly from a 32.768 kHz clock
12.6 Timer1 16-Bit Read/Write Mode would take 2 seconds. To force the overflow at the
Timer1 can be configured for 16-bit reads and writes required one-second intervals, it is necessary to pre-
(see Figure 12-2). When the RD16 control bit load it; the simplest method is to set the MSbit of
(T1CON<7>) is set, the address for TMR1H is mapped TMR1H with a BSF instruction. Note that the TMR1L
to a buffer register for the high byte of Timer1. A read register is never preloaded or altered; doing so may
from TMR1L will load the contents of the high byte of introduce cumulative error over many cycles.
Timer1 into the Timer1 high byte buffer. This provides For this method to be accurate, Timer1 must operate in
the user with the ability to accurately read all 16 bits of Asynchronous mode and the Timer1 overflow interrupt
Timer1 without having to determine whether a read of must be enabled (PIE1<0> = 1) as shown in the rou-
the high byte, followed by a read of the low byte, is valid tine, RTCinit. The Timer1 oscillator must also be
due to a rollover between reads. enabled and running at all times.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
EXAMPLE 12-1: IMPLEMENTING A REAL-TIME CLOCK USING A TIMER1 INTERRUPT SERVICE
RTCinit
MOVLW 0x80 ; Preload TMR1 register pair
MOVWF TMR1H ; for 1 second overflow
CLRF TMR1L
MOVLW b’00001111’ ; Configure for external clock,
MOVWF T1OSC ; Asynchronous operation, external oscillator
CLRF secs ; Initialize timekeeping registers
CLRF mins ;
MOVLW .12
MOVWF hours
BSF PIE1, TMR1IE ; Enable Timer1 interrupt
RETURN
RTCisr
BSF TMR1H,7 ; Preload for 1 sec overflow
BCF PIR1,TMR1IF ; Clear interrupt flag
INCF secs,F ; Increment seconds
MOVLW .59 ; 60 seconds elapsed?
CPFSGT secs
RETURN ; No, done
CLRF secs ; Clear seconds
INCF mins,F ; Increment minutes
MOVLW .59 ; 60 minutes elapsed?
CPFSGT mins
RETURN ; No, done
CLRF mins ; clear minutes
INCF hours,F ; Increment hours
MOVLW .23 ; 24 hours elapsed?
CPFSGT hours
RETURN ; No, done
MOVLW .01 ; Reset hours to 1
MOVWF hours
RETURN ; Done
TABLE 12-2: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PIR1 PSPIF(1) ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1 PSPIE(1) ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1 PSPIP(1) ADIP RCIP TXIP SSPIP CCP1IP TMR2IP TMR1IP 1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON RD16 T1RUN T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 u0uu uuuu
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
Note 1: The PSPIF, PSPIE and PSPIP bits are reserved on the PIC18F2X20 devices; always maintain these bits clear.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
13.0 TIMER2 MODULE 13.1 Timer2 Operation
The Timer2 module timer has the following features: Timer2 can be used as the PWM time base for the
PWM mode of the CCP module. The TMR2 register is
• 8-bit timer (TMR2 register)
readable and writable and is cleared on any device
• 8-bit period register (PR2) Reset. The input clock (FOSC/4) has a prescale option
• Readable and writable (both registers) of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control bits,
• Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16) T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0 (T2CON<1:0>). The match out-
• Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16) put of TMR2 goes through a 4-bit postscaler (which
• Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2 gives a 1:1 to 1:16 scaling inclusive) to generate a
TMR2 interrupt (latched in flag bit, TMR2IF (PIR1<1>)).
• SSP module optional use of TMR2 output to
generate clock shift The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
when any of the following occurs:
Timer2 has a control register shown in Register 13-1.
TMR2 can be shut-off by clearing control bit, TMR2ON • A write to the TMR2 register
(T2CON<2>), to minimize power consumption. • A write to the T2CON register
Figure 13-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer2 • Any device Reset (Power-on Reset, MCLR Reset,
module. Register 13-1 shows the Timer2 Control regis- Watchdog Timer Reset or Brown-out Reset)
ter. The prescaler and postscaler selection of Timer2
TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written.
are controlled by this register.

U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
bit 7 bit 0

bit 6-3 TOUTPS3:TOUTPS0: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits
0000 = 1:1 postscale
•
•
•
1 = Timer2 is on
0 = Timer2 is off
bit 1-0 T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits
00 = Prescaler is 1
01 = Prescaler is 4
1x = Prescaler is 16
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
13.2 Timer2 Interrupt 13.3 Output of TMR2
The Timer2 module has an 8-bit period register, PR2. The output of TMR2 (before the postscaler) is fed to the
Timer2 increments from 00h until it matches PR2 and Synchronous Serial Port module which optionally uses
then resets to 00h on the next increment cycle. PR2 is it to generate the shift clock.
a readable and writable register. The PR2 register is
initialized to FFh upon Reset.
TMR2 Sets Flag

Output(1) bit TMR2IF
Prescaler Reset
FOSC/4 TMR2
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
2 Postscaler
Comparator
EQ 1:1 to 1:16
T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0
PR2 4
TOUTPS3:TOUTPS0
Note 1: TMR2 register output can be software selected by the SSP module as a baud clock.

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
(1)
TMR2 Timer2 Module Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
T2CON — TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000
PR2 Timer2 Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
OSCCON IDLEN IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS IOFS SCS1 SCS0 0000 qq00 0000 qq00

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
14.0 TIMER3 MODULE Figure 14-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer3
module.
The Timer3 module timer/counter has the following
Register 14-1 shows the Timer3 Control register. This
features:
register controls the operating mode of the Timer3
• 16-bit timer/counter (two 8-bit registers: TMR3H module and sets the CCP clock source.
and TMR3L)
Register 12-1 shows the Timer1 Control register. This
• Readable and writable (both registers) register controls the operating mode of the Timer1
• Internal or external clock select module, as well as contains the Timer1 Oscillator
• Interrupt-on-overflow from FFFFh to 0000h Enable bit (T1OSCEN) which can be a clock source for
• Reset from CCP module trigger Timer3.

RD16 T3CCP2 T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0 T3CCP1 T3SYNC TMR3CS TMR3ON
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 RD16: 16-bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit

1 = Enables register read/write of Timer3 in one 16-bit operation
0 = Enables register read/write of Timer3 in two 8-bit operations
bit 6, 3 T3CCP2:T3CCP1: Timer3 and Timer1 to CCPx Enable bits
1x = Timer3 is the clock source for compare/capture CCP modules
01 = Timer3 is the clock source for compare/capture of CCP2,
Timer1 is the clock source for compare/capture of CCP1
00 = Timer1 is the clock source for compare/capture CCP modules
bit 5-4 T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0: Timer3 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
bit 2 T3SYNC: Timer3 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit
(Not usable if the system clock comes from Timer1/Timer3.)
When TMR3CS = 1:
1 = Do not synchronize external clock input
0 = Synchronize external clock input
When TMR3CS = 0:
This bit is ignored. Timer3 uses the internal clock when TMR3CS = 0.
bit 1 TMR3CS: Timer3 Clock Source Select bit
1 = External clock input from Timer1 oscillator or T1CKI (on the rising edge after the first
falling edge)
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/4)
1 = Enables Timer3
0 = Stops Timer3
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
14.1 Timer3 Operation When TMR3CS = 0, Timer3 increments every instruc-
tion cycle. When TMR3CS = 1, Timer3 increments on
Timer3 can operate in one of these modes: every rising edge of the Timer1 external clock input or
• As a timer the Timer1 oscillator if enabled.
• As a synchronous counter When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is
• As an asynchronous counter set), the RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 and RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
pins become inputs. That is, the TRISC1:TRISC0 value
The operating mode is determined by the clock select
is ignored and the pins are read as ‘0’.
bit, TMR3CS (T3CON<1>).
Timer3 also has an internal “Reset input”. This Reset
can be generated by the CCP module (see
Section 15.4.4 “Special Event Trigger”).

TMR3IF CCP Special Event Trigger
Overflow T3CCPx
Interrupt Synchronized
Flag bit 0
CLR Clock Input
TMR3H TMR3L
1
TMR3ON
On/Off T3SYNC
T1OSO/ T1OSC
T1CKI 1
Synchronize
Prescaler
Enable Internal 0
T1OSI Oscillator(1) Clock 2
TMR3CS Peripheral Clocks
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0
FIGURE 14-2: TIMER3 BLOCK DIAGRAM CONFIGURED IN 16-BIT READ/WRITE MODE

Data Bus<7:0>
8
TMR3H
8
8
Write TMR3L
Read TMR3L
CCP Special Event Trigger
8 T3CCPx Synchronized
Set TMR3IF Flag bit TMR3 0
on Overflow Timer3 CLR Clock Input
High Byte TMR3L
1
To Timer1 Clock Input TMR3ON
On/Off T3SYNC
T1OSC
T1OSO/
T1CKI 1
Synchronize
Prescaler
Enable Internal 0
T1OSI Oscillator(1) Clock 2 Peripheral Clocks
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0
TMR3CS
Note 1: When the T1OSCEN bit is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
14.2 Timer1 Oscillator 14.4 Resetting Timer3 Using a CCP
The Timer1 oscillator may be used as the clock source
Trigger Output
for Timer3. The Timer1 oscillator is enabled by setting If the CCP module is configured in Compare mode
the T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>) bit. The oscillator is a low- to generate a “special event trigger”
power oscillator rated for 32 kHz crystals. See (CCP1M3:CCP1M0 = 1011), this signal will reset
Section 12.2 “Timer1 Oscillator” for further details. Timer3. See Section 15.4.4 “Special Event Trigger”
for more information.
14.3 Timer3 Interrupt
Note: The special event triggers from the CCP
The TMR3 register pair (TMR3H:TMR3L) increments module will not set interrupt flag bit,
from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The TMR3IF (PIR1<0>).
TMR3 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
Timer3 must be configured for either Timer or Synchro-
which is latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR3IF
nized Counter mode to take advantage of this feature.
(PIR2<1>). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by
If Timer3 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
setting/clearing TMR3 Interrupt Enable bit, TMR3IE
this Reset operation may not work. In the event that a
(PIE2<1>).
write to Timer3 coincides with a special event trigger
from CCP1, the write will take precedence. In this mode
of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair
effectively becomes the period register for Timer3.

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
INTCON GIE/ PEIE/ TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
GIEH GIEL
PIR2 OSCIF CMIF — EEIF BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF 00-0 0000 00-0 0000
PIE2 OSCIE CMIE — EEIE BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE 00-0 0000 00-0 0000
IPR2 OSCIP CMIP — EEIP BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP 11-1 1111 11-1 1111
T1CON RD16 T1RUN T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 u0uu uuuu
T3CON RD16 T3CCP2 T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0 T3CCP1 T3SYNC TMR3CS TMR3ON 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
15.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM Note: In 28-pin devices, both CCP1 and CCP2
(CCP) MODULES function as standard CCP modules. In
40-pin devices, CCP1 is implemented as
The standard CCP (Capture/Compare/PWM) module an Enhanced CCP module, offering addi-
contains a 16-bit register that can operate as a 16-bit tional capabilities in PWM mode. Capture
Capture register, a 16-bit Compare register or a PWM and Compare modes are identical in all
Master/Slave Duty Cycle register. Table 15-1 shows modules regardless of the device.
the timer resources required for each of the CCP
module modes. Please see Section 16.0 “Enhanced
Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Mod-
The operation of CCP1 is identical to that of CCP2, with ule” for a discussion of the enhanced
the exception of the special event trigger. Therefore, PWM capabilities of the CCP1 module.
operation of a CCP module is described with respect to
CCP1 except where noted. Table 15-2 shows the
interaction of the CCP modules.
REGISTER 15-1: CCPxCON: CCP MODULE CONTROL REGISTER

U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — DCxB1 DCxB0 CCPxM3 CCPxM2 CCPxM1 CCPxM0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7-6 Reserved: Read as ‘0’.

See Section 16.0 “Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module”.
bit 5-4 DCxB1:DCxB0: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs (bit 1 and bit 0) of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The upper eight bits
(DCx9:DCx2) of the duty cycle are found in CCPRxL.
bit 3-0 CCPxM3:CCPxM0: CCPx Mode Select bits
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM disabled (resets CCPx module)
0001 = Reserved
0010 = Compare mode, toggle output on match (CCPxIF bit is set)
0011 = Reserved
0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge
0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge
0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
1000 = Compare mode, initialize CCP pin Low; on compare match, force CCP pin High
(CCPxIF bit is set)
1001 = Compare mode, initialize CCP pin High; on compare match, force CCP pin Low
(CCPxIF bit is set)
1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on compare match (CCPxIF bit is set, CCP
pin operates as a port pin for input and output)
1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (CCP2IF bit is set)
11xx = PWM mode
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
15.1 CCP1 Module 15.2 CCP2 Module
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (CCPR1) is com- Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (CCPR2) is com-
prised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR1L (low byte) and prised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR2L (low byte) and
CCPR1H (high byte). The CCP1CON register controls CCPR2H (high byte). The CCP2CON register controls
the operation of CCP1. All are readable and writable. the operation of CCP2. All are readable and writable.
CCP2 functions identically to CCP1 except for the
TABLE 15-1: CCP MODE - TIMER enhanced PWM modes offered by CCP2
RESOURCE
CCP Mode Timer Resource
Capture Timer1 or Timer3

Compare Timer1 or Timer3
PWM Timer2
TABLE 15-2: INTERACTION OF TWO CCP MODULES

CCPx Mode CCPy Mode Interaction
Capture Capture TMR1 or TMR3 time base. Time base can be different for each CCP.
Capture Compare The compare could be configured for the special event trigger which clears either TMR1
or TMR3 depending upon which time base is used.
Compare Compare The compare(s) could be configured for the special event trigger which clears TMR1 or
TMR3 depending upon which time base is used.
PWM PWM The PWMs will have the same frequency and update rate (TMR2 interrupt).
PWM Capture None.
PWM Compare None.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
15.3 Capture Mode 15.3.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
In Capture mode, CCPR1H:CCPR1L captures the 16-bit When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
value of the TMR1 or TMR3 registers when an event interrupt may be generated. The user should keep bit
occurs on pin RC2/CCP1/P1A. An event is defined as CCP1IE (PIE1<2>) clear to avoid false interrupts and
one of the following: should clear the flag bit, CCP1IF, following any such
change in operating mode.
• every falling edge
• every rising edge 15.3.4 CCP PRESCALER
• every 4th rising edge There are four prescaler settings specified by bits
• every 16th rising edge CCP1M3:CCP1M0. Whenever the CCP module is
The event is selected by control bits, CCP1M3:CCP1M0 turned off, or the CCP module is not in Capture mode,
(CCP1CON<3:0>). When a capture is made, the inter- the prescaler counter is cleared. This means that any
rupt request flag bit, CCP1IF (PIR1<2>), is set; it must Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
be cleared in software. If another capture occurs before Switching from one capture prescaler to another may
the value in register CCPR1 is read, the old captured generate an interrupt. Also, the prescaler counter will
value is overwritten by the new captured value. not be cleared, therefore, the first capture may be from
a non-zero prescaler. Example 15-1 shows the recom-
15.3.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION mended method for switching between capture
In Capture mode, the RC2/CCP1/P1A pin should be prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler
configured as an input by setting the TRISC<2> bit. counter and will not generate the “false” interrupt.
Note: If the RC2/CCP1/P1A is configured as an

EXAMPLE 15-1: CHANGING BETWEEN
output, a write to the port can cause a
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
capture condition.
CLRF CCP1CON, F ; Turn CCP module off
MOVLW NEW_CAPT_PS ; Load WREG with the
15.3.2 TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION ; new prescaler mode
The timers that are to be used with the capture feature ; value and CCP ON
(either Timer1 and/or Timer3) must be running in Timer MOVWF CCP1CON ; Load CCP1CON with
mode or Synchronized Counter mode. In Asynchro- ; this value
nous Counter mode, the capture operation may not
work. The timer to be used with each CCP module is
selected in the T3CON register.
FIGURE 15-1: CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM

TMR3H TMR3L
Set Flag bit CCP1IF
T3CCP2 TMR3
Prescaler
Enable
÷ 1, 4, 16
CCP1 pin CCPR1H CCPR1L
TMR1
and T3CCP2 Enable
Edge Detect
TMR1H TMR1L
CCP1CON<3:0>
Q’s
Set Flag bit CCP2IF

T3CCP1 TMR3H TMR3L
T3CCP2
TMR3
Prescaler
Enable
÷ 1, 4, 16
CCP2 pin CCPR2H CCPR2L
TMR1
and
Enable
Edge Detect
T3CCP2
T3CCP1 TMR1H TMR1L
CCP2CON<3:0>
Q’s

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
15.4 Compare Mode 15.4.2 TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION
In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPR1 (CCPR2) register Timer1 and/or Timer3 must be running in Timer mode,
value is constantly compared against either the or Synchronized Counter mode, if the CCP module is
TMR1 register pair value, or the TMR3 register pair using the compare feature. In Asynchronous Counter
value. When a match occurs, the RC2/CCP1/P1A mode, the compare operation may not work.
(RC1/T1OSI/CCP2) pin:
15.4.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
• Is driven High
When generate software interrupt is chosen, the CCP1
• Is driven Low
pin is not affected. Only a CCP interrupt is generated (if
• Toggles output (High to Low or Low to High) enabled).
• Remains unchanged (interrupt only)
The action on the pin is based on the value of control 15.4.4 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
bits, CCP1M3:CCP1M0 (CCP2M3:CCP2M0). At the In this mode, an internal hardware trigger is generated
same time, interrupt flag bit, CCP1IF (CCP2IF), is set. which may be used to initiate an action.
The special event trigger output of CCP1 resets the
15.4.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
TMR1 register pair. This allows the CCPR1 register to
The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by effectively be a 16-bit programmable period register for
clearing the appropriate TRISC bit. Timer1.
Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force The special trigger output of CCP2 resets either the
the RC2/CCP1/P1A compare output latch TMR1 or TMR3 register pair. Additionally, the CCP2
to the default low level. This is not the special event trigger will start an A/D conversion if the
PORTC I/O data latch. A/D module is enabled.
Note: The special event trigger from the CCP2
module will not set the Timer1 or Timer3
interrupt flag bits.
FIGURE 15-2: COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM

Special Event Trigger will:
Reset Timer1 or Timer3 but not set Timer1 or Timer3 interrupt flag bit
and set bit GO/DONE (ADCON0<2>) which starts an A/D conversion (CCP2 only)
Special Event Trigger
Set Flag bit CCP1IF

CCPR1H CCPR1L
Q S Output
Logic Comparator
RC2/CCP1/P1A R Match
pin
TRISC<2>
Output Enable CCP1CON<3:0> T3CCP2 0 1
Mode Select
TMR1H TMR1L TMR3H TMR3L
Special Event Trigger
Set Flag bit CCP2IF T3CCP1

T3CCP2 0 1
Q S Output Comparator
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 Logic Match
R
pin
TRISC<1> CCPR2H CCPR2L
Output Enable CCP2CON<3:0>
Mode Select

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 15-3: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, TIMER1 AND TIMER3
Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
(1)
T1CON RD16 T1RUN T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON — — DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000
PIR2 OSCFIF CMIF — EEIF BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF 00-0 0000 00-0 0000
PIE2 OSCFIE CMIE — EEIE BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE 00-0 0000 00-0 0000
IPR2 OSCFIP CMIP — EEIP BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP 11-1 1111 11-1 1111
T3CON RD16 T3CCP2 T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0 T3CCP1 T3SYNC TMR3CS TMR3ON 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Capture and Timer1.
Note 1: These bits are reserved on the PIC18F2X20 devices; always maintain these bits clear.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
15.5 PWM Mode 15.5.1 PWM PERIOD
In Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCP1 pin The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output. Since register. The PWM period can be calculated using the
the CCP1 pin is multiplexed with the PORTC data latch, following equation.
the TRISC<2> bit must be cleared to make the CCP1
pin an output. EQUATION 15-1:
Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force PWM Period = [(PR2) + 1] • 4 • TOSC •
the CCP1 PWM output latch to the default (TMR2 Prescale Value)
low level. This is not the PORTC I/O data
latch. PWM frequency is defined as 1/[PWM period]. When
TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events occur
Figure 15-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the on the next increment cycle:
CCP module in PWM mode.
• TMR2 is cleared
For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up the CCP
• The CCP1 pin is set (if PWM duty cycle = 0%, the
module for PWM operation, see Section 15.5.3
CCP1 pin will not be set)
“Setup for PWM Operation”.
• The PWM duty cycle is copied from CCPR1L into
FIGURE 15-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK CCPR1H
DIAGRAM Note: The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 13.0
“Timer2 Module”) is not used in the
Duty Cycle Registers CCP1CON<5:4> determination of the PWM frequency. The
postscaler could be used to have a servo
CCPR1L
update rate at a different frequency than
the PWM output.
15.5.2 PWM DUTY CYCLE

CCPR1H (Slave)
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the
CCPR1L register and to the CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Up
Comparator R Q
to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPR1L contains
RC2/CCP1/P1A
the eight MSbs and the CCP1CON<5:4> contains the
TMR2 (Note 1) two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by
S
CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>. The PWM duty cycle is
calculated by the following equation.
Comparator TRISC<2>
Clear Timer,
CCP1 pin and EQUATION 15-2:
latch D.C.
PR2
PWM Duty Cycle = (CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>) •
Note: 8-bit timer is concatenated with 2-bit internal Q clock or TOSC • (TMR2 Prescale Value)
2 bits of the prescaler to create 10-bit time base.
CCPR1L and CCP1CON<5:4> can be written to at any

A PWM output (Figure 15-4) has a time base (period) time but the duty cycle value is not copied into
and a time that the output is high (duty cycle). The CCPR1H until a match between PR2 and TMR2 occurs
frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the period (i.e., the period is complete). In PWM mode, CCPR1H
(1/period). is a read-only register.
FIGURE 15-4: PWM OUTPUT

Period
Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2
TMR2 = Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are 15.5.3 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
used to double-buffer the PWM duty cycle. This
The following steps should be taken when configuring
double-buffering is essential for glitchless PWM opera-
the CCP module for PWM operation:
tion. When the CCPR1H and 2-bit latch match TMR2,
concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or two bits 1. Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2 register.
of the TMR2 prescaler, the CCP1 pin is cleared. The 2. Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the
maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM CCPR1L register and the CCP1CON<5:4> bits.
frequency is given by the following equation. 3. Make the CCP1 pin an output by clearing the
TRISC<2> bit.
EQUATION 15-3: 4. Set the TMR2 prescale value and enable Timer2
by writing to T2CON.
log  FOSC  5. Configure the CCP1 module for PWM operation.
 FPWM 
PWM Resolution (max) = bits
log(2)
Note: If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than

the PWM period, the CCP1 pin will not be
cleared.
TABLE 15-4: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 40 MHz

PWM Frequency 2.44 kHz 9.77 kHz 39.06 kHz 156.25 kHz 312.50 kHz 416.67 kHz
Timer Prescaler (1, 4, 16) 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value FFh FFh FFh 3Fh 1Fh 17h
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.58
TABLE 15-5: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
OSCCON IDLEN IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS IOFS SCS1 SCS0 0000 qq00 0000 qq00
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PWM and Timer2.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16.0 ENHANCED CAPTURE/ The ECCP module differs from the CCP with the addi-
tion of an enhanced PWM mode which allows for 2 or
COMPARE/PWM (ECCP)
4 output channels, user-selectable polarity, dead band
MODULE control and automatic shutdown and restart. These
Note: The ECCP (Enhanced Capture/ Compare/ features are discussed in detail in Section 16.4
PWM) module is only available on “Enhanced PWM Mode”.
PIC18F4X20 devices. The control register for CCP1 is shown in Register 16-1.
In 40 and 44-pin devices, the CCP1 module is It differs from the CCP1CON register of PIC18F2X20
implemented as a standard CCP module with devices in that the two Most Significant bits are
enhanced PWM capabilities. Operation of the Capture, implemented to control enhanced PWM functionality.
Compare and standard single output PWM modes is
described in Section 15.0 “Capture/Compare/PWM
(CCP) Modules”. Discussion in that section relating to
PWM frequency and duty cycle also apply to the
enhanced PWM mode.
REGISTER 16-1: CCP1CON REGISTER FOR ENHANCED CCP OPERATION (PIC18F4X20 ONLY)
P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7-6 P1M1:P1M0: PWM Output Configuration bits

If CCP1M<3:2> = 00, 01, 10 (Capture, Compare, or disabled):
xx = P1A assigned as Capture/Compare input; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
If CCP1M<3:2> = 11 (PWM modes):
00 = Single output; P1A modulated; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
01 = Full-bridge output forward; P1D modulated; P1A active; P1B, P1C inactive
10 = Half-bridge output; P1A, P1B modulated with dead band control; P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
11 = Full-bridge output reverse; P1B modulated; P1C active; P1A, P1D inactive
bit 5-4 DC1B1:DC1B0: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPR1L.
bit 3-0 CCP1M3:CCP1M0: ECCP1 Mode Select bits
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets ECCP module)
0001 = Unused (reserved)
0010 = Compare mode, toggle output on match (ECCP1IF bit is set)
0011 = Unused (reserved)
0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge
0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge
1000 = Compare mode, set output on match (ECCP1IF bit is set)
1001 = Compare mode, clear output on match (ECCP1IF bit is set)
1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on match (ECCP1IF bit is set, ECCP1 pin
operates as a port pin for input and output)
1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (ECCP1IF bit is set, ECCP resets TMR1or TMR2
and starts an A/D conversion if the A/D module is enabled)
1100 = PWM mode, P1A, P1C active-high, P1B, P1D active-high
1101 = PWM mode, P1A, P1C active-high, P1B, P1D active-low
1110 = PWM mode, P1A, P1C active-low, P1B, P1D active-high
1111 = PWM mode, P1A, P1C active-low, P1B, P1D active-low
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
In addition to the expanded functions of the CCP1CON 16.2 Capture and Compare Modes
register, the ECCP module has two additional registers
associated with enhanced PWM operation and The Capture and Compare modes of the ECCP module
Auto-Shutdown features: are identical in operation to that of CCP1, as discussed
in Section 15.3 “Capture Mode” and Section 15.4
• PWM1CON “Compare Mode”. No changes are required when
• ECCPAS moving between these modules on PIC18F2X20 and
All other registers associated with the ECCP module PIC18F4X20 devices.
are identical to those used for the CCP1 module in
PIC18F2X20 devices, including register and individual 16.3 Standard PWM Mode
bit names. Likewise, the timer assignments and inter-
actions between the two CCP modules are identical, When configured in Single Output mode, the ECCP
regardless of whether CCP1 is a standard or enhanced module functions identically to the standard CCP
module. module in PWM mode, as described in Section 15.4
“Compare Mode”.
16.1 ECCP Outputs Note: When setting up single output PWM opera-
tions, users are free to use either of the pro-
The Enhanced CCP module may have up to four outputs cesses described in Section 15.5.3 “Setup
depending on the selected operating mode. These out- for PWM Operation” or Section 16.4.7
puts, designated P1A through P1D, are multiplexed with “Setup for PWM Operation”. The latter is
I/O pins on PORTC and PORTD. The pin assignments more generic but will work for either single
are summarized in Table 16-1. or multi output PWM.
To configure I/O pins as PWM outputs, the proper PWM
mode must be selected by setting the P1Mn and
CCP1Mn bits (CCP1CON<7:6> and <3:0>, respec-
tively). The appropriate TRISC and TRISD direction
bits for the port pins must also be set as outputs.
TABLE 16-1: PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR VARIOUS ECCP MODES

CCP1CON
ECCP Mode RC2 RD5 RD6 RD7
Configuration
Compatible CCP 00xx11xx CCP1 RD5/PSP5 RD6/PSP6 RD7/PSP7
Dual PWM 10xx11xx P1A P1B RD6/PSP6 RD6/PSP6
Quad PWM x1xx11xx P1A P1B P1C P1D
Legend: x = Don’t care. Shaded cells indicate pin assignments not used by ECCP in a given mode.
Note 1: TRIS register values must be configured appropriately.
2: With ECCP in Dual or Quad PWM mode, the PSP input/output control of PORTD is overridden by P1B,
P1C and P1D.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16.4 Enhanced PWM Mode waveforms do not exactly match the standard PWM
waveforms but are instead offset by one full instruction
The Enhanced PWM mode provides additional PWM cycle (4 TOSC).
output options for a broader range of control applica-
tions. The module is an upwardly compatible version of As before, the user must manually configure the
the standard CCP module and offers up to four outputs, appropriate TRISD bits for output.
designated P1A through P1D. Users are also able to
16.4.1 PWM OUTPUT CONFIGURATIONS
select the polarity of the signal (either active-high or
active-low). The module’s output mode and polarity are The P1M1:P1M0 bits in the CCP1CON register allow
configured by setting the P1M1:P1M0 and one of four configurations:
CCP1M3:CCP1M0 bits of the CCP1CON register • Single Output
(CCP1CON<7:6> and CCP1CON<3:0>, respectively).
• Half-Bridge Output
Figure 16-1 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM • Full-Bridge Output, Forward mode
operation. All control registers are double-buffered and
• Full-Bridge Output, Reverse mode
are loaded at the beginning of a new PWM cycle (the
period boundary when Timer2 resets) in order to pre- The Single Output mode is the Standard PWM mode
vent glitches on any of the outputs. The exception is the discussed in Section 15.5 “PWM Mode”. The Half-
PWM Delay register, ECCP1DEL, which is loaded at Bridge and Full-Bridge Output modes are covered in
either the duty cycle boundary or the boundary period detail in the sections that follow.
(whichever comes first). Because of the buffering, the The general relationship of the outputs in all
module waits until the assigned timer resets instead of configurations is summarized in Figure 16-2.
starting immediately. This means that enhanced PWM
FIGURE 16-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE ENHANCED PWM MODULE

CCP1CON<5:4> P1M1<1:0> CCP1M<3:0>
Duty Cycle Registers
2 4
CCPR1L
CCP1/P1A RC2/CCP1/P1A
TRISD<4>
CCPR1H (Slave)
P1B RD5/PSP5/P1B
Output TRISD<5>
Comparator R Q
Controller
RD6/PSP6/P1C
P1C
TMR2 (Note 1)
S TRISD<6>
P1D RD7/PSP7/P1D
Comparator
Clear Timer, TRISD<7>
set CCP1 pin and
latch D.C.
PR2 PWM1CON
Note: The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with the 2-bit internal Q clock or 2 bits of the prescaler to create the 10-bit time base.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 16-2: PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-HIGH STATE)
0 PR2+1
SIGNAL Duty
CCP1CON
Cycle
<7:6>
Period
00 (Single Output) P1A Modulated

Delay(1) Delay(1)
P1A Modulated
10 (Half-Bridge) P1B Modulated
P1A Active
(Full-Bridge, P1B Inactive

01 Forward)
P1C Inactive
P1D Modulated
P1A Inactive
(Full-Bridge, P1B Modulated

11
Reverse)
P1C Active
P1D Inactive
FIGURE 16-3: PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-LOW STATE)

0 PR2+1
SIGNAL Duty
CCP1CON
Cycle
<7:6>
Period
00 (Single Output) P1A Modulated
P1A Modulated
Delay(1) Delay(1)
10 (Half-Bridge) P1B Modulated
P1A Active
(Full-Bridge, P1B Inactive

01 Forward)
P1C Inactive
P1D Modulated
P1A Inactive
(Full-Bridge, P1B Modulated

11
Reverse)
P1C Active
P1D Inactive
Relationships:
• Period = 4 * TOSC * (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Duty Cycle = TOSC * (CCPR1L<7:0>:CCP1CON<5:4>) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Delay = 4 * TOSC * (PWM1CON<6:0>)
Note 1: Dead band delay is programmed using the PWM1CON register (see Section 16.4.4 “Programmable Dead Band Delay”).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16.4.2 HALF-BRIDGE MODE FIGURE 16-4: HALF-BRIDGE PWM
In the Half-Bridge Output mode, two pins are used as OUTPUT
outputs to drive push-pull loads. The PWM output sig- Period Period
nal is output on the RC2/CCP1/P1A pin, while the com-
Duty Cycle
plementary PWM output signal is output on the RD5/
PSP5/P1B pin (Figure 16-4). This mode can be used P1A(2)
for half-bridge applications, as shown in Figure 16-5, or td
for full-bridge applications where four power switches
td
are being modulated with two PWM signals. P1B(2)
In Half-Bridge Output mode, the programmable dead
band delay can be used to prevent shoot-through (1) (1) (1)
current in half-bridge power devices. The value of bits

PDC6:PDC0 sets the number of instruction cycles td = Dead Band Delay
before the output is driven active. If the value is greater
than the duty cycle, the corresponding output remains Note 1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2
inactive during the entire cycle. See Section 16.4.4 register.
“Programmable Dead Band Delay” for more details 2: Output signals are shown as active-high.
of the dead band delay operations.
Since the P1A and P1B outputs are multiplexed with
the PORTC<2> and PORTD<5> data latches, the
TRISC<2> and TRISD<5> bits must be cleared to
configure P1A and P1B as outputs.
FIGURE 16-5: EXAMPLES OF HALF-BRIDGE OUTPUT MODE APPLICATIONS

V+
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit (“Push-Pull”)
PIC18F4220/4320 FET
Driver +
P1A V
-
Load
FET
Driver
+
P1B V
-
V-
Half-Bridge Output Driving a Full-Bridge Circuit
V+
PIC18F4220/4320
FET FET
Driver Driver
P1A
Load
FET FET
Driver Driver
P1B
V-

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16.4.3 FULL-BRIDGE MODE P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D outputs are multiplexed with
the PORTC<2> and PORTD<5:7> data latches. The
In Full-Bridge Output mode, four pins are used as out-
TRISC<2> and TRISD<5:7> bits must be cleared to
puts; however, only two outputs are active at a time. In
make the P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D pins output.
the Forward mode, pin RC2/CCP1/P1A is continuously
active and pin RD7/PSP7/P1D is modulated. In the
Reverse mode, RD6/PSP6/P1C pin is continuously
active and RD5/PSP5/P1B pin is modulated. These are
illustrated in Figure 16-6.
FIGURE 16-6: FULL-BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
FORWARD MODE
Period
P1A(2)
Duty Cycle
P1B(2)
P1C(2)
P1D(2)
(1) (1)
REVERSE MODE
Period
Duty Cycle
(2)
P1A
P1B(2)
P1C(2)
P1D(2)
(1) (1)
Note 1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2 register.
Note 2: Output signal is shown as active-high.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 16-7: EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE APPLICATION
V+
PIC18F4220/4320 FET QA QC FET

Driver Driver
P1A
Load
P1B
FET FET
Driver Driver
P1C
QB QD
V-
P1D
16.4.3.1 Direction Change in Full-Bridge Figure 16-9 shows an example where the PWM direc-
Mode tion changes from forward to reverse at a near 100%
duty cycle. At time t1, the outputs P1A and P1D
In the Full-Bridge Output mode, the P1M1 bit in the
become inactive, while output P1C becomes active. In
CCP1CON register allows users to control the forward/
this example, since the turn-off time of the power
reverse direction. When the application firmware
devices is longer than the turn-on time, a shoot-through
changes this direction control bit, the module will
current may flow through power devices QC and QD
assume the new direction on the next PWM cycle.
(see Figure 16-7) for the duration of ‘t’. The same
Just before the end of the current PWM period, the mod- phenomenon will occur to power devices QA and QB
ulated outputs (P1B and P1D) are placed in their inactive for PWM direction change from reverse to forward.
state, while the unmodulated outputs (P1A and P1C) are
If changing PWM direction at high duty cycle is required
switched to drive in the opposite direction. This occurs in
for an application, one of the following requirements
a time interval of 4 TOSC * (Timer2 Prescale Value)
must be met:
before the next PWM period begins. The Timer2
prescaler will be either 1, 4 or 16, depending on the 1. Reduce PWM for a PWM period before
value of the T2CKPS bit (T2CON<1:0>). During the changing directions.
interval from the switch of the unmodulated outputs to 2. Use switch drivers that can drive the switches off
the beginning of the next period, the modulated outputs faster than they can drive them on.
(P1B and P1D) remain inactive. This relationship is Other options to prevent shoot-through current may
shown in Figure 16-8. exist.
Note that in the Full-Bridge Output mode, the ECCP
module does not provide any dead band delay. In gen-
eral, since only one output is modulated at all times,
dead band delay is not required. However, there is a
situation where a dead band delay might be required.
This situation occurs when both of the following
conditions are true:
1. The direction of the PWM output changes when
the duty cycle of the output is at or near 100%.
2. The turn-off time of the power switch, including
the power device and driver circuit, is greater
than the turn-on time.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 16-8: PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
SIGNAL Period(1) Period
P1A (Active High)
P1B (Active High)

DC
P1C (Active High)
(Note 2)
P1D (Active High)
DC
Note 1: The direction bit in the CCP1 Control register (CCP1CON<7>) is written any time during the PWM cycle.
2: When changing directions, the P1A and P1C signals switch before the end of the current PWM cycle at intervals of
4 TOSC, 16 TOSC or 64 TOSC, depending on the Timer2 prescaler value. The modulated P1B and P1D signals are
inactive at this time.
FIGURE 16-9: PWM DIRECTION CHANGE AT NEAR 100% DUTY CYCLE(1)

Forward Period t1 Reverse Period
P1A
P1B DC
P1C
P1D DC
ton(2)
External Switch C
toff(3)
External Switch D
Potential t = toff – ton(2,3)

Shoot-Through
Current
Note 1: All signals are shown as active-high.

2: ton is the turn-on delay of power switch QC and its driver.
3: toff is the turn-off delay of power switch QD and its driver.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16.4.4 PROGRAMMABLE DEAD BAND A shutdown event can be caused by either of the two
DELAY comparator modules or the INT0 pin (or any combina-
tion of these three sources). The comparators may be
In half-bridge applications, where all power switches
used to monitor a voltage input proportional to a current
are modulated at the PWM frequency at all times, the
being monitored in the bridge circuit. If the voltage
power switches normally require more time to turn off
exceeds a threshold, the comparator switches state
than to turn on. If both the upper and lower power
and triggers a shutdown. Alternatively, a digital signal
switches are switched at the same time (one turned on
on the INT0 pin can also trigger a shutdown. The auto-
and the other turned off), both switches may be on for
shutdown feature can be disabled by not selecting any
a short period of time until one switch completely turns
auto-shutdown sources. The auto-shutdown sources to
off. During this brief interval, a very high current (shoot-
be used are selected using the ECCPAS2:ECCPAS0
through current) may flow through both power
bits (ECCPAS<6:4>).
switches, shorting the bridge supply. To avoid this
potentially destructive shoot-through current from flow- When a shutdown occurs, the output pins are asyn-
ing during switching, turning on either of the power chronously placed in their shutdown states, specified
switches is normally delayed to allow the other switch by the PSSAC1:PSSAC0 and PSSBD1:PSSBD0 bits
to completely turn off. (ECCPAS<3:0>). Each pin pair (P1A/P1C and P1B/
P1D) may be set to drive high, drive low or be tri-stated
In the Half-Bridge Output mode, a digitally program-
(not driving). The ECCPASE bit (ECCPAS<7>) is also
mable dead band delay is available to avoid shoot-
set to hold the enhanced PWM outputs in their
through current from destroying the bridge power
shutdown states.
switches. The delay occurs at the signal transition from
the non-active state to the active state. See Figure 16-4 The ECCPASE bit is set by hardware when a shutdown
for illustration. The lower seven bits of the PWM1CON event occurs. If automatic restarts are not enabled, the
register (Register 16-2) set the delay period in terms of ECCPASE bit is cleared by firmware when the cause of
microcontroller instruction cycles (TCY or 4 TOSC). the shutdown clears. If automatic restarts are enabled,
the ECCPASE bit is automatically cleared when the
16.4.5 ENHANCED PWM cause of the auto-shutdown has cleared.
AUTO-SHUTDOWN If the ECCPASE bit is set when a PWM period begins,
When the ECCP is programmed for any of the the PWM outputs remain in their shutdown state for that
enhanced PWM modes, the active output pins may be entire PWM period. When the ECCPASE bit is cleared,
configured for auto-shutdown. Auto-shutdown immedi- the PWM outputs will return to normal operation at the
ately places the enhanced PWM output pins into a beginning of the next PWM period.
defined shutdown state when a shutdown event Note: Writing to the ECCPASE bit is disabled
occurs. while a shutdown condition is active.
REGISTER 16-2: PWM1CON: PWM CONFIGURATION REGISTER

PRSEN PDC6 PDC5 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 PRSEN: PWM Restart Enable bit

1 = Upon auto-shutdown, the ECCPASE bit clears automatically once the shutdown event
goes away; the PWM restarts automatically
0 = Upon auto-shutdown, ECCPASE must be cleared in software to restart the PWM
bit 6-0 PDC<6:0>: PWM Delay Count bits
Number of FOSC/4 (4 * TOSC) cycles between the scheduled time when a PWM signal should
transition active and the actual time it transitions active.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 16-3: ECCPAS: ENHANCED CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN
CONTROL REGISTER
ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0 PSSAC1 PSSAC0 PSSBD1 PSSBD0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 ECCPASE: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit

0 = ECCP outputs are operating
1 = A shutdown event has occurred; ECCP outputs are in shutdown state
bit 6-4 ECCPAS<2:0>: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Source Select bits
000 = Auto-shutdown is disabled
001 = Comparator 1 output
010 = Comparator 2 output
011 = Either Comparator 1 or 2
100 = INT0
101 = INT0 or Comparator 1
110 = INT0 or Comparator 2
111 = INT0 or Comparator 1 or Comparator 2
bit 3-2 PSSAC<1:0>: Pin A and C Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive Pins A and C to ‘0’
01 = Drive Pins A and C to ‘1’
1x = Pins A and C tri-state
bit 1-0 PSSBD<1:0>: Pin B and D Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive Pins B and D to ‘0’
01 = Drive Pins B and D to ‘1’
1x = Pins B and D tri-state
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16.4.5.1 Auto-Shutdown and Automatic 16.4.6 START-UP CONSIDERATIONS
Restart When the ECCP module is used in the PWM mode, the
The auto-shutdown feature can be configured to allow application hardware must use the proper external pull-
automatic restarts of the module following a shutdown up and/or pull-down resistors on the PWM output pins.
event. This is enabled by setting the PRSEN bit of the When the microcontroller is released from Reset, all of
PWM1CON register (PWM1CON<7>). the I/O pins are in the high-impedance state. The exter-
nal circuits must keep the power switch devices in the
In Shutdown mode with PRSEN = 1 (Figure 16-10), the
off state until the microcontroller drives the I/O pins with
ECCPASE bit will remain set for as long as the cause
the proper signal levels or activates the PWM output(s).
of the shutdown continues. When the shutdown condi-
tion clears, the ECCPASE bit is cleared. If PRSEN = 0 The CCP1M1:CCP1M0 bits (CCP1CON<1:0>) allow
(Figure 16-11), once a shutdown condition occurs, the the user to choose whether the PWM output signals are
ECCPASE bit will remain set until it is cleared by firm- active-high or active-low for each pair of PWM output
ware. Once ECCPASE is cleared, the enhanced PWM pins (P1A/P1C and P1B/P1D). The PWM output polar-
will resume at the beginning of the next PWM period. ities must be selected before the PWM pins are config-
ured as outputs. Changing the polarity configuration
Note: Writing to the ECCPASE bit is disabled while the PWM pins are configured as outputs is not
while a shutdown condition is active. recommended since it may result in damage to the
Independent of the PRSEN bit setting, if the auto- application circuits.
shutdown source is one of the comparators, the shut- The P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D output latches may not be
down condition is a level. The ECCPASE bit cannot be in the proper states when the PWM module is initialized.
cleared as long as the cause of the shutdown persists. Enabling the PWM pins for output at the same time as
The Auto-Shutdown mode can be forced by writing a ‘1’ the ECCP module may cause damage to the application
to the ECCPASE bit. circuit. The ECCP module must be enabled in the proper
output mode and complete a full PWM cycle before con-
figuring the PWM pins as outputs. The completion of a
full PWM cycle is indicated by the TMR2IF bit being set
as the second PWM period begins.
FIGURE 16-10: PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN (PRSEN = 1, AUTO-RESTART ENABLED)

PWM Period PWM Period PWM Period
PWM Activity
Dead Time Dead Time Dead Time
Duty Cycle Duty Cycle Duty Cycle
Shutdown Event
ECCPASE bit
FIGURE 16-11: PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN (PRSEN = 0, AUTO-RESTART DISABLED)

PWM Period PWM Period PWM Period
PWM Activity
Dead Time Dead Time Dead Time
Duty Cycle Duty Cycle Duty Cycle
Shutdown Event
ECCPASE bit
ECCPASE
Cleared by Firmware

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16.4.7 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION 16.4.8 OPERATION IN POWER MANAGED
The following steps should be taken when configuring MODES
the ECCP1 module for PWM operation: In Sleep mode, all clock sources are disabled. Timer2
1. Configure the PWM pins P1A and P1B (and will not increment and the state of the module will not
P1C and P1D, if used) as inputs by setting the change. If the ECCP pin is driving a value, it will con-
corresponding TRISC and TRISD bits. tinue to drive that value. When the device wakes up, it
will continue from this state. If Two-Speed Start-ups are
2. Set the PWM period by loading the PR2 register.
enabled, the initial start-up frequency from INTOSC
3. Configure the ECCP module for the desired and the postscaler may not be stable immediately.
PWM mode and configuration by loading the
CCP1CON register with the appropriate values: In PRI_IDLE mode, the primary clock will continue to
clock the ECCP module without change.
• Select one of the available output
configurations and direction with the In all other power managed modes, the selected power
P1M1:P1M0 bits. managed mode clock will clock Timer2. Other power
• Select the polarities of the PWM output managed mode clocks will most likely be different than
signals with the CCP1M3:CCP1M0 bits. the primary clock frequency.
4. Set the PWM duty cycle by loading the CCPR1L
16.4.8.1 OPERATION WITH FAIL-SAFE
register and CCP1CON<5:4> bits.
CLOCK MONITOR
5. For Half-Bridge Output mode, set the dead band
delay by loading PWM1CON<6:0> with the If the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled
appropriate value. (CONFIG1H<6> is programmed), a clock failure will
force the device into the RC_RUN Power Managed
6. If auto-shutdown operation is required, load the
mode and the OSCFIF bit (PIR2<7>) will be set. The
ECCPAS register:
ECCP will then be clocked from the internal oscillator
• Select the auto-shutdown sources using the clock source which may have a different clock
ECCPAS<2:0> bits. frequency than the primary clock. By loading the
• Select the shutdown states of the PWM IRCF2:IRCF0 bits on Resets, the user can obtain a
output pins using PSSAC1:PSSAC0 and frequency higher than the default INTRC clock source
PSSBD1:PSSBD0 bits. in the event of a clock failure.
• Set the ECCPASE bit (ECCPAS<7>). See the previous section for additional details.
• Configure the comparators using the CMCON
register. 16.4.9 EFFECTS OF A RESET
• Configure the comparator inputs as analog Both Power-on and subsequent Resets will force all
inputs. ports to Input mode and the CCP registers to their
7. If auto-restart operation is required, set the Reset states.
PRSEN bit (PWM1CON<7>).
This forces the Enhanced CCP module to reset to a
8. Configure and start TMR2: state compatible with the standard CCP module.
• Clear the TMR2 interrupt flag bit by clearing
the TMR2IF bit (PIR1<1>).
• Set the TMR2 prescale value by loading the
T2CKPS bits (T2CON<1:0>).
• Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit
(T2CON<2>).
9. Enable PWM outputs after a new PWM cycle
has started:
• Wait until TMR2 overflows (TMR2IF bit is set).
• Enable the CCP1/P1A, P1B, P1C and/or P1D
pin outputs by clearing the respective TRISC
and TRISD bits.
• Clear the ECCPASE bit (ECCPAS<7>).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 16-2: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ENHANCED PWM AND TIMER2
Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
RCON IPEN — — RI TO PD POR BOR 0--1 11qq 0--q qquu
PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISD PORTD Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
CCPR1H Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1L Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON P1M1 P1M0 DC1B1 DC1B0 CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 0000 0000 0000 0000
ECCPAS ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0 PSSAC1 PSSAC0 PSSBD1 PSSBD0 0000 0000 0000 0000
PWM1CON PRSEN PDC6 PDC5 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0 0000 0000 0000 0000
OSCCON IDLEN IRCF2 IRCF1 IRCF0 OSTS IOFS SCS1 SCS0 0000 q000 0000 q000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Shaded cells are not used by the ECCP module in enhanced PWM mode.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.0 MASTER SYNCHRONOUS 17.3 SPI Mode
SERIAL PORT (MSSP) The SPI mode allows 8 bits of data to be synchronously
MODULE transmitted and received, simultaneously. All four
modes of SPI are supported. To accomplish
17.1 Master SSP (MSSP) Module communication, typically three pins are used:
Overview • Serial Data Out (SDO) – RC5/SDO
• Serial Data In (SDI) – RC4/SDI/SDA
The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is
a serial interface useful for communicating with other • Serial Clock (SCK) – RC3/SCK/SCL
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral Additionally, a fourth pin may be used when in a Slave
devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers, dis- mode of operation:
play drivers, A/D converters, etc. The MSSP module • Slave Select (SS) – RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT
can operate in one of two modes:
Register 17-1 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
• Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module when operating in SPI mode.
• Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)
- Full Master mode FIGURE 17-1: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM
- Slave mode (with general address call) (SPI MODE)
The I2C interface supports the following modes in Internal
hardware: Data Bus
• Master mode Read Write

• Multi-Master mode
SSPBUF reg
• Slave mode
17.2 Control Registers

The MSSP module has three associated registers. SSPSR reg
These include a status register (SSPSTAT) and two RC4/SDI/SDA bit 0 Shift
Clock
control registers (SSPCON1 and SSPCON2). The use
of these registers and their individual configuration bits RC5/SDO
differ significantly, depending on whether the MSSP
module is operated in SPI or I2C mode.
Additional details are provided under the individual SS Control
sections. Enable
RA5/AN4/SS/
LVDIN/C2OUT Edge
Select
2
Clock Select
SSPM3:SSPM0
SMP:CKE 4
2 (
TMR2 Output
2
)
Edge
Select Prescaler TOSC
RC3/SCK/ 4, 16, 64
SCL
Data to TX/RX in SSPSR
TRIS bit

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.3.1 REGISTERS SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPBUF is the buffer register to which data bytes
The MSSP module has four registers for SPI mode
are written to or read from.
operation. These are:
In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPBUF together
• MSSP Control Register 1 (SSPCON1)
create a double-buffered receiver. When SSPSR
• MSSP Status Register (SSPSTAT) receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPBUF
• Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer (SSPBUF) and the SSPIF interrupt is set.
• MSSP Shift Register (SSPSR) – Not directly During transmission, the SSPBUF is not double-
accessible buffered. A write to SSPBUF will write to both SSPBUF
SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT are the control and status and SSPSR.
registers in SPI mode operation. The SSPCON1 regis-
ter is readable and writable. The lower six bits of the
SSPSTAT are read-only. The upper two bits of the
SSPSTAT are read/write.
REGISTER 17-1: SSPSTAT: MSSP STATUS REGISTER (SPI MODE)

R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 SMP: Sample bit

SPI Master mode:
1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time
0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time
SPI Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode.
bit 6 CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit
When CKP = 0:
1 = Data transmitted on rising edge of SCK
0 = Data transmitted on falling edge of SCK
When CKP = 1:
1 = Data transmitted on falling edge of SCK
0 = Data transmitted on rising edge of SCK
bit 5 D/A: Data/Address bit
Used in I2C mode only.
bit 4 P: Stop bit
bit 3 S: Start bit
bit 2 R/W: Read/Write bit information
bit 1 UA: Update Address bit
bit 0 BF: Buffer Full Status bit (Receive mode only)
1 = Receive complete, SSPBUF is full
0 = Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 17-2: SSPCON1: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 1 (SPI MODE)
WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit (Transmit mode only)

1 = The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be
cleared in software)
0 = No collision
bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit
SPI Slave mode:
1 = A new byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case
of overflow, the data in SSPSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode.The user
must read the SSPBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid setting overflow (must be
cleared in software).
0 = No overflow
Note: In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and
transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPBUF register.
bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
1 = Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO, SDI and SS as serial port pins
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
Note: When the MSSP is enabled in SPI mode, these pins must be properly configured
as input or output.
bit 4 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
1 = Idle state for clock is a high level
0 = Idle state for clock is a low level
bit 3-0 SSPM3:SSPM0: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
0101 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control disabled, SS can be used as I/O pin
0100 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control enabled
0011 = SPI Master mode, clock = TMR2 output/2
0010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/64
Note: Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved or implemented in
I2C mode only.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.3.2 OPERATION SSPBUF register during transmission/reception of data
will be ignored and the Write Collision Detect bit,
When initializing the SPI, several options need to be
WCOL (SSPCON1<7>), will be set. User software
specified. This is done by programming the appropriate
must clear the WCOL bit so that it can be determined if
control bits (SSPCON1<5:0> and SSPSTAT<7:6>).
the following write(s) to the SSPBUF register
These control bits allow the following to be specified:
completed successfully.
• Master mode (SCK is the clock output)
When the application software is expecting to receive
• Slave mode (SCK is the clock input) valid data, the SSPBUF should be read before the next
• Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCK) byte of data to transfer is written to the SSPBUF. Buffer
• Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data Full bit, BF (SSPSTAT<0>), indicates when SSPBUF
output time) has been loaded with the received data (transmission
• Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of is complete). When the SSPBUF is read, the BF bit is
SCK) cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the SPI is only a
• Clock Rate (Master mode only) transmitter. Generally, the MSSP interrupt is used to
determine when the transmission/reception has com-
• Slave Select mode (Slave mode only)
pleted. The SSPBUF must be read and/or written. If the
The MSSP consists of a Transmit/Receive Shift regis- interrupt method is not going to be used, then software
ter (SSPSR) and a Buffer register (SSPBUF). The polling can be done to ensure that a write collision does
SSPSR shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb not occur. Example 17-1 shows the loading of the
first. The SSPBUF holds the data that was written to the SSPBUF (SSPSR) for data transmission.
SSPSR until the received data is ready. Once the 8 bits
The SSPSR is not directly readable or writable and can
of data have been received, that byte is moved to the
only be accessed by addressing the SSPBUF register.
SSPBUF register. Then the Buffer Full Detect bit, BF
Additionally, the MSSP Status register (SSPSTAT)
(SSPSTAT<0>), and the interrupt flag bit, SSPIF, are
indicates the various status conditions.
set. This double-buffering of the received data
(SSPBUF) allows the next byte to start reception before
reading the data that was just received. Any write to the
EXAMPLE 17-1: LOADING THE SSPBUF (SSPSR) REGISTER

LOOP BTFSS SSPSTAT, BF ;Has data been received(transmit complete)?
BRA LOOP ;No
MOVF SSPBUF, W ;WREG reg = contents of SSPBUF
MOVWF RXDATA ;Save in user RAM, if data is meaningful
MOVF TXDATA, W ;W reg = contents of TXDATA

MOVWF SSPBUF ;New data to xmit

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.3.3 ENABLING SPI I/O 17.3.4 TYPICAL CONNECTION
To enable the serial port, SSP Enable bit, SSPEN Register 17-2 shows a typical connection between two
(SSPCON1<5>), must be set. To reset or reconfigure microcontrollers. The master controller (Processor 1)
SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, re-initialize the initiates the data transfer by sending the SCK signal.
SSPCON registers and then set the SSPEN bit. This Data is shifted out of both shift registers on their pro-
configures the SDI, SDO, SCK and SS pins as serial grammed clock edge and latched on the opposite edge
port pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port func- of the clock. Both processors should be programmed to
tion, some must have their data direction bits (in the the same Clock Polarity (CKP), then both controllers
TRIS register) appropriately programmed. That is: would send and receive data at the same time.
• SDI must have TRISC<4> bit set Whether the data is meaningful (or dummy data)
depends on the application software. This leads to
• SDO must have TRISC<5> bit cleared
three scenarios for data transmission:
• SCK (Master mode) must have TRISC<3> bit
cleared • Master sends data – Slave sends dummy data
• SCK (Slave mode) must have TRISC<3> bit set • Master sends data – Slave sends data
• SS must have TRISC<5> bit set • Master sends dummy data – Slave sends data
Any serial port function that is not desired may be over-

ridden by programming the corresponding data
direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value.
FIGURE 17-2: SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION
SPI Master SSPM3:SSPM0 = 00xxb SPI Slave SSPM3:SSPM0 = 010xb
SDO SDI
Serial Input Buffer Serial Input Buffer

(SSPBUF) (SSPBUF)
Shift Register SDI SDO Shift Register

(SSPSR) (SSPSR)
MSb LSb MSb LSb

Serial Clock
SCK SCK
PROCESSOR 1 PROCESSOR 2

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.3.5 MASTER MODE Figure 17-3, Figure 17-5 and Figure 17-6, where the
MSB is transmitted first. In Master mode, the SPI clock
The master can initiate the data transfer at any time
rate (bit rate) is user programmable to be one of the
because it controls the SCK. The master determines
following:
when the slave (Processor 2, Figure 17-2) is to
broadcast data by the software protocol. • FOSC/4 (or TCY)
In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as • FOSC/16 (or 4 • TCY)
soon as the SSPBUF register is written to. If the SPI is • FOSC/64 (or 16 • TCY)
only going to receive, the SDO output could be dis- • (Timer2 output)/2
abled (programmed as an input). The SSPSR register
The maximum data rate is approximately 3.0 Mbps,
will continue to shift in the signal present on the SDI pin
limited by timing requirements (see Table 26-14
at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is
through Table 26-17).
received, it will be loaded into the SSPBUF register as
if a normal received byte (interrupts and status bits Figure 17-3 shows the waveforms for Master mode.
appropriately set). This could be useful in receiver When the CKE bit is set, the SDO data is valid before
applications as a “Line Activity Monitor” mode. there is a clock edge on SCK. The change of the input
sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The
The clock polarity is selected by appropriately program-
time when the SSPBUF is loaded with the received
ming the CKP bit (SSPCON1<4>). This then, would
data is shown.
give waveforms for SPI communication as shown in
FIGURE 17-3: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE)

Write to
SSPBUF
SCK
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
4 Clock
SCK Modes
(CKP = 0
CKE = 1)
SCK
(CKP = 1
CKE = 1)
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

(CKE = 0)

(CKE = 1)
SDI
(SMP = 0) bit 7 bit 0
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SDI
(SMP = 1) bit 0
bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 1)
SSPIF
Next Q4 Cycle
SSPSR to after Q2↓
SSPBUF

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.3.6 SLAVE MODE is tri-stated, even if in the middle of a transmitted byte.
External pull-up/pull-down resistors may be desirable,
In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as
depending on the application.
the external clock pulses appear on SCK. When the
last bit is latched, the SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set. Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin
While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by control enabled (SSPCON1<3:0> = 0100),
the external clock source on the SCK pin. This external the SPI module will reset when the SS pin is
clock must meet the minimum high and low times as set high.
specified in the electrical specifications. 2: If the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE
While in power managed modes, the slave can trans- set, then the SS pin control must be
mit/receive data. When a byte is received, the device enabled.
will wake-up from power managed modes. When the SPI module resets, SSPSR is cleared. This
can be done by either driving the SS pin to a high level
17.3.7 SLAVE SELECT CONTROL or clearing the SSPEN bit.
The SS pin allows a master controller to select one of To emulate two-wire communication, the SDO pin can
several slave controllers for communications in sys- be connected to the SDI pin. When the SPI needs to
tems with more than one slave. The SPI must be in operate as a receiver the SDO pin can be configured as
Slave mode with SS pin control enabled an input. This disables transmissions from the SDO.
(SSPCON1<3:0> = 04h). The SS pin is configured for The SDI can always be left as an input (SDI function)
input by setting TRISA<5>. When the SS pin is low, since it cannot create a bus conflict.
transmission and reception are enabled and the SDO
pin is driven. When the SS pin goes high, the SDO pin
FIGURE 17-4: SLAVE SYNCHRONIZATION WAVEFORM
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPBUF
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 7 bit 0
SDI bit 0
(SMP = 0)
bit 7 bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPIF
Interrupt
Flag
Next Q4 Cycle
SSPBUF

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 17-5: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0)
SS
Optional
SCK
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPBUF
SDI
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPIF
Interrupt
Flag
Next Q4 Cycle
SSPBUF
FIGURE 17-6: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1)
SS
Not Optional
SCK
(CKP = 0
CKE = 1)
SCK
(CKP = 1
CKE = 1)
Write to
SSPBUF
SDI
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPIF
Interrupt
Flag
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2↓
SSPSR to
SSPBUF

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.3.8 MASTER IN POWER MANAGED 17.3.8.1 Slave in Power Managed Modes
MODES In Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register
In Master mode, module clocks may be operating at a operates asynchronously to the device. This allows the
different speed than when in full power mode, or in the device to be placed in any power managed mode and
case of the Sleep Power Managed mode, all clocks are data to be shifted into the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift
halted. register. When all 8 bits have been received, the MSSP
interrupt flag bit will be set and if MSSP interrupts are
In most power managed modes, a clock is provided to
enabled, will wake the device from a power managed
the peripherals and is derived from the primary clock
mode.
source, the secondary clock (Timer1 oscillator at 32.768
kHz) or the internal oscillator block (one of eight frequen-
17.3.9 EFFECTS OF A RESET
cies between 31 kHz and 8 MHz). See Section 2.7
“Clock Sources and Oscillator Switching” for A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
additional information. current transfer.
In most cases, the speed that the master clocks SPI 17.3.10 BUS MODE COMPATIBILITY
data is not important; however, this should be
evaluated for each system. Table 17-1 shows the compatibility between the
standard SPI modes and the states of the CKP and
If MSSP interrupts are enabled, they can wake the con- CKE control bits.
troller from a power managed mode when the master
completes sending data. If an exit from a power
TABLE 17-1: SPI BUS MODES
managed mode is not desired, MSSP interrupts should
be disabled. Standard SPI Mode Control Bits State
If the Sleep mode is selected, all module clocks are Terminology CKP CKE
halted and the transmission/reception will pause until
the device wakes from the power managed mode. After 0, 0 0 1
the device returns to full power mode, the module will 0, 1 0 0
resume transmitting and receiving data. 1, 0 1 1
1, 1 1 0
There is also an SMP bit which controls when the data
is sampled.
TABLE 17-2: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/ TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
GIEL
SSPBUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
SSPCON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0 0000 0000 0000 0000
TRISA TRISA7(1) TRISA6(1) PORTA Data Direction Register --11 1111 --11 1111
SSPSTAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP in SPI mode.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4 I2C Mode 17.4.1 REGISTERS
The MSSP module in I 2C mode fully implements all The MSSP module has six registers for I2C operation.
master and slave functions (including general call sup- These are:
port) and provides interrupts on Start and Stop bits in • MSSP Control Register 1 (SSPCON1)
hardware to determine a free bus (multi-master func- • MSSP Control Register 2 (SSPCON2)
tion). The MSSP module implements the standard
• MSSP Status Register (SSPSTAT)
mode specifications, as well as 7-bit and 10-bit
addressing. • Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer (SSPBUF)
• MSSP Shift Register (SSPSR) – Not directly
Two pins are used for data transfer:
accessible
• Serial Clock (SCL) – RC3/SCK/SCL • MSSP Address Register (SSPADD)
• Serial Data (SDA) – RC4/SDI/SDA
SSPCON1, SSPCON2 and SSPSTAT are the control
The user must configure these pins as inputs using the and status registers in I2C mode operation. The
TRISC<4:3> bits. SSPCON1 and SSPCON2 registers are readable and
writable. The lower six bits of the SSPSTAT are
FIGURE 17-7: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM read-only. The upper two bits of the SSPSTAT are
(I2C MODE) read/write.
SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
Internal out. SSPBUF is the buffer register to which data bytes
Data Bus
are written to or read from.
Read Write
SSPADD register holds the slave device address
when the SSP is configured in I2C Slave mode. When
SSPBUF reg
the SSP is configured in Master mode, the lower
Shift seven bits of SSPADD act as the Baud Rate
RC3/SCK/ Clock Generator reload value.
SCL
SSPSR reg In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPBUF together
RC4/SDI/
create a double-buffered receiver. When SSPSR
MSb LSb
SDA receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPBUF
and the SSPIF interrupt is set.
Match Detect Addr Match
During transmission, the SSPBUF is not double-
buffered. A write to SSPBUF will write to both SSPBUF
SSPADD reg and SSPSR.
Start and Set, Reset

Stop bit Detect S, P bits
(SSPSTAT reg)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 17-3: SSPSTAT: MSSP STATUS REGISTER (I2C MODE)
R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 SMP: Slew Rate Control bit

In Master or Slave mode:
1 = Slew rate control disabled
0 = Slew rate control enabled
bit 6 CKE: SMBus Select bit
In Master or Slave mode:
1 = Enable SMBus specific inputs
0 = Disable SMBus specific inputs
bit 5 D/A: Data/Address bit
In Master mode:
Reserved.
In Slave mode:
1 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data
0 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address
bit 4 P: Stop bit
1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last
0 = Stop bit was not detected last
Note: This bit is cleared on Reset when SSPEN is cleared or a Start bit has been detected.
bit 3 S: Start bit
1 = Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last
0 = Start bit was not detected last
Note: This bit is cleared on Reset when SSPEN is cleared or a Stop bit has been detected.
bit 2 R/W: Read/Write bit Information (I2C mode only)
In Slave mode:
1 = Read
0 = Write
Note: This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is
only valid from the address match to the next Start bit, Stop bit or not ACK bit.
In Master mode:
1 = Transmit is in progress
0 = Transmit is not in progress
Note: OR’ing this bit with the SSPCON2 bits, SEN, RSEN, PEN, RCEN or ACKEN will
indicate if the MSSP is in Idle mode.
bit 1 UA: Update Address (10-bit Slave mode only)
1 = Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPADD register
0 = Address does not need to be updated
bit 0 BF: Buffer Full Status bit
In Transmit mode:
1 = Data transmit in progress (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is full
0 = Data transmit complete (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is empty
In Receive mode:
1 = Receive complete, SSPBUF is full
0 = Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 17-4: SSPCON1: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 1 (I2C MODE)
WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM3 SSPM2 SSPM1 SSPM0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit

In Master Transmit mode:
1 = A write to the SSPBUF register was attempted while the I2C conditions were not valid for
a transmission to be started (must be cleared in software)
0 = No collision
In Slave Transmit mode:
1 = The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be
0 = No collision
In Receive mode (Master or Slave modes):
This is a “don’t care” bit.
bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit
In Receive mode:
1 = A byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous byte (must be
0 = No overflow
In Transmit mode:
This is a “don’t care” bit in Transmit mode.
bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
1 = Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as the serial port pins
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
Note: When enabled, the SDA and SCL pins must be configured as input pins.
bit 4 CKP: SCK Release Control bit
In Slave mode:
1 = Release clock
0 = Holds clock low (clock stretch), used to ensure data setup time
In Master mode:
bit 3-0 SSPM3:SSPM0: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
1111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1011 = I2C Firmware Controlled Master mode (Slave Idle)
1000 = I2C Master mode, clock = FOSC/(4 * (SSPADD + 1))
0111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address
0110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address
Note: Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved, or implemented in
SPI mode only.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 17-5: SSPCON2: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 2 (I2C MODE)
GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 GCEN: General Call Enable bit (Slave mode only)

1 = Enable interrupt when a general call address (0000h) is received in the SSPSR
0 = General call address disabled
bit 6 ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit (Master Transmit mode only)
1 = Acknowledge was not received from slave
0 = Acknowledge was received from slave
bit 5 ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (Master Receive mode only)
1 = Not Acknowledge
0 = Acknowledge
Note: Value that will be transmitted when the user initiates an Acknowledge sequence at
the end of a receive.
bit 4 ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (Master Receive mode only)
1 = Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDA and SCL pins and transmit ACKDT data bit.
Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Acknowledge sequence Idle
bit 3 RCEN: Receive Enable bit (Master mode only)
1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C
0 = Receive Idle
bit 2 PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (Master mode only)
1 = Initiate Stop condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Stop condition Idle
bit 1 RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enabled bit (Master mode only)
1 = Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Repeated Start condition Idle
bit 0 SEN: Start Condition Enabled/Stretch Enabled bit
In Master mode:
1 = Initiate Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Start condition Idle
In Slave mode:
1 = Clock stretching is enabled for both Slave Transmit and Slave Receive (stretch enabled)
0 = Clock stretching is disabled
Note: For bits ACKEN, RCEN, PEN, RSEN, SEN: If the I2C module is not in the Idle mode,
this bit may not be set (no spooling) and the SSPBUF may not be written (or writes
to the SSPBUF are disabled).
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.2 OPERATION 17.4.3.1 Addressing
The MSSP module functions are enabled by setting Once the MSSP module has been enabled, it waits for
MSSP Enable bit, SSPEN (SSPCON1<5>). a Start condition to occur. Following the Start condition,
The SSPCON1 register allows control of the I 2C oper- the 8 bits are shifted into the SSPSR register. All incom-
ation. Four mode selection bits (SSPCON1<3:0>) allow ing bits are sampled with the rising edge of the clock
one of the following I 2C modes to be selected: (SCL) line. The value of register SSPSR<7:1> is com-
pared to the value of the SSPADD register. The
• I2C Master mode, clock = FOSC/(4 * (SSPADD + 1)) address is compared on the falling edge of the eighth
• I 2C Slave mode (7-bit address) clock (SCL) pulse. If the addresses match and the BF
• I 2C Slave mode (10-bit address) and SSPOV bits are clear, the following events occur:
• I 2C Slave mode (7-bit address), with Start and 1. The SSPSR register value is loaded into the
Stop bit interrupts enabled SSPBUF register.
• I 2C Slave mode (10-bit address), with Start and 2. The Buffer Full bit, BF, is set.
Stop bit interrupts enabled 3. An ACK pulse is generated.
• I 2C Firmware Controlled Master mode, 4. MSSP Interrupt Flag bit, SSPIF (PIR1<3>), is
slave is Idle set (interrupt is generated if enabled) on the
Selection of any I 2C mode, with the SSPEN bit set, falling edge of the ninth SCL pulse.
forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open-drain, pro- In 10-bit Address mode, two address bytes need to be
vided these pins are programmed to inputs by setting received by the slave. The five Most Significant bits
the appropriate TRISC bits. To ensure proper operation (MSbs) of the first address byte specify if this is a 10-bit
of the module, pull-up resistors must be provided address. Bit R/W (SSPSTAT<2>) must specify a write
externally to the SCL and SDA pins. so the slave device will receive the second address
byte. For a 10-bit address, the first byte would equal
17.4.3 SLAVE MODE ‘11110 A9 A8 0’, where ‘A9’ and ‘A8’ are the two
In Slave mode, the SCL and SDA pins must be config- MSbs of the address. The sequence of events for
ured as inputs (TRISC<4:3> set). The MSSP module 10-bit address is as follows, with steps 7 through 9 for
will override the input state with the output data when the slave-transmitter:
required (slave-transmitter). 1. Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF,
The I 2C Slave mode hardware will always generate an BF and bit UA (SSPSTAT<1>) are set).
interrupt on an address match. Through the mode 2. Update the SSPADD register with second (low)
select bits, the user can also choose to interrupt on byte of Address (clears bit UA and releases the
Start and Stop bits. SCL line).
When an address is matched, or the data transfer after 3. Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
an address match is received, the hardware automati- clear flag bit SSPIF.
cally will generate the Acknowledge (ACK) pulse and 4. Receive second (low) byte of address (bits
load the SSPBUF register with the received value SSPIF, BF and UA are set).
currently in the SSPSR register. 5. Update the SSPADD register with the first (high)
Any combination of the following conditions will cause byte of address. If match releases SCL line, this
the MSSP module not to give this ACK pulse: will clear bit UA.
• The Buffer Full bit, BF (SSPSTAT<0>), was set 6. Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
before the transfer was received. clear flag bit SSPIF.
• The overflow bit, SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>), was 7. Receive Repeated Start condition.
set before the transfer was received. 8. Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF
In this case, the SSPSR register value is not loaded and BF are set).
into the SSPBUF but bit SSPIF (PIR1<3>) is set. The 9. Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
BF bit is cleared by reading the SSPBUF register, while clear flag bit SSPIF.
bit SSPOV is cleared by software.
The SCL clock input must have a minimum high and
low for proper operation. The high and low times of the
I2C specification, as well as the requirement of the
MSSP module, are shown in timing parameter #100
and parameter #101.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.3.2 Reception 17.4.3.3 Transmission
When the R/W bit of the address byte is clear and an When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set
address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the
register is cleared. The received address is loaded into SSPSTAT register is set. The received address is
the SSPBUF register and the SDA line is held low loaded into the SSPBUF register. The ACK pulse will
(ACK). be sent on the ninth bit and pin RC3/SCK/SCL is held
When the address byte overflow condition exists, then low regardless of SEN (see Section 17.4.4 “Clock
the no Acknowledge (ACK) pulse is given. An overflow Stretching” for more detail). By stretching the clock,
condition is defined as either bit, BF (SSPSTAT<0>), is the master will be unable to assert another clock pulse
set or bit, SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>), is set. until the slave is done preparing the transmit data. The
transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer which also loads the SSPSR register. Then pin RC3/
byte. Flag bit, SSPIF (PIR1<3>), must be cleared in SCK/SCL should be enabled by setting bit, CKP
software. The SSPSTAT register is used to determine (SSPCON1<4>). The eight data bits are shifted out on
the status of the byte. the falling edge of the SCL input. This ensures that the
If SEN is enabled (SSPCON2<0> = 1), RC3/SCK/SCL SDA signal is valid during the SCL high time
will be held low (clock stretch) following each data (Figure 17-9).
transfer. The clock must be released by setting bit, The ACK pulse from the master-receiver is latched on
CKP (SSPCON1<4>). See Section 17.4.4 “Clock the rising edge of the ninth SCL input pulse. If the SDA
Stretching” for more detail. line is high (not ACK), then the data transfer is com-
plete. In this case, when the ACK is latched by the
slave, the slave logic is reset (resets SSPSTAT regis-
ter) and the slave monitors for another occurrence of
the Start bit. If the SDA line was low (ACK), the next
transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register.
Again, pin RC3/SCK/SCL must be enabled by setting
bit CKP.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. The SSPIF bit must be cleared in software and
the SSPSTAT register is used to determine the status
of the byte. The SSPIF bit is set on the falling edge of
the ninth clock pulse.

FIGURE 17-8:
DS39599C-page 170
Receiving Address R/W = 0 Receiving Data ACK Receiving Data ACK
SDA A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S P
SSPIF
Bus master
(PIR1<3>) terminates
transfer
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
Cleared in software
SSPBUF is read
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>)
SSPOV is set
because SSPBUF is
still full. ACK is not sent.
CKP (CKP does not reset to ‘0’ when SEN = 0)

I2C SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN = 0 (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
 2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

FIGURE 17-9:
Receiving Address R/W = 1 Transmitting Data Transmitting Data

ACK ACK

SCL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S
Data in SCL held low P
sampled while CPU
responds to SSPIF
SSPIF (PIR1<3>)
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
Cleared in software Cleared in software
From SSPIF ISR From SSPIF ISR
SSPBUF is written in software SSPBUF is written in software
CKP
I2C SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
CKP is set in software CKP is set in software

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
DS39599C-page 171
FIGURE 17-10:
DS39599C-page 172
Clock is held low until Clock is held low until
update of SSPADD has update of SSPADD has
taken place taken place
Receive First Byte of Address Receive Second Byte of Address Receive Data Byte Receive Data Byte
R/W = 0 ACK
SDA 1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 ACK A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S P
Bus master
terminates
SSPIF transfer
(PIR1<3>)
Cleared in software Cleared in software Cleared in software
Cleared in software
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
SSPBUF is written with Dummy read of SSPBUF

contents of SSPSR to clear BF flag
SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>)
SSPOV is set
because SSPBUF is
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
UA (SSPSTAT<1>)
UA is set indicating that Cleared by hardware Cleared by hardware when

the SSPADD needs to be when SSPADD is updated SSPADD is updated with high
updated with low byte of address byte of address
UA is set indicating that

SSPADD needs to be
updated
CKP (CKP does not reset to ‘0’ when SEN = 0)


FIGURE 17-11:
Bus master
terminates
Clock is held low until Clock is held low until transfer
update of SSPADD has update of SSPADD has Clock is held low until

taken place taken place CKP is set to ‘1’
R/W = 0
Receive First Byte of Address Receive Second Byte of Address Receive First Byte of Address R/W = 1 Transmitting Data Byte ACK
SDA 1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 ACK A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 ACK 1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S Sr P
SSPIF
(PIR1<3>)
Cleared in software Cleared in software Cleared in software
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
SSPBUF is written with Dummy read of SSPBUF Dummy read of SSPBUF

contents of SSPSR to clear BF flag BF flag is clear Write of SSPBUF Completion of
to clear BF flag initiates transmit data transmission
at the end of the
UA (SSPSTAT<1>) third address sequence clears BF flag
UA is set indicating that Cleared by hardware when Cleared by hardware when

the SSPADD needs to be SSPADD is updated with low SSPADD is updated with high
updated byte of address byte of address.

SSPADD needs to be
updated
CKP (SSPCON1<4>)
CKP is set in software

I2C SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
CKP is automatically cleared in hardware holding SCL low

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
DS39599C-page 173
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.4 CLOCK STRETCHING 17.4.4.3 Clock Stretching for 7-bit Slave
Both 7 and 10-bit Slave modes implement automatic Transmit Mode
clock stretching during a transmit sequence. 7-bit Slave Transmit mode implements clock stretching
The SEN bit (SSPCON2<0>) allows clock stretching to by clearing the CKP bit after the falling edge of the
be enabled during receives. Setting SEN will cause ninth clock if the BF bit is clear. This occurs regardless
the SCL pin to be held low at the end of each data of the state of the SEN bit.
receive sequence. The user’s ISR must set the CKP bit before transmis-
sion is allowed to continue. By holding the SCL line
17.4.4.1 Clock Stretching for 7-bit Slave low, the user has time to service the ISR and load the
Receive Mode (SEN = 1) contents of the SSPBUF before the master device can
In 7-bit Slave Receive mode, on the falling edge of the initiate another transmit sequence (see Figure 17-9).
ninth clock at the end of the ACK sequence if the BF bit Note 1: If the user loads the contents of SSPBUF,
is set, the CKP bit in the SSPCON1 register is automat- setting the BF bit before the falling edge of
ically cleared, forcing the SCL output to be held low. the ninth clock, the CKP bit will not be
The CKP being cleared to ‘0’ will assert the SCL line cleared and clock stretching will not occur.
low. The CKP bit must be set in the user’s ISR before
reception is allowed to continue. By holding the SCL 2: The CKP bit can be set in software
line low, the user has time to service the ISR and read regardless of the state of the BF bit.
the contents of the SSPBUF before the master device
17.4.4.4 Clock Stretching for 10-bit Slave
can initiate another receive sequence. This will prevent
buffer overruns from occurring (see Figure 17-13). Transmit Mode
In 10-bit Slave Transmit mode, clock stretching is con-
Note 1: If the user reads the contents of the
trolled during the first two address sequences by the
SSPBUF before the falling edge of the
state of the UA bit, just as it is in 10-bit Slave Receive
ninth clock, thus clearing the BF bit, the
mode. The first two addresses are followed by a third
CKP bit will not be cleared and clock
address sequence which contains the high order bits
stretching will not occur.
of the 10-bit address and the R/W bit set to ‘1’. After
2: The CKP bit can be set in software the third address sequence is performed, the UA bit is
regardless of the state of the BF bit. The not set, the module is now configured in Transmit
user should be careful to clear the BF bit mode and clock stretching is controlled by the BF flag
in the ISR before the next receive as in 7-bit Slave Transmit mode (see Figure 17-11).
sequence in order to prevent an overflow
condition.
17.4.4.2 Clock Stretching for 10-bit Slave

Receive Mode (SEN = 1)
In 10-bit Slave Receive mode, during the address
sequence, clock stretching automatically takes place
but the CKP bit is not cleared. During this time, if the
UA bit is set after the ninth clock, clock stretching is
initiated. The UA bit is set after receiving the upper
byte of the 10-bit address and following the receive of
the second byte of the 10-bit address with the R/W bit
cleared to ‘0’. The release of the clock line occurs
upon updating SSPADD. Clock stretching will occur on
each data receive sequence as described in 7-bit
mode.
Note: If the user polls the UA bit and clears it by
updating the SSPADD register before the
falling edge of the ninth clock occurs and if
the user hasn’t cleared the BF bit by read-
ing the SSPBUF register before that time,
then the CKP bit will still NOT be asserted
low. Clock stretching on the basis of the
state of the BF bit only occurs during a
data sequence, not an address sequence.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.4.5 Clock Synchronization and remain low until the CKP bit is set and all other
the CKP bit (SEN = 1) devices on the I2C bus have deasserted SCL. This
ensures that a write to the CKP bit will not violate the
The SEN bit is also used to synchronize writes to the
minimum high time requirement for SCL (see
CKP bit. If a user clears the CKP bit, the SCL output is
Figure 17-12).
forced to ‘0’. When the SEN bit is set to ‘1’, setting the
CKP bit will not assert the SCL output low until the Note: If the SEN bit is ‘0’, clearing the CKP bit
SCL output is already sampled low. If the user will result in immediately driving the SCL
attempts to drive SCL low, the CKP bit will not assert output to ‘0’ regardless of the current
the SCL line until an external I2C master device has state.
already asserted the SCL line. The SCL output will
FIGURE 17-12: CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
SDA DX DX-1
SCL
Master device
CKP asserts clock
Master device
deasserts clock
WR
SSPCON1

FIGURE 17-13:
DS39599C-page 176
Clock is not held low
because buffer full bit is
clear prior to falling edge Clock is held low until Clock is not held low
of 9th clock CKP is set to ‘1’ because ACK = 1
Receiving Address R/W = 0 Receiving Data ACK Receiving Data ACK
SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S P
SSPIF
Bus master
transfer
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
Cleared in software
SSPBUF is read
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>)
SSPOV is set
because SSPBUF is
CKP
CKP
If BF is cleared written
prior to the falling to ‘1’ in
edge of the 9th clock, software
CKP will not be reset BF is set after falling
to ‘0’ and no clock edge of the 9th clock,
stretching will occur CKP is reset to ‘0’ and
clock stretching occurs

FIGURE 17-14:
Clock is held low until Clock is held low until

update of SSPADD has update of SSPADD has Clock is not held low
Clock is held low until
taken place taken place because ACK = 1
CKP is set to ‘1’
Receive First Byte of Address Receive Second Byte of Address Receive Data Byte Receive Data Byte
R/W = 0 ACK
ACK ACK
SDA 1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 ACK A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S P
SSPIF
Bus master
Cleared in software Cleared in software Cleared in software transfer
Cleared in software
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
SSPBUF is written with Dummy read of SSPBUF Dummy read of SSPBUF

contents of SSPSR to clear BF flag to clear BF flag
SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>)
SSPOV is set
because SSPBUF is
UA (SSPSTAT<1>)
UA is set indicating that Cleared by hardware when Cleared by hardware when

the SSPADD needs to be SSPADD is updated with low SSPADD is updated with high
updated byte of address after falling edge byte of address after falling edge
of ninth clock of ninth clock.

SSPADD needs to be
updated
CKP
Note: An update of the SSPADD
register before the falling
edge of the ninth clock will CKP written to ‘1’
have no effect on UA and in software
UA will remain set.
Note: An update of the SSPADD

register before the falling
edge of the ninth clock will

have no effect on UA and
UA will remain set.
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
DS39599C-page 177
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.5 GENERAL CALL ADDRESS If the general call address matches, the SSPSR is
SUPPORT transferred to the SSPBUF, the BF flag bit is set (eighth
bit) and on the falling edge of the ninth bit (ACK bit), the
The addressing procedure for the I2C bus is such that
SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set.
the first byte after the Start condition usually deter-
mines which device will be the slave addressed by the When the interrupt is serviced, the source for the inter-
master. The exception is the general call address, rupt can be checked by reading the contents of the
which can address all devices. When this address is SSPBUF. The value can be used to determine if the
used, all devices should, in theory, respond with an address was device specific or a general call address.
Acknowledge. In 10-bit mode, the SSPADD is required to be updated
The general call address is one of eight addresses for the second half of the address to match and the UA
reserved for specific purposes by the I2C protocol. It bit is set (SSPSTAT<1>). If the general call address is
consists of all ‘0’s with R/W = 0. sampled when the GCEN bit is set while the slave is
configured in 10-bit Address mode, then the second
The general call address is recognized when the
half of the address is not necessary, the UA bit will not
General Call Enable bit (GCEN) is enabled
be set and the slave will begin receiving data after the
(SSPCON2<7> set). Following a Start bit detect, 8 bits
Acknowledge (Figure 17-15).
are shifted into the SSPSR and the address is com-
pared against the SSPADD. It is also compared to the
general call address and fixed in hardware.
FIGURE 17-15: SLAVE MODE GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SEQUENCE

(7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS MODE)
Address is compared to general call address

after ACK, set interrupt
Receiving Data ACK

R/W = 0
SDA General Call Address ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SCL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S
SSPIF
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
Cleared in software
SSPBUF is read
SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>) ‘0’
GCEN (SSPCON2<7>) ‘1’

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.6 MASTER MODE Note: The MSSP module, when configured in
Master mode is enabled by setting and clearing the I2C Master mode, does not allow queueing
appropriate SSPM bits in SSPCON1 and by setting the of events. For instance, the user is not
SSPEN bit. In Master mode, the SCL and SDA lines allowed to initiate a Start condition and
are manipulated by the MSSP hardware. immediately write the SSPBUF register to
initiate transmission before the Start condi-
Master mode of operation is supported by interrupt
tion is complete. In this case, the SSPBUF
generation on the detection of the Start and Stop con-
will not be written to and the WCOL bit will
ditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared from
be set, indicating that a write to the
a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled. Control
SSPBUF did not occur.
of the I 2C bus may be taken when the P bit is set or the
bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear. The following events will cause SSP Interrupt Flag bit,
In Firmware Controlled Master mode, user code SSPIF, to be set (SSP interrupt if enabled):
conducts all I 2C bus operations based on Start and • Start Condition
Stop bit conditions. • Stop Condition
Once Master mode is enabled, the user has six • Data Transfer Byte Transmitted/Received
options. • Acknowledge Transmit
1. Assert a Start condition on SDA and SCL. • Repeated Start
2. Assert a Repeated Start condition on SDA and
SCL.
3. Write to the SSPBUF register initiating
transmission of data/address.
4. Configure the I2C port to receive data.
5. Generate an Acknowledge condition at the end
of a received byte of data.
6. Generate a Stop condition on SDA and SCL.
FIGURE 17-16: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C MASTER MODE)
Internal SSPM3:SSPM0
Data Bus SSPADD<6:0>
Read Write
SSPBUF Baud
Rate
Generator
SDA Shift
Clock Arbitrate/WCOL Detect
SDA In Clock
SSPSR
(hold off clock source)
MSb LSb
Receive Enable
Start bit, Stop bit,

Clock Cntl
Acknowledge
Generate
SCL
Start bit Detect

Stop bit Detect
SCL In Write Collision Detect Set/Reset, S, P, WCOL (SSPSTAT)
Clock Arbitration Set SSPIF, BCLIF
Bus Collision State Counter for Reset ACKSTAT, PEN (SSPCON2)
end of XMIT/RCV

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.6.1 I2C Master Mode Operation A typical transmit sequence would go as follows:
The master device generates all of the serial clock 1. The user generates a Start condition by setting
pulses and the Start and Stop conditions. A transfer is the Start enable bit, SEN (SSPCON2<0>).
ended with a Stop condition or with a Repeated Start 2. SSPIF is set. The MSSP module will wait the
condition. Since the Repeated Start condition is also required start time before any other operation
the beginning of the next serial transfer, the I2C bus will takes place.
not be released. 3. The user loads the SSPBUF with the slave
In Master Transmitter mode, serial data is output address to transmit.
through SDA, while SCL outputs the serial clock. The 4. Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits
first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the are transmitted.
receiving device (7 bits) and the Read/Write (R/W) bit. 5. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
In this case, the R/W bit will be logic ‘0’. Serial data is slave device and writes its value into the
transmitted 8 bits at a time. After each byte is transmit- SSPCON2 register (SSPCON2<6>).
ted, an Acknowledge bit is received. Start and Stop
6. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
conditions are output to indicate the beginning and the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
end of a serial transfer.
bit.
In Master Receive mode, the first byte transmitted con- 7. The user loads the SSPBUF with eight bits of
tains the slave address of the transmitting device data.
(7 bits) and the R/W bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be
8. Data is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits are
logic ‘1’. Thus, the first byte transmitted is a 7-bit slave
transmitted.
address followed by a ‘1’ to indicate the receive bit.
Serial data is received via SDA, while SCL outputs the 9. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
serial clock. Serial data is received 8 bits at a time. After slave device and writes its value into the
each byte is received, an Acknowledge bit is transmit- SSPCON2 register (SSPCON2<6>).
ted. Start and Stop conditions indicate the beginning 10. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
and end of transmission. end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
bit.
The Baud Rate Generator used for the SPI mode
operation is used to set the SCL clock frequency for 11. The user generates a Stop condition by setting
either 100 kHz, 400 kHz or 1 MHz I2C operation. See the Stop Enable bit, PEN (SSPCON2<2>).
Section 17.4.7 “Baud Rate” for more detail. 12. Interrupt is generated once the Stop condition is
complete.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.7 BAUD RATE 17.4.7.1 Baud Rate Generation in Power
2
In I C Master mode, the Baud Rate Generator (BRG) Managed Modes
reload value is placed in the lower 7 bits of the When the device is operating in a power managed
SSPADD register (Figure 17-17). When a write occurs mode, the clock source to the Baud Rate Generator
to SSPBUF, the Baud Rate Generator will automatically may change frequency or stop, depending on the
begin counting. The BRG counts down to ‘0’ and stops power managed mode and clock source selected.
until another reload has taken place. The BRG count is
In most power modes, the Baud Rate Generator
decremented twice per instruction cycle (TCY) on the
continues to be clocked but may be clocked from the
Q2 and Q4 clocks. In I2C Master mode, the BRG is
primary clock (selected in a configuration word), the
reloaded automatically.
secondary clock (Timer1 oscillator at 32.768 kHz) or
Once the given operation is complete (i.e., transmis- the internal oscillator block (one of eight frequencies
sion of the last data bit is followed by ACK), the internal between 31 kHz and 8 MHz). If the Sleep mode is
clock will automatically stop counting and the SCL pin selected, all clocks are stopped and the Baud Rate
will remain in its last state. Generator will not be clocked.
Table 17-3 demonstrates clock rates based on
instruction cycles and the BRG value loaded into
SSPADD.
FIGURE 17-17: BAUD RATE GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
SSPM3:SSPM0 SSPADD<6:0>
SSPM3:SSPM0 Reload Reload

SCL Control
CLKO BRG Down Counter FOSC/4
TABLE 17-3: I2C CLOCK RATE W/BRG

SSPADD VALUE
FSCL(2)
FOSC FCY FCY*2 (See Register 17-4,
(2 Rollovers of BRG)
Mode 1000)
40 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz 18h 400 kHz(1)
40 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz 1Fh 312.5 kHz
40 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz 63h 100 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 09h 400 kHz(1)
16 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 0Bh 308 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 27h 100 kHz
4 MHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 02h 333 kHz(1)
4 MHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 09h 100kHz
4 MHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 00h 1 MHz(1)
Note 1: The I2C interface does not conform to the 400 kHz I2C specification (which applies to rates greater than
100 kHz) in all details, but may be used with care where higher rates are required by the application.
2: Actual clock rate will depend on bus conditions. Bus capacitance can increase rise time and extend the low
time of the clock period, reducing the effective clock frequency (see Section 17.4.7.2 “Clock Arbitration”).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.7.2 Clock Arbitration SCL pin is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<6:0> and
Clock arbitration occurs when the master, during any
begins counting. This ensures that the SCL high time
receive, transmit or Repeated Start/Stop condition,
will always be at least one BRG rollover count in the
deasserts the SCL pin (SCL allowed to float high).
event that the clock is held low by an external device
When the SCL pin is allowed to float high, the Baud
(Figure 17-18).
Rate Generator (BRG) is suspended from counting
until the SCL pin is actually sampled high. When the
FIGURE 17-18: BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIMING WITH CLOCK ARBITRATION
SDA DX DX-1
SCL deasserted but slave holds SCL allowed to transition high

SCL low (clock arbitration)
SCL
BRG decrements on
Q2 and Q4 cycles
BRG
03h 02h 01h 00h (hold off) 03h 02h
Value
SCL is sampled high, reload takes

place and BRG starts its count
BRG
Reload

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.8 I2C MASTER MODE START 17.4.8.1 WCOL Status Flag
CONDITION TIMING If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Start sequence
To initiate a Start condition, the user sets the Start is in progress, the WCOL is set and the contents of the
Condition Enable bit, SEN (SSPCON2<0>). If the SDA buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t occur).
and SCL pins are sampled high, the Baud Rate Gener-
Note: Because queueing of events is not
ator is reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<6:0>
allowed, writing to the lower 5 bits of
and starts its count. If SCL and SDA are both sampled
SSPCON2 is disabled until the Start
high when the Baud Rate Generator times out (TBRG),
condition is complete.
the SDA pin is driven low. The action of the SDA being
driven low while SCL is high is the Start condition and
causes the S bit (SSPSTAT<3>) to be set. Following
this, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the con-
tents of SSPADD<6:0> and resumes its count. When
the Baud Rate Generator times out (TBRG), the SEN bit
(SSPCON2<0>) will be automatically cleared by
hardware, the Baud Rate Generator is suspended,
leaving the SDA line held low and the Start condition is
complete.
Note: If at the beginning of the Start condition,
the SDA and SCL pins are already sam-
pled low or if during the Start condition, the
SCL line is sampled low before the SDA
line is driven low, a bus collision occurs,
the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF, is
set, the Start condition is aborted and the
I2C module is reset into its Idle state.
FIGURE 17-19: FIRST START BIT TIMING
Set S bit (SSPSTAT<3>)

Write to SEN bit occurs here
SDA = 1,
At completion of Start bit,
SCL = 1 hardware clears SEN bit
and sets SSPIF bit
TBRG TBRG Write to SSPBUF occurs here
1st bit 2nd bit

SDA
TBRG
SCL
TBRG
S

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.9 I2C MASTER MODE REPEATED Immediately following the SSPIF bit getting set, the
START CONDITION TIMING user may write the SSPBUF with the 7-bit address in
7-bit mode, or the default first address in 10-bit mode.
A Repeated Start condition occurs when the RSEN bit
After the first eight bits are transmitted and an ACK is
(SSPCON2<1>) is programmed high and the I2C logic
received, the user may then transmit an additional eight
module is in the Idle state. When the RSEN bit is set,
bits of address (10-bit mode) or eight bits of data (7-bit
the SCL pin is asserted low. When the SCL pin is sam-
mode).
pled low, the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with the
contents of SSPADD<5:0> and begins counting. The 17.4.9.1 WCOL Status Flag
SDA pin is released (brought high) for one Baud Rate
Generator count (TBRG). When the Baud Rate Genera- If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Repeated Start
tor times out, if SDA is sampled high, the SCL pin will sequence is in progress, the WCOL is set and the con-
be deasserted (brought high). When SCL is sampled tents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t
high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the occur).
contents of SSPADD<6:0> and begins counting. SDA Note: Because queueing of events is not
and SCL must be sampled high for one TBRG. This allowed, writing of the lower 5 bits of
action is then followed by assertion of the SDA pin SSPCON2 is disabled until the Repeated
(SDA = 0) for one TBRG while SCL is high. Following Start condition is complete.
this, the RSEN bit (SSPCON2<1>) will be automatically
cleared and the Baud Rate Generator will not be
reloaded, leaving the SDA pin held low. As soon as a
Start condition is detected on the SDA and SCL pins,
the S bit (SSPSTAT<3>) will be set. The SSPIF bit will
not be set until the Baud Rate Generator has timed out.
Note 1: If RSEN is programmed while any other
event is in progress, it will not take effect.
2: A bus collision during the Repeated Start
condition occurs if:
• SDA is sampled low when SCL goes
from low to high.
• SCL goes low before SDA is
asserted low. This may indicate that
another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’.
FIGURE 17-20: REPEAT START CONDITION WAVEFORM
Set S (SSPSTAT<3>)
Write to SSPCON2
SDA = 1,
occurs here. At completion of Start bit,
SDA = 1, SCL = 1
hardware clears RSEN bit
SCL (no change). and sets SSPIF
TBRG TBRG TBRG
SDA 1st bit
Falling edge of ninth clock, Write to SSPBUF occurs here

end of Xmit
TBRG
SCL
TBRG
Sr = Repeated Start

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.10 I2C MASTER MODE 17.4.10.3 ACKSTAT Status Flag
TRANSMISSION In Transmit mode, the ACKSTAT bit (SSPCON2<6>) is
Transmission of a data byte, a 7-bit address or the cleared when the slave has sent an Acknowledge
other half of a 10-bit address is accomplished by simply (ACK = 0) and is set when the slave does not Acknowl-
writing a value to the SSPBUF register. This action will edge (ACK = 1). A slave sends an Acknowledge when
set the Buffer Full Flag bit, BF, and allow the Baud Rate it has recognized its address (including a general call)
Generator to begin counting and start the next or when the slave has properly received its data.
transmission. Each bit of address/data will be shifted
out onto the SDA pin after the falling edge of SCL is 17.4.11 I2C MASTER MODE RECEPTION
asserted (see data hold time specification parameter Master mode reception is enabled by programming the
#106). SCL is held low for one Baud Rate Generator Receive Enable bit, RCEN (SSPCON2<3>).
rollover count (TBRG). Data should be valid before SCL
is released high (see data setup time specification Note: The MSSP module must be in an Idle state
parameter #107). When the SCL pin is released high, it before the RCEN bit is set or the RCEN bit
is held that way for TBRG. The data on the SDA pin will be disregarded.
must remain stable for that duration and some hold The Baud Rate Generator begins counting and on each
time after the next falling edge of SCL. After the eighth rollover, the state of the SCL pin changes (high to low/
bit is shifted out (the falling edge of the eighth clock), low to high) and data is shifted into the SSPSR. After
the BF flag is cleared and the master releases SDA. the falling edge of the eighth clock, the receive enable
This allows the slave device being addressed to flag is automatically cleared, the contents of the
respond with an ACK bit, during the ninth bit time, if an SSPSR are loaded into the SSPBUF, the BF flag bit is
address match occurred or if data was received prop- set, the SSPIF flag bit is set and the Baud Rate
erly. The status of ACK is written into the ACKDT bit on Generator is suspended from counting, holding SCL
the falling edge of the ninth clock. If the master receives low. The MSSP is now in Idle state, awaiting the next
an Acknowledge, the Acknowledge Status bit, command. When the buffer is read by the CPU, the BF
ACKSTAT, is cleared; if not, the bit is set. After the ninth flag bit is automatically cleared. The user can then
clock, the SSPIF bit is set and the master clock (Baud send an Acknowledge bit at the end of reception by
Rate Generator) is suspended until the next data byte setting the Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN
is loaded into the SSPBUF, leaving SCL low and SDA (SSPCON2<4>).
unchanged (Figure 17-21).
After the write to the SSPBUF, each bit of address will 17.4.11.1 BF Status Flag
be shifted out on the falling edge of SCL until all seven In receive operation, the BF bit is set when an address
address bits and the R/W bit are completed. On the fall- or data byte is loaded into SSPBUF from SSPSR. It is
ing edge of the eighth clock, the master will deassert cleared when the SSPBUF register is read.
the SDA pin, allowing the slave to respond with an
Acknowledge. On the falling edge of the ninth clock, the 17.4.11.2 SSPOV Status Flag
master will sample the SDA pin to see if the address
In receive operation, the SSPOV bit is set when 8 bits
was recognized by a slave. The status of the ACK bit is
are received into the SSPSR and the BF flag bit is
loaded into the ACKSTAT status bit (SSPCON2<6>).
already set from a previous reception.
Following the falling edge of the ninth clock transmis-
sion of the address, the SSPIF is set, the BF flag is 17.4.11.3 WCOL Status Flag
cleared and the Baud Rate Generator is turned off until
another write to the SSPBUF takes place, holding SCL If the user writes the SSPBUF when a receive is
low and allowing SDA to float. already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting in a data
byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the buffer
17.4.10.1 BF Status Flag are unchanged (the write doesn’t occur).
In Transmit mode, the BF bit (SSPSTAT<0>) is set
when the CPU writes to SSPBUF and is cleared when
all 8 bits are shifted out.
17.4.10.2 WCOL Status Flag

If the user writes the SSPBUF when a transmit is
already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting out a
data byte), the WCOL is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t occur).
WCOL must be cleared in software.

FIGURE 17-21:
DS39599C-page 186
Write SSPCON2<0> SEN = 1, ACKSTAT in
Start condition begins SSPCON2 = 1
From slave, clear ACKSTAT bit SSPCON2<6>
SEN = 0
Transmitting Data or Second Half
Transmit Address to Slave R/W = 0 of 10-bit Address ACK
SDA A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 ACK = 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SSPBUF written with 7-bit address and R/W,

start transmit
SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S P
SCL held low
while CPU
responds to SSPIF
SSPIF
Cleared in software service routine
Cleared in software from SSP interrupt
Cleared in software
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
SSPBUF written SSPBUF is written in software

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
SEN
After Start condition, SEN cleared by hardware
PEN
R/W
I 2C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (TRANSMISSION, 7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS)

FIGURE 17-22:
Write to SSPCON2<4>
to start Acknowledge sequence,
SDA = ACKDT (SSPCON2<5>) = 0
Write to SSPCON2<0> (SEN = 1),
begin Start condition ACK from master, Set ACKEN, start Acknowledge sequence,
Master configured as a receiver SDA = ACKDT = 0 SDA = ACKDT = 1
SEN = 0 by programming SSPCON2<3> (RCEN = 1)

PEN bit = 1
Write to SSPBUF occurs here, RCEN cleared RCEN = 1, start RCEN cleared
ACK from Slave next receive automatically written here
start XMIT automatically
Transmit Address to Slave R/W = 1 Receiving Data from Slave Receiving Data from Slave
SDA A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK
Bus master
ACK is not sent terminates
transfer
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SCL S P
Data shifted in on falling edge of CLK Set SSPIF at end
of receive Set SSPIF interrupt
Set SSPIF interrupt at end of Acknow-
Set SSPIF interrupt ledge sequence
at end of receive
at end of Acknowledge
SSPIF sequence
Set P bit
Cleared in software Cleared in software Cleared in software Cleared in software (SSPSTAT<4>)
SDA = 0, SCL = 1, Cleared in
while CPU software and SSPIF
responds to SSPIF
BF
(SSPSTAT<0>) Last bit is shifted into SSPSR and
contents are unloaded into SSPBUF
SSPOV
SSPOV is set because

SSPBUF is still full
ACKEN
I 2C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
DS39599C-page 187
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.12 ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE TIMING 17.4.13 STOP CONDITION TIMING
An Acknowledge sequence is enabled by setting the A Stop bit is asserted on the SDA pin at the end of a
Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN receive/transmit by setting the Stop Sequence Enable
(SSPCON2<4>). When this bit is set, the SCL pin is bit, PEN (SSPCON2<2>). At the end of a receive/
pulled low and the contents of the Acknowledge data bit transmit, the SCL line is held low after the falling edge
are presented on the SDA pin. If the user wishes to gen- of the ninth clock. When the PEN bit is set, the master
erate an Acknowledge, then the ACKDT bit should be will assert the SDA line low. When the SDA line is sam-
cleared. If not, the user should set the ACKDT bit before pled low, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded and
starting an Acknowledge sequence. The Baud Rate counts down to 0. When the Baud Rate Generator
Generator then counts for one rollover period (TBRG) and times out, the SCL pin will be brought high and one
the SCL pin is deasserted (pulled high). When the SCL TBRG (Baud Rate Generator rollover count) later, the
pin is sampled high (clock arbitration), the Baud Rate SDA pin will be deasserted. When the SDA pin is sam-
Generator counts for TBRG. The SCL pin is then pulled pled high while SCL is high, the P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is
low. Following this, the ACKEN bit is automatically set. A TBRG later, the PEN bit is cleared and the SSPIF
cleared, the Baud Rate Generator is turned off and the bit is set (Figure 17-24).
MSSP module then goes into Idle mode (Figure 17-23).
17.4.13.1 WCOL Status Flag
17.4.12.1 WCOL Status Flag If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Stop sequence
If the user writes the SSPBUF when an Acknowledge is in progress, then the WCOL bit is set and the con-
sequence is in progress, then WCOL is set and the tents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn’t occur).
occur).
FIGURE 17-23: ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE WAVEFORM

Acknowledge sequence starts here,
write to SSPCON2, ACKEN automatically cleared
ACKEN = 1, ACKDT = 0
TBRG TBRG
SDA D0 ACK
SCL 8 9
SSPIF
Cleared in software
Set SSPIF at the end Cleared in
of receive software Set SSPIF at the end
of Acknowledge sequence
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.
FIGURE 17-24: STOP CONDITION RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT MODE

Write to SSPCON2, SCL = 1 for TBRG, followed by SDA = 1 for TBRG
set PEN after SDA sampled high. P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is set.
Falling edge of PEN bit (SSPCON2<2>) is cleared by

9th clock hardware and the SSPIF bit is set
TBRG
SCL
SDA ACK
P
TBRG TBRG TBRG
SCL brought high after TBRG
SDA asserted low before rising edge of clock
to setup Stop condition
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.14 POWER MANAGED MODE 17.4.17 MULTI -MASTER COMMUNICATION,
OPERATION BUS COLLISION AND BUS
While in any power managed mode, the I2C module ARBITRATION
can receive addresses or data and when an address Multi-Master mode support is achieved by bus arbitra-
match or complete byte transfer occurs, wake the tion. When the master outputs address/data bits onto
processor from Sleep (if the MSSP interrupt is the SDA pin, arbitration takes place when the master
enabled). outputs a ‘1’ on SDA by letting SDA float high and
another master asserts a ‘0’. When the SCL pin floats
17.4.15 EFFECT OF A RESET high, data should be stable. If the expected data on
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the SDA is a ‘1’ and the data sampled on the SDA pin = 0,
current transfer. then a bus collision has taken place. The master will set
the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF, and reset the
17.4.16 MULTI-MASTER MODE I2C port to its Idle state (Figure 17-25).
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the If a transmit was in progress when the bus collision
detection of the Start and Stop conditions allows the occurred, the transmission is halted, the BF flag is
determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and cleared, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted and the
Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the SSPBUF can be written to. When the user services the
MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I 2C bus may bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C
be taken when the P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is set or the bus is free, the user can resume communication by
bus is idle with both the S and P bits clear. When the asserting a Start condition.
bus is busy, enabling the SSP interrupt will generate If a Start, Repeated Start, Stop or Acknowledge condition
the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs. was in progress when the bus collision occurred, the con-
In multi-master operation, the SDA line must be moni- dition is aborted, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted,
tored for arbitration to see if the signal level is the and the respective control bits in the SSPCON2 register
expected output level. This check is performed in are cleared. When the user services the bus collision
hardware with the result placed in the BCLIF bit. Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C bus is free, the
user can resume communication by asserting a Start
The states where arbitration can be lost are:
condition.
• Address Transfer
The master will continue to monitor the SDA and SCL
• Data Transfer pins. If a Stop condition occurs, the SSPIF bit will be set.
• A Start Condition
A write to the SSPBUF will start the transmission of
• A Repeated Start Condition data at the first data bit regardless of where the
• An Acknowledge Condition transmitter left off when the bus collision occurred.
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of Start and Stop conditions allows the determi-
nation of when the bus is free. Control of the I2C bus can
be taken when the P bit is set in the SSPSTAT register or
the bus is Idle and the S and P bits are cleared.
FIGURE 17-25: BUS COLLISION TIMING FOR TRANSMIT AND ACKNOWLEDGE

SDA line pulled low Sample SDA. While SCL is high,
Data changes by another source data doesn’t match what is driven
while SCL = 0 by the master.
SDA released Bus collision has occurred.
by master
SDA
SCL
Set Bus Collision
Interrupt Flag (BCLIF)
BCLIF

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.17.1 Bus Collision During a Start If the SDA pin is sampled low during this count, the
Condition BRG is reset and the SDA line is asserted early
(Figure 17-28). If, however, a ‘1’ is sampled on the SDA
During a Start condition, a bus collision occurs if:
pin, the SDA pin is asserted low at the end of the BRG
a) SDA or SCL is sampled low at the beginning of count. The Baud Rate Generator is then reloaded and
the Start condition (Figure 17-26). counts down to 0 and during this time, if the SCL pins
b) SCL is sampled low before SDA is asserted low are sampled as ‘0’, a bus collision does not occur. At
(Figure 17-27). the end of the BRG count, the SCL pin is asserted low.
During a Start condition, both the SDA and the SCL Note: The reason that bus collision is not a factor
pins are monitored. during a Start condition is that no two bus
If the SDA pin is already low or the SCL pin is already masters can assert a Start condition at the
low, then all of the following occur: exact same time. Therefore, one master
will always assert SDA before the other.
• The Start condition is aborted
This condition does not cause a bus colli-
• The BCLIF flag is set sion because the two masters must be
• The MSSP module is reset to its Idle state allowed to arbitrate the first address fol-
(Figure 17-26) lowing the Start condition. If the address is
The Start condition begins with the SDA and SCL pins the same, arbitration must be allowed to
deasserted. When the SDA pin is sampled high, the continue into the data portion, Repeated
Baud Rate Generator is loaded from SSPADD<6:0> Start or Stop conditions.
and counts down to 0. If the SCL pin is sampled low
while SDA is high, a bus collision occurs because it is
assumed that another master is attempting to drive a
data ‘1’ during the Start condition.
FIGURE 17-26: BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SDA ONLY)

SDA goes low before the SEN bit is set.
Set BCLIF,
S bit and SSPIF set because
SDA = 0, SCL = 1.
SDA
SCL
Set SEN, enable Start SEN cleared automatically because of bus collision.
condition if SDA = 1, SCL = 1 SSP module reset into Idle state.
SEN
SDA sampled low before
Start condition. Set BCLIF.
S bit and SSPIF set because
BCLIF SDA = 0, SCL = 1.
SSPIF and BCLIF are
cleared in software
SSPIF
SSPIF and BCLIF are

cleared in software

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 17-27: BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SCL = 0)
SDA = 0, SCL = 1
TBRG TBRG
SDA
SCL Set SEN, enable Start

sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
SCL = 0 before SDA = 0,
bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
SEN
SCL = 0 before BRG time-out,
bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
BCLIF
Interrupt cleared
in software
S ‘0’ ‘0’
SSPIF ‘0’ ‘0’
FIGURE 17-28: BRG RESET DUE TO SDA ARBITRATION DURING START CONDITION
SDA = 0, SCL = 1
Set S Set SSPIF
Less than TBRG
TBRG
SDA SDA pulled low by other master.

Reset BRG and assert SDA.
SCL S
SCL pulled low after BRG
Time-out
SEN
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
BCLIF ‘0’
SSPIF
SDA = 0, SCL = 1, Interrupts cleared
set SSPIF in software

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.17.2 Bus Collision During a Repeated If SDA is low, a bus collision has occurred (i.e., another
Start Condition master is attempting to transmit a data ‘0’, Figure 17-29).
If SDA is sampled high, the BRG is reloaded and begins
During a Repeated Start condition, a bus collision
counting. If SDA goes from high to low before the BRG
occurs if:
times out, no bus collision occurs because no two
a) A low level is sampled on SDA when SCL goes masters can assert SDA at exactly the same time.
from low level to high level.
If SCL goes from high to low before the BRG times out
b) SCL goes low before SDA is asserted low, indi- and SDA has not already been asserted, a bus collision
cating that another master is attempting to occurs. In this case, another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’. transmit a data ‘1’ during the Repeated Start condition
When the user deasserts SDA and the pin is allowed to (see Figure 17-30).
float high, the BRG is loaded with SSPADD<6:0> and If at the end of the BRG time-out, both SCL and SDA
counts down to 0. The SCL pin is then deasserted and are still high, the SDA pin is driven low and the BRG is
when sampled high, the SDA pin is sampled. reloaded and begins counting. At the end of the count
regardless of the status of the SCL pin, the SCL pin is
driven low and the Repeated Start condition is
complete.
FIGURE 17-29: BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 1)
SDA
SCL
Sample SDA when SCL goes high.

If SDA = 0, set BCLIF and release SDA and SCL.
RSEN
BCLIF
Cleared in software
S ‘0’
SSPIF ‘0’
FIGURE 17-30: BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 2)
TBRG TBRG
SDA
SCL
SCL goes low before SDA,

BCLIF set BCLIF. Release SDA and SCL.
Interrupt cleared
in software
RSEN
S ‘0’
SSPIF

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
17.4.17.3 Bus Collision During a Stop The Stop condition begins with SDA asserted low.
Condition When SDA is sampled low, the SCL pin is allowed to
float. When the pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
Bus collision occurs during a Stop condition if:
the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with SSPADD<6:0>
a) After the SDA pin has been deasserted and and counts down to 0. After the BRG times out, SDA is
allowed to float high, SDA is sampled low after sampled. If SDA is sampled low, a bus collision has
the BRG has timed out. occurred. This is due to another master attempting to
b) After the SCL pin is deasserted, SCL is sampled drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 17-31). If the SCL pin is sam-
low before SDA goes high. pled low before SDA is allowed to float high, a bus col-
lision occurs. This is another case of another master
attempting to drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 17-32).
FIGURE 17-31: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 1)
TBRG TBRG TBRG SDA sampled

low after TBRG,
set BCLIF
SDA
SDA asserted low

SCL
PEN
BCLIF
P ‘0’
SSPIF ‘0’
FIGURE 17-32: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 2)
TBRG TBRG TBRG
SDA
Assert SDA SCL goes low before SDA goes high,

set BCLIF
SCL
PEN
BCLIF
P ‘0’
SSPIF ‘0’

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.0 ADDRESSABLE UNIVERSAL 18.1 Asynchronous Operation in Power
SYNCHRONOUS Managed Modes
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER The USART may operate in Asynchronous mode while
TRANSMITTER (USART) the peripheral clocks are being provided by the internal
oscillator block. This mode makes it possible to remove
The Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver the crystal or resonator that is commonly connected as
Transmitter (USART) module is one of the two serial the primary clock on the OSC1 and OSC2 pins.
I/O modules available in the PIC18F2X20/4X20 family
of microcontrollers. (USART is also known as a Serial The factory calibrates the internal oscillator block out-
Communications Interface or SCI.) The USART can be put (INTOSC) for 8 MHz. However, this frequency may
configured as a full-duplex asynchronous system that drift as VDD or temperature changes and this directly
can communicate with peripheral devices, such as affects the asynchronous baud rate. Two methods may
CRT terminals and personal computers, or it can be be used to adjust the baud rate clock, but both require
configured as a half-duplex synchronous system that a reference clock source of some kind.
can communicate with peripheral devices, such as A/D The first (preferred) method uses the OSCTUNE regis-
or D/A integrated circuits, serial EEPROMs, etc. ter to adjust the INTOSC output back to 8 MHz. Adjust-
The USART can be configured in the following modes: ing the value in the OSCTUNE register allows for fine
resolution changes to the system clock source (see
• Asynchronous (full-duplex) Section 3.6 “INTOSC Frequency Drift” for more
• Synchronous – Master (half-duplex) information).
• Synchronous – Slave (half-duplex) The other method adjusts the value in the Baud Rate
The RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT pins must be config- Generator since there may be not be fine enough res-
ured as shown for use with the Universal Synchronous olution when adjusting the Baud Rate Generator to
Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter: compensate for a gradual change in the peripheral
clock frequency.
• SPEN (RCSTA<7>) bit must be set (= 1)
• TRISC<7> bit must be set (= 1)
• TRISC<6> bit must be cleared (= 0)
Register 18-1 shows the Transmit Status and Control
register (TXSTA) and Register 18-2 shows the Receive
Status and Control register (RCSTA).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 18-1: TXSTA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-1 R/W-0
CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 CSRC: Clock Source Select bit

Asynchronous mode:
Don’t care.
Synchronous mode:
1 = Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG)
0 = Slave mode (clock from external source)
bit 6 TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit transmission
0 = Selects 8-bit transmission
bit 5 TXEN: Transmit Enable bit
1 = Transmit enabled
0 = Transmit disabled
Note: SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode.
bit 4 SYNC: USART Mode Select bit
1 = Synchronous mode
0 = Asynchronous mode
bit 2 BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = High speed
0 = Low speed
Synchronous mode:
bit 1 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit
1 = TSR empty
0 = TSR full
bit 0 TX9D: 9th bit of Transmit Data
Can be address/data bit or a parity bit.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 18-2: RCSTA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-x
SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit

1 = Serial port enabled (configures RX/DT and TX/CK pins as serial port pins)
0 = Serial port disabled
bit 6 RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit reception
0 = Selects 8-bit reception
bit 5 SREN: Single Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don’t care.
Synchronous mode – Master:
1 = Enables single receive
0 = Disables single receive
This bit is cleared after reception is complete.
Synchronous mode – Slave:
Don’t care.
bit 4 CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Enables receiver
0 = Disables receiver
Synchronous mode:
1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN)
0 = Disables continuous receive
bit 3 ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 = 1):
1 = Enable address detection, enable interrupt and load the receive buffer when RSR<8>
is set
0 = Disables address detection, all bytes are received and ninth bit can be used as parity bit
bit 2 FERR: Framing Error bit
1 = Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receiving next valid byte)
0 = No framing error
bit 1 OERR: Overrun Error bit
1 = Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN)
0 = No overrun error
bit 0 RX9D: 9th bit of Received Data
This can be address/data bit or a parity bit and must be calculated by user firmware.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.2 USART Baud Rate Generator (BRG) It may be advantageous to use the high baud rate
(BRGH = 1), even for slower baud clocks, because the
The BRG supports both the Asynchronous and FOSC/(16 (X + 1)) equation can reduce the baud rate
Synchronous modes of the USART. It is a dedicated error in some cases.
8-bit Baud Rate Generator. The SPBRG register
controls the period of a free-running 8-bit timer. In Writing a new value to the SPBRG register causes the
Asynchronous mode, bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>) also con- BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This ensures the
trols the baud rate. In Synchronous mode, bit BRGH is BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before
ignored. Table 18-1 shows the formula for computation outputting the new baud rate.
of the baud rate for different USART modes which only
18.2.1 POWER MANAGED MODE
apply in Master mode (internal clock).
OPERATION
Given the desired baud rate and FOSC, the nearest
integer value for the SPBRG register can be calculated The system clock is used to generate the desired baud
using the formula in Table 18-1. From this, the error in rate; however, when a power managed mode is
baud rate can be determined. entered, the clock source may be operating at a differ-
ent frequency than in PRI_RUN mode. In Sleep mode,
Example 18-1 shows the calculation of the baud rate no clocks are present and in PRI_IDLE, the primary
error for the following conditions: clock source continues to provide clocks to the baud
• FOSC = 16 MHz rate generator; however, in other power managed
• Desired Baud Rate = 9600 modes, the clock frequency will probably change. This
• BRGH = 0 may require the value in SPBRG to be adjusted.
• SYNC = 0
18.2.2 SAMPLING
The data on the RC7/RX/DT pin is sampled three times
by a majority detect circuit to determine if a high or a
low level is present at the RX pin.
EXAMPLE 18-1: CALCULATING BAUD RATE ERROR

Desired Baud Rate = FOSC/(64 (X + 1))
Solving for X:
X = ((FOSC/Desired Baud Rate)/64) – 1
X = ((16000000/9600)/64) – 1
X = [25.042] = 25
Calculated Baud Rate = 16000000/(64 (25 + 1))
= 9615
Error = (Calculated Baud Rate – Desired Baud Rate)
Desired Baud Rate
= (9615 – 9600)/9600
= 0.16%
TABLE 18-1: BAUD RATE FORMULA

SYNC BRGH = 0 (Low Speed) BRGH = 1 (High Speed)
0 (Asynchronous) Baud Rate = FOSC/(64 (X + 1)) Baud Rate = FOSC/(16 (X + 1))
1 (Synchronous) Baud Rate = FOSC/(4 (X + 1)) N/A
Legend: X = value in SPBRG (0 to 255)
TABLE 18-2: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BAUD RATE GENERATOR

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC — BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 -010 0000 -010
RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 0000 -00x 0000 -00x
SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the BRG.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 18-3: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 0, LOW SPEED)
FOSC = 40.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 16.000 MHz FOSC = 10.000 MHz
BAUD
RATE Actual SPBRG Actual SPBRG Actual SPBRG Actual SPBRG
% % % %
(K) Rate value Rate value Rate value Rate value
Error Error Error Error
(K) (decimal) (K) (decimal) (K) (decimal) (K) (decimal)
0.3 — — — — — — 0.98 225.52 255 0.61 103.45 255

1.2 — — — 1.22 1.73 255 1.20 0.16 207 1.20 0.16 129
2.4 2.44 1.73 255 2.40 0.16 129 2.40 0.16 103 2.40 0.16 64
9.6 9.62 0.16 64 9.47 -1.36 32 9.62 0.16 25 9.77 1.73 15
19.2 18.94 -1.36 32 19.53 1.73 15 19.23 0.16 12 19.53 1.73 7
38.4 39.06 1.73 15 39.06 1.73 7 35.71 -6.99 6 39.06 1.73 3
57.6 56.82 -1.36 10 62.50 8.51 4 62.50 8.51 3 52.08 -9.58 2
76.8 78.13 1.73 7 78.13 1.73 3 83.33 8.51 2 78.13 1.73 1
96.0 89.29 -6.99 6 104.17 8.51 2 — — — — — —
115.2 125.00 8.51 4 — — — 125.00 8.51 1 78.13 -32.18 1
250.0 208.33 -16.67 2 — — 250.00 0.00 0 — — —
300.0 312.50 4.17 1 312.50 4.17 0 — — — — — —
625.0 625.00 0.00 0 — — — — — — — — —
BAUD
% % % %
0.3 0.49 62.76 255 0.44 45.65 255 0.31 3.13 255 0.30 0.16 207
1.2 1.20 0.16 103 1.20 0.23 92 1.20 0.00 65 1.20 0.16 51
2.4 2.40 0.16 51 2.38 -0.83 46 2.40 0.00 32 2.40 0.16 25
9.6 9.62 0.16 12 9.32 -2.90 11 9.90 3.13 7 8.93 -6.99 6
19.2 17.86 -6.99 6 18.64 -2.90 5 19.80 3.13 3 20.83 8.51 2
38.4 41.67 8.51 2 37.29 -2.90 2 39.60 3.13 1 31.25 -18.62 1
57.6 62.50 8.51 1 55.93 -2.90 1 — — — 62.50 8.51 0
— — — — — — — 79.20 3.13 0 — — —
115.2 125.00 8.51 0 111.86 -2.90 0 — — — — — —
BAUD
% % % %
0.3 0.30 0.23 185 0.30 0.16 103 0.30 0.16 51 0.26 -14.67 1
1.2 1.19 -0.83 46 1.20 0.16 25 1.20 0.16 12 — — —
2.4 2.43 1.32 22 2.40 0.16 12 2.23 -6.99 6 — — —
9.6 9.32 -2.90 5 10.42 8.51 2 7.81 -18.62 1 — — —
19.2 18.64 -2.90 2 15.63 -18.62 1 15.63 -18.62 0 — — —
38.4 — — — 31.25 -18.62 0 — — — — — —
57.6 55.93 -2.90 0 — — — — — — — — —

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 18-4: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 1, HIGH SPEED)
BAUD
RATE SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG Actual SPBRG
Actual % Actual % Actual % %
(K) value value value Rate value
Rate (K) Error Rate (K) Error Rate (K) Error Error
(decimal) (decimal) (decimal) (K) (decimal)
2.4 — — — 4.88 103.45 255 3.91 62.76 255 2.44 1.73 255
9.6 9.77 1.73 255 9.62 0.16 129 9.62 0.16 103 9.63 0.16 64
19.2 19.23 0.16 129 19.23 0.16 64 19.23 0.16 51 18.94 -1.36 32
38.4 38.46 0.16 64 37.88 -1.36 32 38.46 0.16 25 39.06 1.73 15
57.6 58.14 0.94 42 56.82 -1.36 21 58.82 2.12 16 56.82 -1.36 10
76.8 75.76 -1.36 32 78.13 1.73 15 76.92 0.16 12 78.13 1.73 7
96.0 96.15 0.16 25 96.15 0.16 12 100.00 4.17 9 89.29 -6.99 6
115.2 113.64 -1.36 21 113.64 -1.36 10 111.11 -3.55 8 125.00 8.51 4
250.0 250.00 0.00 9 250.00 0.00 4 250.00 0.00 3 208.33 -16.67 2
300.0 312.50 4.17 7 312.50 4.17 3 333.33 11.11 2 312.50 4.17 1
500.0 500.00 0.00 4 416.67 -16.67 2 500.00 0.00 1 — — —
625.0 625.00 0.00 3 625.00 0.00 1 — — — 625.00 0.00 0
1000.0 833.33 -16.67 2 — — — 1000.00 0.00 0 — — —
1250.0 1250.00 0.00 1 1250.00 0.00 0 — — — — — —
BAUD
RATE SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG
Actual % Actual % Actual % Actual %
(K) value value value value
Rate (K) Error Rate (K) Error Rate (K) Error Rate (K) Error
(decimal) (decimal) (decimal) (decimal)
0.3 — — — — — — — — — 0.98 225.52 255

1.2 1.95 62.76 255 1.75 45.65 255 1.24 3.13 255 1.20 0.16 207
2.4 2.40 0.16 207 2.41 0.23 185 2.40 0.00 131 2.40 0.16 103
9.6 9.62 0.16 51 9.52 -0.83 46 9.60 0.00 32 9.62 0.16 25
19.2 19.23 0.16 25 19.45 1.32 22 18.64 -2.94 16 19.23 0.16 12
38.4 38.46 0.16 12 37.29 -2.90 11 39.60 3.13 7 35.71 -6.99 6
57.6 55.56 -3.55 8 55.93 -2.90 7 52.80 -8.33 5 62.50 8.51 3
76.8 71.43 -6.99 6 74.57 -2.90 5 79.20 3.13 3 83.33 8.51 2
96.0 100.00 4.17 4 89.49 -6.78 4 — — — — — —
115.2 125.00 8.51 3 111.86 -2.90 3 105.60 -8.33 2 125.00 8.51 1
250.0 250.00 0.00 1 223.72 -10.51 1 — — — 250.00 0.00 0
300.0 — — — — — — 316.80 5.60 0 — — —
500.0 500.00 0.00 0 447.44 -10.51 0 — — — — — —
BAUD
0.3 0.87 191.30 255 0.49 62.76 255 0.30 0.16 207 0.29 -2.48 6
1.2 1.20 0.23 185 1.20 0.16 103 1.20 0.16 51 1.02 -14.67 1
2.4 2.41 0.23 92 2.40 0.16 51 2.40 0.16 25 2.05 -14.67 0
9.6 9.73 1.32 22 9.62 0.16 12 8.93 -6.99 6 — — —
19.2 18.64 -2.90 11 17.86 -6.99 6 20.83 8.51 2 — — —
38.4 37.29 -2.90 5 41.67 8.51 2 31.25 -18.62 1 — — —
57.6 55.93 -2.90 3 62.50 8.51 1 62.50 8.51 0 — — —
76.8 74.57 -2.90 2 — — — — — — — — —
115.2 111.86 -2.90 1 125.00 8.51 0 — — — — — —
250.0 223.72 -10.51 0 — — — — — — — — —

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 18-5: BAUD RATES FOR SYNCHRONOUS MODE (SYNC = 1)
BAUD
RATE SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG Actual SPBRG
Actual % Actual % Actual % %
(K) value value value Rate value
Rate (K) Error Rate (K) Error Rate (K) Error Error
(decimal) (decimal) (decimal) (K) (decimal)
9.6 — — — — — — 15.63 62.76 255 9.77 1.73 255

19.2 — — — 19.53 1.73 255 19.23 0.16 207 19.23 0.16 129
38.4 39.06 1.73 255 38.46 0.16 129 38.46 0.16 103 38.46 0.16 64
57.6 57.47 -0.22 173 57.47 -0.22 86 57.97 0.64 68 58.14 0.94 42
76.8 76.92 0.16 129 76.92 0.16 64 76.92 0.16 51 75.76 -1.36 32
96.0 96.15 0.16 103 96.15 0.16 51 95.24 -0.79 41 96.15 0.16 25
250.0 250.00 0.00 39 250.00 0.00 19 250.00 0.00 15 250.00 0.00 9
300.0 303.03 1.01 32 294.12 -1.96 16 307.69 2.56 12 312.50 4.17 7
500.0 500.00 0.00 19 500.00 0.00 9 500.00 0.00 7 500.00 0.00 4
625.0 625.00 0.00 15 625.00 0.00 7 666.67 6.67 5 625.00 0.00 3
1000.0 1000.00 0.00 9 1000.00 0.00 4 1000.00 0.00 3 833.33 -16.67 2
1250.0 1250.00 0.00 7 1250.00 0.00 3 1333.33 6.67 2 1250.00 0.00 1
BAUD
2.4 7.81 225.52 255 6.99 191.30 255 4.95 106.25 255 3.91 62.76 255
9.6 9.62 0.16 207 9.62 0.23 185 9.60 0.00 131 9.62 0.16 103
19.2 19.23 0.16 103 19.24 0.23 92 19.20 0.00 65 19.23 0.16 51
38.4 38.46 0.16 51 38.08 -0.83 46 38.40 0.00 32 38.46 0.16 25
57.6 57.14 -0.79 34 57.73 0.23 30 57.60 0.00 21 58.82 2.12 16
76.8 76.92 0.16 25 77.82 1.32 22 74.54 -2.94 16 76.92 0.16 12
96.0 95.24 -0.79 20 94.20 -1.88 18 97.48 1.54 12 100.00 4.17 9
250.0 250.00 0.00 7 255.68 2.27 6 253.44 1.38 4 250.00 0.00 3
300.0 285.71 -4.76 6 298.30 -0.57 5 316.80 5.60 3 333.33 11.11 2
500.0 500.00 0.00 3 447.44 -10.51 3 422.40 -15.52 2 500.00 0.00 1
625.0 666.67 6.67 2 596.59 -4.55 2 633.60 1.38 1 — — —
1000.0 1000.00 0.00 1 894.89 -10.51 1 — — — 1000.00 0.00 0
1250.0 — — — 1789.77 43.18 0 1267.20 1.38 0 — — —
BAUD
0.3 — — — — — — 0.98 225.52 255 0.30 1.14 26
1.2 — — — 1.95 62.76 255 1.20 0.16 207 1.17 -2.48 6
2.4 3.50 45.65 255 2.40 0.16 207 2.40 0.16 103 2.73 13.78 2
9.6 9.62 0.23 92 9.62 0.16 51 9.62 0.16 25 8.19 -14.67 0
19.2 19.04 -0.83 46 19.23 0.16 25 19,.23 0.16 12 — — —
38.4 38.91 1.32 22 38.46 0.16 12 35.71 -6.99 6 — — —
57.6 55.93 -2.90 15 55.56 -3.55 8 62.50 8.51 3 — — —
76.8 74.57 -2.90 11 71.43 -6.99 6 83.33 8.51 2 — — —
96.0 99.43 3.57 8 100.00 4.17 4 — — — — — —
250.0 223.72 -10.51 3 250.00 0.00 1 250.00 0.00 0 — — —
500.0 447.44 -10.51 1 500.00 0.00 0 — — — — — —

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.3 USART Asynchronous Mode 18.3.1 USART ASYNCHRONOUS
TRANSMITTER
In this mode, the USART uses standard Non-Return-
to-Zero (NRZ) format (one Start bit, eight or nine data The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in
bits and one Stop bit). The most common data format Figure 18-1. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit
is 8 bits. An on-chip dedicated 8-bit Baud Rate Gener- (Serial) Shift Register (TSR). The shift register obtains
ator can be used to derive standard baud rate frequen- its data from the Read/Write Transmit Buffer, TXREG.
cies from the oscillator. The USART transmits and The TXREG register is loaded with data in software.
receives the LSb first. The USART’s transmitter and The TSR register is not loaded until the Stop bit has
receiver are functionally independent but use the same been transmitted from the previous load. As soon as
data format and baud rate. The Baud Rate Generator the Stop bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new
produces a clock, either x16 or x64 of the bit shift rate, data from the TXREG register (if available). Once the
depending on bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>). Parity is not sup- TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register
ported by the hardware but can be implemented in soft- (occurs in one TCY), the TXREG register is empty and
ware (and stored as the ninth data bit). Asynchronous flag bit, TXIF (PIR1<4>), is set. This interrupt can be
mode functions in all power managed modes except enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit, TXIE
Sleep mode when call clock sources are stopped. (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of the
When in PRI_IDLE mode, no changes to the Baud state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in soft-
Rate Generator values are required; however, other ware. Flag bit TXIF is not cleared immediately upon
power managed mode clocks may operate at another loading the Transmit Buffer register, TXREG. TXIF
frequency than the primary clock. Therefore, the Baud becomes valid in the second instruction cycle following
Rate generator values may need adjusting. the load instruction. Polling TXIF immediately following
a load of TXREG will return invalid results. While flag bit
Asynchronous mode is selected by clearing bit, SYNC
TXIF indicated the status of the TXREG register,
(TXSTA<4>).
another bit, TRMT (TXSTA<1>), shows the status of
The USART Asynchronous module consists of the the TSR register. Status bit TRMT is a read-only bit
following important elements: which is set when the TSR register is empty. No inter-
• Baud Rate Generator rupt logic is tied to this bit, therefore, the user must poll
this bit in order to determine whether the TSR register
• Sampling Circuit
is empty.
• Asynchronous Transmitter
• Asynchronous Receiver Note 1: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory so it is not available to the user.
2: Flag bit TXIF is set when enable bit TXEN
is set.
FIGURE 18-1: USART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus
TXIF TXREG Register

TXIE
8
MSb LSb
(8) • • • 0 Pin Buffer
and Control
TSR Register RC6/TX/CK pin
Interrupt
TXEN Baud Rate CLK

TRMT SPEN
SPBRG
TX9
Baud Rate Generator
TX9D

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 18-2: ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Write to TXREG
Word 1
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
RC6/TX/CK (pin)
Start bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit
Word 1
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer 1 TCY
Reg. Empty Flag)
Word 1
TRMT bit Transmit Shift Reg
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
FIGURE 18-3: ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (BACK TO BACK)
Write to TXREG
Word 1 Word 2
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
RC6/TX/CK (pin)
Start bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit Start bit bit 0
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Reg. Flag) 1 TCY Word 1 Word 2
1 TCY
TRMT bit Word 1 Word 2
(Transmit Shift Transmit Shift Reg.
Reg. Empty Flag) Transmit Shift Reg.
Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions.
TABLE 18-6: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
TXREG USART Transmit Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous transmission.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.3.2 USART ASYNCHRONOUS 18.3.3 SETTING UP 9-BIT MODE WITH
RECEIVER ADDRESS DETECT
The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 18-4. This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems.
The data is received on the RC7/RX/DT pin and drives To set up an Asynchronous Reception with address
the data recovery block. The data recovery block is detect enable:
actually a high-speed shifter, operating at x16 times the 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate, whereas the main receive serial shifter oper- baud rate. If a high-speed baud rate is required,
ates at the bit rate or at FOSC. This mode would set the BRGH bit.
typically be used in RS-232 systems.
2. Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
To set up an Asynchronous Reception: the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit.
1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate 3. If interrupts are required, set the RCEN bit and
baud rate. If a high-speed baud rate is desired, select the desired priority level with the RCIP bit.
set bit BRGH (Section 18.2 “USART Baud 4. Set the RX9 bit to enable 9-bit reception.
Rate Generator (BRG)”). 5. Set the ADDEN bit to enable address detect.
2. Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing 6. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN.
7. The RCIF bit will be set when reception is
3. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE. complete. The interrupt will be Acknowledged if
4. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9. the RCIE and GIE bits are set.
5. Enable the reception by setting bit CREN. 8. Read the RCSTA register to determine if any
6. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is com- error occurred during reception, as well as read
plete and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit 9 of data (if applicable).
bit RCIE was set. 9. Read RCREG to determine if the device is being
7. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if addressed.
enabled) and determine if any error occurred 10. If any error occurred, clear the CREN bit.
during reception. 11. If the device has been addressed, clear the
8. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the
RCREG register. receive buffer and interrupt the CPU.
9. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
enable bit CREN.
10. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
FIGURE 18-4: USART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM
CREN OERR FERR

x64 Baud Rate CLK
÷ 64 MSb RSR Register LSb

SPBRG or
÷ 16 0
Stop (8) 7 • • • 1 Start
Baud Rate Generator
RX9
Pin Buffer Data

and Control Recovery
RC7/RX/DT RX9D RCREG Register
FIFO
SPEN
8
Interrupt RCIF Data Bus

RCIE

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
To set up an Asynchronous Transmission: 5. Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN
1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate which will also set bit TXIF.
baud rate. If a high-speed baud rate is desired, 6. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
set bit BRGH (Section 18.2 “USART Baud should be loaded in bit TX9D.
Rate Generator (BRG)”). 7. Load data to the TXREG register (starts
2. Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing transmission).
bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN. 8. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
3. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE. bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
4. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set Transmit bit, set.
TX9. Can be used as address/data bit.
FIGURE 18-5: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION

RX (pin) Start Start Start
bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit bit 0 bit 7/8 Stop bit bit 7/8 Stop
bit bit bit
Rcv Shift
Reg
Rcv Buffer Reg
Word 1 Word 2
RCREG RCREG
Read Rcv
Buffer Reg
RCREG
RCIF
(Interrupt Flag)
OERR bit
CREN
Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (Receive Buffer) is read after the third word,
causing the OERR (Overrun) bit to be set.
TABLE 18-7: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/ TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
GIEL
(1)
RCREG USART Receive Register 0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous reception.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.4 USART Synchronous Master (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of the
Mode state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in soft-
ware. It will reset only when new data is loaded into the
In Synchronous Master mode, the data is transmitted in TXREG register. While flag bit TXIF indicates the status
a half-duplex manner (i.e., transmission and reception of the TXREG register, another bit, TRMT (TXSTA<1>),
do not occur at the same time). When transmitting data, shows the status of the TSR register. TRMT is a read-
the reception is inhibited and vice versa. Synchronous only bit which is set when the TSR is empty. No inter-
mode is entered by setting bit, SYNC (TXSTA<4>). In rupt logic is tied to this bit so the user has to poll this bit
addition, enable bit, SPEN (RCSTA<7>), is set in order in order to determine if the TSR register is empty. The
to configure the RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT I/O pins TSR is not mapped in data memory so it is not available
to CK (clock) and DT (data) lines, respectively. The to the user.
Master mode indicates that the processor transmits the
To set up a Synchronous Master Transmission:
master clock on the CK line. The Master mode is
entered by setting bit, CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate (Section 18.2 “USART Baud Rate
18.4.1 USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER Generator (BRG)”).
TRANSMISSION 2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by
The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
Figure 18-1. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit 3. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
(Serial) Shift Register (TSR). The shift register obtains 4. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9.
its data from the Read/Write Transmit Buffer register, 5. Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN.
TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data in 6. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
software. The TSR register is not loaded until the last should be loaded in bit TX9D.
bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As
7. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
soon as the last bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded
register.
with new data from the TXREG (if available). Once the
TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register 8. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
(occurs in one TCYCLE), the TXREG is empty and inter- bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
rupt bit, TXIF (PIR1<4>), is set. The interrupt can be set.
enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit, TXIE
FIGURE 18-6: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
RC7/RX/DT bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 7 bit 0 bit 1 bit 7

pin
Word 1 Word 2
RC6/TX/CK
pin
Write to
TXREG Reg
Write Word 1 Write Word 2
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Flag)
TRMT bit TRMT
‘1’ ‘1’
TXEN bit
Note: Sync Master mode, SPBRG = 0; continuous transmission of two 8-bit words.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 18-7: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN)
RC7/RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 6 bit 7
RC6/TX/CK pin
Write to
TXREG reg
TXIF bit
TRMT bit
TXEN bit
TABLE 18-8: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
GIEH GIEL
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master transmission.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.4.2 USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER 4. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
RECEPTION 5. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
Once Synchronous mode is selected, reception is 6. If a single reception is required, set bit SREN.
enabled by setting either enable bit, SREN For continuous reception, set bit CREN.
(RCSTA<5>), or enable bit, CREN (RCSTA<4>). Data 7. Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception
is sampled on the RC7/RX/DT pin on the falling edge of is complete and an interrupt will be generated if
the clock. If enable bit SREN is set, only a single word the enable bit RCIE was set.
is received. If enable bit CREN is set, the reception is 8. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if
continuous until CREN is cleared. If both bits are set, enabled) and determine if any error occurred
then CREN takes precedence. during reception.
To set up a Synchronous Master Reception: 9. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate RCREG register.
baud rate (Section 18.2 “USART Baud Rate 10. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
Generator (BRG)”). bit CREN.
2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by 11. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC. bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
3. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear. set.
FIGURE 18-8: SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN)
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
RC7/RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7
RC6/TX/CK pin
Write to
bit SREN
SREN bit
CREN bit ‘0’ ‘0’
RCIF bit
(Interrupt)
Read
RXREG
Note: Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit SREN = 1 and bit BRGH = 0.
TABLE 18-9: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
GIEH GIEL
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master reception.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.5 USART Synchronous Slave Mode To set up a Synchronous Slave Transmission:
Synchronous Slave mode differs from the Master mode 1. Enable the synchronous slave serial port by
in the fact that the shift clock is supplied externally at setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit
the RC6/TX/CK pin (instead of being supplied internally CSRC.
in Master mode). This allows the device to transfer or 2. Clear bits CREN and SREN.
receive data while in any power managed mode. Slave 3. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
mode is entered by clearing bit, CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 4. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9.
5. Enable the transmission by setting enable bit
18.5.1 USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
TXEN.
TRANSMIT
6. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave should be loaded in bit TX9D.
modes are identical, except in the case of the Sleep 7. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
mode. register.
If two words are written to the TXREG and then the 8. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur: bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
a) The first word will immediately transfer to the set.
TSR register and transmit.
b) The second word will remain in TXREG register.
c) Flag bit TXIF will not be set.
d) When the first word has been shifted out of TSR,
the TXREG register will transfer the second
word to the TSR and flag bit TXIF will now be
set.
e) If enable bit TXIE is set, the interrupt will wake
the chip from Sleep. If the global interrupt is
enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt
vector.
TABLE 18-10: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
GIEH GIEL
(1)
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave transmission.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
18.5.2 USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE To set up a Synchronous Slave Reception:
RECEPTION 1. Enable the synchronous master serial port by
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit
modes is identical, except in the case of Sleep or any CSRC.
Idle mode and bit SREN, which is a “don't care” in 2. If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
Slave mode. 3. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
If receive is enabled by setting bit CREN prior to enter- 4. To enable reception, set enable bit CREN.
ing Sleep or any Idle mode, then a word may be 5. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is
received while in this power managed mode. Once the complete. An interrupt will be generated if
word is received, the RSR register will transfer the data enable bit RCIE was set.
to the RCREG register and if enable bit RCIE bit is set, 6. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if
the interrupt generated will wake the chip from the enabled) and determine if any error occurred
power managed mode. If the global interrupt is during reception.
enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector.
7. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
8. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
bit CREN.
9. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
TABLE 18-11: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
GIEH GIEL
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave reception.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
19.0 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL The module has five registers:
CONVERTER (A/D) MODULE • A/D Result High Register (ADRESH)
• A/D Result Low Register (ADRESL)
The Analog-to-Digital (A/D) converter module has 10
inputs for the PIC18F2X20 devices and 13 for the • A/D Control Register 0 (ADCON0)
PIC18F4X20 devices. This module allows conversion • A/D Control Register 1 (ADCON1)
of an analog input signal to a corresponding 10-bit • A/D Control Register 2 (ADCON2)
digital number. The ADCON0 register, shown in Register 19-1,
A new feature for the A/D converter is the addition of controls the operation of the A/D module. The
programmable acquisition time. This feature allows the ADCON1 register, shown in Register 19-2, configures
user to select a new channel for conversion and setting the functions of the port pins. The ADCON2 register,
the GO/DONE bit immediately. When the GO/DONE bit is shown in Register 19-3, configures the A/D clock
set, the selected channel is sampled for the programmed source, programmed acquisition time and justification.
acquisition time before a conversion is actually started.
This removes the firmware overhead that may have been
required to allow for an acquisition (sampling) period (see
Register 19-3 and Section 19.3 “Selecting and
Configuring Automatic Acquisition Time”).
REGISTER 19-1: ADCON0 REGISTER

U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — CHS3 CHS2 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON
bit 7 bit 0

bit 5-3 CHS3:CHS0: Analog Channel Select bits
0000 = Channel 0 (AN0)
0101 = Channel 5 (AN5)(1,2)
0110 = Channel 6 (AN6)(1,2)
0111 = Channel 7 (AN7)(1,2)
1010 = Channel 10 (AN10)
1011 = Channel 11 (AN11)
1100 = Channel 12 (AN12)
1101 = Unimplemented(2)
Note 1: These channels are not implemented on the PIC18F2X20 (28-pin) devices.
2: Performing a conversion on unimplemented channels returns full-scale results.
bit 1 GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit
When ADON = 1:
1 = A/D conversion in progress
0 = A/D Idle
bit 0 ADON: A/D On bit
1 = A/D converter module is enabled
0 = A/D converter module is disabled
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-q(1) R/W-q(1) R/W-q(1) R/W-q(1)
— — VCFG1 VCFG0 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0
bit 7 bit 0

bit 5 VCFG1: Voltage Reference Configuration bit, VREFL Source
1 = VREF- (AN2)
0 = AVSS
bit 4 VCFG0: Voltage Reference Configuration bit, VREFH Source
1 = VREF+ (AN3)
0 = AVDD
bit 3-0 PCFG3:PCFG0: A/D Port Configuration Control bits
AN7(2)
AN6(2)
AN5(2)
AN12
AN10
AN11
PCFG3:
AN9
AN8
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
PCFG0
0000(1) A A A A A A A A A A A A A
0001 A A A A A A A A A A A A A
0010 A A A A A A A A A A A A A
0011 D A A A A A A A A A A A A
0100 D D A A A A A A A A A A A
0101 D D D A A A A A A A A A A
0110 D D D D A A A A A A A A A
0111(1) D D D D D A A A A A A A A
1000 D D D D D D A A A A A A A
1001 D D D D D D D A A A A A A
1010 D D D D D D D D A A A A A
1011 D D D D D D D D D A A A A
1100 D D D D D D D D D D A A A
1101 D D D D D D D D D D D A A
1110 D D D D D D D D D D D D A
1111 D D D D D D D D D D D D D
A = Analog input D = Digital I/O
Note 1: The POR value of the PCFG bits depends on the value of the PBAD bit in
Configuration Register 3H. When PBAD = 1, PCFG<3:0> = 0000; when PBAD = 0,
PCFG<3:0> = 0111.
2: AN5 through AN7 are available only in PIC18F4X20 devices.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ADFM — ACQT2 ACQT1 ACQT0 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 ADFM: A/D Result Format Select bit

1 = Right justified
0 = Left justified
bit 5-3 ACQT2:ACQT0: A/D Acquisition Time Select bits
111 = 20 TAD
110 = 16 TAD
101 = 12 TAD
100 = 8 TAD
011 = 6 TAD
010 = 4 TAD
001 = 2 TAD
000 = 0 TAD(1)
bit 2-0 ADCS1:ADCS0: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits
111 = FRC (clock derived from A/D RC oscillator)(1)
110 = FOSC/64
101 = FOSC/16
100 = FOSC/4
011 = FRC (clock derived from A/D RC oscillator)(1)
010 = FOSC/32
001 = FOSC/8
000 = FOSC/2
Note 1: If the A/D FRC clock source is selected, a delay of one TCY (instruction cycle) is
added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed
before starting a conversion.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
The analog reference voltage is software selectable to A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
either the device’s positive and negative supply voltage This forces the A/D module to be turned off and any
(AVDD and AVSS), or the voltage level on the RA3/AN3/ conversion in progress is aborted.
VREF+ and RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF pins. Each port pin associated with the A/D converter can be
The A/D converter has a unique feature of being able configured as an analog input or as a digital I/O. The
to operate while the device is in Sleep mode. To oper- ADRESH and ADRESL registers contain the result of
ate in SLEEP, the A/D conversion clock must be the A/D conversion. When the A/D conversion is com-
derived from the A/D’s internal RC oscillator. plete, the result is loaded into the ADRESH/ADRESL
The output of the sample and hold is the input into the registers, the GO/DONE bit (ADCON0 register) is
converter which generates the result via successive cleared and A/D Interrupt Flag bit, ADIF, is set. The block
approximation. diagram of the A/D module is shown in Figure 19-1.
FIGURE 19-1: A/D BLOCK DIAGRAM
CHS3:CHS0
1100
AN12(2)
1011
AN11
1010
AN10
1001
AN9
1000
AN8
0111
AN7(1)
0110
AN6(1)
0101
AN5(1)
0100
AN4
VAIN
10-bit (Input Voltage) 0011
AN3/VREF+
Converter
A/D 0010
AN2/VREF-
0001
VCFG1:VCFG0 AN1
AVDD 0000
AN0
X0
VREFH X1
Reference 1X
Voltage VREFL 0X
AVSS
Note 1: Channels AN5 through AN7 are not available on PIC18F2X20 devices.
2: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
The value in the ADRESH/ADRESL registers is not 2. Configure A/D interrupt (if desired):
modified for a Power-on Reset. The ADRESH/ • Clear ADIF bit
ADRESL registers will contain unknown data after a • Set ADIE bit
Power-on Reset.
• Set GIE bit
After the A/D module has been configured as desired, 3. Wait the required acquisition time (if required).
the selected channel must be acquired before the con-
4. Start conversion:
version is started. The analog input channels must
have their corresponding TRIS bits selected as an • Set GO/DONE bit (ADCON0 register)
input. To determine acquisition time, see Section 19.1 5. Wait for A/D conversion to complete, by either:
“A/D Acquisition Requirements”. After this acquisi- • Polling for the GO/DONE bit to be cleared
tion time has elapsed, the A/D conversion can be OR
started. An acquisition time can be programmed to • Waiting for the A/D interrupt
occur between setting the GO/DONE bit and the actual
6. Read A/D Result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL);
start of the conversion.
clear bit ADIF if required.
The following steps should be followed to do an A/D 7. For next conversion, go to step 1 or step 2, as
conversion: required. The A/D conversion time per bit is
1. Configure the A/D module: defined as TAD. A minimum wait of 2 TAD is
• Configure analog pins, voltage reference and required before next acquisition starts.
digital I/O (ADCON1)
• Select A/D input channel (ADCON0)
• Select A/D acquisition time (ADCON2)
• Select A/D conversion clock (ADCON2)
• Turn on A/D module (ADCON0)
FIGURE 19-2: ANALOG INPUT MODEL

VDD
Sampling
Switch
VT = 0.6V
Rs
ANx RIC ≤ 1k SS RSS
VAIN CPIN ILEAKAGE

VT = 0.6 V CHOLD = 120 pF
5 pF ± 500 nA
VSS
Legend: CPIN = input capacitance

6V
VT = threshold voltage
5V
ILEAKAGE = leakage current at the pin due to VDD 4V
various junctions 3V
RIC = interconnect resistance 2V
SS = sampling switch
CHOLD = sample/hold capacitance (from DAC)
RSS = sampling switch resistance 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Sampling Switch (kΩ)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
19.1 A/D Acquisition Requirements 19.2 A/D VREF+ and VREF- References
For the A/D converter to meet its specified accuracy, the If external voltage references are used instead of the
Charge Holding Capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to internal AVDD and AVSS sources, the source imped-
fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The ana- ance of the VREF+ and VREF- voltage sources must be
log input model is shown in Figure 19-2. The source considered. During acquisition, currents supplied by
impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS) these sources are insignificant. However, during con-
impedance directly affect the time required to charge the version, the A/D module sinks and sources current
capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS) impedance through the reference sources.
varies over the device voltage (VDD). The source imped- In order to maintain the A/D accuracy, the voltage ref-
ance affects the offset voltage at the analog input (due to erence source impedances should be kept low to
pin leakage current). The maximum recommended reduce voltage changes. These voltage changes occur
impedance for analog sources is 2.5 kΩ. After the as reference currents flow through the reference
analog input channel is selected (changed), the channel source impedance. The maximum recommended
must be sampled for at least the minimum acquisition impedance of the VREF+ and VREF- external
time before starting a conversion. reference voltage sources is 75Ω.
Note: When the conversion is started, the holding Note: When using external references, the
capacitor is disconnected from the input pin. source impedance of the external voltage
To calculate the minimum acquisition time, references must be less than 75Ω in order
Equation 19-1 may be used. This equation assumes to achieve the specified ADC resolution. A
that 1/2 LSb error is used (1024 steps for the A/D). The higher reference source impedance will
1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed for the A/D increase the ADC offset and gain errors.
to meet its specified resolution. Resistive voltage dividers will not provide a
Example 19-1 shows the calculation of the minimum low enough source impedance. To ensure
required acquisition time TACQ. This calculation is based the best possible ADC performance, exter-
on the following application system assumptions: nal VREF inputs should be buffered with an
op amp or other low-impedance circuit.
CHOLD = 120 pF
RS = 2.5 kΩ
Conversion Error ≤ 1/2 LSb
VDD = 5V → Rss = 7 kΩ
Temperature = 50°C (system max.)
VHOLD = 0V @ time = 0
EQUATION 19-1: ACQUISITION TIME

TACQ = Amplifier Settling Time + Holding Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient
= TAMP + TC + TCOFF
EQUATION 19-2: MINIMUM A/D HOLDING CAPACITOR

VHOLD = (VREF – (VREF/2048)) • (1 – e(-Tc/CHOLD(RIC + RSS + RS)))
or
TC = -(CHOLD)(RIC + RSS + RS) ln(1/2048)
EXAMPLE 19-1: CALCULATING THE MINIMUM REQUIRED ACQUISITION TIME

TACQ = TAMP + TC + TCOFF
TAMP = 5 µs
TCOFF = (Temp – 25°C)(0.05 µs/°C)
(50°C – 25°C)(0.05 µs/°C)
1.25 µs
Temperature coefficient is only required for temperatures > 25°C. Below 25°C, TCOFF = 0 µs.
TC – -(CHOLD)(RIC + RSS + RS) ln(1/2047) µs
-(120 pF) (1 kΩ + 7 kΩ + 2.5 kΩ) ln(0.0004883) µs
9.61 µs
TACQ = 5 µs + 1.25 µs + 9.61 µs
12.86 µs

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
19.3 Selecting and Configuring 19.4 Selecting the A/D Conversion Clock
Automatic Acquisition Time The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as TAD. The
The ADCON2 register allows the user to select an A/D conversion requires 11 TAD per 10-bit conversion.
acquisition time that occurs each time the GO/DONE The source of the A/D conversion clock is software
bit is set. selectable. There are seven possible options for TAD:
When the GO/DONE bit is set, sampling is stopped and • 2 TOSC
a conversion begins. The user is responsible for ensur- • 4 TOSC
ing the required acquisition time has passed between • 8 TOSC
selecting the desired input channel and setting the • 16 TOSC
GO/DONE bit. This occurs when the ACQT2:ACQT0
• 32 TOSC
bits (ADCON2<5:3>) remain in their Reset state (‘000’)
and is compatible with devices that do not offer • 64 TOSC
programmable acquisition times. • Internal RC Oscillator
If desired, the ACQT bits can be set to select a For correct A/D conversions, the A/D conversion clock
programmable acquisition time for the A/D module. (TAD) must be as short as possible, but greater than the
When the GO/DONE bit is set, the A/D module contin- minimum TAD (approximately 2 µs, see parameter #130
ues to sample the input for the selected acquisition for more information).
time, then automatically begins a conversion. Since the Table 19-1 shows the resultant TAD times derived from
acquisition time is programmed, there may be no need the device operating frequencies and the A/D clock
to wait for an acquisition time between selecting a source selected.
channel and setting the GO/DONE bit.
In either case, when the conversion is completed, the
GO/DONE bit is cleared, the ADIF flag is set and the
A/D begins sampling the currently selected channel
again. If an acquisition time is programmed, there is
nothing to indicate if the acquisition time has ended or
if the conversion has begun.
TABLE 19-1: TAD vs. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES

AD Clock Source (TAD) Maximum Device Frequency
Operation ADCS2:ADCS0 PIC18FXX20 PIC18LFXX20(4)

2 TOSC 000 1.25 MHz 666 kHz
4 TOSC 100 2.50 MHz 1.33 MHz
8 TOSC 001 5.00 MHz 2.66 MHz
16 TOSC 101 10.0 MHz 5.33 MHz
32 TOSC 010 20.0 MHz 10.65 MHz
64 TOSC 110 40.0 MHz 21.33 MHz
(3)
RC x11 1.00 MHz(1) 1.00 MHz(2)
Note 1: The RC source has a typical TAD time of 4 µs.
2: The RC source has a typical TAD time of 6 µs.
3: For device frequencies above 1 MHz, the device must be in Sleep for the entire conversion or the A/D
accuracy may be out of specification.
4: Low-power devices only.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
19.5 Operation in Power Managed 19.6 Configuring Analog Port Pins
Modes The ADCON1, TRISA, TRISB and TRISE registers all
The selection of the automatic acquisition time and A/D configure the A/D port pins. The port pins needed as
conversion clock is determined in part by the clock analog inputs must have their corresponding TRIS bits
source and frequency while in a power managed mode. set (input). If the TRIS bit is cleared (output), the digital
output level (VOH or VOL) will be converted.
If the A/D is expected to operate while the device is in
a power managed mode, the ACQT2:ACQT0 and The A/D operation is independent of the state of the
ADCS2:ADCS0 bits in ADCON2 should be updated in CHS3:CHS0 bits and the TRIS bits.
accordance with the power managed mode clock that Note 1: When reading the port register, all pins
will be used. After the power managed mode is entered configured as analog input channels will
(either of the power managed Run modes), an A/D read as cleared (a low level). Pins config-
acquisition or conversion may be started. Once an ured as digital inputs will convert an ana-
acquisition or conversion is started, the device should log input. Analog levels on a digitally
continue to be clocked by the same power managed configured input will be accurately
mode clock source until the conversion has been com- converted.
pleted. If desired, the device may be placed into the
corresponding power managed Idle mode during the 2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a
conversion. digital input may cause the digital input
buffer to consume current out of the
If the power managed mode clock frequency is less device’s specification limits.
than 1 MHz, the A/D RC clock source should be
selected. 3: The PBADEN bit in the Configuration
register configures PORTB pins to reset
Operation in Sleep mode requires the A/D RC clock to as analog or digital pins by controlling
be selected. If bits ACQT2:ACQT0 are set to ‘000’ and how the PCFG0 bits in ADCON1 are
a conversion is started, the conversion will be delayed reset.
one instruction cycle to allow execution of the SLEEP
instruction and entry to Sleep mode. The IDLEN and
SCS bits in the OSCCON register must have already
been cleared prior to starting the conversion.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
19.7 A/D Conversions Clearing the GO/DONE bit during a conversion will abort
the current conversion. The A/D Result register pair will
Figure 19-3 shows the operation of the A/D converter NOT be updated with the partially completed A/D
after the GO bit has been set and the ACQT2:ACQT0 conversion sample. This means the ADRESH:ADRESL
bits are cleared. A conversion is started after the follow- registers will continue to contain the value of the last
ing instruction to allow entry into Sleep mode before the completed conversion (or the last value written to the
conversion begins. ADRESH:ADRESL registers).
Figure 19-4 shows the operation of the A/D converter After the A/D conversion is completed or aborted, a
after the GO bit has been set and the ACQT2:ACQT0 2 TAD wait is required before the next acquisition can
bits are set to ‘010’ and selecting a 4 TAD acquisition be started. After this wait, acquisition on the selected
time before the conversion starts. channel is automatically started.
Note: The GO/DONE bit should NOT be set in
the same instruction that turns on the A/D.
FIGURE 19-3: A/D CONVERSION TAD CYCLES (ACQT<2:0> = 000, TACQ = 0)

TCY - TAD TAD1 TAD2 TAD3 TAD4 TAD5 TAD6 TAD7 TAD8 TAD9 TAD10 TAD11
b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Conversion starts
Holding capacitor is disconnected from analog input (typically 100 ns)
Set GO bit
Next Q4: ADRESH/ADRESL are loaded, GO bit is cleared,

ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is connected to analog input.
FIGURE 19-4: A/D CONVERSION TAD CYCLES (ACQT<2:0> = 010, TACQ = 4 TAD)
TACQT Cycles TAD Cycles
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Automatic
Acquisition Conversion starts
Time (Holding capacitor is disconnected)
Set GO bit
(Holding capacitor continues
acquiring input) Next Q4: ADRESH:ADRESL are loaded, GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is reconnected to analog input.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
19.8 Use of the CCP2 Trigger desired location). The appropriate analog input chan-
nel must be selected and the minimum acquisition
An A/D conversion can be started by the “special event period is either timed by the user or an appropriate
trigger” of the CCP2 module. This requires that the TACQ time, selected before the “special event trigger”,
CCP2M3:CCP2M0 bits (CCP2CON<3:0>) be pro- sets the GO/DONE bit (starts a conversion).
grammed as ‘1011’ and that the A/D module is enabled
(ADON bit is set). When the trigger occurs, the GO/ If the A/D module is not enabled (ADON is cleared), the
DONE bit will be set, starting the A/D acquisition and “special event trigger” will be ignored by the A/D
conversion and the Timer1 (or Timer3) counter will be module but will still reset the Timer1 (or Timer3)
reset to zero. Timer1 (or Timer3) is reset to automati- counter.
cally repeat the A/D acquisition period with minimal
software overhead (moving ADRESH/ADRESL to the
TABLE 19-2: SUMMARY OF A/D REGISTERS

Value on
Value on
POR, BOR
Resets
INTCON GIE/ PEIE/ TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
GIEH GIEL
PIR2 OSCFIF CMIF — EEIF BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF 00-0 0000 00-0 0000
PIE2 OSCFIE CMIE — EEIE BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE 00-0 0000 00-0 0000
IPR2 OSCFIP CMIP — EEIP BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP 11-1 1111 11-1 1111
ADRESH A/D Result Register High Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
ADRESL A/D Result Register Low Byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
ADCON0 — — CHS3 CHS3 CHS1 CHS0 GO/DONE ADON --00 0000 --00 0000
ADCON1 — — VCFG1 VCFG0 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 --00 qqqq --00 qqqq
ADCON2 ADFM — ACQT2 ACQT1 ACQT0 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 0-00 0000 0-00 0000
PORTA RA7(4) RA6(4) RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 --0x 0000 --0u 0000
TRISA TRISA7(4) TRISA6(4) --11 1111 --11 1111
PORTB Read PORTB pins, Write LATB Latch xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISB PORTB Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
LATB PORTB Output Data Latch xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
PORTE — — — — RE3(2) Read PORTE pins, Write LATE(4) ---- xxxx ---- uuuu
TRISE(3) IBF OBE IBOV PSPMODE — PORTE Data Direction 0000 -111 0000 -111
LATE(3) — — — — PORTE Output Data Latch ---- -xxx ---- -uuu
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells are not used for A/D conversion.
Note 1: RE3 port bit is available only as an input pin when MCLRE bit in configuration register is ‘0’.
2: This register is not implemented on PIC18F2X20 devices.
3: These bits are not implemented on PIC18F2X20 devices.
4: These pins may be configured as port pins depending on the oscillator mode selected.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
20.0 COMPARATOR MODULE 20.1 Comparator Configuration
The comparator module contains two analog compara- There are eight modes of operation for the comparators.
tors. The inputs and outputs for the comparators are The CM bits (CMCON<2:0>) are used to select these
multiplexed with the RA0 through RA5 pins. The on- modes. Figure 20-1 shows the eight possible modes.
chip voltage reference (Section 21.0 “Comparator The TRISA register controls the data direction of the
Voltage Reference Module”) can also be an input to comparator pins for each mode. If the Comparator mode
the comparators. is changed, the comparator output level may not be valid
for the specified mode change delay shown in the
The CMCON register, shown as Register 20-1,
Electrical Specifications (see Section 26.0 “Electrical
controls the comparator module’s input and output
Characteristics”).
multiplexers. A block diagram of the various
comparator configurations is shown in Figure 20-1. Note: Comparator interrupts should be disabled
during a Comparator mode change.
Otherwise, a false interrupt may occur.
REGISTER 20-1: CMCON REGISTER

R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
C2OUT C1OUT C2INV C1INV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output bit

When C2INV = 0:
1 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN-
0 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VIN-
When C2INV = 1:
1 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VIN-
0 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN-
bit 6 C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output bit
When C1INV = 0:
1 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN-
0 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VIN-
When C1INV = 1:
1 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VIN-
0 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN-
bit 5 C2INV: Comparator 2 Output Inversion bit
1 = C2 output inverted
0 = C2 output not inverted
bit 4 C1INV: Comparator 1 Output Inversion bit
1 = C1 output inverted
0 = C1 output not inverted
bit 3 CIS: Comparator Input Switch bit
When CM2:CM0 = 110:
1 = C1 VIN- connects to RA3/AN3
C2 VIN- connects to RA2/AN2
0 = C1 VIN- connects to RA0/AN0
C2 VIN- connects to RA1/AN1
bit 2-0 CM2:CM0: Comparator Mode bits
Figure 20-1 shows the Comparator modes and CM2:CM0 bit settings.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 20-1: COMPARATOR I/O OPERATING MODES
Comparators RESET Comparators Off (POR Default Value)
CM<2:0> = 000 CM<2:0> = 111
D VIN- D VIN-
RA0/AN0 RA0/AN0
VIN+ C1 Off (Read as ‘0’) VIN+ C1 Off (Read as ‘0’)
RA3/AN3/ D RA3/AN3/ D
VREF+ VREF+
RA1/AN1 D VIN- RA1/AN1 D VIN-

VIN+ C2 Off (Read as ‘0’) VIN+ C2 Off (Read as ‘0’)
RA2/AN2/ D RA2/AN2/ D
VREF-/CVREF VREF-/CVREF
Two Independent Comparators with Outputs

Two Independent Comparators
CM<2:0> = 011
CM<2:0> = 010
A VIN-
RA0/AN0 A VIN- RA0/AN0
A VIN+ C1 C1OUT
VIN+ C1 C1OUT RA3/AN3/
RA3/AN3/ A
VREF+ VREF+
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT(1)
RA1/AN1 A VIN- A VIN-
RA1/AN1
RA2/AN2/ A VIN+ C2 C2OUT C2OUT
VIN+ C2
VREF-/CVREF RA2/AN2/ A
VREF-/CVREF
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT(1)
Two Common Reference Comparators Two Common Reference Comparators with Outputs
CM<2:0> = 100 CM<2:0> = 101
RA0/AN0
A VIN- A VIN-
RA0/AN0
A VIN+ C1 C1OUT A VIN+ C1 C1OUT
RA3/AN3/ RA3/AN3/
VREF+ VREF+
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT(1)
RA1/AN1
A VIN-
C2 C2OUT A VIN-
RA2/AN2/ D VIN+ RA1/AN1
VREF-/CVREF D VIN+ C2 C2OUT
RA2/AN2/
VREF-/CVREF
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT(1)
One Independent Comparator with Output Four Inputs Multiplexed to Two Comparators
CM<2:0> = 001 CM<2:0> = 110
A VIN- A
RA0/AN0 RA0/AN0 CIS = 0 VIN-
VIN+ C1 C1OUT A CIS = 1
RA3/AN3/ A RA3/AN3/ VIN+ C1 C1OUT
VREF+ VREF+
A
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT(1) RA1/AN1 CIS = 0 VIN-
A CIS = 1
RA2/AN2/ VIN+ C2 C2OUT
D VIN-
RA1/AN1 VREF-/CVREF
C2 Off (Read as ‘0’) CVROE = 0
RA2/AN2/ D VIN+
CVREF
VREF-/CVREF From VREF Module
CVROE = 1
A = Analog Input, port reads zeros always, overrides TRISA bit(2).

D = Digital Input.
CIS (CMCON<3>) is the Comparator Input Switch; CVROE (CVRCON<6>) is the Voltage Reference Output Switch.
Note 1: RA4 must be configured as an output pin in TRISA<4> when used to output C1OUT. RA5 ignores TRISA<5> when
used as an output for C2OUT.
2: Mode 110 is exception. Comparator input pins obey TRISA bits.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
20.2 Comparator Operation 20.3.2 INTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL
A single comparator is shown in Figure 20-2, along with The comparator module also allows the selection of an
the relationship between the analog input levels and internally generated voltage reference for the compara-
the digital output. When the analog input at VIN+ is less tors. Section 21.0 “Comparator Voltage Reference
than the analog input VIN-, the output of the comparator Module” contains a detailed description of the compar-
is a digital low level. When the analog input at VIN+ is ator voltage reference module that provides this signal.
greater than the analog input VIN-, the output of the The internal reference signal is used when comparators
comparator is a digital high level. The shaded areas of are in mode, CM2:CM0 = 110 (Figure 20-1). In this
the output of the comparator in Figure 20-2 represent mode, the internal voltage reference is applied to the
the uncertainty due to input offsets and response time. VIN+ pin of both comparators.
Depending on the setting of the CVROE bit
20.3 Comparator Reference (CVRCON<6>), the voltage reference may also be
available on pin RA2.
An external or internal reference signal may be used
depending on the comparator operating mode. The
20.4 Comparator Response Time
analog signal present at VIN- is compared to the signal
at VIN+ and the digital output of the comparator is Response time is the minimum time, after selecting a
adjusted accordingly (Figure 20-2). new reference voltage or input source, before the
comparator output has a valid level. If the internal ref-
FIGURE 20-2: SINGLE COMPARATOR erence is changed, the maximum delay of the internal
voltage reference must be considered when using the
comparator outputs. Otherwise, the maximum delay of
the comparators should be used (see Table 26-2 in
VIN+ +
Output Section 26.0 “Electrical Characteristics”).
VIN- –
20.5 Comparator Outputs
The comparator outputs are read through the CMCON
register. These bits are read-only. The comparator
outputs may also be directly output to the RA4 and RA5
VIN-
VIN– I/O pins. When enabled, multiplexers in the output path
of the RA4 and RA5 pins will switch and the output of
VIN+
VIN+ each pin will be the unsynchronized output of the com-
parator. The uncertainty of each of the comparators is
related to the input offset voltage and the response time
Output given in the specifications. Figure 20-3 shows the
Output
comparator output block diagram.
The TRISA bits will still function as an output enable/
disable for the RA4 and RA5 pins while in this mode.
20.3.1 EXTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL The polarity of the comparator outputs can be changed
using the C2INV and C1INV bits (CMCON<4:5>).
When external voltage references are used, the
Note 1: When reading the Port register, all pins
comparator module can be configured to have the com-
configured as analog inputs will read as a
parators operate from the same or different reference
‘0’. Pins configured as digital inputs will
sources. However, threshold detector applications may
convert an analog input according to the
require the same reference. The reference signal must
Schmitt Trigger input specification.
be between VSS and VDD and can be applied to either
pin of the comparator(s). 2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a
digital input may cause the input buffer to
consume more current than is specified.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 20-3: COMPARATOR OUTPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Port Pins
MULTIPLEX
+ -
CxINV
To RA4 or
RA5 Pin
Bus Q D
Data
Read CMCON EN
Set
CMIF Q D
bit From
other EN
Comparator
CL Read CMCON
Reset
20.6 Comparator Interrupts Note: If a change in the CMCON register

(C1OUT or C2OUT) should occur when a
The comparator interrupt flag is set whenever there is
read operation is being executed (start of
a change in the output value of either comparator.
the Q2 cycle), then the CMIF (PIR
Software will need to maintain information about the
registers) interrupt flag may not get set.
status of the output bits, as read from CMCON<7:6>, to
determine the actual change that occurred. The CMIF The user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, can clear the
bit (PIR registers) is the Comparator Interrupt Flag. The interrupt in the following manner:
CMIF bit is cleared by firmware. Since it is also possible a) Any read or write of CMCON will end the
to write a ‘1’ to this register, a simulated interrupt may mismatch condition.
be initiated. b) Clear flag bit CMIF.
The CMIE bit (PIE registers) and the PEIE bit (INTCON A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit CMIF.
register) must be set to enable the interrupt. In addition, Reading CMCON will end the mismatch condition and
the GIE bit must also be set. If any of these bits are allow flag bit CMIF to be cleared.
clear, the interrupt is not enabled, though the CMIF bit
will still be set if an interrupt condition occurs.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
20.7 Comparator Operation in Power 20.9 Analog Input Connection
Managed Modes Considerations
When a comparator is active and the device is placed A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
in a power managed mode, the comparator remains Figure 20-4. Since the analog pins are connected to a
active and the interrupt is functional if enabled. This digital output, they have reverse biased diodes to VDD
interrupt will wake-up the device from a power and VSS. Therefore, the analog input must be between
managed mode when enabled. Each operational com- VSS and VDD. If the input voltage exceeds this range by
parator will consume additional current, as shown in more than 0.6V, one of the diodes is forward biased
the comparator specifications. To minimize power and a latch-up condition may occur. A maximum source
consumption while in a power managed mode, turn off impedance of 10 kΩ is recommended for the analog
the comparators (CM<2:0> = 111) before entering the sources.
power managed modes. If the device wakes up from a
power managed mode, the contents of the CMCON
register are not affected.
20.8 Effects of a Reset

A device Reset forces the CMCON register to its Reset
state, causing the comparator module to be in the Com-
parator Reset mode (CM<2:0> = 111). This ensures
that all potential inputs are analog inputs. Device cur-
rent is minimized when digital inputs are present at
Reset time. The comparators will be powered down
during the Reset interval.
FIGURE 20-4: COMPARATOR ANALOG INPUT MODEL
VDD
VT = 0.6V RIC
RS < 10k
Comparator
AIN Input
CPIN ILEAKAGE
VA VT = 0.6V ±500 nA
5 pF
VSS
Legend: CPIN = Input Capacitance

VT = Threshold Voltage
ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
RIC = Interconnect Resistance
RS = Source Impedance
VA = Analog Voltage

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 20-1: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
Value on
Value on
POR
Resets
INTCON GIE/ PEIE/ TMR0IE INT0IE RBIE TMR0IF INT0IF RBIF 0000 0000 0000 0000
GIEH GIEL
PIR2 — CMIF — — BCLIF LVDIF TMR3IF CCP2IF -0-- 0000 -0-- 0000
PIE2 — CMIE — — BCLIE LVDIE TMR3IE CCP2IE -0-- 0000 -0-- 0000
IPR2 — CMIP — — BCLIP LVDIP TMR3IP CCP2IP -1-- 1111 -1-- 1111
PORTA RA7(1) RA6 (1)
RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xx0x 0000 xx0x 0000
LATA — — LATA Data Output Register xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
TRISA — — PORTA Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111
Shaded cells are unused by the comparator module.
Note 1: These pins are enabled based on oscillator configuration (see Configuration Register 1H).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
21.0 COMPARATOR VOLTAGE 21.1 Configuring the Comparator
REFERENCE MODULE Voltage Reference
The comparator voltage reference is a 16-tap resistor The comparator voltage reference can output 16 distinct
ladder network that provides a selectable voltage refer- voltage levels for each range. The equations used to cal-
ence. The resistor ladder is segmented to provide two culate the output of the comparator voltage reference
ranges of CVREF values and has a power-down func- are as follows:
tion to conserve power when the reference is not being
used. The CVRCON register controls the operation of EQUATION 21-1:
the reference as shown in Register 21-1. The block If CVRR = 1: VDD
diagram is given in Figure 21-1. CVREF = (CVR<3:0>) •
24
The comparator reference supply voltage comes from
VDD and VSS. If CVRR = 0: VDD
CVREF = (CVR<3:0> + 8) • 32
The settling time of the comparator voltage reference

must be considered when changing the CVREF
output (see Table 26-2 in Section 26.0 “Electrical
Characteristics”).
REGISTER 21-1: CVRCON REGISTER

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CVREN CVROE CVRR — CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit

1 = CVREF circuit powered on
0 = CVREF circuit powered down
bit 6 CVROE: Comparator VREF Output Enable bit
1 = CVREF voltage level is also output on the RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF(1) pin
0 = CVREF voltage is disconnected from the RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF pin
Note 1: CVROE overrides the TRISA<2> bit setting.
bit 5 CVRR: Comparator VREF Range Selection bit
1 = 0.00 VDD to 0.75 VDD, with VDD/24 step size
0 = 0.25 VDD to 0.75 VDD, with VDD/32 step size
bit 3-0 CVR3:CVR0: Comparator VREF Value Selection 0 ≤ VR3:VR0 ≤ 15 bits
When CVRR = 1:
VDD
CVREF = (CVR<3:0>) •
24
When CVRR = 0:
VDD
CVREF = 1/4 • (CVRSRC) + (CVR<3:0> + 8) •
32
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 21-1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
VDD
16 Stages
CVREN
8R R R R R
CVRR
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF
8R
CVROE
CVR3
CVREF 16-1 Analog Mux (From CVRCON<3:0>)
CVR0
21.2 Voltage Reference Accuracy/Error 21.4 Effects of a Reset

The full range of voltage reference cannot be realized A device Reset disables the voltage reference by clear-
due to the construction of the module. The transistors ing the CVRCON register. This also disconnects the
on the top and bottom of the resistor ladder network reference from the RA2 pin, selects the high-voltage
(Figure 21-1) keep CVREF from approaching the refer- range and selects the lowest voltage tap from the
ence source rails. The voltage reference is derived resistor divider.
from VDD; therefore, the CVREF output changes with
fluctuations in VDD. The tested absolute accuracy of 21.5 Connection Considerations
the voltage reference can be found in Section 26.0
“Electrical Characteristics”. The voltage reference module operates independently
of the comparator module. The output of the reference
21.3 Operation in Power Managed generator may be output using the RA2 pin if the
CVROE bit is set. Enabling the voltage reference out-
Modes put onto the RA2 pin, with an input signal present, will
The contents of the CVRCON register are not affected increase current consumption.
by entry to or exit from power managed modes. To min- The RA2 pin can be used as a simple D/A output with
imize current consumption in power managed modes, limited drive capability. Due to the limited current drive
the voltage reference module should be disabled; how- capability, an external buffer must be used on the
ever, this can cause an interrupt from the comparators voltage reference output for external connections to
so the comparator interrupt should also be disabled VREF. Figure 21-2 shows an example buffering
while the CVRCON register is being modified. technique.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 21-2: VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
R(1) RA2
CVREF
Module +
CVREF Output
–
Voltage
Reference
Output
Impedance
Note 1: R is dependent upon the voltage reference configuration bits (CVRCON<3:0> and CVRCON<5>).
TABLE 21-1: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE

Value on
Value on
POR
Resets
TRISA RA7(1) RA6(1) RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 1111 1111 1111 1111
Shaded cells are not used with the comparator voltage reference.
Note 1: These pins are enabled based on oscillator configuration (see Configuration Register 1H).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
22.0 LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT time TA. The application software then has the time,
until the device voltage is no longer in valid operating
In many applications, the ability to determine if the range, to shut down the system. Voltage point VB is the
device voltage (VDD) is below a specified voltage level minimum valid operating voltage specification. This
is a desirable feature. A window of operation for the occurs at time TB. The difference, TB – TA, is the total
application can be created, where the application soft- time for shutdown.
ware can do “housekeeping tasks” before the device
The block diagram for the LVD module is shown in
voltage exits the valid operating range. This can be
Figure 22-2. A comparator uses an internally gener-
done using the Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) module.
ated reference voltage as the set point. When the
This module is a software programmable circuitry, selected tap output of the device voltage crosses the
where a device voltage trip point can be specified. set point (is lower than), the LVDIF bit is set.
When the voltage of the device becomes lower then the
Each node in the resistor divider represents a “trip
specified point, an interrupt flag is set. If the interrupt is
point” voltage. The “trip point” voltage is the minimum
enabled, the program execution will branch to the inter-
supply voltage level at which the device can operate
rupt vector address and the software can then respond
before the LVD module asserts an interrupt. When the
to that interrupt source.
supply voltage is equal to the trip point, the voltage
The Low-Voltage Detect circuitry is completely under tapped off of the resistor array is equal to the 1.2V
software control. This allows the circuitry to be turned internal reference voltage generated by the voltage ref-
off by the software which minimizes the current erence module. The comparator then generates an
consumption for the device. interrupt signal setting the LVDIF bit. This voltage is
Figure 22-1 shows a possible application voltage curve software programmable to any one of 16 values (see
(typically for batteries). Over time, the device voltage Figure 22-2). The trip point is selected by programming
decreases. When the device voltage equals voltage VA, the LVDL3:LVDL0 bits (LVDCON<3:0>).
the LVD logic generates an interrupt. This occurs at
FIGURE 22-1: TYPICAL LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT APPLICATION
VA
VB
Voltage
Legend:
VA = LVD trip point
VB = Minimum valid device
operating voltage
TA TB
Time

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 22-2: LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT (LVD) BLOCK DIAGRAM
VDD LVDIN
LVD Control
Register
16 to 1 MUX
LVDIF
LVDEN Internally Generated

Reference Voltage
1.2V
The LVD module has an additional feature that allows pin, LVDIN (Figure 22-3). This gives users flexibility
the user to supply the sense voltage to the module because it allows them to configure the Low-Voltage
from an external source. This mode is enabled when Detect interrupt to occur at any voltage in the valid
bits LVDL3:LVDL0 are set to ‘1111’. In this state, the operating range.
comparator input is multiplexed from the external input
FIGURE 22-3: LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT (LVD) WITH EXTERNAL INPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
VDD
VDD
LVD Control
Register
16 to 1 MUX
LVDIN LVDEN
Externally Generated
Trip Point
LVD
VxEN
BODEN
EN
BGAP

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
22.1 Control Register
The Low-Voltage Detect Control register controls the
operation of the Low-Voltage Detect circuitry.
REGISTER 22-1: LVDCON REGISTER

U-0 U-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-1
— — IRVST LVDEN LVDL3 LVDL2 LVDL1 LVDL0
bit 7 bit 0

bit 5 IRVST: Internal Reference Voltage Stable Flag bit
1 = Indicates that the Low-Voltage Detect logic will generate the interrupt flag at the specified
voltage range
0 = Indicates that the Low-Voltage Detect logic will not generate the interrupt flag at the
specified voltage range and the LVD interrupt should not be enabled
bit 4 LVDEN: Low-Voltage Detect Power Enable bit
1 = Enables LVD, powers up LVD circuit
0 = Disables LVD, powers down LVD circuit
bit 3-0 LVDL3:LVDL0: Low-Voltage Detection Limit bits
1111 = External analog input is used (input comes from the LVDIN pin)
1110 = 4.50V-4.78V
1101 = 4.20V-4.46V
1100 = 4.00V-4.26V
1011 = 3.80V-4.04V
1010 = 3.60V-3.84V
1001 = 3.50V-3.72V
1000 = 3.30V-3.52V
0111 = 3.00V-3.20V
0110 = 2.80V-2.98V
0101 = 2.70V-2.86V
0100 = 2.50V-2.66V
0011 = 2.40V-2.55V
0010 = 2.20V-2.34V
0001 = 2.00V-2.12V
0000 = Reserved
Note: LVDL3:LVDL0 modes which result in a trip point below the valid operating voltage
of the device are not tested.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
22.2 Operation The following steps are needed to set up the LVD
module:
Depending on the power source for the device voltage,
the voltage normally decreases relatively slowly. This 1. Write the value to the LVDL3:LVDL0 bits
means that the LVD module does not need to be (LVDCON register) which selects the desired
constantly operating. To decrease the current require- LVD trip point.
ments, the LVD circuitry only needs to be enabled for 2. Ensure that LVD interrupts are disabled (the
short periods where the voltage is checked. After doing LVDIE bit is cleared or the GIE bit is cleared).
the check, the LVD module may be disabled. 3. Enable the LVD module (set the LVDEN bit in
Each time that the LVD module is enabled, the circuitry the LVDCON register).
requires some time to stabilize. After the circuitry has 4. Wait for the LVD module to stabilize (the IRVST
stabilized, all status flags may be cleared. The module bit to become set).
will then indicate the proper state of the system. 5. Clear the LVD interrupt flag, which may have
falsely become set, until the LVD module has
stabilized (clear the LVDIF bit).
6. Enable the LVD interrupt (set the LVDIE and the
GIE bits).
Figure 22-4 shows typical waveforms that the LVD
module may be used to detect.
FIGURE 22-4: LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT WAVEFORMS

CASE 1:
LVDIF may not be set
VDD
VLVD
LVDIF
Enable LVD
Internally Generated TIVRST

Reference Stable
LVDIF cleared in software
CASE 2:
VDD
VLVD
LVDIF
Enable LVD
Internally Generated TIVRST

Reference Stable
LVDIF cleared in software
LVDIF cleared in software,

LVDIF remains set since LVD condition still exists

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
22.2.1 REFERENCE VOLTAGE SET POINT 22.3 Operation During Sleep
The internal reference voltage of the LVD module may When enabled, the LVD circuitry continues to operate
be used by other internal circuitry (the Programmable during Sleep. If the device voltage crosses the trip
Brown-out Reset). If these circuits are disabled (lower point, the LVDIF bit will be set and the device will wake-
current consumption), the reference voltage circuit up from Sleep. Device execution will continue from the
requires a time to become stable before a low-voltage interrupt vector address if interrupts have been globally
condition can be reliably detected. This time is invariant enabled.
of system clock speed. This start-up time is specified in
electrical specification parameter #36. The low-voltage
22.4 Effects of a Reset
interrupt flag will not be enabled until a stable reference
voltage is reached. Refer to the waveform in Figure 22-4. A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This forces the LVD module to be turned off.
22.2.2 CURRENT CONSUMPTION
When the module is enabled, the LVD comparator and
voltage divider are enabled and will consume static cur-
rent. The voltage divider can be tapped from multiple
places in the resistor array. Total current consumption,
when enabled, is specified in electrical specification
parameter #D022B.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE The inclusion of an internal RC oscillator also provides
the additional benefits of a Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
CPU
(FSCM) and Two-Speed Start-up. FSCM provides for
PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices include several features background monitoring of the peripheral clock and
intended to maximize system reliability and minimize automatic switchover in the event of its failure. Two-
cost through elimination of external components. Speed Start-up enables code to be executed almost
These are: immediately on start-up while the primary clock source
completes its start-up delays.
• Oscillator Selection
• Resets: All of these features are enabled and configured by
setting the appropriate configuration register bits.
- Power-on Reset (POR)
- Power-up Timer (PWRT)
23.1 Configuration Bits
- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
- Brown-out Reset (BOR) The configuration bits can be programmed (read as ‘0’)
• Interrupts or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’) to select various
device configurations. These bits are mapped starting
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
at program memory location 300000h.
The user will note that address 300000h is beyond the
• Two-Speed Start-up
user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the
• Code Protection configuration memory space (300000h-3FFFFFh)
• ID Locations which can only be accessed using table reads and
• In-Circuit Serial Programming table writes.
The oscillator can be configured for the application Programming the configuration registers is done in a
depending on frequency, power, accuracy and cost. All manner similar to programming the Flash memory. The
of the options are discussed in detail in Section 2.0 EECON1 register WR bit starts a self-timed write to the
“Oscillator Configurations”. configuration register. In normal operation mode, a
TBLWT instruction with the TBLPTR pointing to the con-
A complete discussion of device Resets and interrupts
figuration register sets up the address and the data for
is available in previous sections of this data sheet.
the configuration register write. Setting the WR bit
In addition to their Power-up and Oscillator Start-up starts a long write to the configuration register. The con-
Timers provided for Resets, PIC18F2X20/4X20 figuration registers are written a byte at a time. To write
devices have a Watchdog Timer which is either perma- or erase a configuration cell, a TBLWT instruction can
nently enabled via the configuration bits or software write a ‘1’ or a ‘0’ into the cell. For additional details on
controlled (if configured as disabled). Flash programming, refer to Section 6.5 “Writing to
Flash Program Memory”.
TABLE 23-1: CONFIGURATION BITS AND DEVICE IDS

Default/
File Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Unprogrammed
Value
300001h CONFIG1H IESO FSCM — — FOSC3 FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0 11-- 1111
300002h CONFIG2L — — — — BORV1 BORV0 BOR PWRT ---- 1111
300003h CONFIG2H — — — WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 WDTPS0 WDT ---1 1111
300005h CONFIG3H MCLRE — — — — — PBAD CCP2MX 1--- --11
300006h CONFIG4L DEBUG — — — — LVP — STVR 1--- -1-1
300008h CONFIG5L — — — — CP3 CP2 CP1 CP0 ---- 1111
300009h CONFIG5H CPD CPB — — — — — — 11-- ----
30000Ah CONFIG6L — — — — WRT3 WRT2 WRT1 WRT0 ---- 1111
30000Bh CONFIG6H WRTD WRTB WRTC — — — — — 111- ----
30000Ch CONFIG7L — — — — EBTR3 EBTR2 EBTR1 EBTR0 ---- 1111
30000Dh CONFIG7H — EBTRB — — — — — — -1-- ----
3FFFFEh DEVID1(1) DEV2 DEV1 DEV0 REV4 REV3 REV2 REV1 REV0 xxxx xxxx(1)
(1)
3FFFFFh DEVID2 DEV10 DEV9 DEV8 DEV7 DEV6 DEV5 DEV4 DEV3 0000 0101
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition.
Shaded cells are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: See Register 23-14 for DEVID1 values. DEVID registers are read-only and cannot be programmed by the user.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 23-1: CONFIG1H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300001h)
R/P-1 R/P-1 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
IESO FSCM — — FOSC3 FOSC2 FOSC1 FOSC0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 IESO: Internal External Switch Over bit

1 = Internal External Switch Over mode enabled
0 = Internal External Switch Over mode disabled
bit 6 FSCM: Fail-Safe Clock Monitor enable bit
1 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor enabled
0 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor disabled
bit 3-0 FOSC<3:0>: Oscillator Selection bits
11xx = External RC oscillator, CLKO function on RA6
1001 = Internal oscillator block, CLKO function on RA6 and port function on RA7
1000 = Internal oscillator block, port function on RA6 and port function on RA7
0111 = External RC oscillator, port function on RA6
0110 = HS oscillator, PLL enabled (clock frequency = 4 x FOSC1)
0101 = EC oscillator, port function on RA6
0100 = EC oscillator, CLKO function on RA6
0010 = HS oscillator
0001 = XT oscillator
0000 = LP oscillator
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed u = Unchanged from programmed state

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 23-2: CONFIG2L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300002h)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
— — — — BORV1 BORV0 BOR PWRT
bit 7 bit 0

bit 3-2 BORV1:BORV0: Brown-out Reset Voltage bits
11 = VBOR set to 2.0V
bit 1 BOR: Brown-out Reset enable bit(1)
1 = Brown-out Reset enabled
0 = Brown-out Reset disabled
bit 0 PWRT: Power-up Timer enable bit(1)
1 = PWRT disabled
0 = PWRT enabled
Note 1: The Power-up Timer is decoupled from Brown-out Reset, allowing these features to
be independently controlled.
Legend:

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
— — — WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 WDTPS0 WDT
bit 7 bit 0

bit 4-1 WDPS<3:0>: Watchdog Timer Postscale Select bits
1111 = 1:32,768
1110 = 1:16,384
1101 = 1:8,192
1100 = 1:4,096
1011 = 1:2,048
1010 = 1:1,024
1001 = 1:512
1000 = 1:256
0111 = 1:128
0110 = 1:64
0101 = 1:32
0100 = 1:16
0011 = 1:8
0010 = 1:4
0001 = 1:2
0000 = 1:1
bit 0 WDT: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1 = WDT enabled
0 = WDT disabled (control is placed on the SWDTEN bit)
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
R/P-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 R/P-1
MCLRE — — — — — PBAD CCP2MX
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 MCLRE: MCLR Pin Enable bit

1 = MCLR pin enabled; RE3 input pin disabled
0 = RE3 input pin enabled; MCLR disabled
bit 1 PBAD: PORTB A/D Enable bit (Affects ADCON1 Reset state. ADCON1 controls PORTB<4:0>
pin configuration.)
1 = PORTB<4:0> pins are configured as analog input channels on Reset
0 = PORTB<4:0> pins are configured as digital I/O on Reset
bit 0 CCP2MX: CCP2 Mux bit
1 = CCP2 input/output is multiplexed with RC1
0 = CCP2 input/output is multiplexed with RB3
Legend:

R/P-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 U-0 R/P-1
DEBUG — — — — LVP — STVR
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit

1 = Background debugger disabled, RB6 and RB7 configured as general purpose I/O pins
0 = Background debugger enabled, RB6 and RB7 are dedicated to In-Circuit Debug
bit 2 LVP: Low-Voltage ICSP Enable bit
1 = Low-voltage ICSP enabled
0 = Low-voltage ICSP disabled
bit 0 STVR: Stack Full/Underflow Reset Enable bit
1 = Stack full/underflow will cause Reset
0 = Stack full/underflow will not cause Reset
Legend:
R = Readable bit C = Clearable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-1 R/C-1 R/C-1 R/C-1
— — — — CP3(1) CP2(1) CP1 CP0
bit 7 bit 0

bit 3 CP3: Code Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 3 (001800-001FFFh) not code-protected
0 = Block 3 (001800-001FFFh) code-protected
bit 2 CP2: Code Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 2 (001000-0017FFh) not code-protected
0 = Block 2 (001000-0017FFh) code-protected
bit 1 CP1: Code Protection bit
1 = Block 1 (000800-000FFFh) not code-protected
0 = Block 1 (000800-000FFFh) code-protected
bit 0 CP0: Code Protection bit
1 = Block 0 (000200-0007FFh) not code-protected
0 = Block 0 (000200-0007FFh) code-protected
Note 1: Unimplemented in PIC18FX220 devices; maintain this bit set.
Legend:

R/C-1 R/C-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
CPD CPB — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 CPD: Data EEPROM Code Protection bit

1 = Data EEPROM not code-protected
0 = Data EEPROM code-protected
bit 6 CPB: Boot Block Code Protection bit
1 = Boot block (000000-0001FFh) not code-protected
0 = Boot block (000000-0001FFh) code-protected
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 23-8: CONFIG6L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ah)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
— — — — WRT3(1) WRT2(1) WRT1 WRT0
bit 7 bit 0

bit 3 WRT3: Write Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 3 (001800-001FFFh) not write-protected
0 = Block 3 (001800-001FFFh) write-protected
bit 2 WRT2: Write Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 2 (001000-0017FFh) not write-protected
0 = Block 2 (001000-0017FFh) write-protected
bit 1 WRT1: Write Protection bit
1 = Block 1 (000800-000FFFh) not write-protected
0 = Block 1 (000800-000FFFh) write-protected
bit 0 WRT0: Write Protection bit
1 = Block 0 (000200-0007FFh) not write-protected
0 = Block 0 (000200-0007FFh) write-protected
Legend:
REGISTER 23-9: CONFIG6H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Bh)

R/P-1 R/P-1 R-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
WRTD WRTB WRTC — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7 WRTD: Data EEPROM Write Protection bit

1 = Data EEPROM not write-protected
0 = Data EEPROM write-protected
bit 6 WRTB: Boot Block Write Protection bit
1 = Boot block (000000-0001FFh) not write-protected
0 = Boot block (000000-0001FFh) write-protected
bit 5 WRTC: Configuration Register Write Protection bit
1 = Configuration registers (300000-3000FFh) not write-protected
0 = Configuration registers (300000-3000FFh) write-protected
Note: This bit is read-only in normal execution mode; it can be written only in Program
mode.
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 23-10: CONFIG7L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ch)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
— — — — EBTR3(1) EBTR2(1) EBTR1 EBTR0
bit 7 bit 0

bit 3 EBTR3: Table Read Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 3 (001800-001FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0 = Block 3 (001800-001FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 2 EBTR2: Table Read Protection bit(1)
1 = Block 2 (001000-0017FFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0 = Block 2 (001000-0017FFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 1 EBTR1: Table Read Protection bit
1 = Block 1 (000800-000FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0 = Block 1 (000800-000FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 0 EBTR0: Table Read Protection bit
1 = Block 0 (000200-0007FFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0 = Block 0 (000200-0007FFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
Legend:
REGISTER 23-11: CONFIG7H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Dh)

U-0 R/P-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— EBTRB — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0

bit 6 EBTRB: Boot Block Table Read Protection bit
1 = Boot block (000000-0001FFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0 = Boot block (000000-0001FFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
Legend:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 23-12: DEVICE ID REGISTER 1 FOR PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 DEVICES
R R R R R R R R
DEV2 DEV1 DEV0 REV4 REV3 REV2 REV1 REV0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7-5 DEV2:DEV0: Device ID bits

000 = PIC18F4220
001 = PIC18F4320
100 = PIC18F2220
101 = PIC18F2320
bit 4-0 REV4:REV0: Revision ID bits
These bits are used to indicate the device revision.
Legend:
R = Read-only bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
REGISTER 23-13: DEVICE ID REGISTER 2 FOR PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 DEVICES

R R R R R R R R
DEV10 DEV9 DEV8 DEV7 DEV6 DEV5 DEV4 DEV3
bit 7 bit 0
bit 7-0 DEV10:DEV3: Device ID bits

These bits are used with the DEV2:DEV0 bits in the Device ID Register 1 to identify the
part number.
0000 0101 = PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 devices
Note: These values for DEV10:DEV3 may be shared with other devices. The specific
device is always identified by using the entire DEV10:DEV0 bit sequence.
Legend:
R = Read-only bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.2 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Note 1: The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions
For PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices, the WDT is driven by clear the WDT and postscaler counts
the INTRC source. When the WDT is enabled, the when executed.
clock source is also enabled. The nominal WDT period 2: Changing the setting of the IRCF bits
is 4 ms and has the same stability as the INTRC (OSCCON<6:4> clears the WDT and
oscillator. postscaler counts.
The 4 ms period of the WDT is multiplied by a 16-bit 3: When a CLRWDT instruction is executed,
postscaler. Any output of the WDT postscaler is the postscaler count will be cleared.
selected by a multiplexer, controlled by bits in Configu-
ration Register 2H. Available periods range from 4 ms 23.2.1 CONTROL REGISTER
to 131.072 seconds (2.18 minutes). The WDT and Register 23-14 shows the WDTCON register. This is a
postscaler are cleared when any of the following events readable and writable register which contains a control
occur: execute a SLEEP or CLRWDT instruction, the bit that allows software to override the WDT enable
IRCF bits (OSCCON<6:4>) are changed or a clock configuration bit, but only if the configuration bit has
failure has occurred. disabled the WDT.
Adjustments to the internal oscillator clock period using
the OSCTUNE register also affect the period of the
WDT by the same factor. For example, if the INTRC
period is increased by 3%, then the WDT period is
increased by 3%.
FIGURE 23-1: WDT BLOCK DIAGRAM
SWDTEN Enable WDT

INTRC Control
WDTEN
WDT Counter
INTRC Source ÷125 Wake-up

from Sleep
Change on IRCF bits

Programmable Postscaler Reset WDT
CLRWDT Reset
1:1 to 1:32,768
All Device Resets WDT
WDTPS<3:0> 4
Sleep

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
REGISTER 23-14: WDTCON REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0
— — — — — — — SWDTEN
bit 7 bit 0

bit 0 SWDTEN: Software Controlled Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1 = Watchdog Timer is on
0 = Watchdog Timer is off
Note 1: This bit has no effect if the configuration bit, WDTEN (CONFIG2H<0>), is enabled.
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR
TABLE 23-2: SUMMARY OF WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS

Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
CONFIG2H — — — WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS2 WDTPS0 WDTEN
RCON IPEN — — RI TO PD POR BOR
WDTCON — — — — — — — SWDTEN
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.3 Two-Speed Start-up Reset. For wake-ups from Sleep, the INTOSC or
postscaler clock sources can be selected by setting
The Two-Speed Start-up feature helps to minimize the IFRC2:IFRC0 prior to entering Sleep mode.
latency period from oscillator start-up to code execution
by allowing the microcontroller to use the INTRC oscil- In all other power managed modes, Two-Speed Start-up
lator as a clock source until the primary clock source is is not used. The device will be clocked by the currently
available. It is enabled by setting the IESO bit in selected clock source until the primary clock source
Configuration Register 1H (CONFIG1H<7>). becomes available. The setting of the IESO bit is
ignored.
Two-Speed Start-up is available only if the primary oscil-
lator mode is LP, XT, HS or HSPLL (Crystal-based 23.3.1 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR
modes). Other sources do not require a OST start-up USING TWO-SPEED START-UP
delay; for these, Two-Speed Start-up is disabled.
While using the INTRC oscillator in Two-Speed Start-up,
When enabled, Resets and wake-ups from Sleep mode the device still obeys the normal command sequences
cause the device to configure itself to run from the inter- for entering power managed modes, including serial
nal oscillator block as the clock source, following the SLEEP instructions (refer to Section 3.1.3 “Multiple
time-out of the Power-up Timer after a POR Reset is Sleep Commands”). In practice, this means that user
enabled. This allows almost immediate code execution code can change the SCS1:SCS0 bit settings and issue
while the primary oscillator starts and the OST is run- SLEEP commands before the OST times out. This would
ning. Once the OST times out, the device automatically allow an application to briefly wake-up, perform routine
switches to PRI_RUN mode. “housekeeping” tasks and return to Sleep before the
Because the OSCCON register is cleared on Reset device starts to operate from the primary oscillator.
events, the INTOSC (or postscaler) clock source is not User code can also check if the primary clock source is
initially available after a Reset event; the INTRC clock currently providing the system clocking by checking the
is used directly at its base frequency. To use a higher status of the OSTS bit (OSCCON<3>). If the bit is set,
clock speed on wake-up, the INTOSC or postscaler the primary oscillator is providing the system clock.
clock sources can be selected to provide a higher clock Otherwise, the internal oscillator block is providing the
speed by setting bits IFRC2:IFRC0 immediately after clock during wake-up from Reset or Sleep mode.
FIGURE 23-2: TIMING TRANSITION FOR TWO-SPEED START-UP (INTOSC TO HSPLL)

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
INTOSC
Multiplexer
OSC1
TOST(1) TPLL(1)
PLL Clock
Output 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Clock Transition
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program PC PC + 2 PC + 4 PC + 6
Counter
Wake from Interrupt Event OSTS bit Set

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.4 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Since the postscaler frequency from the internal oscil-
lator block may not be sufficiently stable, it may be
The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) allows the micro- desirable to select another clock configuration and
controller to continue operation, in the event of an enter an alternate power managed mode (see
external oscillator failure, by automatically switching Section 23.3.1 “Special Considerations for Using
the system clock to the internal oscillator block. The Two-Speed Start-up” and Section 3.1.3 “Multiple
FSCM function is enabled by setting the Fail-Safe Sleep Commands” for more details). This can be
Clock Monitor Enable bit, FCMEN (CONFIG1H<6>). done to attempt a partial recovery or execute a
When FSCM is enabled, the INTRC oscillator runs at controlled shutdown.
all times to monitor clocks to peripherals and provide To use a higher clock speed on wake-up, the INTOSC
an instant backup clock in the event of a clock failure. or postscaler clock sources can be selected to provide
Clock monitoring (shown in Figure 23-3) is accom- a higher clock speed by setting bits IFRC2:IFRC0
plished by creating a sample clock signal, which is the immediately after Reset. For wake-ups from Sleep, the
INTRC output divided by 64. This allows ample time INTOSC or postscaler clock sources can be selected
between FSCM sample clocks for a peripheral clock by setting IFRC2:IFRC0 prior to entering Sleep mode.
edge to occur. The peripheral system clock and the
sample clock are presented as inputs to the Clock Mon- Adjustments to the internal oscillator block using the
itor latch (CM). The CM is set on the falling edge of the OSCTUNE register also affect the period of the FSCM
system clock source but cleared on the rising edge of by the same factor. This can usually be neglected, as
the sample clock. the clock frequency being monitored is generally much
higher than the sample clock frequency.
FIGURE 23-3: FSCM BLOCK DIAGRAM The FSCM will detect failures of the primary or second-
ary clock sources only. If the internal oscillator block
Clock Monitor fails, no failure would be detected, nor would any action
Latch (CM) be possible.
(edge-triggered)
Peripheral
Clock
S Q 23.4.1 FSCM AND THE WATCHDOG TIMER
Both the FSCM and the WDT are clocked by the
INTRC oscillator. Since the WDT operates with a sep-
INTRC
C
arate divider and counter, disabling the WDT has no
÷ 64 Q
Source effect on the operation of the INTRC oscillator when the
(32 µs)
FSCM is enabled.
488 Hz
(2.048 ms) As already noted, the clock source is switched to the
INTOSC clock when a clock failure is detected.
Clock Depending on the frequency selected by the
Failure
Detected
IRCF2:IRCF0 bits, this may mean a substantial change
in the speed of code execution. If the WDT is enabled
with a small prescale value, a decrease in clock speed
Clock failure is tested on the falling edge of the sample
allows a WDT time-out to occur and a subsequent
clock. If a sample clock falling edge occurs while CM is
still set, a clock failure has been detected (Figure 23-4). device Reset. For this reason, fail-safe clock events
also reset the WDT and postscaler, allowing it to start
This causes the following:
timing from when execution speed was changed and
• The FSCM generates an oscillator fail interrupt by decreasing the likelihood of an erroneous time-out.
setting bit, OSCFIF (PIR2<7>)
• The system clock source is switched to the
internal oscillator block (OSCCON is not updated
to show the current clock source – this is the
fail-safe condition)
• The WDT is reset

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.4.2 EXITING FAIL-SAFE OPERATION The primary clock source may never become ready dur-
ing start-up. In this case, operation is clocked by the
The fail-safe condition is terminated by either a device
INTOSC multiplexer. The OSCCON register will remain in
Reset or by entering a power managed mode. On Reset,
its Reset state until a power managed mode is entered.
the controller starts the primary clock source specified in
Configuration Register 1H (with any required start-up Entering a power managed mode by loading the
delays that are required for the oscillator mode, such as OSCCON register and executing a SLEEP instruction
OST or PLL timer). The INTOSC multiplexer provides the will clear the fail-safe condition. When the fail-safe
system clock until the primary clock source becomes condition is cleared, the clock monitor will resume
ready (similar to a Two-speed Start-up). The clock system monitoring the peripheral clock.
source is then switched to the primary clock (indicated by
the OSTS bit in the OSCCON register becoming set). The
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor then resumes monitoring the
peripheral clock.
FIGURE 23-4: FSCM TIMING DIAGRAM
Sample Clock
System Oscillator
Clock Failure
Output
CM Output
(Q)
Failure
Detected
OSCFIF
CM Test CM Test CM Test
Note: The system clock is normally at a much higher frequency than the sample clock. The relative frequencies in
this example have been chosen for clarity.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.4.3 FSCM INTERRUPTS IN POWER 23.4.4 POR OR WAKE FROM SLEEP
MANAGED MODES The FSCM is designed to detect oscillator failure at any
As previously mentioned, entering a power managed point after the device has exited Power-on Reset
mode clears the fail-safe condition. By entering a (POR) or Low-Power Sleep mode. When the primary
power managed mode, the clock multiplexer selects system clock is EC, RC or INTRC modes, monitoring
the clock source selected by the OSCCON register. can begin immediately following these events.
Fail-safe monitoring of the power managed clock For oscillator modes involving a crystal or resonator
source resumes in the power managed mode. (HS, HSPLL, LP or XT), the situation is somewhat dif-
If an oscillator failure occurs during power managed ferent. Since the oscillator may require a start-up time
operation, the subsequent events depend on whether considerably longer than the FCSM sample clock time,
or not the oscillator failure interrupt is enabled. If a false clock failure may be detected. To prevent this,
enabled (OSCFIF = 1), code execution will be clocked the internal oscillator block is automatically configured
by the INTOSC multiplexer. An automatic transition as the system clock and functions until the primary
back to the failed clock source will not occur. clock is stable (the OST and PLL timers have timed
out). This is identical to Two-Speed Start-up mode.
If the interrupt is disabled, the device will not exit the
Once the primary clock is stable, the INTRC returns to
power managed mode on oscillator failure. Instead, the
its role as the FSCM source.
device will continue to operate as before but clocked by
the INTOSC multiplexer. While in Idle mode, subse- Note: The same logic that prevents false oscilla-
quent interrupts will cause the CPU to begin executing tor failure interrupts on POR or wake from
instructions while being clocked by the INTOSC multi- Sleep will also prevent the detection of the
plexer. The device will not transition to a different clock oscillator’s failure to start at all following
source until the fail-safe condition is cleared. these events. This can be avoided by
monitoring the OSTS bit and using a tim-
ing routine to determine if the oscillator is
taking too long to start. Even so, no
oscillator failure interrupt will be flagged.
As noted in Section 23.3.1 “Special Considerations
for Using Two-Speed Start-up”, it is also possible to
select another clock configuration and enter an alter-
nate power managed mode while waiting for the pri-
mary system clock to become stable. When the new
powered managed mode is selected, the primary clock
is disabled.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.5 Program Verification and Each of the five blocks has three code protection bits
Code Protection associated with them. They are:
• Code-Protect bit (CPn)
The overall structure of the code protection on the
PIC18 Flash devices differs significantly from other • Write-Protect bit (WRTn)
PICmicro® devices. • External Block Table Read bit (EBTRn)
The user program memory is divided into five blocks. Figure 23-5 shows the program memory organization
One of these is a boot block of 512 bytes. The remain- for 4 and 8-Kbyte devices and the specific code protec-
der of the memory is divided into four blocks on binary tion bit associated with each block. The actual locations
boundaries. of the bits are summarized in Table 23-3.
FIGURE 23-5: CODE-PROTECTED PROGRAM MEMORY FOR PIC18F2X20/4X20

MEMORY SIZE/DEVICE
Block Code Protection
4 Kbytes 8 Kbytes Address Controlled By:
(PIC18F2220/4220) (PIC18F2320/4320) Range
000000h
Boot Block Boot Block CPB, WRTB, EBTRB
0001FFh
000200h
Block 0 Block 0 CP0, WRT0, EBTR0
0007FFh
000800h
Block 1 Block 1 CP1, WRT1, EBTR1
000FFFh
001000h
Unimplemented
Block 2 CP2, WRT2, EBTR2
Read ‘0’s
0017FFh
001800h
Unimplemented
Block 3 CP3, WRT3, EBTR3
Read ‘0’s
001FFFh
002000h
Unimplemented Unimplemented
Read ‘0’s Read ‘0’s (Unimplemented Memory Space)
1FFFFFh
TABLE 23-3: SUMMARY OF CODE PROTECTION REGISTERS

300008h CONFIG5L — — — — CP3 CP2 CP1 CP0
300009h CONFIG5H CPD CPB — — — — — —
30000Ah CONFIG6L — — — — WRT3 WRT2 WRT1 WRT0
30000Bh CONFIG6H WRTD WRTB WRTC — — — — —
30000Ch CONFIG7L — — — — EBTR3 EBTR2 EBTR1 EBTR0
30000Dh CONFIG7H — EBTRB — — — — — —
Legend: Shaded cells are unimplemented.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.5.1 PROGRAM MEMORY A table read instruction that executes from a location
CODE PROTECTION outside of that block is not allowed to read and will
result in reading ‘0’s. Figures 23-6 through 23-8
The program memory may be read to or written from
illustrate table write and table read protection.
any location using the table read and table write
instructions. The device ID may be read with table
reads. The configuration registers may be read and Note: Code protection bits may only be written to
written with the table read and table write instructions. a ‘0’ from a ‘1’ state. It is not possible to
In normal execution mode, the CPn bits have no direct write a ‘1’ to a bit in the ‘0’ state. Code pro-
effect. CPn bits inhibit external reads and writes. A tection bits are only set to ‘1’ by a full chip
block of user memory may be protected from table erase or block erase function. The full chip
writes if the WRTn configuration bit is ‘0’. The EBTRn erase and block erase functions can only
bits control table reads. For a block of user memory be initiated via ICSP or an external
with the EBTRn bit set to ‘0’, a table read instruction programmer.
that executes from within that block is allowed to read.
FIGURE 23-6: TABLE WRITE (WRTn) DISALLOWED
Register Values Program Memory Configuration Bit Settings

000000h
WRTB, EBTRB = 11
0001FFh
000200h
TBLPTR = 0002FFh
WRT0, EBTR0 = 01
PC = 0007FEh TBLWT * 0007FFh

000800h
WRT1, EBTR1 = 11
000FFFh
001000h
PC = 0017FEh TBLWT * WRT2, EBTR2 = 11
0017FFh
001800h
WRT3, EBTR3 = 11
001FFFh
Results: All table writes disabled to Blockn whenever WRTn = 0.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 23-7: EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRn) DISALLOWED
000000h
WRTB, EBTRB = 11
0001FFh
000200h
TBLPTR = 0002FFh
WRT0, EBTR0 = 10
0007FFh
000800h
PC = 000FFEh TBLRD * WRT1, EBTR1 = 11
000FFFh
001000h
WRT2, EBTR2 = 11
0017FFh
001800h
WRT3, EBTR3 = 11
001FFFh
Results: All table reads from external blocks to Blockn are disabled whenever EBTRn = 0.
TABLAT register returns a value of ‘0’.
FIGURE 23-8: EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRn) ALLOWED

000000h
WRTB, EBTRB = 11
0001FFh
000200h
TBLPTR = 0002FFh WRT0, EBTR0 = 10
PC = 0007FEh TBLRD * 0007FFh

000800h
WRT1, EBTR1 = 11
000FFFh
001000h
WRT2, EBTR2 = 11
0017FFh
001800h
WRT3, EBTR3 = 11
001FFFh
Results: Table reads permitted within Blockn, even when EBTRBn = 0.

TABLAT register returns the value of the data at the location TBLPTR.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
23.5.2 DATA EEPROM To use the In-Circuit Debugger function of the micro-
CODE PROTECTION controller, the design must implement In-Circuit Serial
Programming connections to MCLR/VPP, VDD, VSS,
The entire data EEPROM is protected from external
RB7 and RB6. This will interface to the In-Circuit
reads and writes by two bits: CPD and WRTD. CPD
Debugger module available from Microchip or one of
inhibits external reads and writes of data EEPROM.
the third party development tool companies.
WRTD inhibits external writes to data EEPROM. The
CPU can continue to read and write data EEPROM
regardless of the protection bit settings. 23.9 Low-Voltage ICSP Programming
The LVP bit in Configuration Register 4L
23.5.3 CONFIGURATION REGISTER (CONFIG4L<2>) enables Low-Voltage ICSP Program-
PROTECTION ming (LVP). When LVP is enabled, the microcontroller
The configuration registers can be write-protected. The can be programmed without requiring high voltage
WRTC bit controls protection of the configuration being applied to the MCLR/VPP pin, but the RB5/PGM
registers. In normal execution mode, the WRTC bit is pin is then dedicated to controlling Program mode entry
readable only. WRTC can only be written via ICSP or and is not available as a general purpose I/O pin.
an external programmer. LVP is enabled in erased devices.
While programming using LVP, VDD is applied to the
23.6 ID Locations MCLR/VPP pin as in normal execution mode. To enter
Eight memory locations (200000h-200007h) are desig- Programming mode, VDD is applied to the PGM pin.
nated as ID locations, where the user can store check- Note 1: High-voltage programming is always
sum or other code identification numbers. These available, regardless of the state of the
locations are both readable and writable during normal LVP bit or the PGM pin, by applying VIHH
execution through the TBLRD and TBLWT instructions, to the MCLR pin.
or during program/verify. The ID locations can be read
when the device is code-protected. 2: When Low-Voltage Programming is
enabled, the RB5 pin can no longer be
23.7 In-Circuit Serial Programming used as a general purpose I/O pin.
3: When LVP is enabled, externally pull the
PIC18F2X20/4X20 microcontrollers can be serially
PGM pin to VSS to allow normal program
programmed while in the end application circuit. This is
execution.
simply done with two lines for clock and data and three
other lines for power, ground and the programming If Low-Voltage ICSP Programming mode will not be
voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards used, the LVP bit can be cleared and RB5/PGM
with unprogrammed devices and then program the becomes available as the digital I/O pin, RB5. The LVP
microcontroller just before shipping the product. This bit may be set or cleared only when using standard
also allows the most recent firmware or a custom high-voltage programming (VIHH applied to the MCLR/
firmware to be programmed (see Table 23-5). VPP pin). Once LVP has been disabled, only the stan-
dard high-voltage programming is available and must
23.8 In-Circuit Debugger be used to program the device.
Memory that is not code-protected can be erased using
When the DEBUG bit in configuration register,
either a block erase, or erased row by row, then written
CONFIG4L, is programmed to a ‘0’, the In-Circuit
at any specified VDD. If code-protected memory is to be
Debugger functionality is enabled. This function allows
erased, a block erase is required. If a block erase is to
simple debugging functions when used with MPLAB®
be performed when using Low-Voltage Programming,
IDE. When the microcontroller has this feature
the device must be supplied with VDD of 4.5V to 5.5V.
enabled, some resources are not available for general
use. Table 23-4 shows which resources are required by
the background debugger. TABLE 23-5: ICSP/ICD CONNECTIONS
Signal Pin Notes
TABLE 23-4: DEBUGGER RESOURCES PGD RB7
I/O pins: RB6, RB7 PGC RB6
May require isolation from
Stack: 2 levels MCLR MCLR
application circuits
Program Memory: 512 bytes VDD VDD
Data Memory: 10 bytes VSS VSS
PGM RB5 Pull RB5 low if LVP is enabled

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
24.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY The control instructions may use some of the following
operands:
The PIC18 instruction set adds many enhancements to
• A program memory address (specified by ‘n’)
the previous PICmicro instruction sets, while maintain-
ing an easy migration from these PICmicro instruction • The mode of the CALL or RETURN instructions
sets. (specified by ‘s’)
• The mode of the table read and table write
Most instructions are a single program memory word
instructions (specified by ‘m’)
(16 bits) but there are three instructions that require two
program memory locations. • No operand required
(specified by ‘—’)
Each single-word instruction is a 16-bit word divided
into an opcode, which specifies the instruction type and All instructions are a single word except for three dou-
one or more operands, which further specify the oper- ble word instructions. These three instructions were
ation of the instruction. made double word instructions so that all the required
information is available in these 32 bits. In the second
The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped word, the 4 MSbs are ‘1’s. If this second word is
into four basic categories: executed as an instruction (by itself), it will execute as
• Byte-oriented operations a NOP.
• Bit-oriented operations All single-word instructions are executed in a single
• Literal operations instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the
• Control operations program counter is changed as a result of the instruc-
tion. In these cases, the execution takes two instruction
The PIC18 instruction set summary in Table 24-2 lists
cycles with the additional instruction cycle(s) executed
byte-oriented, bit-oriented, literal and control opera-
as a NOP.
tions. Table 24-1 shows the opcode field descriptions.
The double word instructions execute in two instruction
Most byte-oriented instructions have three operands:
cycles.
1. The file register (specified by ‘f’)
One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods.
2. The destination of the result Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal
(specified by ‘d’) instruction execution time is 1 µs. If a conditional test is
3. The accessed memory true, or the program counter is changed as a result of
(specified by ‘a’) an instruction, the instruction execution time is 2 µs.
The file register designator ‘f’ specifies which file Two-word branch instructions (if true) would take 3 µs.
register is to be used by the instruction. Figure 24-1 shows the general formats that the
The destination designator ‘d’ specifies where the instructions can have.
result of the operation is to be placed. If ‘d’ is zero, the All examples use the format ‘nnh’ to represent a hexa-
result is placed in the WREG register. If ‘d’ is one, the decimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a hexadecimal
result is placed in the file register specified in the digit.
instruction.
The Instruction Set Summary, shown in Table 24-2,
All bit-oriented instructions have three operands: lists the instructions recognized by the Microchip
1. The file register (specified by ‘f’) Assembler (MPASMTM). Section 24.2 “Instruction
Set” provides a description of each instruction.
2. The bit in the file register
(specified by ‘b’)
24.1 READ-MODIFY-WRITE OPERATIONS
3. The accessed memory
(specified by ‘a’) Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of
the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W)
The bit field designator ‘b’ selects the number of the bit
operation. The register is read, the data is modified and
affected by the operation, while the file register desig-
the result is stored according to either the instruction or
nator ‘f’ represents the number of the file in which the
the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation is per-
bit is located.
formed on a register even if the instruction writes to that
The literal instructions may use some of the following register.
operands:
For example, a “BCF PORTB,1” instruction will read
• A literal value to be loaded into a file register PORTB, clear bit 1 of the data, then write the result
(specified by ‘k’) back to PORTB. The read operation would have the
• The desired FSR register to load the literal value unintended result that any condition that sets the RBIF
into (specified by ‘f’) flag would be cleared. The R-M-W operation may also
• No operand required copy the level of an input pin to its corresponding output
(specified by ‘—’) latch.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 24-1: OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
Field Description
a RAM access bit:
a = 0: RAM location in Access RAM (BSR register is ignored)
a = 1: RAM bank is specified by BSR register
bbb Bit address within an 8-bit file register (0 to 7).
BSR Bank Select Register. Used to select the current RAM bank.
d Destination select bit:
d = 0: store result in WREG
d = 1: store result in file register f
dest Destination either the WREG register or the specified register file location.
f 8-bit register file address (0x00 to 0xFF).
fs 12-bit register file address (0x000 to 0xFFF). This is the source address.
fd 12-bit register file address (0x000 to 0xFFF). This is the destination address.
k Literal field, constant data or label (may be either an 8-bit, 12-bit or a 20-bit value).
label Label name.
mm The mode of the TBLPTR register for the table read and table write instructions.
Only used with table read and table write instructions:
* No Change to register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
*+ Post-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
*- Post-Decrement register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
+* Pre-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
n The relative address (2’s complement number) for relative branch instructions, or the direct address for
Call/Branch and Return instructions.
PRODH Product of Multiply High Byte.
PRODL Product of Multiply Low Byte.
s Fast Call/Return mode select bit:
s = 0: do not update into/from shadow registers
s = 1: certain registers loaded into/from shadow registers (Fast mode)
u Unused or Unchanged.
WREG Working register (accumulator).
x Don't care (‘0’ or ‘1’) .
The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all
Microchip software tools.
TBLPTR 21-bit Table Pointer (points to a Program Memory location).
TABLAT 8-bit Table Latch.
TOS Top-of-Stack.
PC Program Counter.
PCL Program Counter Low Byte.
PCH Program Counter High Byte.
PCLATH Program Counter High Byte Latch.
PCLATU Program Counter Upper Byte Latch.
GIE Global Interrupt Enable bit.
WDT Watchdog Timer.
TO Time-out bit.
PD Power-down bit.
C, DC, Z, OV, N ALU status bits Carry, Digit Carry, Zero, Overflow, Negative.
[ ] Optional.
( ) Contents.
→ Assigned to.
< > Register bit field.
∈ In the set of.
italics User defined term (font is courier).

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 24-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations Example Instruction
15 10 9 8 7 0
OPCODE d a f (FILE #) ADDWF MYREG, W, B
d = 0 for result destination to be WREG register
d = 1 for result destination to be file register (f)
a = 0 to force Access Bank
a = 1 for BSR to select bank
f = 8-bit file register address
Byte to Byte move operations (2-word)

15 12 11 0
OPCODE f (Source FILE #) MOVFF MYREG1, MYREG2
15 12 11 0
1111 f (Destination FILE #)
Bit-oriented file register operations

15 12 11 9 8 7 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) a f (FILE #) BSF MYREG, bit, B
b = 3-bit position of bit in file register (f)

a = 0 to force Access Bank
a = 1 for BSR to select bank
Literal operations
15 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal) MOVLW 0x7F
k = 8-bit immediate value
Control operations
CALL, GOTO and Branch operations
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal) GOTO Label
15 12 11 0
1111 n<19:8> (literal)
n = 20-bit immediate value
15 8 7 0
OPCODE S n<7:0> (literal) CALL MYFUNC
15 12 11 0
n<19:8> (literal)
S = Fast bit
15 11 10 0
OPCODE n<10:0> (literal) BRA MYFUNC
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal) BC MYFUNC

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 24-2: PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic, 16-Bit Instruction Word Status
Description Cycles Notes
Operands MSb LSb Affected
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS

ADDWF f, d, a Add WREG and f 1 0010 01da ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2
ADDWFC f, d, a Add WREG and Carry bit to f 1 0010 00da ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2
ANDWF f, d, a AND WREG with f 1 0001 01da ffff ffff Z, N 1,2
CLRF f, a Clear f 1 0110 101a ffff ffff Z 2
COMF f, d, a Complement f 1 0001 11da ffff ffff Z, N 1, 2
CPFSEQ f, a Compare f with WREG, skip = 1 (2 or 3) 0110 001a ffff ffff None 4
CPFSGT f, a Compare f with WREG, skip > 1 (2 or 3) 0110 010a ffff ffff None 4
CPFSLT f, a Compare f with WREG, skip < 1 (2 or 3) 0110 000a ffff ffff None 1, 2
DECF f, d, a Decrement f 1 0000 01da ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2, 3, 4
DECFSZ f, d, a Decrement f, Skip if 0 1 (2 or 3) 0010 11da ffff ffff None 1, 2, 3, 4
DCFSNZ f, d, a Decrement f, Skip if Not 0 1 (2 or 3) 0100 11da ffff ffff None 1, 2
INCF f, d, a Increment f 1 0010 10da ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2, 3, 4
INCFSZ f, d, a Increment f, Skip if 0 1 (2 or 3) 0011 11da ffff ffff None 4
INFSNZ f, d, a Increment f, Skip if Not 0 1 (2 or 3) 0100 10da ffff ffff None 1, 2
IORWF f, d, a Inclusive OR WREG with f 1 0001 00da ffff ffff Z, N 1, 2
MOVF f, d, a Move f 1 0101 00da ffff ffff Z, N 1
MOVFF fs, fd Move fs (source) to 1st word 2 1100 ffff ffff ffff None
fd (destination) 2nd word 1111 ffff ffff ffff
MOVWF f, a Move WREG to f 1 0110 111a ffff ffff None
MULWF f, a Multiply WREG with f 1 0000 001a ffff ffff None
NEGF f, a Negate f 1 0110 110a ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2
RLCF f, d, a Rotate Left f through Carry 1 0011 01da ffff ffff C, Z, N
RLNCF f, d, a Rotate Left f (No Carry) 1 0100 01da ffff ffff Z, N 1, 2
RRCF f, d, a Rotate Right f through Carry 1 0011 00da ffff ffff C, Z, N
RRNCF f, d, a Rotate Right f (No Carry) 1 0100 00da ffff ffff Z, N
SETF f, a Set f 1 0110 100a ffff ffff None
SUBFWB f, d, a Subtract f from WREG with 1 0101 01da ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2
borrow
SUBWF f, d, a Subtract WREG from f 1 0101 11da ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N
SUBWFB f, d, a Subtract WREG from f with 1 0101 10da ffff ffff C, DC, Z, OV, N 1, 2
borrow
SWAPF f, d, a Swap nibbles in f 1 0011 10da ffff ffff None 4
TSTFSZ f, a Test f, skip if 0 1 (2 or 3) 0110 011a ffff ffff None 1, 2
XORWF f, d, a Exclusive OR WREG with f 1 0001 10da ffff ffff Z, N
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF f, b, a Bit Clear f 1 1001 bbba ffff ffff None 1, 2
BSF f, b, a Bit Set f 1 1000 bbba ffff ffff None 1, 2
BTFSC f, b, a Bit Test f, Skip if Clear 1 (2 or 3) 1011 bbba ffff ffff None 3, 4
BTFSS f, b, a Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 (2 or 3) 1010 bbba ffff ffff None 3, 4
BTG f, d, a Bit Toggle f 1 0111 bbba ffff ffff None 1, 2
Note 1: When a Port register is modified as a function of itself (e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1, 0), the value used will be that
value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is ‘1’ for a pin configured as input and is
driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a ‘0’.
2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared
if assigned.
3: If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a NOP.
4: Some instructions are 2-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that all
program memory locations have a valid instruction.
5: If the table write starts the write cycle to internal memory, the write will continue until terminated.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 24-2: PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
CONTROL OPERATIONS
BC n Branch if Carry 1 (2) 1110 0010 nnnn nnnn None
BN n Branch if Negative 1 (2) 1110 0110 nnnn nnnn None
BNC n Branch if Not Carry 1 (2) 1110 0011 nnnn nnnn None
BNN n Branch if Not Negative 1 (2) 1110 0111 nnnn nnnn None
BNOV n Branch if Not Overflow 1 (2) 1110 0101 nnnn nnnn None
BNZ n Branch if Not Zero 1 (2) 1110 0001 nnnn nnnn None
BOV n Branch if Overflow 1 (2) 1110 0100 nnnn nnnn None
BRA n Branch Unconditionally 2 1101 0nnn nnnn nnnn None
BZ n Branch if Zero 1 (2) 1110 0000 nnnn nnnn None
CALL n, s Call subroutine 1st word 2 1110 110s kkkk kkkk None
2nd word 1111 kkkk kkkk kkkk
CLRWDT — Clear Watchdog Timer 1 0000 0000 0000 0100 TO, PD
DAW — Decimal Adjust WREG 1 0000 0000 0000 0111 C, DC
GOTO n Go to address 1st word 2 1110 1111 kkkk kkkk None
2nd word 1111 kkkk kkkk kkkk
NOP — No Operation 1 0000 0000 0000 0000 None
NOP — No Operation (Note 4) 1 1111 xxxx xxxx xxxx None
POP — Pop top of return stack (TOS) 1 0000 0000 0000 0110 None
PUSH — Push top of return stack (TOS) 1 0000 0000 0000 0101 None
RCALL n Relative Call 2 1101 1nnn nnnn nnnn None
RESET Software device Reset 1 0000 0000 1111 1111 All
RETFIE s Return from interrupt enable 2 0000 0000 0001 000s GIE/GIEH,
PEIE/GIEL
RETLW k Return with literal in WREG 2 0000 1100 kkkk kkkk None
RETURN s Return from Subroutine 2 0000 0000 0001 001s None
SLEEP — Go into Standby mode 1 0000 0000 0000 0011 TO, PD
if assigned.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 24-2: PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
LITERAL OPERATIONS
ADDLW k Add literal and WREG 1 0000 1111 kkkk kkkk C, DC, Z, OV, N
ANDLW k AND literal with WREG 1 0000 1011 kkkk kkkk Z, N
IORLW k Inclusive OR literal with WREG 1 0000 1001 kkkk kkkk Z, N
LFSR f, k Move literal (12-bit) 2nd word 2 1110 1110 00ff kkkk None
to FSRx 1st word 1111 0000 kkkk kkkk
MOVLB k Move literal to BSR<3:0> 1 0000 0001 0000 kkkk None
MOVLW k Move literal to WREG 1 0000 1110 kkkk kkkk None
MULLW k Multiply literal with WREG 1 0000 1101 kkkk kkkk None
RETLW k Return with literal in WREG 2 0000 1100 kkkk kkkk None
SUBLW k Subtract WREG from literal 1 0000 1000 kkkk kkkk C, DC, Z, OV, N
XORLW k Exclusive OR literal with 1 0000 1010 kkkk kkkk Z, N
WREG
DATA MEMORY ↔ PROGRAM MEMORY OPERATIONS
TBLRD* Table Read 2 0000 0000 0000 1000 None
TBLRD*+ Table Read with post-increment 0000 0000 0000 1001 None
TBLRD*- Table Read with post-decrement 0000 0000 0000 1010 None
TBLRD+* Table Read with pre-increment 0000 0000 0000 1011 None
TBLWT* Table Write 2 (5) 0000 0000 0000 1100 None
TBLWT*+ Table Write with post-increment 0000 0000 0000 1101 None
TBLWT*- Table Write with post-decrement 0000 0000 0000 1110 None
TBLWT+* Table Write with pre-increment 0000 0000 0000 1111 None
if assigned.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
24.2 Instruction Set
ADDLW ADD literal to W ADDWF ADD W to f

Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW k Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
Operation: (W) + k → W d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1]
Status Affected: N, OV, C, DC, Z
Operation: (W) + (f) → dest
Encoding: 0000 1111 kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of W are added to the
8-bit literal ‘k’ and the result is Encoding: 0010 01da ffff ffff
placed in W. Description: Add W to register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
Words: 1 result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’
Cycles: 1 (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
Q Cycle Activity: Bank will be selected. If ‘a’ is ‘1’,
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 the BSR is used.
Decode Read Process Write to W Words: 1
literal ‘k’ Data
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity:
Example: ADDLW 0x15
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Before Instruction Decode Read Process Write to
W = 0x10 register ‘f’ Data destination
After Instruction
W = 0x25 Example: ADDWF REG, W
Before Instruction
W = 0x17
REG = 0xC2
After Instruction
W = 0xD9
REG = 0xC2

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
ADDWFC ADD W and Carry bit to f ANDLW AND literal with W

Syntax: [ label ] ADDWFC f [,d [,a]] Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (W) .AND. k → W
a ∈ [0,1]
Status Affected: N, Z
Operation: (W) + (f) + (C) → dest
Description: The contents of W are ANDed with
Encoding: 0010 00da ffff ffff
the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The result is
Description: Add W, the Carry flag and data placed in W.
memory location ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the Words: 1
result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is placed in data memory loca- Cycles: 1
tion ‘f’. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank Q Cycle Activity:
will be selected. If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
will not be overridden. Decode Read literal Process Write to W
Words: 1 ‘k’ Data
Cycles: 1
Example: ANDLW 0x5F
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Before Instruction
Decode Read Process Write to W = 0xA3
register ‘f’ Data destination After Instruction
W = 0x03
Example: ADDWFC REG, W
Before Instruction
Carry bit = 1
REG = 0x02
W = 0x4D
After Instruction
Carry bit = 0
REG = 0x02
W = 0x50

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
ANDWF AND W with f BC Branch if Carry

Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f [,d [,a]] Syntax: [ label ] BC n
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255 Operands: -128 ≤ n ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1] Operation: if carry bit is ’1’
a ∈ [0,1] (PC) + 2 + 2n → PC
Operation: (W) .AND. (f) → dest Status Affected: None
Status Affected: N, Z Encoding: 1110 0010 nnnn nnnn
Description: If the Carry bit is ‘1’, then the
Description: The contents of W are AND’ed with program will branch.
register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is added to the PC. Since the PC will
stored back in register ‘f’ (default). have incremented to fetch the next
If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be instruction, the new address will be
selected. If ‘a’ is ‘1’, the BSR will PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a
not be overridden (default). two-cycle instruction.
Words: 1 Words: 1
Cycles: 1 Cycles: 1(2)
Q Cycle Activity: Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 If Jump:
Decode Read Process Write to Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
register ‘f’ Data destination Decode Read literal Process Write to PC
‘n’ Data
Example: ANDWF REG, W No No No No
operation operation operation operation
Before Instruction
If No Jump:
W = 0x17
REG = 0xC2
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read literal Process No
After Instruction
‘n’ Data operation
W = 0x02
REG = 0xC2
Example: HERE BC JUMP
Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
If Carry = 1;
PC = address (JUMP)
If Carry = 0;
PC = address (HERE+2)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
BCF Bit Clear f BN Branch if Negative

Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b[,a] Syntax: [ label ] BN n
0≤b≤7 Operation: if negative bit is ’1’
a ∈ [0,1] (PC) + 2 + 2n → PC
Operation: 0 → f Status Affected: None
Status Affected: None Encoding: 1110 0110 nnnn nnnn
Encoding: 1001 bbba ffff ffff
Description: If the Negative bit is ‘1’, then the
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared. If ‘a’ program will branch.
is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
selected, overriding the BSR value. added to the PC. Since the PC will
If ‘a’ = 1, then the bank will be have incremented to fetch the next
selected as per the BSR value instruction, the new address will be
(default). PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a
Words: 1 two-cycle instruction.
Cycles: 1 Words: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Cycles: 1(2)

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q Cycle Activity:
Decode Read Process Write If Jump:
register ‘f’ Data register ‘f’ Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read literal Process Write to PC
Example: BCF FLAG_REG, 7 ‘n’ Data
No No No No
Before Instruction operation operation operation operation
FLAG_REG = 0xC7
If No Jump:
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x47
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: HERE BN Jump

Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
If Negative = 1;
PC = address (Jump)
If Negative = 0;

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
BNC Branch if Not Carry BNN Branch if Not Negative

Syntax: [ label ] BNC n Syntax: [ label ] BNN n
Operands: -128 ≤ n ≤ 127 Operands: -128 ≤ n ≤ 127
Operation: if carry bit is ’0’ Operation: if negative bit is ’0’
(PC) + 2 + 2n → PC (PC) + 2 + 2n → PC
Status Affected: None Status Affected: None
Encoding: 1110 0011 nnnn nnnn Encoding: 1110 0111 nnnn nnnn
Description: If the Carry bit is ‘0’, then the Description: If the Negative bit is ‘0’, then the
program will branch. program will branch.
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction. two-cycle instruction.
Words: 1 Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2) Cycles: 1(2)
If Jump: If Jump:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read literal Process Write to PC Decode Read literal Process Write to PC
‘n’ Data ‘n’ Data
No No No No No No No No
operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation
If No Jump: If No Jump:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read literal Process No Decode Read literal Process No
‘n’ Data operation ‘n’ Data operation
Example: HERE BNC Jump Example: HERE BNN Jump

Before Instruction Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE) PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction After Instruction
If Carry = 0; If Negative = 0;
PC = address (Jump) PC = address (Jump)
If Carry = 1; If Negative = 1;
PC = address (HERE+2) PC = address (HERE+2)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
BNOV Branch if Not Overflow BNZ Branch if Not Zero

Syntax: [ label ] BNOV n Syntax: [ label ] BNZ n
Operands: -128 ≤ n ≤ 127 Operands: -128 ≤ n ≤ 127
Operation: if overflow bit is ’0’ Operation: if zero bit is ’0’
(PC) + 2 + 2n → PC (PC) + 2 + 2n → PC
Encoding: 1110 0101 nnnn nnnn Encoding: 1110 0001 nnnn nnnn
Description: If the Overflow bit is ‘0’, then the Description: If the Zero bit is ‘0’, then the
program will branch. program will branch.
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
added to the PC. Since the PC will added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction. two-cycle instruction.
Words: 1 Words: 1
If Jump: If Jump:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read literal Process Write to PC Decode Read literal Process Write to PC
‘n’ Data ‘n’ Data
If No Jump: If No Jump:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read literal Process No Decode Read literal Process No
‘n’ Data operation ‘n’ Data operation
Example: HERE BNOV Jump Example: HERE BNZ Jump

If Overflow = 0; If Zero = 0;
PC = address (Jump) PC = address (Jump)
If Overflow = 1; If Zero = 1;
PC = address (HERE+2) PC = address (HERE+2)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
BRA Unconditional Branch BSF Bit Set f

Syntax: [ label ] BRA n Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b[,a]
Operands: -1024 ≤ n ≤ 1023 Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
Operation: (PC) + 2 + 2n → PC 0≤b≤7
a ∈ [0,1]
Status Affected: None
Operation: 1 → f
Encoding: 1101 0nnn nnnn nnnn
Description: Add the 2’s complement number
‘2n’ to the PC. Since the PC will Encoding: 1000 bbba ffff ffff
have incremented to fetch the next Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set. If ‘a’ is ‘0’,
instruction, the new address will be Access Bank will be selected, over-
PC+2+2n. This instruction is a riding the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then
two-cycle instruction. the bank will be selected as per the
Words: 1 BSR value.
Cycles: 2 Words: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Cycles: 1

Decode Read literal Process Write to PC Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
‘n’ Data Decode Read Process Write
No No No No register ‘f’ Data register ‘f’
Example: BSF FLAG_REG, 7
Example: HERE BRA Jump Before Instruction

FLAG_REG = 0x0A
Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE) After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x8A
After Instruction
PC = address (Jump)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
BTFSC Bit Test File, Skip if Clear BTFSS Bit Test File, Skip if Set
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b[,a] Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b[,a]
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
0≤b≤7 0≤b<7
a ∈ [0,1] a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: skip if (f) = 0 Operation: skip if (f) = 1
Encoding: 1011 bbba ffff ffff Encoding: 1010 bbba ffff ffff
Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, then the Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, then the
next instruction is skipped. next instruction is skipped.
If bit ‘b’ is ‘0’, then the next instruc- If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next instruc-
tion fetched during the current tion fetched during the current
instruction execution is discarded instruction execution is discarded
and a NOP is executed instead, mak- and a NOP is executed instead, mak-
ing this a two-cycle instruction. If ‘a’ ing this a two-cycle instruction. If ‘a’
is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value. If selected, overriding the BSR value. If
‘a’ = 1, then the bank will be selected ‘a’ = 1, then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default). as per the BSR value (default).
Words: 1 Words: 1
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction. by a 2-word instruction.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read Process Data No Decode Read Process Data No
register ‘f’ operation register ‘f’ operation
If skip: If skip:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction: If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: HERE BTFSC FLAG, 1 Example: HERE BTFSS FLAG, 1

FALSE : FALSE :
TRUE : TRUE :
If FLAG<1> = 0; If FLAG<1> = 0;
PC = address (TRUE) PC = address (FALSE)
If FLAG<1> = 1; If FLAG<1> = 1;
PC = address (FALSE) PC = address (TRUE)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
BTG Bit Toggle f BOV Branch if Overflow

Syntax: [ label ] BTG f,b[,a] Syntax: [ label ] BOV n
0≤b<7 Operation: if overflow bit is ’1’
a ∈ [0,1] (PC) + 2 + 2n → PC
Operation: (f) → f Status Affected: None
Status Affected: None Encoding: 1110 0100 nnnn nnnn
Encoding: 0111 bbba ffff ffff
Description: If the Overflow bit is ‘1’, then the
Description: Bit ‘b’ in data memory location ‘f’ is program will branch.
inverted. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is
will be selected, overriding the BSR added to the PC. Since the PC will
value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the bank will be have incremented to fetch the next
selected as per the BSR value instruction, the new address will be
(default). PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a
Words: 1 two-cycle instruction.
Cycles: 1 Words: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Cycles: 1(2)

Decode Read Process Write If Jump:
register ‘f’ Data register ‘f’ Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: BTG PORTC, 4 ‘n’ Data
No No No No
Before Instruction: operation operation operation operation
PORTC = 0111 0101 [0x75]
If No Jump:
After Instruction:
PORTC = 0110 0101 [0x65]
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: HERE BOV JUMP

Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
If Overflow = 1;
PC = address (JUMP)
If Overflow = 0;

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
BZ Branch if Zero CALL Subroutine Call

Syntax: [ label ] BZ n Syntax: [ label ] CALL k [,s]
Operands: -128 ≤ n ≤ 127 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 1048575
Operation: if Zero bit is ’1’ s ∈ [0,1]
(PC) + 2 + 2n → PC Operation: (PC) + 4 → TOS,
Status Affected: None k → PC<20:1>,
if s = 1
Encoding: 1110 0000 nnnn nnnn (W) → WS,
Description: If the Zero bit is ‘1’, then the (STATUS) → STATUSS,
program will branch. (BSR) → BSRS
The 2’s complement number ‘2n’ is Status Affected: None
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next Encoding:
instruction, the new address will be 1st word (k<7:0>) 1110 110s k7kkk kkkk0
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then a 2nd word(k<19:8>) 1111 k19kkk kkkk kkkk8
two-cycle instruction. Description: Subroutine call of entire 2 Mbyte

Words: 1 memory range. First, return
address (PC+ 4) is pushed onto the
Cycles: 1(2) return stack. If ‘s’ = 1, the W, Status
Q Cycle Activity: and BSR registers are also pushed
If Jump: into their respective shadow regis-
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 ters, WS, STATUSS and BSRS. If
‘s’ = 0, no update occurs (default).
‘n’ Data Then, the 20-bit value ‘k’ is loaded
No No No No
into PC<20:1>. CALL is a two-cycle
operation operation operation operation instruction.
If No Jump: Words: 2
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Cycles: 2
Decode Read literal Process No Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read literal Push PC to Read literal
Example: HERE BZ Jump
‘k’<7:0>, stack ‘k’<19:8>,
Before Instruction Write to PC
PC = address (HERE) No No No No
After Instruction operation operation operation operation
If Zero = 1;
PC = address (Jump)
If Zero = 0; Example: HERE CALL THERE,FAST
PC = address (HERE+2) Before Instruction
PC = address (HERE)
After Instruction
PC = address (THERE)
TOS = address (HERE + 4)
WS = W
BSRS = BSR
STATUSS= STATUS

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
CLRF Clear f CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer

Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f [,a] Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255 Operands: None
a ∈ [0,1] Operation: 000h → WDT,
Operation: 000h → f 000h → WDT postscaler,
1→Z 1 → TO,
Status Affected: Z 1 → PD
Encoding: 0110 101a ffff ffff Status Affected: TO, PD
Description: Clears the contents of the specified Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 0100
register. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the
Bank will be selected, overriding Watchdog Timer. It also resets the
the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the postscaler of the WDT. Status bits
bank will be selected as per the TO and PD are set.
BSR value (default). Words: 1
Words: 1 Cycles: 1
Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity:
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode No Process No
Decode Read Process Write operation Data operation
register ‘f’ Data register ‘f’
Example: CLRWDT
Example: CLRF FLAG_REG
Before Instruction
Before Instruction WDT Counter = ?
FLAG_REG = 0x5A After Instruction
After Instruction WDT Counter = 0x00
FLAG_REG = 0x00 WDT Postscaler = 0
TO = 1
PD = 1

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
COMF Complement f CPFSEQ Compare f with W, skip if f = W

Syntax: [ label ] COMF f [,d [,a]] Syntax: [ label ] CPFSEQ f [,a]
d ∈ [0,1] a ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) – (W),
Operation: ( f ) → dest skip if (f) = (W)
Status Affected: N, Z (unsigned comparison)
Encoding: 0001 11da ffff ffff Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are Encoding: 0110 001a ffff ffff
complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the Description: Compares the contents of data
result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the memory location ‘f’ to the contents
result is stored back in register ‘f’ of W by performing an unsigned
(default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access subtraction.
Bank will be selected, overriding If ‘f’ = W, then the fetched instruc-
the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the tion is discarded and a NOP is
bank will be selected as per the executed instead, making this a
BSR value (default). two-cycle instruction. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the
Words: 1 Access Bank will be selected, over-
riding the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then
Cycles: 1 the bank will be selected as per the
Q Cycle Activity: BSR value (default).
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Words: 1
Decode Read Process Write to Cycles: 1(2)
register ‘f’ Data destination
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
Example: COMF REG, W by a 2-word instruction.
Before Instruction Q Cycle Activity:
REG = 0x13
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
After Instruction
Decode Read Process No
REG = 0x13
register ‘f’ Data operation
W = 0xEC
If skip:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No No No No
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No No No No
No No No No
Example: HERE CPFSEQ REG

NEQUAL :
EQUAL :
Before Instruction
PC Address = HERE
W = ?
REG = ?
After Instruction
If REG = W;
PC = Address (EQUAL)
If REG ≠ W;
PC = Address (NEQUAL)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
CPFSGT Compare f with W, skip if f > W CPFSLT Compare f with W, skip if f < W
Syntax: [ label ] CPFSGT f [,a] Syntax: [ label ] CPFSLT f [,a]
a ∈ [0,1] a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) − (W), Operation: (f) – (W),
skip if (f) > (W) skip if (f) < (W)
(unsigned comparison) (unsigned comparison)
Encoding: 0110 010a ffff ffff Encoding: 0110 000a ffff ffff
Description: Compares the contents of data Description: Compares the contents of data
memory location 'f' to the contents memory location ‘f’ to the contents
of the W by performing an of W by performing an unsigned
unsigned subtraction. subtraction.
If the contents of ‘f’ are greater than If the contents of ‘f’ are less than
the contents of WREG, then the the contents of W, then the fetched
fetched instruction is discarded and instruction is discarded and a NOP
a NOP is executed instead, making is executed instead, making this a
this a two-cycle instruction. If ‘a’ is two-cycle instruction. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the
‘0’, the Access Bank will be Access Bank will be selected. If ’a’
selected, overriding the BSR value. is ‘1’, the BSR will not be
If ‘a’ = 1, then the bank will be overridden (default).
selected as per the BSR value Words: 1
(default).
Cycles: 1(2)
Words: 1 Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
Cycles: 1(2) by a 2-word instruction.
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed Q Cycle Activity:
by a 2-word instruction.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q Cycle Activity: Decode Read Process No
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 register ‘f’ Data operation
Decode Read Process No If skip:
register ‘f’ Data operation Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
If skip: No No No No
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 operation operation operation operation
No No No No If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
operation operation operation operation Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction: No No No No
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 operation operation operation operation
No No No No
operation operation operation operation Example: HERE CPFSLT REG
NLESS :
Example: HERE CPFSGT REG LESS :
NGREATER : Before Instruction
GREATER : PC = Address (HERE)
Before Instruction W = ?
PC = Address (HERE) After Instruction
W = ? If REG < W;
After Instruction PC = Address (LESS)
If REG ≥ W;
If REG > W; PC = Address (NLESS)
PC = Address (GREATER)
If REG ≤ W;
PC = Address (NGREATER)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
DAW Decimal Adjust W Register DECF Decrement f

Syntax: [ label ] DAW Syntax: [ label ] DECF f [,d [,a]]
Operands: None Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
Operation: If [W<3:0> >9] or [DC = 1] then d ∈ [0,1]
(W<3:0>) + 6 → W<3:0>; a ∈ [0,1]
else Operation: (f) – 1 → dest
(W<3:0>) → W<3:0>; Status Affected: C, DC, N, OV, Z
If [W<7:4> >9] or [C = 1] then Encoding: 0000 01da ffff ffff
(W<7:4>) + 6 → W<7:4>; Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
else the result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,
(W<7:4>) → W<7:4>; the result is stored back in register
Status Affected: C, DC ‘f’ (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 0111
the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the
Description: DAW adjusts the eight-bit value in bank will be selected as per the
W, resulting from the earlier addi- BSR value (default).
tion of two variables (each in Words: 1
packed BCD format) and produces
a correct packed BCD result. The Cycles: 1
carry bit may be set by DAW regard- Q Cycle Activity:
less of its setting prior to the DAW Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
execution. Decode Read Process Write to
Words: 1 register ‘f’ Data destination
Cycles: 1
Example: DECF CNT,
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Before Instruction
CNT = 0x01
Decode Read Process Write Z = 0
register W Data W
After Instruction
CNT = 0x00
Example1: DAW
Z = 1
Before Instruction
W = 0xA5
C = 0
DC = 0
After Instruction
W = 0x05
C = 1
DC = 0
Example 2:
Before Instruction
W = 0xCE
C = 0
DC = 0
After Instruction
W = 0x34
C = 1
DC = 0

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
DECFSZ Decrement f, skip if 0 DCFSNZ Decrement f, skip if not 0

Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f [,d [,a]] Syntax: [ label ] DCFSNZ f [,d [,a]]
d ∈ [0,1] d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1] a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) – 1 → dest, Operation: (f) – 1 → dest,
skip if result = 0 skip if result ≠ 0
Encoding: 0010 11da ffff ffff Encoding: 0100 11da ffff ffff
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
decremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result decremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’ is placed back in register ‘f’
(default). (default).
If the result is ‘0’, the next instruc- If the result is not ‘0’, the next
tion which is already fetched is dis- instruction which is already fetched
carded and a NOP is executed is discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access instruction. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the
bank will be selected as per the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default). BSR value (default).
Words: 1 Words: 1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read Process Write to Decode Read Process Write to
register ‘f’ Data destination register ‘f’ Data destination
If skip: If skip:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: HERE DECFSZ CNT Example: HERE DCFSNZ TEMP

GOTO LOOP ZERO :
CONTINUE NZERO :
PC = Address (HERE) TEMP = ?
CNT = CNT - 1 TEMP = TEMP - 1,
If CNT = 0; If TEMP = 0;
PC = Address (CONTINUE) PC = Address (ZERO)
If CNT ≠ 0; If TEMP ≠ 0;
PC = Address (HERE+2) PC = Address (NZERO)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
GOTO Unconditional Branch INCF Increment f

Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k Syntax: [ label ] INCF f [,d [,a]]
Operation: k → PC<20:1> d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 → dest
Encoding:
1st word (k<7:0>) 1110 1111 k7kkk kkkk0 Status Affected: C, DC, N, OV, Z
2nd word(k<19:8>) 1111 k19kkk kkkk kkkk8 Encoding: 0010 10da ffff ffff
Description: GOTO allows an unconditional Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
branch anywhere within entire incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
2-Mbyte memory range. The 20-bit is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
value ‘k’ is loaded into PC<20:1>. is placed back in register ‘f’
GOTO is always a two-cycle (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
instruction. Bank will be selected, overriding
Words: 2 the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the
bank will be selected as per the
Cycles: 2 BSR value (default).
Q Cycle Activity: Words: 1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Cycles: 1
Decode Read literal No Read literal
‘k’<7:0>, operation ‘k’<19:8>, Q Cycle Activity:
Write to PC Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No No No No Decode Read Process Write to
operation operation operation operation register ‘f’ Data destination
Example: GOTO THERE Example: INCF CNT,

After Instruction Before Instruction
PC = Address (THERE) CNT = 0xFF
Z = 0
C = ?
DC = ?
After Instruction
CNT = 0x00
Z = 1
C = 1
DC = 1

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
INCFSZ Increment f, skip if 0 INFSNZ Increment f, skip if not 0

Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f [,d [,a]] Syntax: [ label ] INFSNZ f [,d [,a]]
d ∈ [0,1] d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1] a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 → dest, Operation: (f) + 1 → dest,
skip if result = 0 skip if result ≠ 0
Encoding: 0011 11da ffff ffff Encoding: 0100 10da ffff ffff
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’ is placed back in register ‘f’
(default). (default).
If the result is ‘0’, the next If the result is not ‘0’, the next
instruction which is already fetched instruction which is already fetched
is discarded and a NOP is executed is discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access instruction. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the
bank will be selected as per the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default). BSR value (default).
Words: 1 Words: 1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read Process Write to Decode Read Process Write to
register ‘f’ Data destination register ‘f’ Data destination
If skip: If skip:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: HERE INCFSZ CNT Example: HERE INFSNZ REG

NZERO : ZERO
ZERO : NZERO
PC = Address (HERE) PC = Address (HERE)
CNT = CNT + 1 REG = REG + 1
If CNT = 0; If REG ≠ 0;
PC = Address (ZERO) PC = Address (NZERO)
If CNT ≠ 0; If REG = 0;
PC = Address (NZERO) PC = Address (ZERO)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W IORWF Inclusive OR W with f

Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f [,d [,a]]
Operation: (W) .OR. k → W d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) .OR. (f) → dest
Description: The contents of W are OR’ed with
the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is Encoding: 0001 00da ffff ffff
placed in W. Description: Inclusive OR W with register ‘f’. If
Words: 1 ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If
‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in
Cycles: 1 register ‘f’ (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the
Q Cycle Activity: Access Bank will be selected, over-
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 riding the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then
Decode Read Process Write to W
the bank will be selected as per the
literal ‘k’ Data BSR value (default).
Words: 1
Example: IORLW 0x35 Cycles: 1
Before Instruction Q Cycle Activity:
W = 0x9A Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
After Instruction Decode Read Process Write to
W = 0xBF register ‘f’ Data destination
Example: IORWF RESULT, W

Before Instruction
RESULT = 0x13
W = 0x91
After Instruction
RESULT = 0x13
W = 0x93

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
LFSR Load FSR MOVF Move f

Syntax: [ label ] LFSR f,k Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f [,d [,a]]
Operands: 0≤f≤2 Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
0 ≤ k ≤ 4095 d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: k → FSRf a ∈ [0,1]
Status Affected: None Operation: f → dest
Encoding: 1110 1110 00ff k11kkk Status Affected: N, Z

1111 0000 k7kkk kkkk Encoding: 0101 00da ffff ffff
Description: The 12-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
the file select register pointed to moved to a destination dependent
by ‘f’. upon the status of ‘d’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
Words: 2 result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is placed back in register ‘f’
Cycles: 2
(default). Location ‘f’ can be any-
Q Cycle Activity: where in the 256-byte bank. If ‘a’ is
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 ‘0’, the Access Bank will be
Decode Read literal Process Write selected, overriding the BSR value.
‘k’ MSB Data literal ‘k’ If ‘a’ = 1, then the bank will be
MSB to selected as per the BSR value
FSRfH (default).
Decode Read literal Process Write literal Words: 1
‘k’ LSB Data ‘k’ to FSRfL
Cycles: 1
Example: LFSR 2, 0x3AB Q Cycle Activity:
After Instruction Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
FSR2H = 0x03 Decode Read Process Write W
FSR2L = 0xAB register ‘f’ Data
Example: MOVF REG, W

Before Instruction
REG = 0x22
W = 0xFF
After Instruction
REG = 0x22
W = 0x22

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
MOVFF Move f to f MOVLB Move literal to low nibble in BSR

Syntax: [ label ] MOVFF fs,fd Syntax: [ label ] MOVLB k
Operands: 0 ≤ fs ≤ 4095 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
0 ≤ fd ≤ 4095 Operation: k → BSR
Operation: (fs) → fd Status Affected: None
Status Affected: None Encoding: 0000 0001 kkkk kkkk
Encoding: Description: The 8-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into
1st word (source) 1100 ffff ffff ffffs
the Bank Select Register (BSR).
2nd word (destin.) 1111 ffff ffff ffffd
Words: 1
Description: The contents of source register ‘fs’
are moved to destination register Cycles: 1
‘fd’. Location of source ‘fs’ can be Q Cycle Activity:
anywhere in the 4096-byte data Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
space (000h to FFFh) and location Decode Read literal Process Write
of destination ‘fd’ can also be ‘k’ Data literal ‘k’ to
anywhere from 000h to FFFh. BSR
Either source or destination can be
W (a useful special situation).
Example: MOVLB 5
MOVFF is particularly useful for
transferring a data memory location Before Instruction
to a peripheral register (such as the BSR register = 0x02
transmit buffer or an I/O port). After Instruction
BSR register = 0x05
The MOVFF instruction cannot use
the PCL, TOSU, TOSH or TOSL as
the destination register.
The MOVFF instruction should not

be used to modify interrupt settings
while any interrupt is enabled (see
Page 87).
Words: 2
Cycles: 2 (3)
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
(src)
Decode No No Write
operation operation register ‘f’
No dummy (dest)
read
Example: MOVFF REG1, REG2

Before Instruction
REG1 = 0x33
REG2 = 0x11
After Instruction
REG1 = 0x33,
REG2 = 0x33

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
MOVLW Move literal to W MOVWF Move W to f

Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f [,a]
Operation: k→W a ∈ [0,1]
Status Affected: None Operation: (W) → f
Encoding: 0000 1110 kkkk kkkk Status Affected: None
Description: The eight-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into Encoding: 0110 111a ffff ffff
W. Description: Move data from W to register ‘f’.
Words: 1 Location ‘f’ can be anywhere in the
256-byte bank. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the
Cycles: 1 Access Bank will be selected, over-
Q Cycle Activity: riding the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
literal ‘k’ Data Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVLW 0x5A
Q Cycle Activity:
W = 0x5A Decode Read Process Write
Example: MOVWF REG

Before Instruction
W = 0x4F
REG = 0xFF
After Instruction
W = 0x4F
REG = 0x4F

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
MULLW Multiply Literal with W MULWF Multiply W with f

Syntax: [ label ] MULLW k Syntax: [ label ] MULWF f [,a]
Operation: (W) x k → PRODH:PRODL a ∈ [0,1]
Status Affected: None Operation: (W) x (f) → PRODH:PRODL
Encoding: 0000 1101 kkkk kkkk Status Affected: None
Description: An unsigned multiplication is Encoding: 0000 001a ffff ffff

carried out between the contents Description: An unsigned multiplication is
of W and the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The carried out between the contents
16-bit result is placed in of W and the register file location
PRODH:PRODL register pair. ‘f’. The 16-bit result is stored in
PRODH contains the high byte. the PRODH:PRODL register
W is unchanged. pair. PRODH contains the high
None of the status flags are byte.
affected. Both W and ‘f’ are unchanged.
Note that neither overflow nor None of the status flags are
carry is possible in this opera- affected.
tion. A zero result is possible but Note that neither overflow nor
not detected. carry is possible in this opera-
Words: 1 tion. A zero result is possible but
not detected. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the
Cycles: 1 Access Bank will be selected,
Q Cycle Activity: overriding the BSR value. If
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 ‘a’= 1, then the bank will be
Decode Read Process Write
selected as per the BSR value
literal ‘k’ Data registers (default).
PRODH: Words: 1
PRODL
Cycles: 1
Example: MULLW 0xC4 Q Cycle Activity:

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Before Instruction
W = 0xE2 register ‘f’ Data registers
PRODH = ?
PRODH:
PRODL = ?
PRODL
After Instruction
W = 0xE2
PRODH = 0xAD Example: MULWF REG
PRODL = 0x08 Before Instruction
W = 0xC4
REG = 0xB5
PRODH = ?
PRODL = ?
After Instruction
W = 0xC4
REG = 0xB5
PRODH = 0x8A
PRODL = 0x94

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NEGF Negate f NOP No Operation

Syntax: [ label ] NEGF f [,a] Syntax: [ label ] NOP
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255 Operands: None
a ∈ [0,1] Operation: No operation
Operation: (f)+1→f Status Affected: None
Status Affected: N, OV, C, DC, Z Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Encoding: 0110 110a ffff ffff 1111 xxxx xxxx xxxx
Description: Location ‘f’ is negated using two’s Description: No operation.

complement. The result is placed in Words: 1
the data memory location ‘f’. If ‘a’
Cycles: 1
is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value. Q Cycle Activity:
If ‘a’ = 1, then the bank will be Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
selected as per the BSR value. Decode No No No
Words: 1 operation operation operation
Cycles: 1
Example:
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
None.
Example: NEGF REG, 1

Before Instruction
REG = 0011 1010 [0x3A]
After Instruction
REG = 1100 0110 [0xC6]

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
POP Pop Top of Return Stack PUSH Push Top of Return Stack
Syntax: [ label ] POP Syntax: [ label ] PUSH
Operands: None Operands: None
Operation: (TOS) → bit bucket Operation: (PC+2) → TOS
Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 0110 Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 0101
Description: The TOS value is pulled off the Description: The PC+2 is pushed onto the top of
return stack and is discarded. The the return stack. The previous TOS
TOS value then becomes the previ- value is pushed down on the stack.
ous value that was pushed onto the This instruction allows to implement
return stack. a software stack by modifying TOS,
This instruction is provided to and then push it onto the return
enable the user to properly manage stack.
the return stack to incorporate a Words: 1
software stack.
Cycles: 1
Words: 1
Q Cycle Activity:
Cycles: 1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q Cycle Activity: Decode PUSH PC+2 No No
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 onto return operation operation
Decode No POP TOS No stack
operation value operation
Example: PUSH
Example: POP Before Instruction
GOTO NEW
TOS = 0x00345A
Before Instruction PC = 0x000124
TOS = 0x0031A2
Stack (1 level down) = 0x014332 After Instruction
PC = 0x000126
After Instruction TOS = 0x000126
Stack (1 level down) = 0x00345A
TOS = 0x014332
PC = NEW

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
RCALL Relative Call RESET Reset

Syntax: [ label ] RCALL n Syntax: [ label ] RESET
Operands: -1024 ≤ n ≤ 1023 Operands: None
Operation: (PC) + 2 → TOS, Operation: Reset all registers and flags that
(PC) + 2 + 2n → PC are affected by a MCLR Reset.
Status Affected: None Status Affected: All
Encoding: 1101 1nnn nnnn nnnn Encoding: 0000 0000 1111 1111
Description: Subroutine call with a jump up to Description: This instruction provides a way to
1K from the current location. First, execute a MCLR Reset in software.
return address (PC+2) is pushed Words: 1
onto the stack. Then, add the 2’s
complement number ‘2n’ to the PC. Cycles: 1
Since the PC will have incremented Q Cycle Activity:
to fetch the next instruction, the Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
new address will be PC+2+2n. This Decode Start No No
instruction is a two-cycle reset operation operation
instruction.
Words: 1 Example: RESET
Cycles: 2 After Instruction
Q Cycle Activity: Registers = Reset Value
Flags* = Reset Value
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
‘n’ Data
Push PC to
stack
No No No No
Example: HERE RCALL Jump

Before Instruction
PC = Address (HERE)
After Instruction
PC = Address (Jump)
TOS = Address (HERE+2)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
RETFIE Return from Interrupt RETLW Return Literal to W

Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE [s] Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k
Operands: s ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: (TOS) → PC, Operation: k → W,
1 → GIE/GIEH or PEIE/GIEL, (TOS) → PC,
if s = 1 PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
(WS) → W, Status Affected: None
(STATUSS) → STATUS,
(BSRS) → BSR, Encoding: 0000 1100 kkkk kkkk
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged. Description: W is loaded with the eight-bit literal
Status Affected: GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL. ‘k’. The program counter is loaded
from the top of the stack (the return
Encoding: 0000 0000 0001 000s
address). The high address latch
Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is (PCLATH) remains unchanged.
popped and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is Words: 1
loaded into the PC. Interrupts are
enabled by setting either the high Cycles: 2
or low priority global interrupt Q Cycle Activity:
enable bit. If ‘s’ = 1, the contents of Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
the shadow registers WS, Decode Read Process pop PC from
STATUSS and BSRS are loaded literal ‘k’ Data stack, Write
into their corresponding registers, to W
W, Status and BSR. If ‘s’ = 0, no No No No No
update of these registers occurs operation operation operation operation
(default).
Words: 1 Example:
Cycles: 2
CALL TABLE ; W contains table
Q Cycle Activity: ; offset value
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 ; W now has
Decode No No pop PC from ; table value
operation operation stack :
TABLE
Set GIEH or
ADDWF PCL ; W = offset
GIEL
RETLW k0 ; Begin table
No No No No
RETLW k1 ;
:
:
Example: RETFIE 1 RETLW kn ; End of table
After Interrupt
PC = TOS Before Instruction
W = WS W = 0x07
BSR = BSRS
STATUS = STATUSS After Instruction
GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL = 1
W = value of kn

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
RETURN Return from Subroutine RLCF Rotate Left f through Carry

Syntax: [ label ] RETURN [s] Syntax: [ label ] RLCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands: s ∈ [0,1] Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
Operation: (TOS) → PC, d ∈ [0,1]
if s = 1 a ∈ [0,1]
(WS) → W, Operation: (f<n>) → dest<n+1>,
(STATUSS) → STATUS, (f<7>) → C,
(BSRS) → BSR, (C) → dest<0>
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged Status Affected: C, N, Z
Status Affected: None Encoding: 0011 01da ffff ffff
Encoding: 0000 0000 0001 001s
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
Description: Return from subroutine. The stack rotated one bit to the left through
is popped and the top of the stack the Carry Flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
(TOS) is loaded into the program is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
counter. If ‘s’= 1, the contents of the is stored back in register ‘f’
shadow registers WS, STATUSS (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
and BSRS are loaded into their cor- Bank will be selected, overriding
responding registers, W, Status the BSR value. If ‘a’ = 1, then the
and BSR. If ‘s’ = 0, no update of bank will be selected as per the
these registers occurs (default). BSR value (default).
Words: 1 C register f
Cycles: 2
Words: 1
Q Cycle Activity:
Cycles: 1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode No Process pop PC from Q Cycle Activity:
operation Data stack Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No No No No Decode Read Process Write to
operation operation operation operation register ‘f’ Data destination
Example: RLCF REG, W

Example: RETURN Before Instruction
After Interrupt REG = 1110 0110
C = 0
PC = TOS
After Instruction
REG = 1110 0110
W = 1100 1100
C = 1

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
RLNCF Rotate Left f (no carry) RRCF Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RLNCF f [,d [,a]] Syntax: [ label ] RRCF f [,d [,a]]
d ∈ [0,1] d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1] a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f<n>) → dest<n+1>, Operation: (f<n>) → dest<n-1>,
(f<7>) → dest<0> (f<0>) → C,
Status Affected: N, Z (C) → dest<7>
Encoding: 0100 01da ffff ffff Status Affected: C, N, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are Encoding: 0011 00da ffff ffff
rotated one bit to the left. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, rotated one bit to the right through
the result is stored back in register the Carry Flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
‘f’ (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
Bank will be selected, overriding is placed back in register ‘f’
the BSR value. If ‘a’ is ‘1’, then the (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
bank will be selected as per the Bank will be selected, overriding
BSR value (default). the BSR value. If ‘a’ is ‘1’, then the
register f
Words: 1 C register f
Cycles: 1
Words: 1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Cycles: 1
Decode Read Process Write to Q Cycle Activity:
register ‘f’ Data destination Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read Process Write to
Example: RLNCF REG register ‘f’ Data destination
Before Instruction
REG = 1010 1011 Example: RRCF REG, W
After Instruction Before Instruction
REG = 0101 0111 REG = 1110 0110
C = 0
After Instruction
REG = 1110 0110
W = 0111 0011
C = 0

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
RRNCF Rotate Right f (no carry) SETF Set f

Syntax: [ label ] RRNCF f [,d [,a]] Syntax: [ label ] SETF f [,a]
d ∈ [0,1] a ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1] Operation: FFh → f
Operation: (f<n>) → dest<n-1>, Status Affected: None
(f<0>) → dest<7>
Encoding: 0110 100a ffff ffff
Description: The contents of the specified regis-
ter are set to FFh. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are Access Bank will be selected, over-
rotated one bit to the right. If ‘d’ is riding the BSR value. If ‘a’ is ‘1’,
‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is then the bank will be selected as
‘1’, the result is placed back in reg- per the BSR value (default).
ister ‘f’ (default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Words: 1
Access Bank will be selected, over-
riding the BSR value. If ‘a’ is ‘1’, Cycles: 1
then the bank will be selected as Q Cycle Activity:
per the BSR value (default). Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
register f Decode Read Process Write
Words: 1
Cycles: 1 Example: SETF REG
Q Cycle Activity: Before Instruction

REG = 0x5A
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
After Instruction
REG = 0xFF
Example 1: RRNCF REG, 1, 0

Before Instruction
REG = 1101 0111
After Instruction
REG = 1110 1011
Example 2: RRNCF REG, W

Before Instruction
W = ?
REG = 1101 0111
After Instruction
W = 1110 1011
REG = 1101 0111

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
SLEEP Enter SLEEP mode SUBFWB Subtract f from W with borrow
Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP Syntax: [ label ] SUBFWB f [,d [,a]]
Operands: None Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
Operation: 00h → WDT, d ∈ [0,1]
0 → WDT postscaler, a ∈ [0,1]
1 → TO, Operation: (W) – (f) – (C) → dest
0 → PD Status Affected: N, OV, C, DC, Z
Status Affected: TO, PD Encoding: 0101 01da ffff ffff
Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 0011
Description: Subtract register ‘f’ and carry flag
Description: The power-down status bit (PD) is (borrow) from W (2’s complement
cleared. The time-out status bit method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
(TO) is set. Watchdog Timer and stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
its postscaler are cleared. stored in register ‘d’ (default). If ‘a’
The processor is put into Sleep is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be
mode with the oscillator stopped. selected, overriding the BSR value.
Words: 1 If ‘a’ is ‘1’, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
Cycles: 1 (default).
Q Cycle Activity: Words: 1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Cycles: 1
Decode No Process Go to
operation Data Sleep Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: SLEEP Decode Read Process Write to
Before Instruction
TO = ? Example 1: SUBFWB REG
PD = ?
Before Instruction
After Instruction REG = 0x03
TO = 1† W = 0x02
PD = 0 C = 0x01
† If WDT causes wake-up, this bit is cleared. After Instruction
REG = 0xFF
W = 0x02
C = 0x00
Z = 0x00
N = 0x01 ; result is negative
Example 2: SUBFWB REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG = 2
W = 5
C = 1
After Instruction
REG = 2
W = 3
C = 1
Z = 0
N = 0 ; result is positive
Example 3: SUBFWB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG = 1
W = 2
C = 0
After Instruction
REG = 0
W = 2
C = 1
Z = 1 ; result is zero
N = 0

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
SUBLW Subtract W from literal SUBWF Subtract W from f
Syntax: [ label ] SUBLW k Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f [,d [,a]]

Operation: k – (W) → W d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) – (W) → dest
Description: W is subtracted from the eight-bit
literal ‘k’. The result is placed in Encoding: 0101 11da ffff ffff
W. Description: Subtract W from register ‘f’ (2’s
Words: 1 complement method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
the result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is
Cycles: 1 ‘1’, the result is stored back in
Q Cycle Activity: register ‘f’ (default). If = ‘a’ is ‘0’,
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If ‘a’ is
literal ‘k’ Data ‘1’, then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default).
Example 1: SUBLW 0x02
Words: 1
Before Instruction
Cycles: 1
W = 1
C = ? Q Cycle Activity:
W = 1 Decode Read Process Write to
C = 1 ; result is positive register ‘f’ Data destination
Z = 0
N = 0 Example 1: SUBWF REG
Example 2: SUBLW 0x02 Before Instruction
REG = 3
Before Instruction
W = 2
W = 2 C = ?
C = ? After Instruction
After Instruction REG = 1
W = 0 W = 2
C = 1 ; result is zero C = 1 ; result is positive
Z = 1 Z = 0
N = 0 N = 0
Example 3: SUBLW 0x02 Example 2: SUBWF REG, W

W = 3 REG = 2
C = ? W = 2
C = ?
After Instruction
After Instruction
W = FF ; (2’s complement) REG = 2
C = 0 ; result is negative W = 0
Z = 0
N = 1 C = 1 ; result is zero
Z = 1
N = 0
Example 3: SUBWF REG
Before Instruction
REG = 0x01
W = 0x02
C = ?
After Instruction
REG = 0xFFh ;(2’s complement)
W = 0x02
C = 0x00 ; result is negative
Z = 0x00
N = 0x01

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
SUBWFB Subtract W from f with Borrow Example 1: SUBWFB REG, 1, 0
Syntax: [ label ] SUBWFB f [,d [,a]] Before Instruction

REG = 0x19 (0001 1001)
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255 W = 0x0D (0000 1101)
d ∈ [0,1] C = 0x01
a ∈ [0,1] After Instruction
Operation: (f) – (W) – (C) → dest REG = 0x0C (0000 1011)
W = 0x0D (0000 1101)
Status Affected: N, OV, C, DC, Z C = 0x01
Z = 0x00
Encoding: 0101 10da ffff ffff N = 0x00 ; result is positive
Description: Subtract W and the carry flag (bor- Example 2: SUBWFB REG, 0, 0
row) from register ‘f’ (2’s complement
Before Instruction
method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
REG = 0x1B (0001 1011)
stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
W = 0x1A (0001 1010)
stored back in register ‘f’ (default). If C = 0x00
‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access Bank will be After Instruction
selected, overriding the BSR value. If REG = 0x1B (0001 1011)
‘a’ is ‘1’, then the bank will be W = 0x00
selected as per the BSR value C = 0x01
(default). Z = 0x01 ; result is zero
N = 0x00
Words: 1
Example 3: SUBWFB REG, 1, 0
Cycles: 1
Before Instruction
Q Cycle Activity: REG = 0x03 (0000 0011)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 W = 0x0E (0000 1101)
C = 0x01
After Instruction
REG = 0xF5 (1111 0100)
; [2’s comp]
W = 0x0E (0000 1101)
C = 0x00
Z = 0x00
N = 0x01 ; result is negative

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
SWAPF Swap f
Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f [,d [,a]]
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f<3:0>) → dest<7:4>,
(f<7:4>) → dest<3:0>
Description: The upper and lower nibbles of reg-
ister ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,
the result is placed in register ‘f’
(default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
the BSR value. If ‘a’ is ‘1’, then the
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: SWAPF REG

Before Instruction
REG = 0x53
After Instruction
REG = 0x35

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TBLRD Table Read TBLRD Table Read (cont’d)

Syntax: [ label ] TBLRD ( *; *+; *-; +*) Example1: TBLRD *+ ;
Operands: None Before Instruction
TABLAT = 0x55
Operation: if TBLRD *, TBLPTR = 0x00A356
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR)) → TABLAT; MEMORY(0x00A356) = 0x34
TBLPTR - No Change; After Instruction
if TBLRD *+, TABLAT = 0x34
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR)) → TABLAT; TBLPTR = 0x00A357
(TBLPTR) +1 → TBLPTR;
if TBLRD *-, Example2: TBLRD +* ;
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR)) → TABLAT; Before Instruction
(TBLPTR) -1 → TBLPTR; TABLAT = 0xAA
if TBLRD +*, TBLPTR = 0x01A357
(TBLPTR) +1 → TBLPTR; MEMORY(0x01A357) = 0x12
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR)) → TABLAT; MEMORY(0x01A358) = 0x34
After Instruction
Status Affected:None TABLAT = 0x34
Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 10nn TBLPTR = 0x01A358
nn=0 *
=1 *+
=2 *-
=3 +*
Description: This instruction is used to read the
contents of Program Memory (P.M.). To
address the program memory, a pointer
called Table Pointer (TBLPTR) is used.
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points
to each byte in the program memory.
TBLPTR has a 2 Mbyte address range.
TBLPTR[0] = 0: Least Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
TBLPTR[0] = 1: Most Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
The TBLRD instruction can modify the
value of TBLPTR as follows:
• no change
• post-increment
• post-decrement
• pre-increment
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode No No No
operation operation operation
No No operation No No operation
operation (Read Program operation (Write TABLAT)
Memory)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TBLWT Table Write TBLWT Table Write (Continued)

Syntax: [ label ] TBLWT ( *; *+; *-; +*) Words: 1
Operands: None Cycles: 2
Operation: if TBLWT*, Q Cycle Activity:
(TABLAT) → Holding Register;
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
TBLPTR - No Change;
if TBLWT*+, Decode No No No
(TABLAT) → Holding Register; operation operation operation
(TBLPTR) +1 → TBLPTR; No No No No
if TBLWT*-, operation operation operation operation
(TABLAT) → Holding Register; (Read (Write to
(TBLPTR) -1 → TBLPTR; TABLAT) Holding
if TBLWT+*, Register )
(TBLPTR) +1 → TBLPTR;
(TABLAT) → Holding Register;
Example1: TBLWT *+;
Before Instruction
Encoding: 0000 0000 0000 11nn TABLAT = 0x55
nn=0 * TBLPTR = 0x00A356
=1 *+ HOLDING REGISTER
=2 *- (0x00A356) = 0xFF
=3 +* After Instructions (table write completion)
TABLAT = 0x55
Description: This instruction uses the 3 LSBs of TBLPTR = 0x00A357
TBLPTR to determine which of the 8 HOLDING REGISTER
holding registers the TABLAT is written (0x00A356) = 0x55
to. The holding registers are used to Example 2: TBLWT +*;
program the contents of Program Before Instruction
Memory (P.M.). (Refer to Section 6.0 TABLAT = 0x34
“Flash Program Memory” for TBLPTR = 0x01389A
additional details on programming HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389A) = 0xFF
Flash memory.) HOLDING REGISTER
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points (0x01389B) = 0xFF
to each byte in the program memory. After Instruction (table write completion)
TBLPTR has a 2 MBtye address TABLAT = 0x34
range. The LSb of the TBLPTR selects TBLPTR = 0x01389B
HOLDING REGISTER
which byte of the program memory (0x01389A) = 0xFF
location to access. HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389B) = 0x34
TBLPTR[0] = 0:Least Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
TBLPTR[0] = 1:Most Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
The TBLWT instruction can modify the
value of TBLPTR as follows:
• no change
• post-increment
• post-decrement
• pre-increment

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TSTFSZ Test f, skip if 0 XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W

Syntax: [ label ] TSTFSZ f [,a] Syntax: [ label ] XORLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255 Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. k → W
Operation: skip if f = 0
Encoding: 0110 011a ffff ffff
Description: The contents of W are XOR’ed
Description: If ‘f’ = 0, the next instruction, with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The result
fetched during the current instruc- is placed in W.
tion execution is discarded and a
Words: 1
NOP is executed, making this a two-
cycle instruction. If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Cycles: 1
Access Bank will be selected, over- Q Cycle Activity:
riding the BSR value. If ‘a’ is ‘1’,
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
then the bank will be selected as
per the BSR value (default).
literal ‘k’ Data
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2) Example: XORLW 0xAF
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
Before Instruction
by a 2-word instruction.
W = 0xB5
Q Cycle Activity:
After Instruction
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
W = 0x1A
If skip:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No No No No
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No No No No
No No No No
Example: HERE TSTFSZ CNT

NZERO :
ZERO :
Before Instruction
PC = Address (HERE)
After Instruction
If CNT = 0x00,
PC = Address (ZERO)
If CNT ≠ 0x00,
PC = Address (NZERO)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
XORWF Exclusive OR W with f

Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 255
d ∈ [0,1]
a ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → dest
Description: Exclusive OR the contents of W
with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result
is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is stored back in the register ‘f’
(default). If ‘a’ is ‘0’, the Access
the BSR value. If ‘a’ is ‘1’, then the
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Example: XORWF REG

Before Instruction
REG = 0xAF
W = 0xB5
After Instruction
REG = 0x1A
W = 0xB5

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
25.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT 25.1 MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
The PICmicro® microcontrollers are supported with a
full range of hardware and software development tools: The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
• Integrated Development Environment development previously unseen in the 8/16-bit micro-
controller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®
- MPLAB® IDE Software
based application that contains:
• Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers
• An interface to debugging tools
- MPASMTM Assembler
- simulator
- MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C Compilers
- programmer (sold separately)
- MPLINKTM Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian - emulator (sold separately)
- MPLAB C30 C Compiler - in-circuit debugger (sold separately)
- MPLAB ASM30 Assembler/Linker/Library • A full-featured editor with color coded context
• Simulators • A multiple project manager
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Customizable data windows with direct edit of
contents
- MPLAB dsPIC30 Software Simulator
• High-level source code debugging
• Emulators
• Mouse over variable inspection
- MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator
• Extensive on-line help
- MPLAB ICE 4000 In-Circuit Emulator
• In-Circuit Debugger The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
- MPLAB ICD 2 • Edit your source files (either assembly or C)
• Device Programmers • One touch assemble (or compile) and download
- PRO MATE® II Universal Device Programmer to PICmicro emulator and simulator tools
(automatically updates all project information)
- PICSTART® Plus Development Programmer
• Debug using:
• Low-Cost Demonstration Boards
- source files (assembly or C)
- PICDEMTM 1 Demonstration Board
- absolute listing file (mixed assembly and C)
- PICDEM.netTM Demonstration Board
- machine code
- PICDEM 2 Plus Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 3 Demonstration Board MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost effective
- PICDEM 4 Demonstration Board
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
- PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
- PICDEM 18R Demonstration Board curve when upgrading to tools with increasing flexibility
- PICDEM LIN Demonstration Board and power.
- PICDEM USB Demonstration Board
• Evaluation Kits
25.2 MPASM Assembler
- KEELOQ® The MPASM assembler is a full-featured, universal
- PICDEM MSC macro assembler for all PICmicro MCUs.
- microID® The MPASM assembler generates relocatable object
- CAN files for the MPLINK object linker, Intel® standard HEX
- PowerSmart® files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol ref-
erence, absolute LST files that contain source lines and
- Analog
generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM assembler features include:
• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
• User defined macros to streamline assembly code
• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source
files
• Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page299

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
25.3 MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 25.6 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker
C Compilers and Librarian
The MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 Code Development MPLAB ASM30 assembler produces relocatable
Systems are complete ANSI C compilers for machine code from symbolic assembly language for
Microchip’s PIC17CXXX and PIC18CXXX family of dsPIC30F devices. MPLAB C30 compiler uses the
microcontrollers. These compilers provide powerful assembler to produce it’s object file. The assembler
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and generates relocatable object files that can then be
ease of use not found with other compilers. archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide archives to create an executable file. Notable features
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE of the assembler include:
debugger. • Support for the entire dsPIC30F instruction set
• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
25.4 MPLINK Object Linker/ • Command line interface
MPLIB Object Librarian • Rich directive set
The MPLINK object linker combines relocatable • Flexible macro language
objects created by the MPASM assembler and the • MPLAB IDE compatibility
MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C compilers. It can link
relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using 25.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
directives from a linker script.
The MPLAB SIM software simulator allows code devel-
The MPLIB object librarian manages the creation and opment in a PC hosted environment by simulating the
modification of library files of precompiled code. When PICmicro series microcontrollers on an instruction
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
with the application. This allows large libraries to be a file, or user defined key press, to any pin. The execu-
used efficiently in many different applications. tion can be performed in Single-Step, Execute Until
The object linker/library features include: Break or Trace mode.
• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many The MPLAB SIM simulator fully supports symbolic
smaller files debugging using the MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18
• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping C Compilers, as well as the MPASM assembler. The
related modules together software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module debug code outside of the laboratory environment,
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
25.5 MPLAB C30 C Compiler
25.8 MPLAB SIM30 Software Simulator
The MPLAB C30 C compiler is a full-featured, ANSI
compliant, optimizing compiler that translates standard The MPLAB SIM30 software simulator allows code
ANSI C programs into dsPIC30F assembly language development in a PC hosted environment by simulating
source. The compiler also supports many command- the dsPIC30F series microcontrollers on an instruction
line options and language extensions to take full level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
advantage of the dsPIC30F device hardware capabili- examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
ties and afford fine control of the compiler code a file, or user defined key press, to any of the pins.
generator. The MPLAB SIM30 simulator fully supports symbolic
MPLAB C30 is distributed with a complete ANSI C debugging using the MPLAB C30 C Compiler and
standard library. All library functions have been vali- MPLAB ASM30 assembler. The simulator runs in either
dated and conform to the ANSI C library standard. The a Command Line mode for automated tasks, or from
library includes functions for string manipulation, MPLAB IDE. This high-speed simulator is designed to
dynamic memory allocation, data conversion, time- debug, analyze and optimize time intensive DSP
keeping and math functions (trigonometric, exponential routines.
and hyperbolic). The compiler provides symbolic
information for high-level source debugging with the
MPLAB IDE.
DS39599C-page 300  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
25.9 MPLAB ICE 2000 25.11 MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger
High-Performance Universal Microchip’s In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB ICD 2, is a
In-Circuit Emulator powerful, low-cost, run-time development tool,
The MPLAB ICE 2000 universal in-circuit emulator is connecting to the host PC via an RS-232 or high-speed
intended to provide the product development engineer USB interface. This tool is based on the Flash
with a complete microcontroller design tool set for PICmicro MCUs and can be used to develop for these
PICmicro microcontrollers. Software control of the and other PICmicro microcontrollers. The MPLAB
MPLAB ICE 2000 in-circuit emulator is advanced by ICD 2 utilizes the in-circuit debugging capability built
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment, into the Flash devices. This feature, along with
which allows editing, building, downloading and source Microchip’s In-Circuit Serial ProgrammingTM (ICSPTM)
debugging from a single environment. protocol, offers cost effective in-circuit Flash debugging
from the graphical user interface of the MPLAB Inte-
The MPLAB ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator sys- grated Development Environment. This enables a
tem with enhanced trace, trigger and data monitoring designer to develop and debug source code by setting
features. Interchangeable processor modules allow the breakpoints, single-stepping and watching variables,
system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of differ- CPU status and peripheral registers. Running at full
ent processors. The universal architecture of the speed enables testing hardware and applications in
MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator allows expansion to real-time. MPLAB ICD 2 also serves as a development
support new PICmicro microcontrollers. programmer for selected PICmicro devices.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 in-circuit emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with 25.12 PRO MATE II Universal Device
advanced features that are typically found on more Programmer
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft® Windows 32-bit operating system were The PRO MATE II is a universal, CE compliant device
chosen to best make these features available in a programmer with programmable voltage verification at
simple, unified application. VDDMIN and VDDMAX for maximum reliability. It features
an LCD display for instructions and error messages
25.10 MPLAB ICE 4000 and a modular detachable socket assembly to support
various package types. In Stand-Alone mode, the
High-Performance Universal
PRO MATE II device programmer can read, verify and
In-Circuit Emulator program PICmicro devices without a PC connection. It
The MPLAB ICE 4000 universal in-circuit emulator is can also set code protection in this mode.
intended to provide the product development engineer
with a complete microcontroller design tool set for high- 25.13 PICSTART Plus Development
end PICmicro microcontrollers. Software control of the Programmer
MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator is provided by the
The PICSTART Plus development programmer is an
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment, which
easy-to-use, low-cost, prototype programmer. It con-
allows editing, building, downloading and source
nects to the PC via a COM (RS-232) port. MPLAB
debugging from a single environment.
Integrated Development Environment software makes
The MPLAB ICD 4000 is a premium emulator system, using the programmer simple and efficient. The
providing the features of MPLAB ICE 2000, but with PICSTART Plus development programmer supports
increased emulation memory and high-speed perfor- most PICmicro devices up to 40 pins. Larger pin count
mance for dsPIC30F and PIC18XXXX devices. Its devices, such as the PIC16C92X and PIC17C76X,
advanced emulator features include complex triggering may be supported with an adapter socket. The
and timing, up to 2 Mb of emulation memory and the PICSTART Plus development programmer is CE
ability to view variables in real-time. compliant.
The MPLAB ICE 4000 in-circuit emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are typically found on more
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft Windows 32-bit operating system were
chosen to best make these features available in a
simple, unified application.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
25.14 PICDEM 1 PICmicro 25.17 PICDEM 3 PIC16C92X
Demonstration Board Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 1 demonstration board demonstrates the The PICDEM 3 demonstration board supports the
capabilities of the PIC16C5X (PIC16C54 to PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC package. All
PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X, PIC16C71, the necessary hardware and software is included to run
PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and PIC17C44. All the demonstration programs.
necessary hardware and software is included to run
basic demo programs. The sample microcontrollers 25.18 PICDEM 4 8/14/18-Pin
provided with the PICDEM 1 demonstration board can Demonstration Board
be programmed with a PRO MATE II device program-
mer or a PICSTART Plus development programmer. The PICDEM 4 can be used to demonstrate the capa-
The PICDEM 1 demonstration board can be connected bilities of the 8, 14 and 18-pin PIC16XXXX and
to the MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator for testing. A PIC18XXXX MCUs, including the PIC16F818/819,
prototype area extends the circuitry for additional appli- PIC16F87/88, PIC16F62XA and the PIC18F1320 fam-
cation components. Features include an RS-232 ily of microcontrollers. PICDEM 4 is intended to show-
interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, case the many features of these low pin count parts,
push button switches and eight LEDs. including LIN and Motor Control using ECCP. Special
provisions are made for low-power operation with the
25.15 PICDEM.net Internet/Ethernet supercapacitor circuit and jumpers allow on-board
Demonstration Board hardware to be disabled to eliminate current draw in
this mode. Included on the demo board are provisions
The PICDEM.net demonstration board is an Internet/ for Crystal, RC or Canned Oscillator modes, a five volt
Ethernet demonstration board using the PIC18F452 regulator for use with a nine volt wall adapter or battery,
microcontroller and TCP/IP firmware. The board DB-9 RS-232 interface, ICD connector for program-
supports any 40-pin DIP device that conforms to the ming via ICSP and development with MPLAB ICD 2,
standard pinout used by the PIC16F877 or 2x16 liquid crystal display, PCB footprints for H-Bridge
PIC18C452. This kit features a user friendly TCP/IP motor driver, LIN transceiver and EEPROM. Also
stack, web server with HTML, a 24L256 Serial included are: header for expansion, eight LEDs, four
EEPROM for Xmodem download to web pages into potentiometers, three push buttons and a prototyping
Serial EEPROM, ICSP/MPLAB ICD 2 interface con- area. Included with the kit is a PIC16F627A and a
nector, an Ethernet interface, RS-232 interface and a PIC18F1320. Tutorial firmware is included along with
16 x 2 LCD display. Also included is the book and the User’s Guide.
CD-ROM “TCP/IP Lean, Web Servers for Embedded
Systems,” by Jeremy Bentham 25.19 PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board
25.16 PICDEM 2 Plus The PICDEM 17 demonstration board is an evaluation

board that demonstrates the capabilities of several
Demonstration Board Microchip microcontrollers, including PIC17C752,
The PICDEM 2 Plus demonstration board supports PIC17C756A, PIC17C762 and PIC17C766. A pro-
many 18, 28 and 40-pin microcontrollers, including grammed sample is included. The PRO MATE II device
PIC16F87X and PIC18FXX2 devices. All the neces- programmer, or the PICSTART Plus development pro-
sary hardware and software is included to run the dem- grammer, can be used to reprogram the device for user
onstration programs. The sample microcontrollers tailored application development. The PICDEM 17
provided with the PICDEM 2 demonstration board can demonstration board supports program download and
be programmed with a PRO MATE II device program- execution from external on-board Flash memory. A
mer, PICSTART Plus development programmer, or generous prototype area is available for user hardware
MPLAB ICD 2 with a Universal Programmer Adapter. expansion.
The MPLAB ICD 2 and MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulators
may also be used with the PICDEM 2 demonstration
board to test firmware. A prototype area extends the
circuitry for additional application components. Some
of the features include an RS-232 interface, a 2 x 16
LCD display, a piezo speaker, an on-board temperature
sensor, four LEDs and sample PIC18F452 and
PIC16F877 Flash microcontrollers.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
25.20 PICDEM 18R PIC18C601/801 25.23 PICDEM USB PIC16C7X5
Demonstration Board Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 18R demonstration board serves to assist The PICDEM USB Demonstration Board shows off the
development of the PIC18C601/801 family of Microchip capabilities of the PIC16C745 and PIC16C765 USB
microcontrollers. It provides hardware implementation microcontrollers. This board provides the basis for
of both 8-bit Multiplexed/Demultiplexed and 16-bit future USB products.
Memory modes. The board includes 2 Mb external
Flash memory and 128 Kb SRAM memory, as well as 25.24 Evaluation and
serial EEPROM, allowing access to the wide range of Programming Tools
memory types supported by the PIC18C601/801.
In addition to the PICDEM series of circuits, Microchip
25.21 PICDEM LIN PIC16C43X has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
Demonstration Board for these products.
• KEELOQ evaluation and programming tools for
The powerful LIN hardware and software kit includes a Microchip’s HCS Secure Data Products
series of boards and three PICmicro microcontrollers.
• CAN developers kit for automotive network
The small footprint PIC16C432 and PIC16C433 are
applications
used as slaves in the LIN communication and feature
on-board LIN transceivers. A PIC16F874 Flash • Analog design boards and filter design software
microcontroller serves as the master. All three micro- • PowerSmart battery charging evaluation/
controllers are programmed with firmware to provide calibration kits
LIN bus communication. • IrDA® development kit
• microID development and rfLabTM development
25.22 PICkitTM 1 Flash Starter Kit software
A complete “development system in a box”, the PICkit • SEEVAL® designer kit for memory evaluation and
Flash Starter Kit includes a convenient multi-section endurance calculations
board for programming, evaluation and development of • PICDEM MSC demo boards for Switching mode
8/14-pin Flash PIC® microcontrollers. Powered via power supply, high-power IR driver, delta sigma
USB, the board operates under a simple Windows GUI. ADC and flow rate sensor
The PICkit 1 Starter Kit includes the user's guide (on
Check the Microchip web page and the latest Product
CD ROM), PICkit 1 tutorial software and code for vari-
Line Card for the complete list of demonstration and
ous applications. Also included are MPLAB® IDE (Inte-
evaluation kits.
grated Development Environment) software, software
and hardware “Tips 'n Tricks for 8-pin Flash PIC®
Microcontrollers” Handbook and a USB Interface
Cable. Supports all current 8/14-pin Flash PIC
microcontrollers, as well as many future planned
devices.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Absolute Maximum Ratings (†)
Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-55°C to +125°C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS (except VDD, MCLR and RA4) .......................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +7.5V
Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS (Note 2) ......................................................................................... 0V to +13.25V
Voltage on RA4 with respect to VSS ............................................................................................................... 0V to +8.5V
Total power dissipation (Note 1) ...............................................................................................................................1.0W
Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA
Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................250 mA
Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)...................................................................................................................... ±20 mA
Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD) .............................................................................................................. ±20 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum current sunk by all ports .......................................................................................................................200 mA
Maximum current sourced by all ports ..................................................................................................................200 mA
Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows:

Pdis = VDD x {IDD - ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL)
2: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR/VPP pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up.
Thus, a series resistor of 50-100Ω should be used when applying a “low” level to the MCLR/VPP pin, rather
than pulling this pin directly to VSS.
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-1: PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL)
6.0V
5.5V
5.0V PIC18F2X20/4X20
4.5V
Voltage
4.2V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
40 MHz
Frequency
FIGURE 26-2: PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (EXTENDED)
6.0V
5.5V
5.0V PIC18F2X20/4X20
4.5V
Voltage
4.2V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
25 MHz
Frequency

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-3: PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL)
6.0V
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V PIC18LF2X20/4X20
Voltage
4.2V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
4 MHz 40 MHz
Frequency
FMAX = (16.36 MHz/V) (VDDAPPMIN – 2.0V) + 4 MHz

Note: VDDAPPMIN is the minimum voltage of the PICmicro® device in the application.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.1 DC Characteristics: Supply Voltage
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)
PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)
PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
(Industrial) Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial
(Industrial, Extended)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for extended
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
No.
VDD Supply Voltage
D001 PIC18LF2X20/4X20 2.0 — 5.5 V HS, XT, RC and LP Osc mode
PIC18F2X20/4X20 4.2 — 5.5 V
D002 VDR RAM Data Retention 1.5 — — V
Voltage(1)
D003 VPOR VDD Start Voltage — — 0.7 V See section on Power-on Reset for details
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
D004 SVDD VDD Rise Rate 0.05 — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 Industrial Low Voltage
D005 BORV1:BORV0 = 11 NA — NA V Reserved
BORV1:BORV0 = 10 2.50 2.72 2.94 V
BORV1:BORV0 = 01 3.88 4.22 4.56 V
BORV1:BORV0 = 00 4.18 4.54 4.90 V
D005 PIC18F2X20/4X20 Industrial
BORV1:BORV0 = 1x NA — NA V Not in operating voltage range of device
BORV1:BORV0 = 01 3.88 4.22 4.56 V
BORV1:BORV0 = 00 4.18 4.54 4.90 V
D005E PIC18F2X20/4X20 Extended
BORV1:BORV0 = 1x NA — NA V Not in operating voltage range of device
BORV1:BORV0 = 01 3.71 4.22 4.73 V
BORV1:BORV0 = 00 4.00 4.54 5.08 V
Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of the table.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode, or during a device Reset, without losing RAM data.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.2 DC Characteristics: Power-Down and Supply Current
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
Device Typ Max Units Conditions
No.
Power-down Current (IPD)(1)

PIC18LF2X20/4X20 0.1 0.5 µA -40°C
VDD = 2.0V,
0.1 0.5 µA +25°C
(Sleep mode)
0.2 1.7 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 0.1 0.5 µA -40°C
VDD = 3.0V,
0.1 0.5 µA +25°C
(Sleep mode)
0.3 1.7 µA +85°C
All devices 0.1 2.0 µA -40°C
0.1 2.0 µA +25°C VDD = 5.0V,
0.4 6.5 µA +85°C (Sleep mode)
Extended devices 11.2 50 µA +125°C
(2,3)
Supply Current (IDD)
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 11 25 µA -40°C
13 25 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
14 25 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 34 40 µA -40°C
28 40 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 31 kHz
(RC_RUN mode,
25 40 µA +85°C internal oscillator source)
All devices 77 80 µA -40°C
62 80 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
53 80 µA +85°C
Extended devices 50 80 µA +125°C
Note 1: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with
the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS and all features that add delta
current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, etc.).
2: The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on
the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD;
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3: For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be estimated
by the formula Ir = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in kΩ.
4: Standard low-cost 32 kHz crystals have an operating temperature range of -10°C to +70°C. Extended temperature
crystals are available at a much higher cost.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)
PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial) (Continued)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.
Supply Current (IDD)(2,3)

PIC18LF2X20/4X20 100 220 µA -40°C
110 220 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
120 220 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 180 330 µA -40°C
180 330 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 1 MHz
(RC_RUN mode,
330 550 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
310 550 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 350 600 µA -40°C
360 600 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
370 600 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 580 900 µA -40°C
580 900 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 4 MHz
(RC_RUN mode,
All devices 1.1 1.8 mA -40°C
1.1 1.8 mA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
1.0 1.8 mA +85°C
Extended devices 1.2 1.8 mA +125°C

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.

PIC18LF2X20/4X20 4.7 8 µA -40°C
4.6 8 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
5.1 11 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 6.9 11 µA -40°C
6.3 11 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 31 kHz
(RC_IDLE mode,
6.8 15 µA +85°C internal oscillator source)
10 16 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
10 22 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 49 150 µA -40°C
52 150 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
56 150 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 73 180 µA -40°C
77 180 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 1 MHz
(RC_IDLE mode,
130 300 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
130 300 µA +85°C

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.

PIC18LF2X20/4X20 140 275 µA -40°C
140 275 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
150 275 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 220 375 µA -40°C
220 375 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 4 MHz
(RC_IDLE mode,
400 800 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
380 800 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 150 250 µA -40°C
150 250 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
160 250 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 340 350 µA -40°C
300 350 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 1 MHZ
(PRI_RUN,
280 350 µA +85°C EC oscillator)
0.63 1.0 mA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
0.57 1.0 mA +85°C

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.

PIC18LF2X20/4X20 440 600 µA -40°C
450 600 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
460 600 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 0.80 1.0 mA -40°C
0.78 1.0 mA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 4 MHz
(PRI_RUN,
0.77 1.0 mA +85°C EC oscillator)
1.5 2.0 mA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
1.5 2.0 mA +85°C
Extended devices 6.3 9.0 mA +125°C VDD = 4.2V FOSC = 25 MHZ
(PRI_RUN,
7.9 10.0 mA +125°C VDD = 5.0V EC oscillator)
All devices 9.5 12 mA -40°C
9.7 12 mA +25°C VDD = 4.2V
9.9 12 mA +85°C FOSC = 40 MHZ
(PRI_RUN,
All devices 11.9 15 mA -40°C EC oscillator)
12.1 15 mA +25°C VDD = 5.0V
12.3 15 mA +85°C

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.

PIC18LF2X20/4X20 37 50 µA -40°C
37 50 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
38 60 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 58 80 µA -40°C
59 80 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 1 MHz
(PRI_IDLE mode,
110 180 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
110 180 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 140 180 µA -40°C
140 180 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
140 180 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 220 280 µA -40°C
230 280 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V FOSC = 4 MHz
(PRI_IDLE mode,
420 525 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
430 525 µA +85°C
Extended devices 2.2 3.0 mA +125°C VDD = 4.2V FOSC = 25 MHZ
(PRI_IDLE,
2.7 3.5 mA +125°C VDD = 5.0V EC oscillator)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.

3.2 4.1 mA +25°C VDD = 4.2 V
3.3 4.1 mA +85°C FOSC = 40 MHz
(PRI_IDLE mode,
All devices 4.4 5.1 mA -40°C EC oscillator)
4.6 5.1 mA +25°C VDD = 5.0V
4.6 5.1 mA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 9 15 µA -40°C
10 15 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
13 18 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 22 30 µA -40°C FOSC = 32 kHz(4)
21 30 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V (SEC_RUN mode,
20 35 µA +85°C Timer1 as clock)

50 80 µA +25°C VDD = 5.0V
45 85 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 5.1 9 µA -40°C
5.8 9 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
7.9 11 µA +85°C
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 7.9 12 µA -40°C FOSC = 32 kHz(4)
8.9 12 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V (SEC_IDLE mode,
10.5 14 µA +85°C Timer1 as clock)

16 20 µA +25°C VDD = 5.0V
18 25 µA +85°C

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.
Module Differential Currents (∆IWDT, ∆IBOR, ∆ILVD, ∆IOSCB, ∆IAD)

D022 Watchdog Timer 1.5 3.8 µA -40°C
(∆IWDT) 2.2 3.8 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V
2.7 4.0 µA +85°C
2.3 4.6 µA -40°C
2.7 4.6 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V
3.1 4.8 µA +85°C
3.0 10.0 µA -40°C
3.3 10.0 µA +25°C
VDD = 5.0V
3.9 10.0 µA +85°C
Extended devices only 4.0 13.0 µA +125°C
D022A Brown-out Reset 17 35.0 µA -40°C to +85°C VDD = 3.0V
(∆IBOR) 47 45.0 µA -40°C to +85°C
VDD = 5.0V
Extended devices only 48 50.0 µA -40°C to +125°C
D022B Low-Voltage Detect 14 25.0 µA -40°C to +85°C VDD = 2.0V
(∆ILVD) 18 35.0 µA -40°C to +85°C VDD = 3.0V
21 45.0 µA -40°C to +85°C
VDD = 5.0V
Extended devices only 24 50.0 µA -40°C to +125°C

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
No.
D025 Timer1 Oscillator 2.1 2.2 µA -40°C

(∆IOSCB) 1.8 2.2 µA +25°C VDD = 2.0V 32 kHz on Timer1(4)
2.1 2.2 µA +85°C
2.2 3.8 µA -40°C
2.6 3.8 µA +25°C VDD = 3.0V 32 kHz on Timer1(4)
2.9 3.8 µA +85°C
3.0 6.0 µA -40°C
3.2 6.0 µA +25°C VDD = 5.0V 32 kHz on Timer1(4)
3.4 7.0 µA +85°C
D026 A/D Converter 1.0 2.0 µA -40°C to +85°C VDD = 2.0V
(∆IAD)
1.0 2.0 µA -40°C to +85°C VDD = 3.0V
A/D on, not converting
1.0 2.0 µA -40°C to +85°C VDD = 5.0V
Extended devices only 1.0 8.0 µA -40°C to +125°C VDD = 5.0V

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.3 DC Characteristics: PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min Max Units Conditions
No.
VIL Input Low Voltage
I/O ports:
D030 with TTL buffer VSS 0.15 VDD V VDD < 4.5V
D030A — 0.8 V 4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V
D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS 0.2 VDD V
RC3 and RC4 VSS 0.3 VDD V
D032 MCLR VSS 0.2 VDD V
D032A OSC1 and T1OSI VSS 0.2 VDD V LP, XT, HS, HSPLL
modes(1)
D033 OSC1 VSS 0.2 VDD V EC mode(1)
VIH Input High Voltage
I/O ports:
D040 with TTL buffer 0.25 VDD + 0.8V VDD V VDD < 4.5V
D040A 2.0 VDD V 4.5V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V
D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8 VDD VDD V
RC3 and RC4 0.7 VDD VDD V
D042 MCLR 0.8 VDD VDD V
D042A OSC1 and T1OSI 1.6 VDD V LP, XT, HS, HSPLL
modes(1)
D043 OSC1 0.8 VDD VDD V EC mode(1)
IIL Input Leakage Current(2,3)
D060 I/O ports — ±0.2 µA VSS ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD,
Pin at high-impedance
D061 MCLR, RA4 — ±1.0 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD
D063 OSC1 — ±1.0 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD
IPU Weak Pull-up Current
D070 IPURB PORTB weak pull-up current 50 400 µA VDD = 5V, VPIN = VSS
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the
PICmicro device be driven with an external clock while in RC mode.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified
levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input
voltages.
3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
4: Parameter is characterized but not tested.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.3 DC Characteristics: PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)
DC CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial
Param
No.
VOL Output Low Voltage
D080 I/O ports — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40°C to +85°C
D080A — 0.6 V IOL = 7.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40°C to +125°C
D083 OSC2/CLKO — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
(RC mode) -40°C to +85°C
D083A — 0.6 V IOL = 1.2 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40°C to +125°C
VOH Output High Voltage(3)
D090 I/O ports VDD – 0.7 — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40°C to +85°C
D090A VDD – 0.7 — V IOH = -2.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40°C to +125°C
D092 OSC2/CLKO VDD – 0.7 — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
(RC mode) -40°C to +85°C
D092A VDD – 0.7 — V IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V,
-40°C to +125°C
D150 VOD Open-Drain High Voltage — 8.5 V RA4 pin
Capacitive Loading Specs
on Output Pins
D100(4) COSC2 OSC2 pin — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes
when external clock is
used to drive OSC1
D101 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2 — 50 pF To meet the AC Timing
(in RC mode) Specifications
D102 CB SCL, SDA — 400 pF In I2C mode
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the
PICmicro device be driven with an external clock while in RC mode.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified
levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input
voltages.
3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
4: Parameter is characterized but not tested.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 26-1: MEMORY PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS
DC Characteristics Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for industrial
Param
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
No.
Internal Program Memory
Programming Specifications
D110 VPP Voltage on MCLR/VPP pin 9.00 — 13.25 V (Note 2)
D112 IPP Current into MCLR/VPP pin — — 300 µA
D113 IDDP Supply Current during — — 1.0 mA
Programming
Data EEPROM Memory
D120 ED Byte Endurance 100K 1M — E/W -40°C to +85°C
10K 100K — E/W -40°C to +125°C
D121 VDRW VDD for Read/Write VMIN — 5.5 V Using EECON to read/write
VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D122 TDEW Erase/Write Cycle Time — 4 — ms
D123 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 — — Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
D124 TREF Number of Total Erase/Write 1M 10M — E/W -40°C to +85°C
Cycles before Refresh(1) 100K 1M — E/W -40°C to +125°C
Program Flash Memory
D130 EP Cell Endurance 10K 100K — E/W -40°C to +85°C
1K 10K — E/W -40°C to +125°C
D131 VPR VDD for Read VMIN — 5.5 V VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D132 VIE VDD for Block Erase 4.5 — 5.5 V Using ICSP port
D132A VIW VDD for Externally Timed Erase 4.5 — 5.5 V Using ICSP port
or Write
D132B VPEW VDD for Self-timed Write VMIN — 5.5 V VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D133 TIE ICSP Block Erase Cycle Time — 4 — ms VDD > 4.5V
D133A TIW ICSP Erase or Write Cycle Time 1 — — ms VDD > 4.5V
(externally timed)
D133A TIW Self-timed Write Cycle Time — 2 — ms
D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 — — Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: Refer to Section 7.8 “Using the Data EEPROM” for a more detailed discussion on data EEPROM
endurance.
2: Required only if Low-Voltage Programming is disabled.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 26-2: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 3.0V < VDD < 5.5V, -40°C < TA < +125°C, unless otherwise stated.
Param
Sym Characteristics Min Typ Max Units Comments
No.
D300 VIOFF Input Offset Voltage — ± 5.0 ± 10 mV
D301 VICM Input Common Mode Voltage* 0 — VDD – 1.5 V
D302 CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio* 55 — — dB
300 TRESP Response Time(1)* — 150 400 ns PIC18FXX20
300A 600 ns PIC18LFXX20
301 TMC2OV Comparator Mode Change to — — 10 µs
Output Valid*
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Response time measured with one comparator input at (VDD – 1.5)/2, while the other input transitions
from VSS to VDD.
TABLE 26-3: VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Conditions: 3.0V < VDD < 5.5V, -40°C < TA < +125°C, unless otherwise stated.
Param
Sym Characteristics Min Typ Max Units Comments
No.
D310 VRES Resolution VDD/24 — VDD/32 LSb
D311 VRAA Absolute Accuracy — — 1/2 LSb Low Range (VRR = 1)
— — 1/2 LSb High Range (VRR = 0)
D312 VRUR Unit Resistor Value (R)* — 2k — Ω
310 TSET Settling Time(1)* — — 10 µs
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Settling time measured while VRR = 1 and VR<3:0> transitions from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-4: LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CHARACTERISTICS
VDD
(LVDIF can be
VLVD cleared in software)
(LVDIF set by hardware)
LVDIF
TABLE 26-4: LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CHARACTERISTICS


PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
No.
D420 LVD Voltage on VDD Transition High to Low Industrial
PIC18LF2X20/4X20 LVDL<3:0> = 0000 N/A N/A N/A V Reserved
LVDL<3:0> = 0001 N/A N/A N/A V Reserved
LVDL<3:0> = 0010 2.15 2.26 2.37 V
LVDL<3:0> = 0011 2.33 2.45 2.58 V
LVDL<3:0> = 0100 2.43 2.55 2.68 V
LVDL<3:0> = 0101 2.63 2.77 2.91 V
LVDL<3:0> = 0110 2.73 2.87 3.01 V
LVDL<3:0> = 0111 2.91 3.07 3.22 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1000 3.20 3.36 3.53 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1001 3.39 3.57 3.75 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1010 3.49 3.67 3.85 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1011 3.68 3.87 4.07 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1100 3.87 4.07 4.28 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1101 4.06 4.28 4.49 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1110 4.37 4.60 4.82 V
D420 LVD Voltage on VDD Transition High to Low Industrial
PIC18F2X20/4X20 LVDL<3:0> = 1011 3.68 3.87 4.07 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1100 3.87 4.07 4.28 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1101 4.06 4.28 4.49 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1110 4.37 4.60 4.82 V
D420E LVD Voltage on VDD Transition High to Low Extended
PIC18F2X20/4X20 LVDL<3:0> = 1011 3.48 3.87 4.25 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1100 3.66 4.07 4.48 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1101 3.85 4.28 4.70 V
LVDL<3:0> = 1110 4.14 4.60 5.05 V
† Production tested at TAMB = 25°C. Specifications over temperature limits ensured by characterization.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.4 AC (Timing) Characteristics
26.4.1 TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY
The timing parameter symbols have been created
following one of the following formats:
1. TppS2ppS 3. TCC:ST (I2C specifications only)

2. TppS 4. Ts (I2C specifications only)
T
F Frequency T Time
Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:
pp
cc CCP1 osc OSC1
ck CLKO rd RD
cs CS rw RD or WR
di SDI sc SCK
do SDO ss SS
dt Data in t0 T0CKI
io I/O port t1 T1CKI
mc MCLR wr WR
Uppercase letters and their meanings:
S
F Fall P Period
H High R Rise
I Invalid (High-impedance) V Valid
L Low Z High-impedance
I2C only
AA output access High High
BUF Bus free Low Low
TCC:ST (I2C specifications only)
CC
HD Hold SU Setup
ST
DAT DATA input hold STO Stop condition
STA Start condition

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.4.2 TIMING CONDITIONS Note: Because of space limitations, the generic
The temperature and voltages specified in Table 26-5 terms “PIC18FXX20” and “PIC18LFXX20”
apply to all timing specifications unless otherwise are used throughout this section to refer
noted. Figure 26-5 specifies the load conditions for the to the PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 and
timing specifications. PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 families of
devices specifically and only those
devices.
TABLE 26-5: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS – AC

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 26.1 and
Section 26.3.
LF parts operate up to industrial temperatures only.
FIGURE 26-5: LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS

Load Condition 1 Load Condition 2
VDD/2
RL Pin CL
VSS
CL
Pin
RL = 464Ω
VSS CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2/CLKO
and including D and E outputs as ports

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
26.4.3 TIMING DIAGRAMS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FIGURE 26-6: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING (ALL MODES EXCEPT PLL)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OSC1
1 3 3 4 4
2
CLKO
TABLE 26-6: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Param.
No.
1A FOSC External CLKI Frequency(1) DC 40 MHz EC, ECIO (industrial)

DC 25 MHz EC, ECIO (extended)
Oscillator Frequency(1) DC 4 MHz RC osc
0.1 1 MHz XT osc
4 25 MHz HS osc
4 10 MHz HS + PLL osc (industrial)
4 6.25 MHz HS + PLL osc (extended)
5 33 kHz LP Osc mode
1 TOSC External CLKI Period(1) 25 — ns EC, ECIO (industrial)
40 — ns EC, ECIO (extended)
Oscillator Period(1) 250 — ns RC osc
1 — µs XT osc
40 250 ns HS osc
100 250 ns HS + PLL osc (industrial)
160 250 ns HS + PLL osc (extended)
30 — µs LP osc
2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 100 — ns TCY = 4/FOSC (industrial)
160 — ns TCY = 4/FOSC (extended)
3 TOSL, External Clock in (OSC1) 30 — ns XT osc
TOSH High or Low Time 2.5 — µs LP osc
10 — ns HS osc
4 TOSR, External Clock in (OSC1) — 20 ns XT osc
TOSF Rise or Fall Time — 50 ns LP osc
— 7.5 ns HS osc
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period for all configurations
except PLL. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under
standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result
in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested
to operate at “min.” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKI pin. When an external clock
input is used, the “max.” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 26-7: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (VDD = 4.2V TO 5.5V)
Param
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
No.
F10 FOSC Oscillator Frequency Range 4 — 10 MHz HS mode only
F11 FSYS On-Chip VCO System Frequency 16 — 40 MHz HS mode only
F12 tPLL PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time) — — 2 ms
F13 ∆CLK CLKO Stability (Jitter) -2 — +2 %
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
TABLE 26-8: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY: PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial)

PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LF1220/1320 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC18F1220/1320
Param
Device Min Typ Max Units Conditions
No.
INTOSC Accuracy @ Freq = 8 MHz, 4 MHz, 2 MHz, 1 MHz, 500 kHz, 250 kHz, 125 kHz(1)
F14 PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 -2 +/-1 2 % +25°C VDD = 2.7-3.3V
F15 -5 — 5 % -10°C to +85°C VDD = 2.7-3.3V
F16 -10 — 10 % -40°C to +85°C VDD = 2.7-3.3V
F17 PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 -2 +/-1 2 % +25°C VDD = 4.5-5.5V
F18 -5 — 5 % -10°C to +85°C VDD = 4.5-5.5V
F19 -10 — 10 % -40°C to +85°C VDD = 4.5-5.5V
INTRC Accuracy @ Freq = 31 kHz(2)
F20 PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 26.562 — 35.938 kHz -40°C to +85°C VDD = 2.7-3.3V
F21 PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 26.562 — 35.938 kHz -40°C to +85°C VDD = 4.5-5.5V
Note 1: Frequency calibrated at 25°C. OSCTUNE register can be used to compensate for temperature drift.
2: INTRC frequency after calibration.
3: Change of INTRC frequency as VDD changes.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-7: CLKO AND I/O TIMING
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
OSC1
10 11
CLKO
13 12
14 19 18
16
I/O pin
(Input)
17 15
I/O pin Old Value New Value

(Output)
20, 21
Note: Refer to Figure 26-5 for load conditions.
TABLE 26-9: CLKO AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
10 TOSH2CKL OSC1 ↑ to CLKO ↓ — 75 200 ns (1)

11 TOSH2CKH OSC1 ↑ to CLKO ↑ — 75 200 ns (1)
12 TCKR CLKO Rise Time — 35 100 ns (1)
13 TCKF CLKO Fall Time — 35 100 ns (1)
14 TCKL2IOV CLKO ↓ to Port Out Valid — — 0.5 TCY + 20 ns (1)
15 TIOV2CKH Port In Valid before CLKO ↑ 0.25 TCY + 25 — — ns (1)
16 TCKH2IOI Port In Hold after CLKO ↑ 0 — — ns (1)
17 TOSH2IOV OSC1↑ (Q1 cycle) to Port Out Valid — 50 150 ns
18 TOSH2IOI OSC1↑ (Q2 cycle) to Port PIC18FXX20 100 — — ns
18A Input Invalid PIC18LFXX20 200 — — ns
(I/O in hold time)
19 TIOV2OSH Port Input Valid to OSC1↑ (I/O in setup time) 0 — — ns
20 TIOR Port Output Rise Time PIC18FXX20 — 10 25 ns
20A PIC18LFXX20 — — 60 ns
21 TIOF Port Output Fall Time PIC18FXX20 — 10 25 ns
21A PIC18LFXX20 — — 60 ns
Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC mode, where CLKO output is 4 x TOSC.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-8: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER TIMING
VDD
MCLR
30
Internal
POR
33
PWRT
Time-out
32
OSC
Time-out
Internal
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Reset
31
34 34
I/O pins
FIGURE 26-9: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING
BVDD
VDD
35
VBGAP = 1.2V
VIRVST
Enable Internal
Reference Voltage
Internal Reference
Voltage Stable 36
TABLE 26-10: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER
AND BROWN-OUT RESET REQUIREMENTS
Param.
No.
30 TMCL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 — — µs

31 TWDT Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (no postscaler) 3.48 4.00 4.71 ms
32 TOST Oscillation Start-up Timer Period 1024 TOSC — 1024 TOSC — TOSC = OSC1 period
33 TPWRT Power-up Timer Period 57.0 65.5 77.2 ms
34 TIOZ I/O High-Impedance from MCLR Low or — 2 — µs
Watchdog Timer Reset
35 TBOR Brown-out Reset Pulse Width 200 — — µs VDD ≤ BVDD (see D005)
36 TIVRST Time for Internal Reference Voltage to become — 20 50 µs
stable
37 TLVD Low-Voltage Detect Pulse Width 200 — — µs VDD ≤ VLVD

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-10: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
T0CKI
40 41
42
T1OSO/T1CKI
45 46
47 48
TMR0 or
TMR1
TABLE 26-11: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
40 TT0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — ns
With prescaler 10 — ns
41 TT0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — ns
With prescaler 10 — ns
42 TT0P T0CKI Period No prescaler TCY + 10 — ns
With prescaler Greater of: — ns N = prescale
20 ns or TCY + 40 value
N (1, 2, 4,..., 256)
45 TT1H T1CKI Synchronous, no prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — ns
High Time Synchronous, PIC18FXX20 10 — ns
with prescaler PIC18LFXX20 25 — ns
Asynchronous PIC18FXX20 30 — ns
PIC18LFXX20 50 — ns
46 TT1L T1CKI Synchronous, no prescaler 0.5 TCY + 5 — ns
Low Time Synchronous, PIC18FXX20 10 — ns
with prescaler PIC18LFXX20 25 — ns
Asynchronous PIC18FXX20 30 — ns
PIC18LFXX20 50 — ns
47 TT1P T1CKI Synchronous Greater of: — ns N = prescale
Input 20 ns or TCY + 40 value
Period N (1, 2, 4, 8)
Asynchronous 60 — ns
FT 1 T1CKI Oscillator Input Frequency Range DC 50 kHz
48 TCKE2TMRI Delay from External T1CKI Clock Edge to 2 TOSC 7 TOSC —
Timer Increment

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-11: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (ALL CCP MODULES)
CCPx
(Capture Mode)
50 51
52
CCPx
(Compare or PWM Mode)
53 54
TABLE 26-12: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (ALL CCP MODULES)

Param
No.
50 TCCL CCPx Input Low No prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — ns
Time With PIC18FXX20 10 — ns
prescaler PIC18LFXX20 20 — ns
51 TCCH CCPx Input High No prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — ns
Time With PIC18FXX20 10 — ns
prescaler PIC18LFXX20 20 — ns
52 TCCP CCPx Input Period 3 TCY + 40 — ns N = prescale
N value (1,4 or 16)
53 TCCR CCPx Output Fall Time PIC18FXX20 — 25 ns
PIC18LFXX20 — 45 ns
54 TCCF CCPx Output Fall Time PIC18FXX20 — 25 ns

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-12: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT TIMING (PIC18F4X20)
RE2/CS
RE0/RD
RE1/WR
65
RD7:RD0
62
64
63
TABLE 26-13: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT REQUIREMENTS (PIC18F4X20)

Param.
No.
62 TDTV2WRH Data in valid before WR ↑ or CS ↑ 20 — ns

(setup time)
63 TWRH2DTI WR ↑ or CS ↑ to data–in invalid PIC18FXX20 20 — ns
(hold time) PIC18LFXX20 35 — ns
64 TRDL2DTV RD ↓ and CS ↓ to data–out valid — 80 ns
65 TRDH2DTI RD ↑ or CS ↓ to data–out invalid 10 30 ns
66 TIBFINH Inhibit of the IBF flag bit being cleared from — 3 TCY
WR ↑ or CS ↑

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-13: EXAMPLE SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 0)
SS
70
SCK
(CKP = 0)
71 72
78 79
SCK
(CKP = 1)
79 78
80
SDO MSb bit 6 - - - - - -1 LSb
75, 76
SDI MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In
74
73
TABLE 26-14: EXAMPLE SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE, CKE = 0)

Param
No.
70 TSSL2SCH, SS ↓ to SCK ↓ or SCK ↑ Input TCY — ns

TSSL2SCL
71 TSCH SCK Input High Time Continuous 1.25 TCY + 30 — ns
71A (Slave mode) Single Byte 40 — ns (Note 1)
72 TSCL SCK Input Low Time Continuous 1.25 TCY + 30 — ns
73 TDIV2SCH, Setup Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge 100 — ns
TDIV2SCL
73A TB2B Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge 1.5 TCY + 40 — ns (Note 2)
of Byte 2
74 TSCH2DIL, Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge 100 — ns
TSCL2DIL
75 TDOR SDO Data Output Rise Time PIC18FXX20 — 25 ns
76 TDOF SDO Data Output Fall Time — 25 ns
78 TSCR SCK Output Rise Time PIC18FXX20 — 25 ns
(Master mode) PIC18LFXX20 — 45 ns
79 TSCF SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode) — 25 ns
80 TSCH2DOV, SDO Data Output Valid after PIC18FXX20 — 50 ns
TSCL2DOV SCK Edge PIC18LFXX20 — 100 ns
Note 1: Requires the use of Parameter # 73A.
2: Only if Parameter # 71A and # 72A are used.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-14: EXAMPLE SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 1)
SS
81
SCK
(CKP = 0)
71 72
79
73
SCK
(CKP = 1)
80
78
75, 76
74
TABLE 26-15: EXAMPLE SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE, CKE = 1)

Param.
No.
TDIV2SCL
73A TB2B Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge 1.5 TCY + 40 — ns (Note 2)
of Byte 2
TSCL2DIL
PIC18LFXX20 45 ns
(Master mode) PIC18LFXX20 45 ns
80 TSCH2DOV, SDO Data Output Valid after PIC18FXX20 — 50 ns
TSCL2DOV SCK Edge PIC18LFXX20 100 ns
81 TDOV2SCH, SDO Data Output Setup to SCK Edge TCY — ns
TDOV2SCL

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-15: EXAMPLE SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 0)
SS
70
SCK
(CKP = 0) 83
71 72
78 79
SCK
(CKP = 1)
80 79 78
75, 76 77

74
73
TABLE 26-16: EXAMPLE SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE TIMING, CKE = 0)
Param
No.

TSSL2SCL
71 TSCH SCK Input High Time (Slave mode) Continuous 1.25 TCY + 30 — ns
71A Single Byte 40 — ns (Note 1)
72 TSCL SCK Input Low Time (Slave mode) Continuous 1.25 TCY + 30 — ns
72A Single Byte 40 — ns (Note 1)
TDIV2SCL
73A TB2B Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the First Clock Edge of Byte 2 1.5 TCY + 40 — ns (Note 2)
TSCL2DIL
PIC18LFXX20 45 ns
77 TSSH2DOZ SS ↑ to SDO Output High-Impedance 10 50 ns
78 TSCR SCK Output Rise Time (Master mode) PIC18FXX20 — 25 ns
PIC18LFXX20 45 ns
80 TSCH2DOV, SDO Data Output Valid after SCK Edge PIC18FXX20 — 50 ns
TSCL2DOV PIC18LFXX20 100 ns
83 TscH2ssH, SS ↑ after SCK Edge 1.5 TCY + 40 — ns
TscL2ssH

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-16: EXAMPLE SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 1)
82
SS
70
SCK 83
(CKP = 0)
71 72
SCK
(CKP = 1)
80
75, 76 77
SDI
MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In
74
TABLE 26-17: EXAMPLE SPI SLAVE MODE REQUIREMENTS (CKE = 1)

Param
No.

TSSL2SCL
73A TB2B Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the First Clock Edge of Byte 2 1.5 TCY + 40 — ns (Note 2)
TSCL2DIL
PIC18LFXX20 45 ns
77 TSSH2DOZ SS↑ to SDO Output High-Impedance 10 50 ns
80 TSCH2DOV, SDO Data Output Valid after SCK PIC18FXX20 — 50 ns
TSCL2DOV Edge PIC18LFXX20 — 100 ns
82 TSSL2DOV SDO Data Output Valid after SS ↓ PIC18FXX20 — 50 ns
Edge PIC18LFXX20 — 100 ns
83 TscH2ssH, SS ↑ after SCK edge 1.5 TCY + 40 — ns
TscL2ssH

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-17: I2C BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING
SCL
91 93
90 92
SDA
Start Stop
Condition Condition
TABLE 26-18: I2C BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)

Param.
No.
90 TSU:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 4700 — ns Only relevant for Repeated
Setup time 400 kHz mode 600 — Start condition
91 THD:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 4000 — ns After this period, the first
Hold time 400 kHz mode 600 — clock pulse is generated
92 TSU:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 4700 — ns
Setup time 400 kHz mode 600 —
93 THD:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 4000 — ns
Hold time 400 kHz mode 600 —
FIGURE 26-18: I2C BUS DATA TIMING
103 100 102

101
SCL
90
106 107
91 92
SDA
In
110
109 109
SDA
Out

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 26-19: I2C BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)
Param.
No.
100 THIGH Clock High Time 100 kHz mode 4.0 — µs PIC18FXX20 must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs PIC18FXX20 must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
SSP module 1.5 TCY —
101 TLOW Clock Low Time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs PIC18FXX20 must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 1.3 — µs PIC18FXX20 must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
SSP module 1.5 TCY —
102 TR SDA and SCL Rise 100 kHz mode — 1000 ns
Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns CB is specified to be from 10 to 400 pF
103 TF SDA and SCL Fall 100 kHz mode — 300 ns
Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns CB is specified to be from 10 to 400 pF
90 TSU:STA Start Condition Setup 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs Only relevant for Repeated
Time 400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs Start condition
91 THD:STA Start Condition Hold 100 kHz mode 4.0 — µs After this period, the first clock pulse is
Time 400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs generated
106 THD:DAT Data Input Hold Time 100 kHz mode 0 — ns

400 kHz mode 0 0.9 µs
107 TSU:DAT Data Input Setup 100 kHz mode 250 — ns (Note 2)
Time 400 kHz mode 100 — ns
92 TSU:STO Stop Condition Setup 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs
Time 400 kHz mode 0.6 — µs
109 TAA Output Valid from 100 kHz mode — 3500 ns (Note 1)
Clock 400 kHz mode — — ns
110 TBUF Bus Free Time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — µs Time the bus must be free before a
400 kHz mode 1.3 — µs new transmission can start
D102 CB Bus Capacitive Loading — 400 pF

Note 1: As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region (min. 300 ns)
of the falling edge of SCL to avoid unintended generation of Start or Stop conditions.
2: A fast mode I2C bus device can be used in a standard mode I2C bus system but the requirement, TSU:DAT ≥ 250 ns,
must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the SCL signal. If
such a device does stretch the LOW period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the SDA line,
TR max. + TSU:DAT = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the standard mode I2C bus specification), before the SCL line
is released.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-19: MASTER SSP I2C BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING WAVEFORMS
SCL
91 93
90 92
SDA
Start Stop
Condition Condition
TABLE 26-20: MASTER SSP I2C BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS

Param.
No.
90 TSU:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ns Only relevant for
Setup time 400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — Repeated Start condition
1 MHz mode(1) 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) —
91 THD:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ns After this period, the first
Hold time 400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — clock pulse is generated
92 TSU:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ns
Setup time 400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) —
93 THD:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ns
Hold time 400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) —
Note 1: Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I2C pins.
FIGURE 26-20: MASTER SSP I2C BUS DATA TIMING

103 100 102
101
SCL
90 106
91 107 92
SDA
In
109 109 110
SDA
Out

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 26-21: MASTER SSP I2C BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS
Param.
No.
100 THIGH Clock High Time 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms
400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms
1 MHz mode(1) 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms
101 TLOW Clock Low Time 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms
400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms
102 TR SDA and SCL 100 kHz mode — 1000 ns CB is specified to be from
Rise Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns 10 to 400 pF
1 MHz mode(1) — 300 ns
103 TF SDA and SCL 100 kHz mode — 300 ns CB is specified to be from
Fall Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns 10 to 400 pF
1 MHz mode(1) — 100 ns
90 TSU:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms Only relevant for
Setup Time 400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms Repeated Start condition
91 THD:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms After this period, the first
Hold Time 400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms clock pulse is generated
106 THD:DAT Data Input 100 kHz mode 0 — ns
Hold Time 400 kHz mode 0 0.9 ms
1 MHz mode(1) TBD — ns
107 TSU:DAT Data Input 100 kHz mode 250 — ns (Note 2)
Setup Time 400 kHz mode 100 — ns
1 MHz mode(1) TBD — ns
92 TSU:STO Stop Condition 100 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms
Setup Time 400 kHz mode 2(TOSC)(BRG + 1) — ms
109 TAA Output Valid from 100 kHz mode — 3500 ns
Clock 400 kHz mode — 1000 ns
(1)
1 MHz mode — — ns
110 TBUF Bus Free Time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — ms Time the bus must be free
400 kHz mode 1.3 — ms before a new transmission
can start
1 MHz mode(1) TBD — ms
D102 CB Bus Capacitive Loading — 400 pF
Note 1: Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I2C pins.
2: A fast mode I2C bus device can be used in a standard mode I2C bus system, but parameter #107 ≥ 250 ns,
must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the
SCL signal. If such a device does stretch the LOW period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit
to the SDA line, parameter #102 + parameter #107 = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (for 100 kHz mode), before the
SCL line is released.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-21: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
RC6/TX/CK
pin 121 121
RC7/RX/DT
pin
120
122
TABLE 26-22: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
120 TCKH2DTV SYNC XMIT (MASTER & SLAVE)
Clock High to Data Out Valid PIC18FXX20 — 40 ns
121 TCKRF Clock Out Rise Time and Fall Time PIC18FXX20 — 20 ns
122 TDTRF Data Out Rise Time and Fall Time PIC18FXX20 — 20 ns
FIGURE 26-22: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
RC6/TX/CK
pin 125
RC7/RX/DT
pin
126
TABLE 26-23: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS

Param.
No.
125 TDTV2CKL SYNC RCV (MASTER & SLAVE)
Data Hold before CK ↓ (DT hold time) 10 — ns
126 TCKL2DTL Data Hold after CK ↓ (DT hold time) 15 — ns

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
TABLE 26-24: A/D CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS: PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (INDUSTRIAL)
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 (EXTENDED)
PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320 (INDUSTRIAL)
Param
No.
A01 NR Resolution — — 10 bit ∆VREF ≥ 3.0V
A03 EIL Integral Linearity Error — — <±1 LSb ∆VREF ≥ 3.0V
A04 EDL Differential Linearity Error — — <±1 LSb ∆VREF ≥ 3.0V
A06 EOFF Offset Error — — <±1 LSb ∆VREF ≥ 3.0V
A07 EGN Gain Error — — <±1 LSb ∆VREF ≥ 3.0V
(2)
A10 — Monotonicity guaranteed —
A20 ∆VREF Reference Voltage Range 3 — AVDD – AVSS V For 10-bit resolution
(VREFH – VREFL)
A21 VREFH Reference Voltage High AVSS + 3.0V — AVDD + 0.3V V For 10-bit resolution
A22 VREFL Reference Voltage Low AVSS – 0.3V — AVDD – 3.0V V For 10-bit resolution
A25 VAIN Analog Input Voltage VREFL — VREFH V
A28 AVDD Analog Supply Voltage VDD – 0.3 — VDD + 0.3 V Tie to VDD
A29 AVSS Analog Supply Voltage VSS – 0.3 — VSS + 0.3 V Tie to VSS
A30 ZAIN Recommended Impedance of — — 2.5(4) kΩ
Analog Voltage Source
A40 IAD A/D Current PIC18FXX20 — — 180(5) µA Average current during
from VDD PIC18LFXX20 — — 90(5) µA conversion(1)
(3)
A50 IREF VREF Input Current — — ±5(5) µA During VAIN acquisition.
— — ±150(5) µA During A/D conversion
cycle.
Note 1: When A/D is off, it will not consume any current other than minor leakage current. The power-down current
spec includes any such leakage from the A/D module.
2: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing
codes.
3: VREFH current is from RA3/AN3/VREF+ pin or AVDD, whichever is selected as the VREFH source.
VREFL current is from RA2/AN2/VREF- pin or AVSS, whichever is selected as the VREFL source.
4: Assume quiet environment. If adjacent pins have high-frequency signals (analog or digital), ZAIN may need
to be reduced to as low as 1 kΩ to fight crosstalk effects.
5: For guidance only.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 26-23: A/D CONVERSION TIMING
BSF ADCON0, GO
(Note 2)
131
Q4
130
A/D CLK 132
A/D DATA 9 8 7 ... ... 2 1 0
ADRES OLD_DATA NEW_DATA
ADIF TCY
GO DONE
SAMPLING STOPPED
SAMPLE
Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be
executed.
2: This is a minimal RC delay (typically 100 ns), which also disconnects the holding capacitor from the analog input.
TABLE 26-25: A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
130 TAD A/D Clock Period PIC18FXX20 1.6 20(2) µs TOSC based, VREF ≥ 3.0V
(2)
PIC18LFXX20 3.0 20 µs TOSC based, VREF full range
PIC18FXX20 2.0 6.0 µs A/D RC mode
PIC18LFXX20 3.0 9.0 µs A/D RC mode
131 TCNV Conversion Time 11 12 TAD
(not including acquisition time)(1)
Note 1: ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle.
2: The time of the A/D clock period is dependent on the device frequency and the TAD clock divider.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
27.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND TABLES
Note: The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of
samples and are provided for informational purposes only. The performance characteristics listed herein
are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified
operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.
“Typical” represents the mean of the distribution at 25°C. “Maximum” or “minimum” represents (mean + 3σ) or (mean – 3σ)
respectively, where σ is a standard deviation, over the whole temperature range.
FIGURE 27-1: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD PRI_RUN, EC MODE, +25°C
0.5
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C

Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to +125°C)
0.4 Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to +125°C)
5.5V
5.0V
0.3
4.5V
IDD (mA)
4.0V
0.2
3.5V
3.0V
0.1 2.5V
2.0V
0.0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
FOSC (MHz)
FIGURE 27-2: MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD PRI_RUN, EC MODE, -40°C TO +85°C
0.7

5.5V
5.0V
0.5
4.5V
0.4
IDD (mA)
4.0V
0.3
3.5V
3.0V
0.2
2.5V
0.1
2.0V
0.0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
FOSC (MHz)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
0.7

Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to +125°C)
0.6
5.5V
5.0V
0.5
4.5V
0.4
IDD (mA)
4.0V
0.3
3.5V
3.0V
0.2
2.5V
0.1
2.0V
0.0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
FOSC (MHz)
2.0

1.8 Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to +125°C)
1.6
5.5V
1.4
5.0V
1.2
4.5V
IDD (mA)
1.0
4.0V
0.8 3.5V
3.0V
0.6
2.5V
0.4 2.0V
0.2
0.0
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
FOSC (MHz)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
2.5

2.0
5.5V
5.0V
1.5
IDD (mA)
4.5V
4.0V
1.0
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
0.5
2.0V
0.0
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
FOSC (MHz)
16

14 Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to +125°C)
5.5V
12
5.0V
10
4.5V
IDD (mA)
8
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2
2.5V
2.0V
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
FOSC (MHz)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
16
14 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C

Maximum: mean + 3σ (-40°C to +125°C) 5.5V
5.0V
12
4.0V
10
4.5V
IDD (mA)
3.5V
6
4
3.0V
2
2.5V
2.0V
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
FOSC (MHz)
FIGURE 27-8: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD PRI_IDLE, EC MODE, +25°C
0.035

5.0V
0.025
4.5V
0.020
4.0V
IDD (mA)
3.5V
0.015
3.0V
2.5V
0.010
2.0V
0.005
0.000
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
FOSC (MHz)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-9: MAXIMUM IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD PRI_IDLE, EC MODE, -40°C TO +85°C
0.045

5.5V
0.035
5.0V
0.030
4.5V
0.025
IDD (mA)
4.0V
0.020
3.5V
3.0V
0.015
2.5V
0.010 2.0V
0.005
0.000
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
FOSC (MHz)
0.100

0.090
Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to +125°C) 5.5V
0.080
0.070 5.0V
0.060
4.5V
IDD (mA)
0.050 4.0V
3.5V
0.040
3.0V
0.030
2.5V
0.020 2.0V
0.010
0.000
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
FOSC (MHz)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-11: TYPICAL IDD vs.
Typical I F F OVER
OSC
vs over VVDD PRI_IDLE,
PRI_IDLE, EC MODE,
EC mode, +25°C +25°C
600

500 Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to +125°C)
5.5V
5.0V
400
4.5V
IDD (µA)
4.0V
300
3.5V
3.0V
200
2.5V
2.0V
100
0
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
FOSC (MHz)
600

5.0V
400
4.5V
4.0V
IDD (µA)
300
3.5V
3.0V
200
2.5V
2.0V
100
0
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
FOSC (MHz)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-13: TYPICAL IDD vs. FOSC OVER VDD PRI_IDLE, EC MODE, +25°C
6.0
5.5 Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C

5.0
4.5
5.5V 5.0V
4.0
3.5
IDD (mA)
4.5V
3.0
2.5
4.0V
2.0
3.5V
1.5
1.0
3.0V
0.5
2.5V
2.0V
0.0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
FOSC (MHz)
6.0
5.5
Typical: statistical mean @ 25°C 5.5V
Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to +125°C) 5.0V
4.5
4.0
4.5V
3.5
IDD (mA)
3.0
4.0V
2.5
2.0
3.5V
1.5
1.0
3.0V
0.5
2.5V
2.0V
0.0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
FOSC (MHz)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-15: TYPICAL IPD vs. VDD (+25°C), 125 kHz TO 8 MHz RC_RUN MODE,
ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED
3000

2500 8 MHz
250 kHz and 500 kHz curves are

bounded by 125 kHz and 1 MHz
curves.
2000
IPD (µA)
1500
4 MHz
1000
2 MHz
500
1 MHz
125 kHz
0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-16: MAXIMUM IPD vs. VDD (-40°C TO +125°C), 125 kHz TO 8 MHz RC_RUN,
3500
8 MHz
3000
curves.
2500
2000
IPD (µA)
4 MHz
1500
1000
2 MHz
500 1 MHz
125 kHz
0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-17: TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM IPD vs. VDD (-40°C TO +125°C), 31.25 kHz RC_RUN,
100
Max (+125°C)
Max (+85°C)
Typ (+25°C)
IPD (µA)
10

1
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-18: TYPICAL IPD vs. VDD (+25°C), 125 kHz TO 8 MHz RC_IDLE MODE,
800
750

700
curves.
650 8 MHz
550 4 MHz
500
2 MHz
IPD (µA)
1 MHz
450
125 kHz
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-19: MAXIMUM IPD vs. VDD (-40°C TO +125°C), 125 kHz TO 8 MHz RC_IDLE,
800
8 MHz
750
700
curves. 4 MHz
650
2 MHz
600 1 MHz
125 kHz
550
500
IPD (µA)
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-20: TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM IPD vs. VDD (-40°C TO +125°C), 31.25 kHz RC_IDLE,
100
Max (+125°C)
Max (+85°C)
IPD (µA)
10
Typ (+25°C)

1
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-21: IPD SEC_RUN MODE, -10°C TO +70°C 32.768 kHz XTAL 2 X 22 pF,
80

60
Max (+70°C)
50
IPD (µA)
40
Typ (+25°C)
30
20
10
0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-22: IPD SEC_IDLE, -10°C TO +70°C 32.768 kHz 2 X 22 pF,

20

16
14
Max (+70°C)
12
IPD (µA)
10
Typ (+25°C)
0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-23: TOTAL IPD, -40°C TO +125°C SLEEP MODE, ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED
100
Max (+125°C)
10
Max (+85°C)
1
IPD (µA)
0.1
Typ (+25°C)
0.01
0.001
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-24: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE (-40°C TO +125°C), VDD = 3.0V
3.0
2.5
2.0
Max (+125°C)
VOH (V)
1.5
Typ (+25°C)
Min (+125°C)
1.0
0.5
0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
IOH (-mA)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-25: VOH vs. IOH OVER TEMPERATURE (-40°C TO +125°C), VDD = 5.0V
5.0
4.5
Max (+125°C)
4.0
Typ (+25°C)
3.5
3.0
VOH (V)
2.5
Min (+125°C)
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
IOH (-mA)
FIGURE 27-26: VOL vs. IOLV OVER

vs I TEMPERATURE
over Temp (-40°C to(-40°C
+125°C)TO
V +125°C),
= 3.0V VDD = 3.0V
3.0
Max (+125°C)
2.5
Max (+85°C)
2.0
VOL (V)
1.5
Typ (+25°C)
1.0
0.5
Min (+125°C)
0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
IOL (-mA)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-27: VOL vs. IOL OVER TEMPERATURE (-40°C TO +125°C), VDD = 5.0V
1.0
0.9
Max (+125°C)
0.8
0.7
0.6
Max (+85°C)
VOL (V)
0.5
0.4
Typ (+25°C)
0.3
0.2
Min (+125°C)
0.1
0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
IOL (-mA)
FIGURE 27-28: ∆ IPD TIMER1 OSCILLATOR, -10°C TO +70°C SLEEP MODE,

TMR1 COUNTER
IPD Timer1 DISABLED
Oscillator, -10°C to +70°C SLEEP mode, TMR1 counter disabled
5.0
4.5
Max (-10°C to +70°C)

4.0
3.5
3.0
Typ (+25°C)
IPD (µA)
2.5
2.0
1.5

0.5
0.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-29: ∆IPD FSCM vs. VDD OVER TEMPERATURE PRI_IDLE, EC OSCILLATOR AT 32 kHz,
-40°C TO +125°C
4.5
4.0
Max (-40°C)
3.5
3.0
2.5
∆IPD (µA)
Typ (+25°C)
2.0
1.5

0.5
0.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-30: ∆IPD WDT, -40°C TO +125°C SLEEP MODE, ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED
14

10
Max (+125°C)
8
∆IPD (µA)
Max (+85°C)
4
Typ (+25°C)
0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-31: ∆IPD LVD vs. VDD SLEEP MODE, LVD = 2.00V-2.12V
50
45
Max (+125°C)
35
Max (+85°C)
30
IPD (µA)
Typ (+25°C)
25
20
15
10
Low-Voltage Detection Range
5
Normal Operating Range

0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-32: ∆IPD BOR vs. VDD, -40°C TO +125°C SLEEP MODE,
BOR ENABLED AT 2.00V-2.16V
40

Minimum: mean – 3σ (-40°C to +125°C) Max (+125°C)
30
25
Typ (+25°C)
IPD (µA)
20
15
10
Device may be in Reset
5
Device is Operating
0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
FIGURE 27-33: ∆IPD A/D, -40°C TO +125°C SLEEP MODE, A/D ENABLED (NOT CONVERTING)
10
Max (+125°C)
1
IPD (µA)
Max (+85°C)
0.1
0.01
Typ (+25°C)
0.001
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
FIGURE 27-34: AVERAGE FOSC vs. VDD FOR VARIOUS R'S EXTERNAL RC MODE,
C = 20 pF, TEMPERATURE = +25°C
5.0
Operation above 4 MHz is not recomended

4.5
4.0
5.1K
3.5
3.0
Freq (MHz)
2.5
10K
2.0
1.5
1.0
33K
0.5
100K
0.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
2.0
1.8
1.6
5.1K
1.4
1.2
Freq (MHz)
1.0
10K
0.8
0.6
0.4
33K
0.2
100K
0.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
5.1K
Freq (MHz)
0.4
0.3
10K
0.2
0.1
33K
100K
0.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
28.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
28.1 Package Marking Information
28-Lead SPDIP Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PIC18F2220-I/SP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0310017
YYWWNNN
28-Lead SOIC Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PIC18F2320-E/SO
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0310017
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
40-Lead PDIP Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PIC18F4220-I/P
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0310017
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Legend: XX...X Customer specific information*

Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line thus limiting the number of available characters
for customer specific information.
* Standard PICmicro device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code, and
traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check
with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP
price.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Package Marking Information (Continued)
44-Lead TQFP Example
XXXXXXXXXX PIC18F4320
XXXXXXXXXX -I/PT
XXXXXXXXXX 0310017
YYWWNNN
44-Lead QFN Example
XXXXXXXXXX PIC18F4220
XXXXXXXXXX -I/ML
XXXXXXXXXX 0310017
YYWWNNN

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
28.2 Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.
28-Lead Skinny Plastic Dual In-line (SP) – 300 mil (PDIP)

E1
2
n 1 α
E A2
L
c
β A1 B1
eB B p
Units INCHES* MILLIMETERS

Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX
Number of Pins n 28 28
Pitch p .100 2.54
Top to Seating Plane A .140 .150 .160 3.56 3.81 4.06
Molded Package Thickness A2 .125 .130 .135 3.18 3.30 3.43
Base to Seating Plane A1 .015 0.38
Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .300 .310 .325 7.62 7.87 8.26
Molded Package Width E1 .275 .285 .295 6.99 7.24 7.49
Overall Length D 1.345 1.365 1.385 34.16 34.67 35.18
Tip to Seating Plane L .125 .130 .135 3.18 3.30 3.43
Lead Thickness c .008 .012 .015 0.20 0.29 0.38
Upper Lead Width B1 .040 .053 .065 1.02 1.33 1.65
Lower Lead Width B .016 .019 .022 0.41 0.48 0.56
Overall Row Spacing § eB .320 .350 .430 8.13 8.89 10.92
Mold Draft Angle Top α 5 10 15 5 10 15
Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 5 10 15 5 10 15
* Controlling Parameter
§ Significant Characteristic
Notes:
Dimension D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010” (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MO-095
Drawing No. C04-070

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
28-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) – Wide, 300 mil (SOIC)
E
E1
p
B
2
n 1
h
α
45°
c
A A2
φ
β L A1

Pitch p .050 1.27
Overall Height A .093 .099 .104 2.36 2.50 2.64
Standoff § A1 .004 .008 .012 0.10 0.20 0.30
Overall Width E .394 .407 .420 10.01 10.34 10.67
Overall Length D .695 .704 .712 17.65 17.87 18.08
Chamfer Distance h .010 .020 .029 0.25 0.50 0.74
Foot Length L .016 .033 .050 0.41 0.84 1.27
Foot Angle Top φ 0 4 8 0 4 8
Lead Thickness c .009 .011 .013 0.23 0.28 0.33
Lead Width B .014 .017 .020 0.36 0.42 0.51
Notes:
Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010” (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MS-013
Drawing No. C04-052

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
40-Lead Plastic Dual In-line (P) – 600 mil (PDIP)
E1
2 α
n 1
A A2
L
c
β B1
A1
eB B p

Pitch p .100 2.54
Top to Seating Plane A .160 .175 .190 4.06 4.45 4.83
Base to Seating Plane A1 .015 0.38
Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .595 .600 .625 15.11 15.24 15.88
Overall Length D 2.045 2.058 2.065 51.94 52.26 52.45
Tip to Seating Plane L .120 .130 .135 3.05 3.30 3.43
Lead Thickness c .008 .012 .015 0.20 0.29 0.38
Upper Lead Width B1 .030 .050 .070 0.76 1.27 1.78
Lower Lead Width B .014 .018 .022 0.36 0.46 0.56
Overall Row Spacing § eB .620 .650 .680 15.75 16.51 17.27
Notes:
Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010” (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MO-011
Drawing No. C04-016

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) 10x10x1 mm Body, 1.0/0.10 mm Lead Form (TQFP)
E
E1
#leads=n1
D1 D
2
1
B
n
CH x 45 °
α
A
φ
β A1 A2
L
(F)
Units INCHES MILLIMETERS*

Pitch p .031 0.80
Pins per Side n1 11 11
Overall Height A .039 .043 .047 1.00 1.10 1.20
Standoff § A1 .002 .004 .006 0.05 0.10 0.15
Foot Length L .018 .024 .030 0.45 0.60 0.75
Footprint (Reference) (F) .039 1.00
Foot Angle φ 0 3.5 7 0 3.5 7
Overall Width E .463 .472 .482 11.75 12.00 12.25
Overall Length D .463 .472 .482 11.75 12.00 12.25
Molded Package Length D1 .390 .394 .398 9.90 10.00 10.10
Lead Thickness c .004 .006 .008 0.09 0.15 0.20
Lead Width B .012 .015 .017 0.30 0.38 0.44
Pin 1 Corner Chamfer CH .025 .035 .045 0.64 0.89 1.14
Notes:
Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010” (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MS-026
Drawing No. C04-076

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
44-Lead Plastic Quad Flat No Lead Package (ML) 8x8 mm Body (QFN)
E EXPOSED
METAL
PAD
D D2
2 B
1
n PIN 1
OPTIONAL PIN 1
INDEX ON E2
INDEX ON
EXPOSED PAD L
TOP MARKING
(PROFILE MAY VARY)
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW
DETAIL: CONTACT VARIANTS
A
A1
(A3)
Units INCHES MILLIMETERS*

Number of Contacts n 44 44
Pitch p .026 BSC 1 0.65 BSC 1
Overall Height A .031 .035 .039 0.80 0.90 1.00
Standoff A1 .000 .001 .002 0 0.02 0.05
Base Thickness (A3) .010 REF 2 0.25 REF 2
Overall Width E .309 .315 .321 7.85 8.00 8.15
Exposed Pad Width E2 .246 .268 .274 6.25 6.80 6.95
Overall Length D .309 .315 .321 7.85 8.00 8.15
Exposed Pad Length D2 .246 .268 .274 6.25 6.80 6.95
Contact Width B .008 .013 .013 0.20 0.33 0.35
Contact Length L .014 .016 .019 0.35 0.40 0.48
*Controlling Parameter
Notes:
1. BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
See ASME Y14.5M
2. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.
See ASME Y14.5M
3. Contact profiles may vary.
4. JEDEC equivalent: M0-220
Drawing No. C04-103

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY APPENDIX B: DEVICE
DIFFERENCES
Revision A (June 2002)
The differences between the devices listed in this data
Original data sheet for PIC18F2X20/4X20 devices. sheet are shown in Table B-1.
Revision B (October 2002)

This revision includes major changes to Section 2.0
“Oscillator Configurations” and Section 3.0 “Power
Managed Modes”, updates to the Electrical Specifica-
tions in Section 26.0 “Electrical Characteristics”
and minor corrections to the data sheet text.
Revision C (October 2003)

This revision includes updates to the Electrical Specifi-
cations in Section 26.0 “Electrical Characteristics”
and to the DC Characteristics Graphs and Charts in
Section 27.0 “DC and AC Characteristics Graphs
and Tables” and minor corrections to the data sheet
text.
TABLE B-1: DEVICE DIFFERENCES

Features PIC18F2220 PIC18F2320 PIC18F4220 PIC18F4320
Program Memory (Bytes) 4096 8192 4096 8192
Program Memory (Instructions) 2048 4096 2048 4096
Interrupt Sources 19 19 20 20
I/O Ports Ports A, B, C, (E) Ports A, B, C, (E) Ports A, B, C, D, E Ports A, B, C, D, E
Capture/Compare/PWM Modules 2 2 1 1
Enhanced Capture/Compare/
0 0 1 1
PWM Modules
Parallel Communications (PSP) No No Yes Yes
10-bit Analog-to-Digital Module 10 input channels 10 input channels 13 input channels 13 input channels
40-pin PDIP 40-pin PDIP
28-pin SPDIP 28-pin SPDIP
Packages 44-pin TQFP 44-pin TQFP
28-pin SOIC 28-pin SOIC
44-pin QFN 44-pin QFN

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
APPENDIX C: CONVERSION APPENDIX D: MIGRATION FROM
CONSIDERATIONS BASELINE TO
This appendix discusses the considerations for con- ENHANCED DEVICES
verting from previous versions of a device to the ones This section discusses how to migrate from a Baseline
listed in this data sheet. Typically, these changes are device (i.e., PIC16C5X) to an Enhanced MCU device
due to the differences in the process technology used. (i.e., PIC18FXXX).
An example of this type of conversion is from a
PIC16C74A to a PIC16C74B. The following are the list of modifications over the
PIC16C5X microcontroller family:
Not Applicable
Not Currently Available

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
APPENDIX E: MIGRATION FROM APPENDIX F: MIGRATION FROM
MID-RANGE TO HIGH-END TO
ENHANCED DEVICES ENHANCED DEVICES
A detailed discussion of the differences between the A detailed discussion of the migration pathway and
mid-range MCU devices (i.e., PIC16CXXX) and the differences between the high-end MCU devices (i.e.,
enhanced devices (i.e., PIC18FXXX) is provided in PIC17CXXX) and the enhanced devices (i.e.,
AN716, “Migrating Designs from PIC16C74A/74B to PIC18FXXX) is provided in AN726, “PIC17CXXX to
PIC18C442.” The changes discussed, while device PIC18CXXX Migration.” This Application Note is
specific, are generally applicable to all mid-range to available as Literature Number DS00726.
enhanced device migrations.
This Application Note is available as Literature Number
DS00716.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
INDEX
A Compare Mode Operation ....................................... 136
External Power-on Reset Circuit
A/D ................................................................................... 211
A/D Converter Interrupt, Configuring ....................... 215 (Slow VDD Power-up) ........................................ 44
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ........................................... 248
Acquisition Requirements ........................................ 216
Generic I/O Port Operation ...................................... 101
ADCON0 Register .................................................... 211
Interrupt Logic ............................................................ 88
ADCON1 Register .................................................... 211
Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) ....................................... 232
ADCON2 Register .................................................... 211
Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) with External Input ........ 232
ADRESH Register ............................................ 211, 214
MCLR/VPP/RE3 Pin ................................................. 111
ADRESL Register .................................................... 211
MSSP (I2C Master Mode) ........................................ 179
Analog Port Pins, Configuring .................................. 218
MSSP (I2C Mode) .................................................... 164
Associated Registers ............................................... 220
MSSP (SPI Mode) ................................................... 155
Automatic Acquisition Time ...................................... 217
On-Chip Reset Circuit ................................................ 43
Calculating the Minimum Required
PIC18F2220/2320 ....................................................... 9
Acquisition Time ............................................... 216
PIC18F4220/4320 ..................................................... 10
Configuring the Module ............................................ 215
PLL ............................................................................ 20
Conversion Clock (TAD) ........................................... 217
PORTC (Peripheral Output Override) ...................... 107
Conversion Status (GO/DONE Bit) .......................... 214
PORTD and PORTE (Parallel Slave Port) ............... 114
Conversions ............................................................. 219
PWM (Enhanced) .................................................... 143
Converter Characteristics ........................................ 341
PWM (Standard) ...................................................... 138
Operation in Power Managed Modes ...................... 218
RA3:RA0 and RA5 Pins ........................................... 102
Special Event Trigger (CCP) ............................ 136, 220
RA4/T0CKI Pin ........................................................ 102
Use of the CCP2 Trigger .......................................... 220
RA6 Pin ................................................................... 102
VREF+ and VREF- References .................................. 216
Absolute Maximum Ratings ............................................. 305 RA7 Pin ................................................................... 102
AC (Timing) Characteristics ............................................. 323 RB2:RB0 Pins .......................................................... 105
RB3/CCP2 Pin ......................................................... 105
Load Conditions for Device
Timing Specifications ....................................... 324 RB4 Pin ................................................................... 105
Parameter Symbology ............................................. 323 RB7:RB5 Pins .......................................................... 104
RD4:RD0 Pins ......................................................... 110
Temperature and Voltage Specifications ................. 324
Timing Conditions .................................................... 324 RD7:RD5 Pins ......................................................... 109
Access Bank ...................................................................... 65 RE2:RE0 Pins .......................................................... 111
Reads from Flash Program Memory .......................... 75
ACKSTAT Status Flag ..................................................... 185
ADCON0 Register ............................................................ 211 System Clock ............................................................. 25
GO/DONE Bit ........................................................... 214 Table Read Operation ............................................... 71
Table Write Operation ................................................ 72
ADCON1 Register ............................................................ 211
ADCON2 Register ............................................................ 211 Table Writes to Flash Program Memory .................... 77
ADDLW ............................................................................ 261 Timer0 in 16-bit Mode .............................................. 118
Timer0 in 8-bit Mode ................................................ 118
Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous
Receiver Transmitter. See USART. Timer1 ..................................................................... 122
ADDWF ............................................................................ 261 Timer1 (16-bit Read/Write Mode) ............................ 122
Timer2 ..................................................................... 128
ADDWFC ......................................................................... 262
ADRESH Register ............................................................ 211 Timer3 ..................................................................... 130
ADRESL Register .................................................... 211, 214 Timer3 (16-bit Read/Write Mode) ............................ 130
USART Receive ....................................................... 204
Analog-to-Digital Converter. See A/D.
ANDLW ............................................................................ 262 USART Transmit ...................................................... 202
ANDWF ............................................................................ 263 Watchdog Timer ...................................................... 245
BN .................................................................................... 264
Assembler
MPASM Assembler .................................................. 299 BNC ................................................................................. 265
BNN ................................................................................. 265
B BNOV ............................................................................... 266
Bank Select Register (BSR) ............................................... 65 BNZ .................................................................................. 266
Baud Rate Generator ....................................................... 181 BOR. See Brown-out Reset.
BC .................................................................................... 263 BOV ................................................................................. 269
BCF .................................................................................. 264 BRA ................................................................................. 267
BF Status Flag ................................................................. 185 BRG. See Baud Rate Generator.
Block Diagrams Brown-out Reset (BOR) ..............................................44, 237
A/D ........................................................................... 214 BSF .................................................................................. 267
Analog Input Model .................................................. 215 BTFSC ............................................................................. 268
Baud Rate Generator ............................................... 181 BTFSS ............................................................................. 268
Capture Mode Operation ......................................... 135 BTG ................................................................................. 269
Comparator I/O Operating Modes ............................ 222 BZ .................................................................................... 270
Comparator Output .................................................. 224
Comparator Voltage Reference ............................... 228

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
C Comparator ...................................................................... 221
C Compilers Analog Input Connection Considerations ................ 225
MPLAB C17 ............................................................. 300 Associated Registers ............................................... 226
Configuration ........................................................... 221
MPLAB C18 ............................................................. 300
MPLAB C30 ............................................................. 300 Effects of a Reset .................................................... 225
CALL ................................................................................ 270 Interrupts .................................................................. 224
Operation ................................................................. 223
Capture (CCP Module) ..................................................... 135
Associated Registers ............................................... 137 Operation in Power Managed Modes ...................... 225
CCP Pin Configuration ............................................. 135 Outputs .................................................................... 223
Reference ................................................................ 223
CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers ................................... 135
Software Interrupt ..................................................... 135 Response Time ........................................................ 223
Timer1/Timer3 Mode Selection ................................ 135 Comparator Specifications ............................................... 321
Comparator Voltage Reference ....................................... 227
Capture (ECCP Module) .................................................. 142
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) ........................................ 133 Accuracy and Error .................................................. 228
Capture Mode. See Capture. Associated Registers ............................................... 229
Configuring .............................................................. 227
CCP1 ........................................................................ 134
CCPR1H Register ............................................ 134 Connection Considerations ...................................... 228
CCPR1L Register ............................................ 134 Effects of a Reset .................................................... 228
Operation in Power Managed Modes ...................... 228
CCP2 ........................................................................ 134
CCPR2H Register ............................................ 134 Compare (CCP Module) .................................................. 136
CCPR2L Register ............................................ 134 Associated Registers ............................................... 137
CCP Pin Configuration ............................................. 136
Compare Mode. See Compare.
Interaction of Two CCP Modules ............................. 134 CCPR1 Register ...................................................... 136
PWM Mode. See PWM. Software Interrupt .................................................... 136
Special Event Trigger .......................................136, 220
Timer Resources ...................................................... 134
Clock Sources .................................................................... 24 Timer1/Timer3 Mode Selection ................................ 136
Selection Using OSCCON Register ........................... 24 Compare (ECCP Mode) ................................................... 142
Computed GOTO ............................................................... 59
Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle .................................... 57
CLRF ................................................................................ 271 Configuration Bits ............................................................ 237
CLRWDT .......................................................................... 271 Configuration Register Protection .................................... 254
Context Saving During Interrupts ....................................... 99
Code Examples
16 x 16 Signed Multiply Routine ................................. 86 Control Registers
16 x 16 Unsigned Multiply Routine ............................. 86 EECON1 and EECON2 ............................................. 72
Conversion Considerations .............................................. 370
8 x 8 Signed Multiply Routine ..................................... 85
8 x 8 Unsigned Multiply Routine ................................. 85 CPFSEQ .......................................................................... 272
Changing Between Capture Prescalers ................... 135 CPFSGT .......................................................................... 273
CPFSLT ........................................................................... 273
Computed GOTO Using an Offset Value ................... 59
Data EEPROM Read ................................................. 83 Crystal Oscillator/Ceramic Resonator ................................ 19
Data EEPROM Refresh Routine ................................ 84 D
Data EEPROM Write .................................................. 83
Data EEPROM Code Protection ...................................... 254
Erasing a Flash Program Memory Row ..................... 76
Data EEPROM Memory ..................................................... 81
Fast Register Stack .................................................... 56
Associated Registers ................................................. 84
How to Clear RAM (Bank 1) Using
EEADR Register ........................................................ 81
Indirect Addressing ............................................ 66
EECON1 and EECON2 Registers ............................. 81
Implementing a Real-Time Clock Using a
Operation During Code-Protect ................................. 84
Timer1 Interrupt Service .................................. 125
Protection Against Spurious Write ............................. 83
Initializing PORTA .................................................... 101
Reading ..................................................................... 83
Initializing PORTB .................................................... 104
Using .......................................................................... 84
Initializing PORTC .................................................... 107
Write Verify ................................................................ 83
Initializing PORTD .................................................... 109
Writing ........................................................................ 83
Initializing PORTE .................................................... 111
Data Memory ..................................................................... 59
Loading the SSPBUF (SSPSR) Register ................. 158
General Purpose Registers ....................................... 59
Reading a Flash Program Memory Word ................... 75
Map for PIC18F2X20/4X20 ........................................ 60
Saving Status, WREG and BSR Registers
Special Function Registers ........................................ 61
in RAM ............................................................... 99
DAW ................................................................................ 274
Writing to Flash Program Memory ....................... 78–79
DC and AC Characteristics
Code Protection ....................................................... 237, 251
Graphs and Tables .................................................. 343
COMF ............................................................................... 272
DC Characteristics ........................................................... 318
Power-Down and Supply Current ............................ 309
Supply Voltage ......................................................... 308
DCFSNZ .......................................................................... 275
DECF ............................................................................... 274
DECFSZ .......................................................................... 275

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Demonstration Boards G
PICDEM 1 ................................................................ 302
GOTO .............................................................................. 276
PICDEM 17 .............................................................. 302
PICDEM 18R PIC18C601/801 ................................. 303 H
PICDEM 2 Plus ........................................................ 302 Hardware Multiplier ............................................................ 85
PICDEM 3 PIC16C92X ............................................ 302 Introduction ................................................................ 85
PICDEM 4 ................................................................ 302 Operation ................................................................... 85
PICDEM LIN PIC16C43X ........................................ 303 Performance Comparison .......................................... 85
PICDEM USB PIC16C7X5 ....................................... 303 HSPLL ............................................................................... 20
PICDEM.net Internet/Ethernet ................................. 302
Development Support ...................................................... 299 I
Device Differences ........................................................... 369 I/O Ports ........................................................................... 101
Device Overview .................................................................. 7 I2C Mode
Features (table) ............................................................ 8 ACK Pulse ........................................................168, 169
New Core Features ...................................................... 7 Acknowledge Sequence Timing .............................. 188
Other Special Features ................................................ 7 Baud Rate Generator .............................................. 181
Direct Addressing ............................................................... 67 Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition ................................................. 192
E
Bus Collision During a Start Condition ..................... 190
ECCP ............................................................................... 141 Bus Collision During a Stop Condition ..................... 193
Auto-Shutdown ........................................................ 149 Clock Arbitration ...................................................... 182
and Automatic Restart ..................................... 151 Clock Stretching ....................................................... 174
Capture and Compare Modes .................................. 142 Effect of a Reset ...................................................... 189
Outputs .................................................................... 142 General Call Address Support ................................. 178
Standard PWM Mode ............................................... 142 Master Mode ............................................................ 179
Start-up Considerations ........................................... 151 Master Mode (Reception, 7-bit Address) ................. 187
Effects of Power Managed Modes on Master Mode Operation ........................................... 180
Various Clock Sources ............................................... 27 Master Mode Reception ........................................... 185
Electrical Characteristics .................................................. 305 Master Mode Repeated Start
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) .................... 141 Condition Timing .............................................. 184
Capture Mode. See Capture (ECCP Module). Master Mode Start Condition Timing ....................... 183
PWM Mode. See PWM (ECCP Module). Master Mode Transmission ..................................... 185
Enhanced CCP Auto-Shutdown ....................................... 149 Multi-Master Communication, Bus Collision
Enhanced PWM Mode. See PWM (ECCP Module). and Bus Arbitration .......................................... 189
Equations Multi-Master Mode ................................................... 189
16 x 16 Signed Multiplication Algorithm ..................... 86 Operation ................................................................. 168
16 x 16 Unsigned Multiplication Algorithm ................. 86 Operation in Power Managed Mode ........................ 189
A/D Acquisition Time ................................................ 216 Read/Write Bit Information (R/W Bit) ................168, 169
A/D Minimum Holding Capacitor .............................. 216 Registers ................................................................. 164
Errata ................................................................................... 5 Serial Clock (RC3/SCK/SCL) ................................... 169
Evaluation and Programming Tools ................................. 303 Slave Mode .............................................................. 168
External Clock Input ........................................................... 21 Addressing ....................................................... 168
F Reception ........................................................ 169
Transmission ................................................... 169
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ............................................ 237, 248
Stop Condition Timing ............................................. 188
Interrupts in Power Managed Modes ....................... 250
ID Locations ..............................................................237, 254
POR or Wake-up from Sleep ................................... 250
INCF ................................................................................ 276
WDT During Oscillator Failure ................................. 248
INCFSZ ............................................................................ 277
Fast Register Stack ............................................................ 56
In-Circuit Debugger .......................................................... 254
Firmware Instructions ....................................................... 255
In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) .......................237, 254
Flash Program Memory ...................................................... 71
Indirect Addressing
Associated Registers ................................................. 79
INDF and FSR Registers ........................................... 66
Control Registers ....................................................... 72
Operation ................................................................... 66
Erase Sequence ........................................................ 76
Indirect Addressing Operation ........................................... 67
Erasing ....................................................................... 76
Indirect File Operand ......................................................... 59
Operation During Code-Protect ................................. 79
INFSNZ ............................................................................ 277
Reading ...................................................................... 75
Initialization Conditions for all Registers .......................46–49
TABLAT Register ....................................................... 74
Instruction Cycle ................................................................ 57
Table Pointer .............................................................. 74
Instruction Flow/Pipelining ................................................. 57
Boundaries Based on Operation ........................ 74
Instruction Format ............................................................ 257
Table Pointer Boundaries .......................................... 74
Table Reads and Table Writes .................................. 71
Unexpected Termination of Write Operation .............. 79
Write Verify ................................................................ 79
Writing to .................................................................... 77
FSCM. See Fail-Safe Clock Monitor.

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Instruction Set .................................................................. 255 SUBLW .................................................................... 291
ADDLW .................................................................... 261 SUBWF .................................................................... 291
ADDWF .................................................................... 261 SUBWFB ................................................................. 292
ADDWFC ................................................................. 262 SWAPF .................................................................... 293
ANDLW .................................................................... 262 TBLRD ..................................................................... 294
ANDWF .................................................................... 263 TBLWT ..................................................................... 295
BC ............................................................................ 263 TSTFSZ ................................................................... 296
BCF .......................................................................... 264 XORLW .................................................................... 296
BN ............................................................................ 264 XORWF ................................................................... 297
BNC .......................................................................... 265 Summary Table ....................................................... 258
BNN .......................................................................... 265 INTCON Register
BNOV ....................................................................... 266 RBIF Bit ................................................................... 104
BNZ .......................................................................... 266 INTCON Registers ............................................................. 89
BOV .......................................................................... 269 Inter-Integrated Circuit. See I2C.
BRA .......................................................................... 267 Internal Oscillator Block ..................................................... 22
BSF .......................................................................... 267 Adjustment ................................................................. 22
BTFSC ..................................................................... 268 INTIO Modes ............................................................. 22
BTFSS ...................................................................... 268 INTRC Output Frequency .......................................... 22
BTG .......................................................................... 269 OSCTUNE Register ................................................... 22
BZ ............................................................................. 270 Internal RC Oscillator
CALL ........................................................................ 270 Use with WDT .......................................................... 245
CLRF ........................................................................ 271 Interrupt Sources ............................................................. 237
CLRWDT .................................................................. 271 A/D Conversion Complete ....................................... 215
COMF ....................................................................... 272 Capture Complete (CCP) ......................................... 135
CPFSEQ .................................................................. 272 Compare Complete (CCP) ....................................... 136
CPFSGT ................................................................... 273 Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) .............................. 104
CPFSLT ................................................................... 273 INTn Pin ..................................................................... 99
DAW ......................................................................... 274 PORTB, Interrupt-on-Change .................................... 99
DCFSNZ ................................................................... 275 TMR0 ......................................................................... 99
DECF ....................................................................... 274 TMR1 Overflow ........................................................ 121
DECFSZ ................................................................... 275 TMR2 to PR2 Match ................................................ 128
GOTO ....................................................................... 276 TMR2 to PR2 Match (PWM) .............................127, 138
INCF ......................................................................... 276 TMR3 Overflow .................................................129, 131
INCFSZ .................................................................... 277 USART Receive/Transmit Complete ....................... 195
INFSNZ .................................................................... 277 Interrupts ............................................................................ 87
IORLW ..................................................................... 278 Interrupts, Enable Bits
IORWF ..................................................................... 278 CCP1 Enable (CCP1IE Bit) ..................................... 135
LFSR ........................................................................ 279 Interrupts, Flag Bits
MOVF ....................................................................... 279 CCP1 Flag (CCP1IF Bit) .......................................... 135
MOVFF ..................................................................... 280 CCP1IF Flag (CCP1IF Bit) ....................................... 136
MOVLB ..................................................................... 280 Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) Flag (RBIF Bit) ..... 104
MOVLW .................................................................... 281 INTOSC Frequency Drift .................................................... 40
MOVWF ................................................................... 281 INTOSC, INTRC. See Internal Oscillator Block.
MULLW .................................................................... 282 IORLW ............................................................................. 278
MULWF .................................................................... 282 IORWF ............................................................................. 278
NEGF ....................................................................... 283 IPR Registers ..................................................................... 96
NOP ......................................................................... 283
POP .......................................................................... 284 L
PUSH ....................................................................... 284 LFSR ................................................................................ 279
RCALL ...................................................................... 285 Look-up Tables .................................................................. 59
Reset ........................................................................ 285 Low-Voltage Detect ......................................................... 231
RETFIE .................................................................... 286 Characteristics ......................................................... 322
RETLW ..................................................................... 286 Effects of a Reset .................................................... 235
RETURN .................................................................. 287 Operation ................................................................. 234
RLCF ........................................................................ 287 Current Consumption ....................................... 235
RLNCF ..................................................................... 288 Reference Voltage Set Point ........................... 235
RRCF ....................................................................... 288 Operation During Sleep ........................................... 235
RRNCF ..................................................................... 289 Low-Voltage ICSP Programming ..................................... 254
SETF ........................................................................ 289 LVD. See Low-Voltage Detect.
SLEEP ...................................................................... 290
SUBFWB .................................................................. 290

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
M Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ............................ 27, 44, 237
Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP). See MSSP. Oscillator Switching ........................................................... 24
Memory Organization ......................................................... 53 Oscillator Transitions ......................................................... 27
Oscillator, Timer1 ......................................................121, 131
Data Memory ............................................................. 59
Program Memory ....................................................... 53 Oscillator, Timer3 ............................................................. 129
Memory Programming Requirements .............................. 320 P
Migration from Baseline to Enhanced Devices ................ 370
Packaging Information ..................................................... 361
Migration from High-End to Enhanced Devices ............... 371
Marking .............................................................361, 362
Migration from Mid-Range to Enhanced Devices ............. 371
Parallel Slave Port (PSP) ..........................................109, 114
MOVF ............................................................................... 279
MOVFF ............................................................................. 280
CS (Chip Select) ...............................................113, 114
MOVLB ............................................................................. 280
PORTD .................................................................... 114
MOVLW ............................................................................ 281
RD (Read Input) ................................................113, 114
MOVWF ........................................................................... 281
RE0/AN5/RD Pin ..................................................... 113
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian .................. 300
RE1/AN6/WR Pin ..................................................... 113
MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger ................................... 301
RE2/AN7/CS Pin ...................................................... 113
MPLAB ICE 2000 High Performance
Select (PSPMODE Bit) .....................................109, 114
Universal In-Circuit Emulator ................................... 301
WR (Write Input) ...............................................113, 114
MPLAB ICE 4000 High Performance
PICkit 1 Flash Starter Kit ................................................. 303
Universal In-Circuit Emulator ................................... 301
PICSTART Plus Development Programmer .................... 301
MPLAB Integrated Development
PIE Registers ..................................................................... 94
Environment Software .............................................. 299
Pin Functions
MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ............... 300
MCLR/VPP/RE3 ....................................................11, 14
MSSP ............................................................................... 155
OSC1/CLKI/RA7 ...................................................11, 14
Control Registers (General) ..................................... 155
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 .................................................11, 14
Enabling SPI I/O ...................................................... 159
RA0/AN0 ...............................................................11, 14
I2C Master Mode ...................................................... 179
RA1/AN1 ...............................................................11, 14
I2C Mode
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF .........................................11, 14
I2C Slave Mode ........................................................ 168
RA3/AN3/VREF+ ...................................................11, 14
Operation ................................................................. 158
RA4/T0CKI/C1OUT ..............................................11, 14
Overview .................................................................. 155
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN/C2OUT ................................11, 14
Slave Select Control ................................................ 161
RB0/AN12/INT0 ....................................................12, 15
SPI Master Mode ..................................................... 160
RB1/AN10/INT1 ....................................................12, 15
SPI Master/Slave Connection .................................. 159
RB2/AN8/INT2 ......................................................12, 15
SPI Mode ................................................................. 155
RB3/AN9/CCP2 ....................................................12, 15
SPI Slave Mode ....................................................... 161
RB4/AN11/KBI0 ....................................................12, 15
Typical Connection .................................................. 159
RB5/KBI1/PGM .....................................................12, 15
MULLW ............................................................................ 282
RB6/KBI2/PGC .....................................................12, 15
MULWF ............................................................................ 282
RB7/KBI3/PGD .......................................................... 12
N RB7/PGD ................................................................... 15
NEGF ............................................................................... 283 RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI ..............................................13, 16
NOP ................................................................................. 283 RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 .................................................13, 16
RC2/CCP1/P1A ....................................................13, 16
O RC3/SCK/SCL ......................................................13, 16
Opcode Field Descriptions ............................................... 256 RC4/SDI/SDA .......................................................13, 16
OPTION_REG Register RC5/SDO ..............................................................13, 16
PSA Bit ..................................................................... 119 RC6/TX/CK ...........................................................13, 16
T0CS Bit ................................................................... 119 RC7/RX/DT ...........................................................13, 16
T0PS2:T0PS0 Bits ................................................... 119 RD0/PSP0 ................................................................. 17
T0SE Bit ................................................................... 119 RD1/PSP1 ................................................................. 17
Oscillator Configuration ...................................................... 19 RD2/PSP2 ................................................................. 17
EC .............................................................................. 19 RD3/PSP3 ................................................................. 17
ECIO .......................................................................... 19 RD4/PSP4 ................................................................. 17
HS .............................................................................. 19 RD5/PSP5/P1B ......................................................... 17
HSPLL ........................................................................ 19 RD6/PSP6/P1C ......................................................... 17
Internal Oscillator Block ............................................. 22 RD7/PSP7/P1D ......................................................... 17
INTIO1 ....................................................................... 19 RE0/AN5/RD .............................................................. 18
INTIO2 ....................................................................... 19 RE1/AN6/WR ............................................................. 18
LP ............................................................................... 19 RE2/AN7/CS .............................................................. 18
RC .............................................................................. 19 RE3 ............................................................................ 18
RCIO .......................................................................... 19 VDD .......................................................................13, 18
XT .............................................................................. 19 VSS .......................................................................13, 18
Oscillator Selection .......................................................... 237

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Pinout I/O Descriptions Program Memory
PIC18F2220/2320 ...................................................... 11 Instructions ................................................................ 58
PIC18F4220/4320 ...................................................... 14 Two-Word .......................................................... 58
PIR Registers ..................................................................... 92 Interrupt Vector .......................................................... 53
PLL Lock Time-out ............................................................. 44 Map and Stack for PIC18F2220/4220 ....................... 53
Pointer, FSRn ..................................................................... 66 Map and Stack for PIC18F2320/4320 ....................... 53
POP .................................................................................. 284 Reset Vector .............................................................. 53
POR. See Power-on Reset. Program Memory Code Protection .................................. 252
PORTA Program Verification ........................................................ 251
Associated Registers ............................................... 103 Program Verification and Code Protection
LATA Register .......................................................... 101 Associated Registers ............................................... 251
PORTA Register ...................................................... 101 Programming, Device Instructions ................................... 255
TRISA Register ........................................................ 101 PSP. See Parallel Slave Port.
PORTB Pulse Width Modulation. See PWM (CCP Module)
Associated Registers ............................................... 106 and PWM (ECCP Module).
LATB Register .......................................................... 104 PUSH ............................................................................... 284
PORTB Register ...................................................... 104 PUSH and POP Instructions .............................................. 55
RB7:RB4 Interrupt-on-Change Flag (RBIF Bit) ........ 104 PWM (CCP Module) ........................................................ 138
TRISB Register ........................................................ 104 Associated Registers ............................................... 139
PORTC CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers ................................... 138
Associated Registers ............................................... 108 Duty Cycle ............................................................... 138
LATC Register .......................................................... 107 Example Frequencies/Resolutions .......................... 139
PORTC Register ...................................................... 107 Period ...................................................................... 138
TRISC Register ........................................................ 107 Setup for PWM Operation ........................................ 139
PORTD TMR2 to PR2 Match .........................................127, 138
Associated Registers ............................................... 110 PWM (ECCP Module) ...................................................... 143
LATD Register .......................................................... 109 Associated Registers ............................................... 153
Parallel Slave Port (PSP) Function .......................... 109 Direction Change in Full-Bridge Output Mode ......... 147
PORTD Register ...................................................... 109 Effects of a Reset .................................................... 152
TRISD Register ........................................................ 109 Full-Bridge Application Example .............................. 147
PORTE Full-Bridge Mode ..................................................... 146
Analog Port Pins ...................................................... 113 Half-Bridge Mode ..................................................... 145
Associated Registers ............................................... 113 Half-Bridge Output Mode Applications Example ...... 145
LATE Register .......................................................... 111 Operation in Power Managed Modes ...................... 152
PORTE Register ...................................................... 111 Operation with Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ................... 152
PSP Mode Select (PSPMODE Bit) .......................... 109 Output Configurations .............................................. 143
RE0/AN5/RD Pin ...................................................... 113 Output Relationships (Active-High State) ................ 144
RE1/AN6/WR Pin ..................................................... 113 Output Relationships (Active-Low State) ................. 144
RE2/AN7/CS Pin ...................................................... 113 Programmable Dead Band Delay ............................ 149
TRISE Register ........................................................ 111 Setup for Operation ................................................. 152
Postscaler, WDT Shoot-Through Current ............................................ 149
Assignment (PSA Bit) ............................................... 119 Start-up Considerations ........................................... 151
Rate Select (T0PS2:T0PS0 Bits) ............................. 119
Power Managed Modes ..................................................... 29 Q
Entering ...................................................................... 30 Q Clock ............................................................................ 139
Idle Modes .................................................................. 31
Run Modes ................................................................. 36
R
Selecting .................................................................... 29 RAM. See Data Memory.
Sleep Mode ................................................................ 31 RC Oscillator ...................................................................... 21
Summary (table) ......................................................... 29 RCIO Oscillator Mode ................................................ 21
Wake-up from ............................................................. 38 RCALL ............................................................................. 285
Power-on Reset (POR) .............................................. 44, 237 RCON Register
Power-up Delays ................................................................ 27 Bit Status During Initialization .................................... 45
Power-up Timer (PWRT) ...................................... 27, 44, 237 Bits and Positions ...................................................... 45
Prescaler, Capture ........................................................... 135 RCSTA Register
Prescaler, Timer0 ............................................................. 119 SPEN Bit .................................................................. 195
Assignment (PSA Bit) ............................................... 119 Register File ....................................................................... 59
Rate Select (T0PS2:T0PS0 Bits) ............................. 119 Registers
Prescaler, Timer2 ............................................................. 139 ADCON0 (A/D Control 0) ......................................... 211
PRO MATE II Universal Device Programmer ................... 301 ADCON1 (A/D Control 1) ......................................... 212
Product Identification System ........................................... 385 ADCON2 (A/D Control 2) ......................................... 213
Program Counter CCP1CON (Enhanced CCP
PCL Register .............................................................. 56 Operation Control 1) ........................................ 141
PCLATH Register ....................................................... 56 CCPxCON (Capture/Compare/PWM Control) ......... 133
PCLATU Register ....................................................... 56 CMCON (Comparator Control) ................................ 221
CONFIG1H (Configuration 1 High) .......................... 238

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
CONFIG2H (Configuration 2 High) .......................... 239 S
CONFIG2L (Configuration 2 Low) ............................ 239
SCI. See USART.
SCK ................................................................................. 155
SDI ................................................................................... 155
SDO ................................................................................. 155
Serial Clock (SCK) Pin ..................................................... 155
Serial Communication Interface. See USART.
Serial Data In (SDI) Pin ................................................... 155
Serial Data Out (SDO) Pin ............................................... 155
Serial Peripheral Interface. See SPI Mode.
CVRCON (Comparator Voltage
SETF ................................................................................ 289
Reference Control) ........................................... 227
Shoot-Through Current .................................................... 149
Device ID Register 1 ................................................ 244
Slave Select (SS) Pin ...................................................... 155
Device ID Register 2 ................................................ 244 SLEEP ............................................................................. 290
ECCPAS (Enhanced CCP Sleep
Auto-Shutdown Control) ................................... 150
OSC1 and OSC2 Pin States ...................................... 27
EECON1 (Data EEPROM Control 1) ................... 73, 82 Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) ................................... 300
INTCON (Interrupt Control) ........................................ 89 Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM30) ............................... 300
INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2) ................................... 90
Special Event Trigger. See Compare
INTCON3 (Interrupt Control 3) ................................... 91 (CCP Module)
IPR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 1) .......................... 96 Special Features of the CPU ........................................... 237
IPR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 2) .......................... 97
Special Function Registers ................................................ 61
LVDCON (LVD Control) ........................................... 233 Map ............................................................................ 61
OSCCON (Oscillator Control) .................................... 26 SPI Mode
OSCTUNE (Oscillator Tuning) ................................... 23
PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1) .......................... 94 Bus Mode Compatibility ........................................... 163
PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2) .......................... 95 Effects of a Reset .................................................... 163
PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Request
Master in Power Managed Modes ........................... 163
(Flag) 1) ............................................................. 92 Master Mode ............................................................ 160
PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request Master/Slave Connection ......................................... 159
(Flag) 2) ............................................................. 93
Registers ................................................................. 156
PWM1CON (Enhanced PWM Configuration) ........... 149 Serial Clock .............................................................. 155
RCON (Reset Control) ......................................... 69, 98 Serial Data In ........................................................... 155
RCSTA (Receive Status and Control) ...................... 197
Serial Data Out ........................................................ 155
SSPCON1 (MSSP Control 1, I2C Mode) ................. 166 Slave in Power Managed Modes ............................. 163
SSPCON1 (MSSP Control 1, SPI Mode) ................. 157
Slave Mode .............................................................. 161
SSPCON2 (MSSP Control 2, I2C Mode) ................. 167
Slave Select ............................................................. 155
SSPSTAT (MSSP Status, I2C Mode) ....................... 165
SPI Clock ................................................................. 160
SSPSTAT (MSSP Status, SPI Mode) ...................... 156
SS .................................................................................... 155
Status ......................................................................... 68
SSP
STKPTR (Stack Pointer) ............................................ 55 I2C Mode. See I2C.
Summary .............................................................. 62–64 SSPBUF Register .................................................... 160
T0CON (Timer0 Control) .......................................... 117
SSPSR Register ...................................................... 160
T1CON (Timer 1 Control) ......................................... 121 TMR2 Output for Clock Shift .............................127, 128
T2CON (Timer 2 Control) ......................................... 127 SSPOV Status Flag ......................................................... 185
T3CON (Timer3 Control) .......................................... 129
SSPSTAT Register
TRISE ...................................................................... 112 R/W Bit .............................................................168, 169
TXSTA (Transmit Status and Control) ..................... 196 Stack Full/Underflow Resets .............................................. 55
WDTCON (Watchdog Timer Control) ....................... 246
SUBFWB ......................................................................... 290
Reset .......................................................................... 43, 285 SUBLW ............................................................................ 291
Resets .............................................................................. 237 SUBWF ............................................................................ 291
RETFIE ............................................................................ 286
SUBWFB ......................................................................... 292
RETLW ............................................................................. 286 SWAPF ............................................................................ 293
RETURN .......................................................................... 287
Return Address Stack ........................................................ 54 T
Return Stack Pointer (STKPTR) ........................................ 54 TABLAT Register ............................................................... 74
Revision History ............................................................... 369 Table Pointer Operations (table) ........................................ 74
RLCF ................................................................................ 287 Table Reads/Table Writes ................................................. 59
RLNCF ............................................................................. 288 TBLPTR Register ............................................................... 74
RRCF ............................................................................... 288 TBLRD ............................................................................. 294
RRNCF ............................................................................. 289 TBLWT ............................................................................. 295
Time-out in Various Situations (table) ................................ 45
Time-out Sequence ........................................................... 44

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Timer0 .............................................................................. 117 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) ............................... 330
16-bit Mode Timer Reads and Writes ...................... 119 CLKO and I/O .......................................................... 327
Associated Registers ............................................... 119 Clock Synchronization ............................................. 175
Clock Source Edge Select (T0SE Bit) ...................... 119 Clock, Instruction Cycle ............................................. 57
Clock Source Select (T0CS Bit) ............................... 119 Example SPI Master Mode (CKE = 0) ..................... 332
Interrupt .................................................................... 119 Example SPI Master Mode (CKE = 1) ..................... 333
Operation ................................................................. 119 Example SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 0) ....................... 334
Prescaler. See Prescaler, Timer0. Example SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 1) ....................... 335
Switching Prescaler Assignment .............................. 119 External Clock (All Modes except PLL) ................... 325
Timer1 .............................................................................. 121 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) .............................. 249
16-bit Read/Write Mode ........................................... 124 First Start Bit ............................................................ 183
Associated Registers ............................................... 125 Full-Bridge PWM Output .......................................... 146
Interrupt .................................................................... 124 Half-Bridge PWM Output ......................................... 145
Operation ................................................................. 122 I2C Bus Data ............................................................ 336
Oscillator .......................................................... 121, 123 I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits ............................................ 336
Oscillator Layout Considerations ............................. 123 I2C Master Mode (Transmission,
Overflow Interrupt ..................................................... 121 7 or 10-bit Address) ......................................... 186
Resetting, Using a Special Event I2C Slave Mode (Transmission, 10-bit Address) ...... 173
Trigger Output (CCP) ....................................... 124 I2C Slave Mode (Transmission, 7-bit Address) ........ 171
Special Event Trigger (CCP) .................................... 136 I2C Slave Mode with SEN = 0
TMR1H Register ...................................................... 121 (Reception, 10-bit Address) ............................. 172
TMR1L Register ....................................................... 121 I2C Slave Mode with SEN = 0
Use as a Real-Time Clock ....................................... 124 (Reception, 7-bit Address) ............................... 170
Timer2 .............................................................................. 127 I2C Slave Mode with SEN = 1
Associated Registers ............................................... 128 (Reception, 10-bit Address) ............................. 177
Operation ................................................................. 127 I2C Slave Mode with SEN = 1
Postscaler. See Postscaler, Timer2. (Reception, 7-bit Address) ............................... 176
PR2 Register .................................................... 127, 138 Low-Voltage Detect ................................................. 234
Prescaler. See Prescaler, Timer2. Low-Voltage Detect Characteristics ......................... 322
SSP Clock Shift ................................................ 127, 128 Master SSP I2C Bus Data ........................................ 338
TMR2 Register ......................................................... 127 Master SSP I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits ........................ 338
TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt .................. 127, 128, 138 Parallel Slave Port (PIC18F4X20) ........................... 331
Timer3 .............................................................................. 129 Parallel Slave Port (PSP) Read ............................... 115
Associated Registers ............................................... 131 Parallel Slave Port (PSP) Write ............................... 115
Operation ................................................................. 130 PWM Auto-Shutdown (PRSEN = 0,
Oscillator .......................................................... 129, 131 Auto-Restart Disabled) .................................... 151
Overflow Interrupt ............................................. 129, 131 PWM Auto-Shutdown (PRSEN = 1,
Resetting, Using a Special Event Auto-Restart Enabled) ..................................... 151
Trigger Output (CCP) ....................................... 131 PWM Direction Change ........................................... 148
TMR3H Register ...................................................... 129 PWM Direction Change at Near
TMR3L Register ....................................................... 129 100% Duty Cycle ............................................. 148
Timing Diagrams PWM Output ............................................................ 138
A/D Conversion ........................................................ 342 Repeat Start Condition ............................................ 184
Acknowledge Sequence ........................................... 188 Reset, Watchdog Timer (WDT),
Asynchronous Reception ......................................... 205 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST),
Asynchronous Transmission .................................... 203 Power-up Timer (PWRT) ................................. 328
Asynchronous Transmission (Back to Back) ............ 203 Slave Mode General Call Address
Baud Rate Generator with Clock Arbitration ............ 182 Sequence (7 or 10-bit Address Mode) ............. 178
BRG Reset Due to SDA Arbitration Slave Synchronization ............................................. 161
During Start Condition ...................................... 191 Slow Rise Time (MCLR Tied to VDD,
Brown-out Reset (BOR) ........................................... 328 VDD Rise > TPWRT) ............................................ 51
Bus Collision During a Repeated SPI Mode (Master Mode) ......................................... 160
Start Condition (Case 1) .................................. 192 SPI Mode (Slave Mode with CKE = 0) ..................... 162
Bus Collision During a Repeated SPI Mode (Slave Mode with CKE = 1) ..................... 162
Start Condition (Case 2) .................................. 192 Stop Condition Receive or Transmit Mode .............. 188
Bus Collision During a Stop Condition Synchronous Transmission ..................................... 206
(Case 1) ........................................................... 193 Synchronous Transmission (Through TXEN) .......... 207
Bus Collision During a Stop Condition Time-out Sequence on POR w/
(Case 2) ........................................................... 193 PLL Enabled (MCLR Tied to VDD) ..................... 51
Bus Collision During Start Condition Time-out Sequence on Power-up
(SCL = 0) .......................................................... 191 (MCLR Not Tied to VDD): Case 1 ....................... 50
Bus Collision During Start Condition Time-out Sequence on Power-up
(SDA Only) ....................................................... 190 (MCLR Not Tied to VDD): Case 2 ....................... 50
Bus Collision for Transmit and Time-out Sequence on Power-up
Acknowledge .................................................... 189 (MCLR Tied to VDD, VDD Rise TPWRT) .............. 50

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock .......................... 329 U
Transition for Entry to SEC_IDLE Mode .................... 34
USART ............................................................................. 195
Transition for Entry to SEC_RUN Mode .................... 36
Asynchronous Mode ................................................ 202
Transition for Entry to Sleep Mode ............................ 32
Associated Registers, Receive ........................ 205
Transition for Two-Speed Start-up
Associated Registers, Transmit ....................... 203
(INTOSC to HSPLL) ......................................... 247
Receiver .......................................................... 204
Transition for Wake from PRI_IDLE Mode ................. 33
Transmitter ...................................................... 202
Transition for Wake from RC_RUN Mode
Baud Rate Generator (BRG) ................................... 198
(RC_RUN to PRI_RUN) ..................................... 35
Associated Registers ....................................... 198
Transition for Wake from SEC_RUN Mode
Baud Rate Formula ......................................... 198
(HSPLL) ............................................................. 34
Baud Rates, Asynchronous Mode
Transition for Wake from Sleep (HSPLL) ................... 32
(BRGH = 0, Low Speed) .......................... 199
Transition to PRI_IDLE Mode .................................... 33
Baud Rates, Asynchronous Mode
Transition to RC_IDLE Mode ..................................... 35
(BRGH = 1, High Speed) ......................... 200
Transition to RC_RUN Mode ..................................... 37
Baud Rates, Synchronous Mode
USART Synchronous Receive
(SYNC = 1) .............................................. 201
(Master/Slave) .................................................. 340
High Baud Rate Select (BRGH Bit) ................. 198
USART Synchronous Reception
Operation in Power Managed Mode ................ 198
(Master Mode, SREN) ...................................... 208
Sampling .......................................................... 198
USART SynchronousTransmission
Serial Port Enable (SPEN Bit) ................................. 195
(Master/Slave) .................................................. 340
Setting Up 9-bit Mode with Address Detect ............. 204
Timing Diagrams and Specifications ................................ 325
Synchronous Master Mode ...................................... 206
A/D Conversion Requirements ................................ 342
Associated Registers, Reception ..................... 208
Capture/Compare/PWM Requirements ................... 330
CLKO and I/O Requirements ................................... 327
Reception ........................................................ 208
DC Characteristics - Internal RC Accuracy .............. 326
Transmission ................................................... 206
Example SPI Mode Requirements
Synchronous Slave Mode ........................................ 209
(Master Mode, CKE = 0) .................................. 332
Associated Registers, Receive ........................ 210
(Master Mode, CKE = 1) .................................. 333
Reception ........................................................ 210
Transmission ................................................... 209
(Slave Mode, CKE = 0) .................................... 334
Example SPI Slave Mode Requirements V
(CKE = 1) ......................................................... 335 Voltage Reference Specifications .................................... 321
External Clock Requirements .................................. 325
I2C Bus Data Requirements (Slave Mode) .............. 337 W
Master SSP I2C Bus Data Requirements ................ 339 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................................237, 245
Master SSP I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits Associated Registers ............................................... 246
Requirements ................................................... 338 Control Register ....................................................... 245
Parallel Slave Port Requirements (PIC18F4X20) .... 331 During Oscillator Failure .......................................... 248
PLL Clock ................................................................. 326 Programming Considerations .................................. 245
Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator WCOL .............................................................................. 183
Start-up Timer, Power-up Timer WCOL Status Flag ............................................ 183, 185, 188
and Brown-out Reset Requirements ................ 328 WWW, On-Line Support ...................................................... 5
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock
Requirements ................................................... 329 X
USART Synchronous Receive XORLW ............................................................................ 296
Requirements ................................................... 340 XORWF ........................................................................... 297
USART Synchronous Transmission
Requirements ................................................... 340
Top-of-Stack Access .......................................................... 54
TRISE Register
PSPMODE Bit .......................................................... 109
TSTFSZ ............................................................................ 296
Two-Speed Start-up ................................................. 237, 247
Two-Word Instructions
Example Cases .......................................................... 58
TXSTA Register
BRGH Bit ................................................................. 198

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
NOTES:

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
ON-LINE SUPPORT SYSTEMS INFORMATION AND
Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip UPGRADE HOT LINE
World Wide Web site. The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides
The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make system users a listing of the latest versions of all of
files and information easily available to customers. To Microchip's development systems software products.
view the site, the user must have access to the Internet Plus, this line provides information on how customers
and a web browser, such as Netscape® or Microsoft® can receive the most current upgrade kits. The Hot Line
Internet Explorer. Files are also available for FTP Numbers are:
download from our FTP site. 1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and
1-480-792-7302 for the rest of the world.
Connecting to the Microchip Internet
Web Site 042003
The Microchip web site is available at the following
URL:
www.microchip.com
The file transfer site is available by using an FTP
service to connect to:
ftp://ftp.microchip.com
The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of
services. Users may download files for the latest
Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes,
User's Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A vari-
ety of Microchip specific business information is also
available, including listings of Microchip sales offices,
distributors and factory representatives. Other data
available for consideration is:
• Latest Microchip Press Releases
• Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked
Questions
• Design Tips
• Device Errata
• Job Postings
• Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing
• Links to other useful web sites related to
Microchip Products
• Conferences for products, Development Systems,
technical information and more
• Listing of seminars and events

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip prod-
uct. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation
can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
To: Technical Publications Manager Total Pages Sent ________

RE: Reader Response
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply? Y N
Device: PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 Literature Number: DS39599C
Questions:
1. What are the best features of this document?
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO. − X /XX XXX
Examples:
Device Temperature Package Pattern a) PIC18LF4320-I/P 301 = Industrial temp.,
Range PDIP package, Extended VDD limits,
QTP pattern #301.
b) PIC18LF2220-I/SO = Industrial temp.,
Device PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320(1), SOIC package, Extended VDD limits.
PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320T(1,2); c) PIC18F4220-I/P = Industrial temp., PDIP
VDD range 4.2V to 5.5V package, normal VDD limits.
PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320(1),
PIC18LF2220/2320/4220/4320T(1,2);
VDD range 2.0V to 5.5V
Temperature I = -40°C to +85°C (Industrial)

Note 1: F = Standard Voltage Range
Range
LF = Wide Voltage Range
2: T = in tape and reel – SOIC
Package PT = TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack) and TQFP packages only.
SO = SOIC
SP = Skinny Plastic DIP
P = PDIP
ML = QFN
Pattern QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements

(blank otherwise)

WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE
AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC Korea
168-1, Youngbo Bldg. 3 Floor
Corporate Office Australia
Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku
2355 West Chandler Blvd. Suite 22, 41 Rawson Street
Seoul, Korea 135-882
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Epping 2121, NSW
Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
Tel: 480-792-7200 Australia
82-2-558-5934
Fax: 480-792-7277 Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
Technical Support: 480-792-7627 Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 Singapore
Web Address: http://www.microchip.com 200 Middle Road
China - Beijing
#07-02 Prime Centre
Atlanta Unit 915
Singapore, 188980
3780 Mansell Road, Suite 130 Bei Hai Wan Tai Bldg.
Tel: 65-6334-8870 Fax: 65-6334-8850
Alpharetta, GA 30022 No. 6 Chaoyangmen Beidajie
Beijing, 100027, No. China Taiwan
Tel: 770-640-0034
Tel: 86-10-85282100 Kaohsiung Branch
Fax: 770-640-0307
Fax: 86-10-85282104 30F - 1 No. 8
Boston Min Chuan 2nd Road
China - Chengdu
2 Lan Drive, Suite 120 Kaohsiung 806, Taiwan
Westford, MA 01886 Rm. 2401-2402, 24th Floor, Tel: 886-7-536-4818
Tel: 978-692-3848 Ming Xing Financial Tower Fax: 886-7-536-4803
Fax: 978-692-3821 No. 88 TIDU Street
Chengdu 610016, China Taiwan
Chicago Tel: 86-28-86766200 Taiwan Branch
333 Pierce Road, Suite 180 Fax: 86-28-86766599 11F-3, No. 207
Itasca, IL 60143 Tung Hua North Road
China - Fuzhou Taipei, 105, Taiwan
Tel: 630-285-0071
Unit 28F, World Trade Plaza Tel: 886-2-2717-7175 Fax: 886-2-2545-0139
Fax: 630-285-0075
No. 71 Wusi Road
Dallas Fuzhou 350001, China EUROPE
4570 Westgrove Drive, Suite 160 Tel: 86-591-7503506
Austria
Addison, TX 75001 Fax: 86-591-7503521
Tel: 972-818-7423 Durisolstrasse 2
China - Hong Kong SAR A-4600 Wels
Fax: 972-818-2924 Unit 901-6, Tower 2, Metroplaza Austria
Detroit 223 Hing Fong Road Tel: 43-7242-2244-399
Tri-Atria Office Building Kwai Fong, N.T., Hong Kong Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
32255 Northwestern Highway, Suite 190 Tel: 852-2401-1200 Denmark
Farmington Hills, MI 48334 Fax: 852-2401-3431 Regus Business Centre
Tel: 248-538-2250 China - Shanghai Lautrup hoj 1-3
Fax: 248-538-2260 Room 701, Bldg. B Ballerup DK-2750 Denmark
Kokomo Far East International Plaza Tel: 45-4420-9895 Fax: 45-4420-9910
2767 S. Albright Road No. 317 Xian Xia Road France
Kokomo, IN 46902 Shanghai, 200051 Parc d’Activite du Moulin de Massy
Tel: 765-864-8360 Tel: 86-21-6275-5700 43 Rue du Saule Trapu
Fax: 765-864-8387 Fax: 86-21-6275-5060 Batiment A - ler Etage
China - Shenzhen 91300 Massy, France
Los Angeles
Rm. 1812, 18/F, Building A, United Plaza Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
18201 Von Karman, Suite 1090 No. 5022 Binhe Road, Futian District Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Irvine, CA 92612 Shenzhen 518033, China
Tel: 949-263-1888 Germany
Tel: 86-755-82901380 Steinheilstrasse 10
Fax: 949-263-1338 Fax: 86-755-8295-1393 D-85737 Ismaning, Germany
Phoenix China - Shunde Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
2355 West Chandler Blvd. Room 401, Hongjian Building Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 No. 2 Fengxiangnan Road, Ronggui Town Italy
Tel: 480-792-7966 Shunde City, Guangdong 528303, China Via Quasimodo, 12
Fax: 480-792-4338 Tel: 86-765-8395507 Fax: 86-765-8395571 20025 Legnano (MI)
San Jose China - Qingdao Milan, Italy
2107 North First Street, Suite 590 Rm. B505A, Fullhope Plaza, Tel: 39-0331-742611
San Jose, CA 95131 No. 12 Hong Kong Central Rd. Fax: 39-0331-466781
Tel: 408-436-7950 Qingdao 266071, China Netherlands
Fax: 408-436-7955 Tel: 86-532-5027355 Fax: 86-532-5027205 P. A. De Biesbosch 14
Toronto India NL-5152 SC Drunen, Netherlands
6285 Northam Drive, Suite 108 Divyasree Chambers Tel: 31-416-690399
Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1X5, Canada 1 Floor, Wing A (A3/A4) Fax: 31-416-690340
Tel: 905-673-0699 No. 11, O’Shaugnessey Road United Kingdom
Fax: 905-673-6509 Bangalore, 560 025, India 505 Eskdale Road
Tel: 91-80-2290061 Fax: 91-80-2290062 Winnersh Triangle
Japan Wokingham
Benex S-1 6F Berkshire, England RG41 5TU
3-18-20, Shinyokohama Tel: 44-118-921-5869
Kohoku-Ku, Yokohama-shi Fax: 44-118-921-5820
Kanagawa, 222-0033, Japan
Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 07/28/03

PIC18F2x20 4x20

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIC18F2x20 4x20

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIC18F2x20 4x20

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIC18F2220/2320/4220/4320

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C

Information contained in this publication regarding device Trademarks

Microchip received QS-9000 quality system

DS39599C-page ii  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

Program Memory Data Memory MSSP

PIC18F2220 4096 2048 512 256 25 10 2/0 Y Y Y 2 2/3

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 1

* RB3 is the alternate pin for the CCP2 pin multiplexing.

DS39599C-page 2  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

* RB3 is the alternate pin for the CCP2 pin multiplexing.

* RB3 is the alternate pin for the CCP2 pin multiplexing.

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 3

DS39599C-page 4  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS

Most Current Data Sheet

Customer Notification System

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 5

DS39599C-page 6  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 7

TABLE 1-1: DEVICE FEATURES

DS39599C-page 8  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

Timer0 Timer1 Timer2 Timer3 10-bit A/D

Master Addressable Data EEPROM

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 9

Timer0 Timer1 Timer2 Timer3 10-bit A/D

DS39599C-page 10  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

MCLR/VPP/RE3 1 1 Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (input).

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 11

DS39599C-page 12  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 13

MCLR/VPP/RE3 1 18 18 Master Clear (input) or programming voltage (input).

DS39599C-page 14  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB can be software

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 15

PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.

DS39599C-page 16  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

PORTD is a bidirectional I/O port or a Parallel Slave Port

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 17

PORTE is a bidirectional I/O port.

DS39599C-page 18  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

The PIC18F2X20 and PIC18F4X20 devices can be C1(1) OSC1

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 19

Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability HS Osc Enable

2: When operating below 3V VDD, or when

crystals with low drive level specification.

DS39599C-page 20  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

The ECIO Oscillator mode functions like the EC mode, VDD

FIGURE 2-7: RCIO OSCILLATOR MODE

Recommended values: 3 kΩ ≤ REXT ≤ 100 kΩ

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 21

DS39599C-page 22  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 23

DS39599C-page 24  2003 Microchip Technology Inc.

OSCCON<6:4> 8 MHz CPU

 2003 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39599C-page 25

bit 7 IDLEN: Idle Enable bit